SCHEDULE 14A
(RULE 14A-101)

INFORMATION REQUIRED IN PROXY STATEMENT
SCHEDULE 14A INFORMATION
PROXY STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 14(a)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Filed by the Registrant [X]

Filed by a Party other than the Registrant [   ]

Check the appropriate box:

Rule 14a-12
   
[   ] Preliminary Proxy Statement
[X] Definitive Proxy Statement
[   ] Confidential, for Use of the Commission Only (as permitted by Rule 14a-6(e)(2))
[   ] Definitive Additional Materials
[   ] Soliciting Material Pursuant to sec. 240.14a-11(c) or sec. 240.14a-12

FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

(Name of Registrant as Specified In Its Charter)

(Name of Person(s) Filing Proxy Statement, if other than the Registrant)

Payment of Filing Fee (Check the appropriate box):

[X]No fee required.
[   ]Fee computed on table below per Exchange Act rules 14a-6(i)(1) and 0-11.
     
[X]  No fee required.
[   ]  Fee computed on table below per Exchange Act Rules 14a-6(i)(1) and 0-11.
  (1)(1) Title of each class of securities to which transaction applies:


  (2) 
(2)Aggregate number of securities to which transaction applies:


  (3) 
(3)Per unit price or other underlying value of transaction computed pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 0-11 (set forth the amount on which the filing fee is calculated and state how it was determined):


  (4) 
(4)Proposed maximum aggregate value of transaction:


(5)Total fee paid:

  (5)Total fee paid:


[   ] Fee paid previously with preliminary materials.
[   ] Check box if any part of the fee is offset as provided by Exchange Act Rule 0-11(a)(2) and identify the filing for which the offsetting fee was paid previously. Identify the previous filing by registration statement number, or the Form or Schedule and the date of its filing.
  (1)Amount Previously Paid:


  (2)
 (1)Amount Previously Paid:

(2)Form, Schedule or Registration Statement No.:


  (3)Filing Party:


  (4)
 (3)Filing Party:

(4)Date Filed:




(FLEXTRONICS LOGO)LOGO

FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

NOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS

To Be Held on August 29, 2002September 23, 2004

To our shareholders:

You are cordially invited to attend and NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN of the Annual General Meeting of FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD. which will be held at our principal U.S. offices located at 2090 Fortune Drive, San Jose, California, United States of America,95131, at 9:00 a.m., Pacific Daylight Time (PDT), on August 29, 2002September 23, 2004 for the following purposes:

As Ordinary Business

 1. To re-elect each of the following Directors, who will retire by rotation pursuant to Article 95 of our Articles of Association, to the Board of Directors:

          (a) Michael Marks; and

          (b) Michael Moritz.
(a)Mr. Michael E. Marks; and

(b)Mr. Michael J. Moritz.

 2. To re-elect Hirotaka Takeuchi, who will cease to hold office pursuant to Article 101 of our Articles of Association,re-appoint Mr. Patrick Foley as a Director to the Board of Directors.
3. To consider and, if thought fit, to pass the following resolution:

     RESOLVED THAT,Directors pursuant to Section 153(6) of the Companies Act, Cap. 50. Mr. Patrick Foley be and hereby is re-appointed as a Director to the Board of Directors,Chapter 50, to hold such office from the date of this Annual General Meeting until our next Annual General Meeting.

4. To receive and adopt our Audited Accounts for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2002 together with the Reports of the Directors and Auditors thereon.
 
 5.3. To consider and vote upon a proposal to appoint Deloitte & Touche LLP as our independent auditors for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2003 in place of Arthur Andersen LLP,2005, and to authorize the Board of Directors to fix their remuneration.


As Special Business

 6.4. To pass the following resolution as an Ordinary Resolution:

 RESOLVED THAT approval be and is hereby given for the amendment of our 2001 Equity Incentive Plan, which we refer to as the 2001 Plan, to provide that:

(a) under the automatic option grant program of the 2001 Plan, individuals who first become non-employee directors will automatically receive options to purchase 25,000 ordinary shares, rather than the 20,000 ordinary shares currently provided for under the 2001 Plan, and eligible continuing directors will automatically annually receive options to purchase 12,500 ordinary shares on the date of the Annual General Meeting, including the 2002 Annual General Meeting, rather than the 6,000 ordinary shares currently provided for under the 2001 Plan; and
(b) under the discretionary option grant program of the 2001 Plan, non-employee directors will be eligible to receive options to purchase up to an aggregate of 100,000 ordinary shares per calendar year, rather than the 50,000 ordinary shares currently provided for under the 2001 Plan.

7. To pass the following resolution as an Ordinary Resolution:

     RESOLVED THAT approval be and is hereby given for our 1997 Employee Share Purchase Plan, which we refer to as the Share Purchase Plan, to be amended to increase the maximum number of ordinary shares authorized for issuance under the Share Purchase Plan from 2,400,0004,400,000 ordinary shares to 3,400,0005,400,000 ordinary shares and that an additional 1,000,000 ordinary shares be reserved for issuance under the Share Purchase Plan, and that such ordinary shares, when issued and paid for in accordance with the terms of the Share Purchase Plan, shall be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable ordinary shares in our capital.

8. To pass the following resolution as an Ordinary Resolution:

5. To pass the following resolution as an Ordinary Resolution:

 “RESOLVED THAT approval be and is hereby given for the amendment to our 2001 Equity Incentive Plan, which we refer to as the 2001 Plan, to increase the maximum number of ordinary shares authorized for issuance under the 2001 Plan from 7,000,000 ordinary shares to 27,000,000 ordinary shares and that an additional 20,000,000 ordinary shares be reserved for issuance under the 2001 Plan, and that such ordinary shares, when issued and paid for in accordance with the terms of the 2001 Plan, shall be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable ordinary shares in our capital.”

6. To pass the following resolution as an Ordinary Resolution:

“RESOLVED THAT approval be and is hereby given to amend the 2001 Plan to allow for issuances of stock bonuses.”

1


7. To pass the following resolution as an Ordinary Resolution:

“RESOLVED THAT approval be and is hereby given to approve the consolidation of the ordinary shares authorized for issuance under certain equity award plans into the 2001 Equity Incentive Plan.”

8. To pass the following resolution as an Ordinary Resolution:

RESOLVED THAT, pursuant to the provisions of Section 161 of the Companies Act, Cap. 50, and notwithstanding the provisions of Article 46 of our Articles of Association but subject otherwise to the provisions of that Act and our Articles of Association, authority be and is hereby given to our Directors to:

(a)  (i)  allot and issue ordinary shares in our capital; and/or

 (ii) make or grant offers, agreements or options that might or would require ordinary shares in our capital to be allotted and issued whether after the expiration of this authority or otherwise (including but not limited to the creation and issue of warrants, debentures or other instruments convertible into ordinary shares in our capital),

 at any time to and/or with such persons and upon such terms and conditions and for such purposes as our Directors may in their absolute discretion deem fit, and with such rights or restrictions as our Directors may think fit to impose and as are set forth in our Articles of Association aforesaid; and

 (b)(notwithstanding the authority conferred by this resolution may have ceased to be in force) allot and issue ordinary shares in our capital in pursuance of any offer, agreement or option made or granted by our Directors while this resolution was in force,


 and that such authority shall continue in force until the conclusion of our next Annual General Meeting or the expiration of the period within which our next Annual General Meeting is required by law to be held, whichever is the earlier.

9. To pass the following resolution as an Ordinary Resolution:

9. To pass the following resolution as an Ordinary Resolution:

 “RESOLVED THAT approval be and is hereby given for us to provide $37,200 of annual cash compensation to each of our non-employee directors for services rendered as a director.”

10. To pass the following resolution as an Ordinary Resolution:

“RESOLVED THAT approval be and is hereby given for us to provide an additional $10,000 of annual cash compensation to each of our non-employee directors for their participation in one or more committees of the Board of Directors.”

11. To pass the following resolution as an Ordinary Resolution:

RESOLVED THAT:

 (a)at the sole discretion of our Directors at any time after the date of this Meeting, but on or before 5:00 p.m., PDT, August 31, 2003, a sum of up to S$5,162,917.95 and, in the event that any new ordinary shares are allotted and issued by us after the close of business on July 2, 2002, which we refer to in this proposal as the Record Date, but on or before 5:00 p.m., PDT, August 31, 2003, an additional amount of S$0.01 for each new ordinary share so allotted and issued, standing to the credit of our Share Premium Account as at March 31, 2002, which we refer to as the Capital Sum, be capitalized and distributed amongst the persons who, on a date specified by our Board of Directors after the date of this Meeting, but no later than 5:00 p.m., PDT, August 31, 2003, are the registered holders, whom we refer to as the Registered Shareholders, of existing ordinary shares of S$0.01 each in our capital, on the footing that the Registered Shareholders become entitled to such sum as capital in terms of Article 133 of our Articles of Association. The whole of the Capital Sum shall be applied in payment in full of the aggregate par value of up to 516,291,695 new ordinary shares of S$0.01 each in our capital and, in the event that any new shares are allotted and issued by us after the Record Date but on or before 5:00 p.m., PDT, August 31, 2003, an additional one new ordinary share of S$0.01 each in our capital for each new ordinary share so allotted and issued, which shares together we refer to as the Bonus Shares. The Bonus Shares will rank in all respects pari passu with our existing ordinary shares;
(b) accordingly, the Directors be and are hereby granted the authority to allot and issue, at their sole discretion after the date of this Meeting, but on or before 5:00 p.m., PDT, August 31, 2003, the Bonus Shares credited as fully paid to the Registered Shareholders, as nearly as practicable, in the proportion of one Bonus Share for every one existing ordinary share then held by the Registered Shareholders, fractions being disregarded;
(c) the Bonus Shares, if and when allotted and issued, shall be treated for all purposes as an increase in the nominal amount of our issued capital and not as income;
(d) the aggregate number of Bonus Shares representing fractional interests be disposed of by the Directors in such manner as they may deem fit to be in our interests; and
(e) the Directors be and are hereby authorized to take such steps and exercise such discretion as they may deem fit in connection with the matters referred to in this resolution.

10. To pass the following resolution as an Ordinary Resolution:

     RESOLVED THAT:

(a) for the purposes of Sections 76C and 76E of the Companies Act, Cap. 50, the exercise by our Directors of all our powers to purchase or otherwise acquire issued ordinary shares of S$0.01 each fully paid in our capital, not exceeding in aggregate the number of issued ordinary shares representing 10% of our issued ordinary share capital as at the date of the passing of this resolution,


at such price or prices as may be determined by our Directors from time to time up to the maximum purchase price described in paragraph (c) below, whether by way of:

 (i)  market purchases on the NasdaqNASDAQ National Market or any other stock exchange on which our ordinary shares may for the time being be listed and quoted; and/or

 (ii) off-market purchases (if effected other than on the NasdaqNASDAQ National Market or, as the case may be, any other stock exchange on which our ordinary shares may for the time being be listed and quoted) in accordance with any equal access scheme(s) as may be determined or formulated by our Directors as they consider fit, which scheme(s) shall satisfy all the conditions prescribed by the Companies Act.Act, Cap. 50;

 and otherwise in accordance with all other laws and regulations and rules of the NasdaqNASDAQ National Market or, as the case may be, any other stock exchange on which our ordinary shares may for the time
2


being be listed and quoted as may for the time being be applicable, be and is hereby authorized and approved generally and unconditionally;

 (b)unless varied or revoked by us in a general meeting, the authority conferred on our Directors pursuant to the mandate contained in paragraph (a) above may be exercised by our Directors at any time and from time to time during the period commencing from the date of the passing of this resolution and expiring on the earlier of:

 (i)  the date on which our next Annual General Meeting is held; andor

 (ii) the date by which our next Annual General Meeting is required by law to be held;

 (c)the maximum purchase price (excluding brokerage, commission, applicable goods and services tax and other related expenses) which may be paid for an ordinary share purchased or acquired by us pursuant to the mandate contained in paragraph (a) above shall not exceed:

 (i)  in the case of a market purchase of an ordinary share, one hundred and five percent (105%) of the Average Closing Price of our ordinary shares; and

 (ii) in the case of an off-market purchase pursuant to an equal access scheme, one hundred and ten percent (110%) of the Average Closing Price of our ordinary shares.shares,

 Forand for the above purposes, the term Average Closing Price means the average of the last dealt prices of an ordinary share for the five consecutive trading days on which our ordinary shares are transacted on the NasdaqNASDAQ National Market or, as the case may be, any other stock exchange on which our ordinary shares may for the time being be listed and quoted, immediately preceding the date of the market purchase by us or, as the case may be, the date of the making of the offer pursuant to the off-market purchase. The date of the making of the offer refers to the date on which we announce our intention to make an offer for the purchase or acquisition of our ordinary shares from holders of our ordinary shares, stating therein the purchase price (which shall not be more than the maximum purchase price calculated on the foregoing basis) for each ordinary share and the relevant terms of the equal access scheme for effecting the off-market purchase; and

 (d)our Directors and/or any of them be and are hereby authorized to complete and do all such acts and things (including executing such documents as may be required) as they and/or he may


consider expedient or necessary to give effect to the transactions contemplated and/or authorized by this resolution.

As Ordinary Business
12. To pass the following resolution as an Ordinary Resolution:

        “RESOLVED THAT:

 11.(a) at the sole discretion of our Directors at any time after the date of this Meeting, but on or before 5:00 p.m., PDT, August 31, 2005, a sum of up to S$5,561,111.83 and, in the event that any new ordinary shares are allotted and issued by us after the close of business on August 5, 2004, which we refer to in this proposal as the Record Date, but on or before 5:00 p.m., PDT, August 31, 2005, an additional amount of S$0.01 for each new ordinary share so allotted and issued, standing to the credit of our Share Premium Account as at March 31, 2004, which we refer to as the Capital Sum, be capitalized and distributed amongst the persons who, on a date specified by our Board of Directors after the date of this Meeting, but no later than 5:00 p.m., PDT, August 31, 2005, are the registered holders, whom we refer to as the Registered Shareholders, of existing ordinary shares of S$0.01 each in our capital, on the footing that the Registered Shareholders become entitled to such sum capital in terms of Article 133 of our Articles of Association. The whole of the Capital Sum shall be applied in payment in full of the aggregate par value of up to 556,111,183 new ordinary shares of S$0.01 each in our capital and, in the event that any new shares are allotted and issued by us after the Record Date but on or before 5:00 p.m., PDT, August 31, 2005, an additional one new ordinary share of S$0.01 each in our capital for each new ordinary share so allotted and issued, which shares together we refer to as the Bonus Shares. The Bonus Shares will rank in all respects pari passu with our existing ordinary shares;
3


(b)accordingly, the Directors be and are hereby granted the authority to allot and issue, at their sole discretion after the date of this Meeting, but on or before 5:00 p.m., PDT, August 31, 2005, the Bonus Shares credited as fully paid to the Registered Shareholders, as nearly as practicable, in the proportion of one Bonus Share for every one existing ordinary share then held by the Registered Shareholders, fractions being disregarded;

(c)the Bonus Shares, if and when allotted and issued, shall be treated for all purposes as an increase in the nominal amount of our issued capital and not as income;

(d)the aggregate number of Bonus Shares representing fractional interests be disposed of by the Directors in such manner as they may deem fit to be in our interests; and

(e)the Directors be and are hereby authorized to take such steps and exercise such discretion as they may deem fit in connection with the matters referred to in this resolution.”

13. To transact any other business as may properly be transacted at any Annual General Meeting.

As Ordinary Business

     At the Annual General Meeting, our shareholders shall have the opportunity to discuss and ask any questions that they may have regarding our Singapore audited accounts for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004, together with the reports of the Directors and Auditors thereon, in compliance with Singapore law. Shareholder approval of our audited accounts is not being sought by this Proxy Statement and will not be sought at the Annual General Meeting. The Board of Directors has fixed the close of business on July 2, 2002August 5, 2004 as the record date for determining those shareholders who will be entitled to receive copies of this Notice and accompanying proxy statement. However, shareholders of record on August 29, 2002September 23, 2004 will be entitled to vote at the Annual General Meeting. A shareholder (member) entitled to attend and vote at the Annual General Meeting is entitled to appoint a proxy to attend and vote on his or her behalf. A proxy need not also be a shareholder (member).shareholder. Representation of at least 33 1/3% of all outstanding ordinary shares of Flextronics International Ltd. is required to constitute a quorum. Accordingly, it is important that your shares be represented at the meeting.Whether or not you plan to attend the meeting, please complete, date and sign the enclosed proxy card and return it in the enclosed envelope. An instrument appointing a proxy must be left at EquiServe L.P., P.O. Box 8040, Boston, MA 02266-8040, United States of America, not less than 48 hours before the time appointed for holding the meeting. Your proxy may be revoked at any time prior to the time it is voted.

     Only funds legally available for purchasing or acquiring our issued ordinary shares in accordance with our Articles of Association and the applicable laws of Singapore will be utilized for the purchase or acquisition by us of our own issued ordinary shares pursuant to the proposed share purchase mandate referred to in Proposal No. 10 above. We intend to use our internal sources of funds to finance the purchase or acquisition of our issued ordinary shares. The amount of financing required for us to purchase or acquire our issued ordinary shares, and the impact on our financial position, cannot be ascertained as at the date of this Notice as these will depend on the number of ordinary shares purchased or acquired and the price at which such ordinary shares are purchased or acquired. Our net tangible assets and the consolidated net tangible assets of us and our subsidiaries will be reduced by the dollar value of the ordinary shares purchased or acquired. The purchase or acquisition of 10% of our issued ordinary shares as at the date of the Annual General Meeting will not have any material impact on our consolidated earnings for the current financial year.

 By Order of the Board of Directors,
 
 Bernard Liew Jin Yang
 Yap Lune Teng
 Joint Secretaries

Singapore

July 19, 2002August 11, 2004

Shareholders should read this entire proxy statement

carefully prior to returning their proxies.
4


TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROXY STATEMENT FOR ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS OF FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD. To Be Held on August 29, 2002
VOTING RIGHTS AND SOLICITATION OF PROXIES
PROPOSALS NO. 1, 2, AND 3: RE-ELECTION AND RE-APPOINTMENT OF DIRECTORS
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Summary Compensation Table
Option Grants in Fiscal 2002
Aggregated Option Exercises in Fiscal 2002 and Option Values at March 31, 2002
Change in Control Arrangements
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT ON EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
STOCK PRICE PERFORMANCE GRAPH
COMPLIANCE UNDER SECTION 16(a) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.
PROPOSAL NO.4: TO RECEIVE AND ADOPT OUR AUDITED ACCOUNTS, INCLUDING THE REPORTS OF THE DIRECTORS AND AUDITORS
PROPOSAL NO. 5: APPOINTMENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS AND AUTHORIZATION OF BOARD TO FIX THEIR REMUNERATION
AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT
PROPOSAL NO. 6: ORDINARY RESOLUTION TO APPROVE THE INCREASE IN THE NUMBER OF ORDINARY SHARES AUTHORIZED FOR ISSUANCE UNDER THE 2001 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
PROPOSAL NO. 7: ORDINARY RESOLUTION TO APPROVE THE INCREASE IN THE NUMBER OF ORDINARY SHARES AUTHORIZED FOR ISSUANCE UNDER THE 1997 EMPLOYEE SHARE PURCHASE PLAN
OTHER EQUITY COMPENSATION PLANS
PROPOSAL NO. 8: ORDINARY RESOLUTION TO APPROVE VARIOUS MATTERS RELATING TO ORDINARY SHARE ISSUANCES
PROPOSAL NO. 9: ORDINARY RESOLUTION TO APPROVE A BONUS ISSUE OF ONE ORDINARY SHARE FOR EVERY ONE EXISTING ORDINARY SHARE HELD BY OUR SHAREHOLDERS
PROPOSAL NO. 10: ORDINARY RESOLUTION TO APPROVE THE PROPOSED SHARE PURCHASE MANDATE
SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS FOR THE 2003 ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
OTHER MATTERS


TABLE OF CONTENTS

       
Page

Proxy Statement forNotice of Annual General Meeting of Shareholders1
7
7
8
8
9
9
10
11
11
11
12
12
16
16
21
22
24
24
24
27
29
31
31
32
33
33
33
33
35
37
38
39
40
5


    
 Voting Rights and Solicitation of Proxies1
Proposals No. 1, 2 and 3 — Re-Election and Re-Appointment of Directors2
Executive Compensation5
Summary Compensation Table5
Option Grants in Fiscal 20026
Aggregated Option Exercises in Fiscal 2002 and Option Values at March 31, 20027
Change in Control Arrangements7
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation8
Compensation Committee Report on Executive Compensation8
Stock Price Performance Graph11
  1242 
 
 Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management  1242 
 
 Certain Relationships and Related Transactions  1442 
 
Proposal No. 4 — Receive and Adopt Audited Accounts  1643 
 
Proposal No. 5 — Appointment of Independent Auditors  1744 
 
Audit Committee Report  18
Proposal No. 6 — Amendment of 2001 Equity Incentive Plan19
Proposal No. 7 — Amendment of 1997 Employee Share Purchase Plan24
Other Equity Compensation Plans29
Proposal No. 8 — Authorization of Board to Allot and Issue Shares and Grant Options30
Proposal No. 9 — Authorization of Distribution of Bonus Shares30
Proposal No. 10 — Authorization of Share Purchase Mandate32
Shareholder Proposals for the 2003 Annual General Meeting36
Other Matters36
Index to Singapore Statutory Financial StatementsS-157 

iThe information contained under the captions “Compensation Committee Report on Executive Compensation,” “Audit Committee Report” and “Stock Price Performance Graph” shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the Securities and Exchange Commission, nor shall such information be incorporated by reference into any future filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 except to the extent that we specifically incorporate this information by reference into such filing.

6


PROXY STATEMENT FOR

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING OF
SHAREHOLDERS OF
FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

To Be Held on August 29, 2002September 23, 2004

     This proxy statement is furnished in connection with the solicitation by the Board of Directors of Flextronics International Ltd. of proxies to be voted at the Annual General Meeting, which will be held at 9:00 a.m., Pacific Daylight Time (PDT), on August 29, 2002September 23, 2004 at our principal U.S. offices located at 2090 Fortune Drive, San Jose, California, in the United States of America,95131 or at any adjournments or postponements thereof, for the purposes set forth in the accompanying Notice of Annual General Meeting. This proxy statement and the included proxy card were first mailed on or about August 20, 2004 to shareholders of record on or about July 19, 2002.as of August 5, 2004. The entire cost of soliciting proxies will be borne by us. Following the original mailing of the proxies and other soliciting materials, we and/or our agents may also solicit proxies by mail, telephone, telegraph or in person. Following the original mailing of the proxies and other soliciting materials, we will request that brokers, custodians, nominees and other record holders of our ordinary shares forward copies of the proxy and other soliciting materials to persons for whom they hold ordinary shares and request authority for the exercise of proxies. In these cases, we will reimburse the record holders for their reasonable expenses if they ask us to do so. We have retained Georgeson Shareholder Services, an independent proxy solicitation firm, to assist in soliciting proxies at an estimated fee of $10,000$10,000.00 plus reimbursement of reasonable expenses.

VOTING RIGHTS AND SOLICITATION OF PROXIES

     The close of business on July 2, 2002August 5, 2004 was the record date for shareholders entitled to notice of the Annual General Meeting. As of that date, we had 516,291,695556,111,183 ordinary shares, S$0.01 par value per share, issued and outstanding. All of the ordinary shares issued and outstanding on August 29, 2002September 23, 2004 are entitled to vote at the Annual General Meeting, and shareholders of record on August 29, 2002September 23, 2004 entitled to vote at the meeting will on a poll have one vote for each ordinary share so held on the matters to be voted upon.

     Ordinary shares represented by proxies in the accompanying form which are properly executed and returned to us will be voted at the Annual General Meeting in accordance with the shareholders’ instructions contained therein. Representation of at least 33 1/3% of all issued and outstanding ordinary shares is required to constitute a quorum. The affirmative vote by a show of hands of a simple majority of the shareholders present and voting at the Annual General Meeting, or if a poll is demanded by the chair or by any 10% or greater shareholder in accordance with our Articles of Association, a simple majority of the shares voting at the Annual General Meeting, is required to re-elect and re-appoint the Directors nominated pursuant to Proposals No. 1 and 2, to approve ProposalsProposal No. 4 and 5,3, and to approve the ordinary resolutions in Proposals No. 8 9 and 10. The affirmative vote by a show of hands of a majority of not less than 75% of the shareholders entitled to vote at the Annual General Meeting, or if a poll is demanded, a majority of not less than 75% of the shares voting at the Annual General Meeting, is required to approve Proposal No. 3.through 12. The affirmative vote of a majority of theall issued and outstanding ordinary shares voting in person or by proxy at the Annual General Meeting is required to approve Proposals No. 4, 5, 6 and 7. Abstentions

     If a shareholder abstains from voting, including brokers holding their customers’ shares of record who cause abstentions to be recorded, these shares are considered present and broker non-votes are each includedentitled to vote at the Annual General Meeting. These shares will count toward determining whether or not a quorum is present. However, these shares will not be counted in the determination of the number of shares present for quorum purposes. Neither abstentions nor broker non-votes are counted in tabulationstabulation of the votes cast on proposals presented to shareholders.

If a shareholder does not give a proxy to its broker with instructions as to how to vote the shares, the broker has authority under New York Stock Exchange rules to vote those shares for or against certain “routine” matters, such as all of the proposals to be voted on at the Annual General Meeting. If a broker votes shares that are unvoted by its clients for or against a proposal, these shares are considered present and entitled to vote at the Annual General Meeting. These shares will count toward determining whether or not a quorum is present. However, these shares will not be counted in the tabulation of the votes cast on proposals presented to shareholders.

     In the absence of contrary instructions, shares represented by proxies will be voted FOR the Board of Directors nominees in Proposals No. 1 and 2 and FOR Proposals No. 43 through 10.12. Management does not know of any matters to be

1


presented at this Annual General Meeting other than those set forth in this proxy statement and in the Notice accompanying this proxy statement. If other matters should properly come before the meeting, the proxy holders will vote on such matters in accordance with their best judgment. Any shareholder of record
7


has the right to revoke his or her proxy at any time prior to voting at the Annual General Meeting by submitting a subsequently dated proxy or by attending the meeting and voting in person. To be effective, a proxy must be deposited at EquiServe L.P., P.O. Box 8040, Boston, MA 02266-8040, United States of America, at least 48 hours before the time set for the Annual General Meeting.

     We have prepared, in accordance with Singapore law, Singapore statutory financial statements, to be distributed as part ofwhich are enclosed with this proxy statement. Except as otherwise stated herein, all monetary amounts in this proxy statement have been presented in U.S. dollars.

PROPOSALS NO. 1 2, AND 3:2:

RE-ELECTION AND RE-APPOINTMENT OF DIRECTORS

     Under Article 95 of our Articles of Association, at each Annual General Meeting, at least one-third of the Directors, or, if their number is not a multiple of three, then the number nearest to but not less than one-third of the Directors, are required to retire from office. The Directors required to retire in each year are those who have been in office longest since their last re-election or appointment. As between persons who became or were last re-elected Directors on the same day, those required to retire are (unless they otherwise agree among themselves) determined by lot. Retiring Directors are eligible for re-election. Mr. Marks and Mr. Moritz are the two members of the Board of Directors who will retire by rotation in the manner stated above. They are both eligible for re-election and have been nominated to stand for re-election at the 20022004 Annual General Meeting.

Mr. Takeuchi was appointed as a Director by the Board of Directors in June 2002. Under Article 101 of our Articles of Association, any person appointed as a Director by the Board of Directors shall hold office only until the next Annual General Meeting and shall then be eligible for re-election. However, this director shall not be taken into account in determining the number of Directors who are to retire by rotation at the Annual General Meeting in the manner stated above. Mr. Takeuchi will hold office until the 2002 Annual General Meeting. He is eligible for re-election and has been nominated to stand for re-election at the 2002 Annual General Meeting.

     Under Section 153(2) of the Companies Act, Cap. 50, the office of a director of a public company or of a subsidiary of a public company becomes vacant at the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting commencing next after such director attains the age of 70 years. However, under Section 153(6), a person of or over the age of 70 years may, by ordinary resolution be appointed or re-appointed as a director of that company to hold office until the next annual general meeting of the company or be authorized to continue in office as a director until the next annual general meeting of the company. Notice of such resolution must be duly given within the period of time required for notice to be given to the members of the company of an annual general meeting. Such resolution must be passed by a majority of not less than 75% of such shareholders (members) of the company as are entitled to and do vote, in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy, at a general meeting of that company. Mr. Foley turned 7072 in 2002,February 2004, and, under Singapore law, his office as a Director will therefore become vacant at the conclusion of the 20022004 Annual General Meeting. Mr. Foley was re-appointed as a director at the 2003 Annual General Meeting, pursuant to Section 153(6) of the Companies Act, Cap. 50. It is accordingly proposed that a resolution be passed at the 20022004 Annual General Meeting, pursuant to Section 153(6) of the Companies Act, Cap. 50, to re-appoint Mr. Foley as a Director to hold office from the date of the 20022004 Annual General Meeting until the 20032005 Annual General Meeting.

2


The proxy holders intend to vote all proxies received by them in the accompanying form for the nominees for Directors listed below. In the event any nominee is unable or declines to serve as a Director at the time of the Annual General Meeting, the proxies will be voted for any nominee who shall be designated by the present Board of Directors, in accordance with Article 100 of our Articles of Association, to fill the vacancy. In the event that additional persons are nominated for election as Directors, in accordance with Article 100 of our Articles of Association, the proxy holders intend to vote all proxies received by them for the nominees listed below. As of the date of this proxy statement, the Board of Directors is not aware of any nominee who is unable or will decline to serve as a Director.

Nominees to Board of Directors

     Michael E. Marks (age 51)(age 53) — Mr. Marks has served as our Chief Executive Officer since January 1994. He has served as a member of our Board of Directors since December 1991 and as Chairman of our Board sincefrom July 1993.1993 to January 2003. Mr. Marks serves on the boards of KLA-Tencor Corporation and SanDisk Corporation. He received a B.A. and M.A. from Oberlin College and a M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

     Michael J. Moritz (age 47)(age 49) — Mr. Moritz has served as a member of our Board of Directors since July 1993. Since 1988, he has been a General Partner of Sequoia Capital, a venture capital firm. Mr. Moritz also serves as a director of Yahoo! Inc., PayPal Inc., Saba Software, Red Envelope, Inc. and several privately-held companies.

Hirotaka Takeuchi (age 51) — Mr. Takeuchi has been a member of our Board of Directors since June 2002. He has served as dean since 1998 and as a professor of Hitotsubashi University since 1987.

     Patrick Foley (age 70)(age 72) — Mr. Foley has served as a member of our Board of Directors since October 1997. Mr. Foley served in various positions with DHL Corporation, Inc. and its major subsidiary, DHL Airways, Inc., a global document, package and airfreight delivery company from September 1988 to 2001, most recently as its Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer. He also serves as a director of Continental Airlines,Health Net, Inc., Del Monte Corporation, Foundation Health Systems, Inc., and Glenborough Realty Trust, Inc.

8


Directors Not Standing for Re-Election

     Goh Thiam Poh Tommie (age 51) — Mr. Goh has been a member of our Board of Directors since December 2000. He founded JIT Electronics Pte Ltd in 1988, which we acquired in November 2000.

Richard L. Sharp (age 55)(age 57) — Mr. Sharp has served as a member of our Board of Directors since July 1993.1993 and as Chairman of our Board since January 2003. Mr. Sharp served in various positions with Circuit City Stores, Inc., a consumer electronics and personal computer retailer, from 1982 to 2002. Mr. Sharp joined Circuit City2002, most recently, as an Executive Vice President in 1982. He was President from 1984 to 1997, Chief Executive Officer from 1986 to 2000 and Chairman of the Board from 1994 to 2002.

Resigning Director

     James A. Davidson(age 44) — Mr. Chuen Fah Alain AhkongDavidson has tendered his resignation fromserved as a member of our Board of Directors since March 2003. He is a founder and managing member of Silver Lake Partners, a private equity investment firm. From June 1990 to November 1998, he was an investment banker with Hambrecht & Quist, most recently serving as Managing Director and Head of Technology Investment Banking. From 1984 to 1990, Mr. Davidson was a corporate and securities lawyer with Pillsbury, Madison & Sutro. Currently, Mr. Davidson serves on the board of Seagate Technology. He received a B.S. from the University of Nebraska and J.D. from the University of Michigan.

Lip-Bu Tan(age 48) — Mr. Tan has served as a member of our Board of Directors since March 2003. In 1987, he founded and since that time has accepted his resignation effectiveserved as Chairman of August 29, 2002,Walden International, a venture capital fund. Mr. Tan currently serves on the dateboards of our Annual General Meeting.Cadence Design Systems, Inc., Centillium Communications, Creative Technology, Integrated Silicon Solution, SINA Corporation and Semiconductor Manufacturing International Corporation. Mr. Tan received a M.S. in Nuclear Engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, a MBA from the University of San Francisco, and a B.S. from Nanyang University in Singapore.

The Board recommends a vote FOR the re-election of

Mr. Marks Mr. Moritz and Mr. TakeuchiMoritz, and the re-appointment of
Mr. Foley to the Board of Directors.

3


Board and Committee Meetings

     Our Board of Directors held a total of 48 administrative10 meetings during fiscal 2004, of which three were regularly scheduled meetings and one regularly scheduled meeting during fiscal 2002.seven were administrative meetings. During the period for which each current director was a director or a committee member, all directors attended at least 75% of the aggregate of the total number of regularly scheduled meetings of the Board together with the total number of meetings held by all committees of the Board on which he served. Only Mr. Marks and Mr. Moritz attended 75% of the aggregate of the total number of administrative meetings of the board.

     The Board has determined that each of our directors is an independent director as defined by the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market other than Mr. Marks, who serves as our chief executive officer.

     The Board of Directors has an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee, a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and a Finance Committee. The Board does not have a nominating committee or other committee performing similar functions.

     Audit Committee. The Audit Committee isaudit committee currently composed of Mr. Foley, Mr. Moritz and Mr. Ahkong. Mr. Ahkong will serve onDavidson, each of whom the Audit Committee until his resignation onBoard has determined to be an independent director and meets the date of our Annual General Meeting. At that time, we expectfinancial experience requirements under both the Securities and Exchange Commission rules and the NASDAQ Stock Market listing standards. The Board also determined that Mr. Goh will be appointed to serve onDavidson is an “audit committee financial expert” within the Audit Committee. Ourmeaning of the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and is “financially sophisticated” within the meaning of the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market. The audit committee reviews and monitors our financial statements and accounting practices, makes recommendations to our board regarding the selection of independent auditors and reviews the results and scope of audits and other services provided by our independent auditors. The Audit Committee held foursix meetings in fiscal 2002.2004. The audit committee’s principal functions are to (1) monitor and evaluate periodic review of the adequacy of the accounting and financial reporting processes and systems of internal control that are conducted by our financial and senior management, and our independent auditors; (2) be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of our independent auditors (including resolution of any disagreements between our management and the auditors regarding financial reporting); and (3) facilitate communication among our independent auditors, our financial and senior management and our Board. Our Board has adopted an audit committee charter that is available on our website at http://www.flextronics.com/ Investors/ CorporateGovernance.asp.

     Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee is currently composed of Mr. Sharp and Mr. Moritz.Moritz, each of whom our Board has determined to be an independent director under the NASDAQ Stock

9


Market listing standards. The Compensation Committee recommends to the Board of Directorsour board compensation for our key employees and administers the employee share option plans. The Compensation Committee held twosix meetings in fiscal 2002.year 2004. Our Board has adopted a compensation committee charter that is available on our website at http://www.flextronics.com/ Investors/ CorporateGovernance.asp.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The nominating and corporate governance committee currently consists of Mr. Foley and Mr. Tan, each of whom our Board has determined to be an independent director under the NASDAQ Stock Market listing standards. The nominating and corporate governance committee held three meetings in fiscal year 2004. The nominating and corporate governance committee recruits, evaluates and recommends candidates for appointment or election as members of our Board and recommends corporate governance guidelines to the Board. Our Board has adopted a nominating and corporate governance committee charter that is available on our website at http://www.flextronics.com/ Investors/ CorporateGovernance.asp.

Consideration of Director Nominees. Our nominating and corporate governance committee generally recruits, evaluates and recommends nominees for our Board based upon recommendations by our directors, management and shareholders. The nominating and corporate governance committee will also consider recommendations submitted by our shareholders. To date, we have not received any such recommendations from our shareholders. Shareholders can recommend to our nominating and corporate governance committee qualified candidates for our Board by submitting recommendations to our corporate secretary at Flextronics International Ltd., 2090 Fortune Drive, San Jose, California 95131. Submissions that are received and meet the criteria outlined below will be forwarded to the nominating and corporate governance committee for review and consideration. Shareholder recommendations for our 2005 Annual Shareholder Meeting should be made at least three months prior to September 23, 2005 to ensure adequate time for meaningful consideration by the nominating and corporate governance committee.

The goal of the nominating and corporate governance committee is to ensure that our Board possesses a variety of perspectives and skills derived from high-quality business and professional experience. The nominating and corporate governance committee seeks to achieve a balance of knowledge, experience and capability on our Board, while maintaining a sense of collegiality and cooperation that is conducive to a productive working relationship within the Board and between the Board and management. To this end, the nominating and corporate governance committee seeks nominees with the highest professional and personal ethics and values, an understanding of our business and industry, diversity of business experience and expertise, a high level of education, broad-based business acumen, and the ability to think strategically. Although the nominating and corporate governance committee uses these and other criteria to evaluate potential nominees, we have no stated minimum criteria for nominees. The nominating and corporate governance committee does not use different standards to evaluate nominees depending on whether they are proposed by our directors and management or by our shareholders. To date, we have not paid a third party to assist us in finding nominees for our Board.

     Finance Committee. The Finance Committee is currently composed of Mr. Marks and Mr. Moritz. The Finance Committee reviews and approves various financial matters that are not reserved to the Board of Directors.for approval by our Board. The Finance Committee held 3223 meetings in fiscal 2002.year 2004.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics. We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all employees and directors. The code is available on our website at http://www.flextronics.com/ Investors/ CorporateGovernance.asp. Any amendment to or waiver of a provision of the code that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, controller or persons performing similar functions and relates to elements of the code specified in the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission will be posted on our website.

Shareholder Communications with Our Board

Our shareholders may communicate with our Board by submitting an email to Board@flextronics.com. All emails received will be sent to the chairman of the board and the chief financial officer and/or vice president of finance. The vice president of finance will review all of the email correspondence and provide regular summaries to our Board. Our Board has adopted a policy that encourages each director to attend the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, but attendance is not required.

10


Director Compensation

     Each individual who first becomes a non-employee Board member is granted a stock option to purchase 20,00025,000 ordinary shares, pursuant to the automatic option grant provisions of our 2001 Equity Incentive Plan. After this initial grant, pursuant to the terms of the automatic option grant provisions of the 2001 Plan, on the date of each Annual General Meeting, each individual who is at that time serving as a non-employee director receives optionsa stock option to purchase 6,00012,500 ordinary shares. Pursuant to this program, in fiscal 2004, Mr. Ahkong,Foley, Mr. Goh, Mr. Moritz and Mr. Sharp and Mr. Foley each received a stock option grants for 6,000 ordinary shares in fiscal 2002. If Proposal No. 6 is approved by our shareholders, individuals who first become non-employee directors will automatically receive options to purchase 25,000 ordinary shares and eligible continuing directors will automatically annually receive options to purchase 12,500 ordinary shares onin fiscal year 2004. Also, under the dateterms of the discretionary option grant provisions of the 2001 Plan, non-employee directors are eligible to receive stock options granted at the discretion of the board. Pursuant to this program, in fiscal 2004, Mr. Foley, Mr. Goh, Mr. Moritz and Mr. Sharp each Annual General Meeting, including the 2002 Annual General Meeting.received stock options to purchase 10,000 ordinary shares in fiscal year 2004. The maximum number of ordinary shares that may be received by each non-employee director under this program is 100,000 ordinary shares per year.

     Each non-employee director receives annual cash compensation of $37,200 for services rendered as a director. In addition, all directors receiveeach director receives $700 for each quarterly meeting of the Board of Directors that he attends as well as reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with meetings of the Board of Directors. NoWe are currently seeking approval by our shareholders to increase non-employee director receives any cash compensation annually by $10,000 for services rendered as a director.on one or more committees of the Board. No director who is our employee receives compensation for services rendered as a director.

4


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The following table presents information concerning the compensation paid or accrued by us for services rendered during fiscal 2002, 2001 and 2000 by our Chief Executive Officer and each of our four other most highly compensated executive officers whose total salary and bonus for fiscal 2002 exceeded $100,000.

Summary Compensation Table

                          
Long Term
Compensation
Annual CompensationAwards

Securities
FiscalOther AnnualUnderlyingAll Other
Name and Principal PositionYearSalaryBonusCompensationOptionsCompensation







Michael E. Marks  2002  $266,528  $  $5,008(2)  600,000  $5,113(6)
 Chairman and Chief  2001   600,000   1,285,000   5,082(2)  1,036,456   8,627(7)
 Executive Officer  2000   450,000   363,750   230,385(3)  600,000   8,350(8)
Ronny Nilsson  2002   378,501      28,472(4)  158,333   31,027(9)
 President, Flextronics  2001   362,545   405,350   10,154(2)  200,000   33,614(9)
 Network Services  2000   317,684   129,563   17,436(5)  160,000   34,884(9)
Michael McNamara  2002   243,750      3,868(2)  400,000   2,639(10)
 Chief Operating  2001   450,000   831,250   3,925(2)  600,000   4,702(11)
 Officer  2000   375,000   201,250   3,867(2)  600,000   4,750(11)
Robert R.B. Dykes  2002   202,965      4,600(2)  316,667   3,541(12)
 President, Systems  2001   425,000   798,125   4,668(2)  400,000   5,329(11)
 Group and Chief  2000   337,500   156,000   4,599(2)  240,000   3,500(11)
 Financial Officer                        
Ronald R. Snyder(1)  2002   167,148      4,200(2)  266,667   90(13)
 President, Flextronics  2001   358,057   560,613   7,700(2)  284,000   45(13)
 Design Services  2000                


  (1) Mr. Snyder joined us in April 2001, following our acquisition of the DII Group, Inc.
  (2) Represents a vehicle allowance.
  (3) Represents a vehicle allowance of $3,868 and forgiveness of a promissory note due to one of our subsidiaries of $200,000 and forgiveness of interest payment of $26,517 on the promissory note.
  (4) Represents a vehicle allowance of $ 8,667 and forgiveness of interest payment of $19,805 on a promissory note due to one of our subsidiaries.
  (5) Represents a vehicle allowance of $10,166 and an apartment allowance of $7,270.
  (6) Represents our contributions to the 401(k) plan of $2,574 and life insurance premium payments of $2,539.
  (7) Represents our contributions to the 401(k) plan of $4,750 and life insurance premium payments of $3,877.
  (8) Represents our contributions to the 401(k) plan of $4,750 and life insurance premium payments of $3,600.
  (9) Represents our contributions to a pension retirement fund.

(10) Represents our contributions to the 401(k) plan of $2,574 and life insurance premium payments of $65.

5


(11) Represents our contributions to the 401(k) plan.
(12) Represents our contributions to the 401(k) plan of $1,109, life insurance premium payments of $138 and spousal health insurance premium payments of $2,294.
(13) Represents life insurance premium payments.

Option Grants in Fiscal 2002

     The following table presents information regarding option grants during fiscal 2002 to our Chief Executive Officer and each of our four other most highly compensated executive officers. All options were granted pursuant to our 1993 Share Option Plan.

The options shown in the table were granted at fair market value and are incentive stock options (to the extent permitted under the Internal Revenue Code). Options granted after October 1, 2000 generally expire ten years from the date of grant, subject to earlier termination upon termination of the optionee’s employment. The options granted to Mr. Nilsson will expire four years from the date of grant.

Options granted in September 2001 were awarded in lieu of part of the optionee’s annual salary and bonus compensation for fiscal years 2002 and 2003. These options become exercisable over a one-year period, with  1/12 of the shares vesting for each full calendar month that the optionee renders services to us thereafter. Options granted in October 2001 become exercisable over a four-year period, with 25% of the shares vesting on the first anniversary of the date of grant and  1/36 of the remaining shares vesting for each full calendar month that the optionee renders services to us thereafter. See “Change in Control Arrangements” below for a description of the acceleration provisions of these options. The exercise price of each option may be paid in cash or through a cashless exercise procedure involving a same-day sale of the purchase shares. We granted options to purchase an aggregate of 8,979,567 ordinary shares to our employees during fiscal 2002.

     In accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the table presents the potential realizable values that would exist for the options at the end of their four- or ten-year terms, as the case may be. These values are based on assumed rates of annual compound stock price appreciation of 5% and 10% from the date the option was granted to the end of the option term. Potential realizable values are based on assumed annual rates of return mandated by rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and do not represent our estimate or projection of future ordinary share prices. The closing sale price per ordinary share as reported on the Nasdaq National Market on March 28, 2002, the last trading day of fiscal 2002, was $18.25.

6


                         
Individual Grants

Potential Realizable Value
Number ofPercent ofat Assumed Annual Rates of
SecuritiesTotal OptionsStock Price Appreciation
UnderlyingGranted toExercisefor Option Term
OptionsEmployees inPrice PerExpiration
NameGrantedFiscal 2002ShareDate5%10%







Michael E. Marks  200,000   2.2% $13.98   09/21/2011  $1,758,389  $4,456,104 
   400,000   4.5   15.90   10/01/2011   3,999,770   10,136,202 
Ronny Nilsson  33,333   0.4   13.98   09/21/2005   100,425   216,268 
   125,000   1.4   15.90   10/01/2005   428,319   922,399 
Michael McNamara  150,000   1.7   13.98   09/21/2011   1,318,792   3,342,078 
   250,000   2.8   15.90   10/01/2011   2,499,856   6,335,126 
Robert R.B. Dykes  141,667   1.6   13.98   09/21/2011   1,245,529   3,156,414 
   175,000   2.0   15.90   10/01/2011   1,749,899   4,434,588 
Ronald R. Snyder  116,667   1.3   13.98   09/21/2011   1,025,730   2,599,401 
   150,000   1.7   15.90   10/01/2011   1,499,914   3,801,076 

Aggregated Option Exercises in Fiscal 2002

and Option Values at March 31, 2002

     The following table presents information concerning the exercise of options during fiscal 2002 by our Chief Executive Officer and each of our four other most highly compensated executive officers. The amounts set forth in the column entitled “Value Realized” represent the fair market value of the ordinary shares underlying the option on the date of exercise less the aggregate exercise price of the option.

In addition, the table includes the number of shares covered by both exercisable and unexercisable stock options as of March 31, 2002. Also reported are values of “in-the-money” options that represent the positive spread between the respective exercise prices of outstanding stock options and $18.25 per share, which was the closing price per ordinary share as reported on the Nasdaq National Market on March 28, 2002, the last day of trading for fiscal 2002. These values, unlike the amounts set forth in the column entitled “Value Realized,” have not been, and may never be, realized.

                         
Number of Securities
Underlying UnexercisedValue of Unexercised
Number ofOptions atIn-the-money Options at
SharesMarch 31, 2002March 31, 2002
Acquired

Nameon ExerciseValue RealizedVestedUnvestedVestedUnvested







Michael E. Marks  3,320,206  $65,654,794   1,058,329   1,891,671  $13,611,379  $21,976,121 
Ronny Nilsson  510,000   11,653,380   531,666   16,667   6,052,905   304,173 
Michael McNamara  2,664   50,779   2,537,927   1,186,503   42,895,293   14,125,555 
Robert R.B. Dykes  130,000   3,292,432   1,416,832   676,669   23,575,934   7,330,459 
Ronald R. Snyder        553,330   427,085   8,615,460   3,802,114 

Change in Control Arrangements

     In August 2001, the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors approved the amendment of the outstanding options that we have granted to our executive officers to provide that if the executive officer is terminated without cause or leaves for good reason within the first 12 months following a change in control

7


transaction, the vesting of any unvested portion of the option will be accelerated in full, or if the executive officer is still employed upon the first year anniversary of such a change of control, the vesting of any unvested portion of the option will be accelerated in full. We anticipate that in the future, option agreements with our executive officers may contain similar acceleration provisions. Each option includes a limited stock appreciation right pursuant to which the option will automatically be canceled upon the occurrence of certain hostile tender offers, in return for a cash distribution from us based on the tender offer price per share.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

     The members of the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors during fiscal 2002year 2004 were Mr. Sharp and Mr. Moritz. None of our executive officers serve on our Compensation Committee. No interlocking relationships exist between our Board of Directors or Compensation Committee and the board of directors or compensation committee of any other company.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT ON EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in any of our previous filings under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 which might incorporate this proxy statement by reference to future filings under those statutes, the following Compensation Committee Report on Executive Compensation will not be incorporated by reference into any of those previous filings; nor will such report be incorporated by reference into any future filings made by us under those statutes.

     The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors sets the base salaries and approves individual bonus programs for our executive officers and authorizes option grants to our executive officers. The Compensation Committee has complete discretion in establishing the terms of option grants to executive officers.

     Each member of the Compensation Committee is a non-employee director within the meaning of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and an outside director within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. The current members of the Compensation Committee are Mr. Sharp and Mr. Moritz. The following is a summary of the policies that affect the compensation paid to executive officers, as reflected in the tables and text presented elsewhere in this proxy statement.

General Compensation Policy. Our overall policy is to offer our executive officers cash-based and equity-based compensation opportunities based upon their personal performance, our financial performance and their contribution to that performance. One of our primary objectives is to have a significant portion of each officer’s compensation contingent upon our performance as well as upon his or her own level of performance. The principal factors taken into account in establishing each executive officer’s compensation package are summarized below. Additional factors may be taken into account to a lesser degree, and the relative weight given to each factor varies with each individual at the discretion of the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee may, at its discretion, apply entirely different factors, such as different measures of financial performance, for future fiscal years.

Cash-Based Compensation. We set base salary for executive officers on the basis of personal performance and internal and industry comparability considerations. Bonuses are generally paid at the discretion of the Compensation Committee. In determining the amount of the bonus to be paid to each executive officer, including the Chief Executive Officer, we first establish a percentage of the officer’s base salary as a target bonus. The amount of the actual bonus paid to the officer can be greater or less than this percentage, and

8


depends on our net income, the performance of our operations that are under the officer’s supervision and other performance factors, each as compared to budgeted performance for the period. We also have a 401(k) retirement savings plan for U.S. employees to which we can contribute a portion of profits and such contribution is allocated to eligible participants in proportion to their total compensation for the year relative to the total aggregate compensation for all eligible participants.

Long-Term Equity-Based Compensation. The Compensation Committee grants stock options, which are designed to align the interests of our executive officers with those of the shareholders and provide each individual with a significant incentive to manage our company from the perspective of an owner, with an equity stake in the business. Each grant generally allows the officer to acquire our ordinary shares at a fixed price per share (the market price on the grant date) over a period of up to ten years, thus providing a return to the officer only if he or she remains in our employ and the market price of the shares appreciates over the option term. The size of the option grant to each executive officer generally is set at a level that is intended to create a meaningful opportunity for share ownership based upon the individual’s current position with us, but there is also taken into account the individual’s potential for future responsibility and promotion over the option term, the individual’s personal performance in recent periods and the number of options held by the individual at the time of grant. The relative weight given to these factors varies with each individual at the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee.

Chief Executive Officer Compensation. Mr. Marks’ base salary is based on our expectation of his personal performance and comparisons to the base salaries of our other executive officers and in the industry.

With respect to Mr. Marks’ base salary, it is our intent to provide him with a level of stability and certainty each year and not have this particular component of compensation affected to any significant degree by short-term company performance factors. In September 2001, the Compensation Committee granted Mr. Marks options to purchase 200,000 ordinary shares at an exercise price of $13.98 per share in lieu of part of his annual base salary for fiscal years 2002 and 2003. As a result, Mr. Marks’ base salary was reduced from $600,000 in fiscal 2001 to $266,528 in fiscal 2002. In October 2001, the Compensation Committee granted Mr. Marks options to purchase 400,000 ordinary shares at an exercise price of $15.90 per share. The Compensation Committee based its decision regarding the size of the option grants to Mr. Marks on an analysis of option grants to Chief Executive Officers in the industry with similar responsibilities. As with our other executive officers, we also provided for the acceleration of all his unvested options in the event that, following certain mergers or acquisitions by us, Mr. Marks’ employment with us is terminated or his duties are substantially reduced or changed.

Deduction Limit for Executive Compensation. Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code limits federal income tax deductions for compensation paid to the chief executive officer and the four other most highly compensated officers of a public company to $1.0 million per year, but contains an exception for performance-based compensation that satisfies certain conditions.

9


     We believe that stock options granted to our executive officers qualify for the performance-based exception to the deduction limit and because it is unlikely that other compensation payable to any of our executive officers would exceed the deduction limit in the near future, the Compensation Committee has not yet qualified compensation other than options for the performance-based exception. In approving the amount and form of compensation for our executive officers, the Compensation Committee will continue to consider all elements of cost to us of providing that compensation.

Submitted by the Compensation Committee
of the Board of Directors:
Richard L. Sharp
Michael J. Moritz

10


STOCK PRICE PERFORMANCE GRAPH

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in any of our previous filings under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 which might incorporate this proxy statement by reference to future filings under those statutes, the following performance graph will not be incorporated by reference into any of those previous filings; nor will such performance graph be incorporated by reference into any future filings made by us under those statutes.

     The graph below compares the cumulative total shareholder return on our ordinary shares, the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index and a peer group that includes Benchmark Electronics, Inc., Celestica, Inc., Jabil Circuit, Inc., Sanmina-SCI Corporation and Solectron Corporation. In fiscal 2001, we compared the return with a peer group that consisted of Celestica, Inc., Jabil Circuit, Inc., Sanmina Corporation, SCI Systems, Inc., which was acquired by Sanmina Corporation, and Solectron Corporation.

     The graph assumes that $100 was invested in our ordinary shares, in the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index and in the peer group described above on March 31, 1997 and reflects the annual return through March 31, 2002, assuming dividend reinvestment.

     The comparisons in the graph below are based on historical data and are not indicative of, or intended to forecast, the possible future performances of our ordinary shares.

Comparison of Five Year Cumulative Total Return*

among Flextronics International Ltd., the S&P 500 Stock Index,
a New Peer Group and an Old Peer Group

(PERFORMANCE GRAPH)

                         

199719981999200020012002

 Flextronics International Ltd.  $100.00  $217.30  $513.21  $1417.62  $603.77  $734.59 

 S&P 500  100.00   148.00   175.32   206.78   161.95   162.35 

 New Peer Group  100.00   162.63   357.02   694.22   350.42   251.17 

 Old Peer Group  100.00   162.63   362.55   709.40   357.89   253.00 


$100 invested on 3/31/97 in stock or index-including reinvestment of dividends. Fiscal year ended March 31.

11


COMPLIANCE UNDER SECTION 16(a) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, requires our directors and executive officers, and persons who own more than 10% of our ordinary shares to file initial reports of ownership and reports of changes in ownership with the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Nasdaq National Market. Such persons are required by Securities and Exchange Commission regulations to furnish us with copies of all Section 16(a) forms that they file. Based solely on our review of the copies of such forms furnished to us and written representations from our executive officers and directors, we believe that all Section 16(a) filing requirements for the year ended March 31, 2002 were met with the exception of the following: Mr. Goh failed to timely file Form 4 for May 2001; Mr. Goh, Mr. McNamara and Mr. Moritz failed to timely file Forms 4 for August 2001; Mr. Marks failed to timely file a Form 4 for October 2001; Mr. Marks and Mr. Nilsson failed to timely file Forms 4 for November 2001; and Mr. Marks failed to timely file a Form 4 for December 2001.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     The following table sets forth information as of June 1, 2002 regarding the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares, by:

• each shareholder known to us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our ordinary shares;
• each director;
• each executive officer named in the Summary Compensation Table; and
• all directors and executive officers as a group.

     Information in this table as to our directors and executive officers is based upon information supplied by these individuals. Information in this table as to our 5% shareholders is based solely upon the Schedules 13G filed by these shareholders with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Where information regarding shareholders is based on Schedules 13G, the number of shares owned is as of the date for which information was provided in such schedules.

     Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission that deem shares to be beneficially owned by any person who has voting or investment power with respect to such shares. Ordinary shares subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of June 1, 2002 are deemed to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding such options for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of such person but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated below, the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all the shares beneficially owned, subject to community property laws where applicable.

12


In the table below, percentage ownership is based on 514,711,882 ordinary shares outstanding as of June 1, 2002.

          
Shares Beneficially Owned

Name and Address of Beneficial OwnerNumber of SharesPercent



5% Shareholders:
        
Entities associated with AXA Financial, Inc.(1)  71,873,802   14.0%
 1290 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10104
        
Janus Capital Corporation(2)  26,091,299   5.1 
 100 Fillmore Street
Denver, Colorado 80206-4923
        
Executive Officers and Directors:
        
Richard L. Sharp(3)  6,067,452   1.2 
Goh Thiam Poh Tommie  4,803,114   * 
Michael E. Marks(4)  4,464,942   * 
Michael McNamara(5)  3,437,863   * 
Robert R.B. Dykes(6)  1,772,077   * 
Ronald R. Snyder(7)  994,483   * 
Ronny Nilsson(8)  857,777   * 
Michael J. Moritz(9)  460,932   * 
Patrick Foley(10)  173,500   * 
Chuen Fah Alain Ahkong(11)  34,175   * 
Hirotaka Takeuchi     * 
All 13 directors and executive officers as a group(12)  23,809,753   4.6%


     *Less than 1%.

  (1) Based on information supplied by AXA Financial, Inc. in an amended Schedule 13G filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 12, 2002.
  (2) Based on information supplied by Janus Capital Corporation in a Schedule 13G filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 13, 2002.
  (3) Includes 1,480,000 shares beneficially owned by Bethany Limited Partnership. Mr. Sharp, the general partner of Bethany Limited Partnership, has voting and investment power over such shares and may be deemed to beneficially own such shares. Mr. Sharp disclaims beneficial ownership of all such shares except to the extent of his proportionate interest therein. Also includes 612,000 shares held by RLS Charitable Remainder Unitrust of which Mr. Sharp is a co-trustee and 77,500 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 1, 2002 held by Mr. Sharp.
  (4) Includes 48,000 shares held by trusts for Mr. Marks’ minor children. Also includes 1,524,998 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 1, 2002.
  (5) Includes 351,728 shares acquired upon exercise of options on June 4, 2002. Includes 2,472,701 additional shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 1, 2002.

13


  (6) Includes 670,000 shares acquired upon exercise of options on June 4, 2002. Includes 883,222 additional shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 1, 2002 held by Mr. Dykes. Includes shares and options held by partnerships owned and controlled by Mr. Dykes.
  (7) Includes 650,553 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 1, 2002.
  (8) Includes 522,777 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 1, 2002.
  (9) Includes 383,432 shares held by the Maximus Trust. Also includes 77,500 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 1, 2002 held by Mr. Moritz.

(10) Represents 173,500 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 1, 2002.
(11) Represents 34,175 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 1, 2002.
(12) Includes 7,013,886 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 1, 2002.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.

     Other than compensation agreements and other arrangements, which are described in “Executive Compensation,” and the transactions described below, during fiscal 2002, there was not, nor is there currently proposed, any transaction or series of similar transactions to which we were or will be a party:

• in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $60,000; and
• in which any director, executive officer, holder of more than 5% of our ordinary shares or any member of their immediate family had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Loans to Executive Officers

Mr. McNamara.On November 25, 1998, one of our subsidiaries, Flextronics International USA, Inc., which we refer to in this section as Flextronics USA, loaned $130,000 to Mr. McNamara. Mr. McNamara executed a promissory note in favor of Flextronics USA that bears interest at a rate of 7.25% per year and matures on November 25, 2003. The remaining outstanding balance of the loan as of March 31, 2002 was $156,427 (representing $130,000 in principal and $26,427 in accrued interest).

     On October 11, 2000, Flextronics USA loaned $152,236 to Mr. McNamara. This represented the principal and interest then due on a loan previously made to Mr. McNamara on October 22, 1996, which loan was canceled at that time. Mr. McNamara executed a promissory note in favor of Flextronics USA that bears interest compounded quarterly at a rate of 5.96% per year and matures on November 11, 2003. The remaining outstanding balance of the loan as of March 31, 2002 was $165,745 (representing $152,236 in principal and $13,509 in accrued interest).

     On May 3, 2001, Flextronics USA loaned $1,095,977 to Mr. McNamara. This represented the principal and interest then due on a loan previously made to Mr. McNamara on April 14, 1999, which loan was canceled at that time. Mr. McNamara executed a promissory note in favor of Flextronics USA that bears interest compounded quarterly at a rate of 4.19% per year and matures on May 3, 2003. The remaining outstanding balance of the loan as of March 31, 2002 was $1,137,800 (representing $1,095,977 in principal and $41,823 in accrued interest).

     On December 12, 2001, Flextronics USA loaned $6,000,000 to Mr. McNamara. Mr. McNamara executed a promissory note in favor of Flextronics USA that bears interest at a rate of 2.48% per year and

14


matures on December 1, 2004. The remaining outstanding balance of the loan as of March 31, 2002 was $6,044,844 (representing $6,000,000 in principal and $44,844 in accrued interest).

     On February 11, 2002, Flextronics USA loaned $187,550 to Mr. McNamara. Mr. McNamara executed a promissory note in favor of Flextronics USA that bears interest compounded semi-annually at a rate of 3.53% per year and matures on May 11, 2002. The remaining outstanding balance of the loan as of March 31, 2002 was $188,439 (representing $187,550 in principal and $889 in accrued interest).

     On May 31, 2002, Flextronics USA loaned $1,022,227 to Mr. McNamara. Mr. McNamara executed a Loan and Security Agreement and a promissory note in favor of Flextronics USA that bears interest at a rate of 3.21% and matures on May 31, 2003.

Mr. Nilsson.On January 24, 2000, Flextronics International Ltd. loaned Swedish Kronor 3,200,000 to Mr. Ronny Nilsson. Mr. Nilsson executed a promissory note in favor of Flextronics International Ltd. that bore interest at a rate of 4.50% per year and matured on March 31, 2002. In fiscal 2002, Mr. Nilsson paid the principal in full and accrued interest on the loan of $19,805 was forgiven.

On May 4, 2001, one of our subsidiaries, Flextronics International N.V., loaned $973,610 to Mr. Nilsson. Mr. Nilsson executed a promissory note in favor of Flextronics International N.V. that bears interest compounded quarterly at a rate of 4.19% per year and matures on May 4, 2004. The remaining outstanding balance of the loan as of March 31, 2002 was $1,010,716 (representing $973,610 in principal and $37,106 in accrued interest).

Mr. Dykes.On May 29, 2002, Flextronics USA loaned $1,947,221 to Mr. Robert R.B. Dykes. Mr. Dykes executed a Loan and Security Agreement and a promissory note in favor of Flextronics USA that bears interest at a rate of 5.85% per year and matures on May 29, 2006.

Mr. Smach.On April 3, 2000, Flextronics USA loaned $1,000,000 to Mr. Thomas J. Smach. Mr. Smach executed a Loan and Security Agreement and a promissory note in favor of Flextronics USA that does not bear interest and matures on April 3, 2005. The remaining outstanding balance of the loan as of March 31, 2002 was $1,000,000 in principal.

Other Loans to Executive Officers

     In connection with an investment partnership of our executive officers, Glouple Ventures LLC, one of our subsidiaries, Flextronics International, NV, which we refer to in this section as Flextronics NV, has entered into the following transactions with our executive officers.

• in July 2000, Flextronics NV loaned $76,922 to each of Messrs. Dykes, Marks, McNamara, Nilsson, Smach and Snyder, and each executed a promissory note in favor of Flextronics NV that bears interest at a rate of 6.40% and matures on August 15, 2010;
• in August 2000, Flextronics NV loaned an aggregate of $51,157 to each of Messrs. Dykes, Marks, McNamara, Nilsson, Smach and Snyder, and each executed promissory notes in favor of Flextronics NV that bear interest at a rate of 6.22% and mature on August 15, 2010;
• in November 2000, Flextronics NV loaned an aggregate of $428,286 to each of Messrs. Dykes, Marks, McNamara, Nilsson, Smach and Snyder, and each executed promissory notes in favor of Flextronics NV that bear interest at a rate of 6.09% and mature on August 15, 2010;

15


• in August 2001, Flextronics NV loaned an aggregate of $71,429 to each of Messrs. Dykes, Marks, McNamara, Nilsson, Smach and Snyder, and each executed a promissory note in favor of Flextronics NV that bears interest at a rate of 5.72% and matures on August 15, 2010;
• in November 2001, Flextronics NV loaned an aggregate of $58,298 to each of Messrs. Dykes, Marks, McNamara, Nilsson, Smach and Snyder, and each executed a promissory note in favor of Flextronics NV that bears interest at a rate of 5.05% and matures on August 15, 2010; and
• in December 2001, Flextronics NV loaned an aggregate of $7,692 to each of Messrs. Dykes, Marks, McNamara, Nilsson, Smach and Snyder, and each executed a promissory note in favor of Flextronics NV that bears interest at a rate of 5.05% and matures on August 15, 2010.

     As of March 31, 2002, the entire principal amount of these loans from Flextronics NV, together with $313,734 of accrued interest, was outstanding. We do not intend for any further loans to be made by Flextronics NV to our executive officers.

Investment in Softchain

During fiscal 2002, we invested approximately $1.7 million, and Glouple Ventures invested approximately $0.8 million in convertible promissory notes of Softchain, Inc., a private company founded by independent investors and Mr. Dykes to develop advanced supply chain software for sale across the electronics industry. These notes are convertible into preferred stock of Softchain. During fiscal 2002, we also paid approximately $2.0 million for a license from Softchain to use its supply chain software, which is expected to improve Flextronics’ costs. The terms of the investment and license were negotiated for Flextronics by Flextronics personnel with no affiliation with Softchain, and not by Mr. Dykes. Mr. Dykes is also a director of Softchain and held common stock representing approximately 16% of the capital stock of Softchain on a fully-diluted basis. In addition, members of Mr. Dykes’ family hold approximately 1% of the capital stock of Softchain on a fully-diluted basis. The shares of Softchain directly held by Mr. Dykes are being donated to a charitable organization in order to eliminate the potential for, or perception of, an economic conflict of interest.

PROPOSAL NO. 4:3:

TO RECEIVE AND ADOPT OUR AUDITED ACCOUNTS,

INCLUDING THE REPORTS OF THE DIRECTORS AND AUDITORS

     Our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2002 accompanies this proxy statement. The Annual Report on Form 10-K includes our consolidated financial statements, prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or U.S. GAAP. Our Singapore statutory financial statements, prepared in conformity with the provisions of the Singapore Companies Act, is included in this proxy statement. The U.S. GAAP financial statements and the Singapore statutory financial statements are accompanied by Auditors’ Reports of Arthur Andersen LLP, our independent auditors for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2002. We publish our U.S. GAAP financial statements in U.S. dollars, which is

16


the principal currency in which we conduct our business. Our Singapore statutory financial statements have been prepared and circulated to shareholders as a part of this proxy statement as required by Singapore law.

The Board recommends a vote FOR the receipt and adoption of

our U.S. GAAP financial statements and
Singapore statutory financial statements,
including the Auditors’ Reports included therein and
the Directors’ Report included in
the Singapore statutory financial statements.

PROPOSAL NO. 5:

APPOINTMENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS AND

AUTHORIZATION OF BOARD TO FIX THEIR REMUNERATION

     The Board of Directors intends to engage Deloitte & Touche LLP as independent auditors to audit our accounts and records for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2003,2005, and to perform other appropriate services. We expect that a representative from Deloitte & Touche LLP will be present at the 20022004 Annual General Meeting. Such representative will have the opportunity to make a statement if he or she so desires and is expected to be available to respond to appropriate questions. Arthur Andersen LLP will not seek reappointment at

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Set forth below are the 2002 Annual General Meeting.

     On May 3, 2002,fees paid for the Audit Committeeservices of our Board of Directors determined that it would replace Arthur Andersen LLP as our independent auditors and resolved, subject to shareholder approval, to appoint Deloitte & Touche LLP, asthe member firms of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu, and their respective affiliates in fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2003 (in millions).

         
Fiscal 2004Fiscal 2003

Audit Fees $4.5  $3.8 
Audit-Related Fees  1.0   0.1 
Tax Fees  2.0   1.7 
All Other Fees      

Total: $7.5  $5.6 

Audit Feesconsist of fees billed for professional services rendered by our independent auditors for the audit of our annual financial statements included in our report on Form 10-K, the review of our quarterly financial statements included in our reports on Form 10-Q, the issuance of consents related to the preparation of registration statements, and other services that generally only the independent auditors reasonably can provide in connection with statutory and regulatory filings.

Audit-Related Feesconsist of fees billed for assurance and related services by our auditors that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of our financial statements and not included in

11


Audit Fees. In fiscal year ending March 31,2004, these fees related primarily to accounting consultation services and readiness services related to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Tax Feesconsist of fees billed for professional services rendered by our independent auditors for tax compliance, tax advise, tax consultation and tax planning services.

All Other Feesconsist of billed for professional services rendered by our independent auditors for permissible no-audit services, if any. We did not incur fees under this category during fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2003. For Singapore statutory law purposes,

Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policy

     The audit committee’s policy is to pre-approve all audit and permissible non-audit services provided by the appointmentindependent auditors. These services may include audit services, audit-related services, tax services and other services. Pre-approval is generally provided for up to one year, and any pre-approval is detailed as to the particular service or category of services. The independent auditors and management are required to periodically report to the audit committee regarding the extent of services provided by the independent auditors in accordance with this pre-approval, and the fees for the services performed to date. The audit committee may also pre-approve particular services on a case-by-case basis.

     The audit committee has determined that the provision of no-audit services under appropriate circumstances may be compatible with maintaining the independence of Deloitte & Touche LLP, is subject to shareholder approval at the 2002 Annual General Meeting. A notice of nomination of the proposed new auditors,and that all such services provided by Deloitte & Touche LLP given by one of our shareholdersto us in the past were compatible with maintaining such independence. The audit committee is enclosed with this proxy statement, as required by Singapore law.

     The report of Arthur Andersen LLP forsensitive to the fiscal years ended March 31, 2002concern that some non-audit services, and March 31, 2001 did not contain an adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion and was not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles. During the fiscal years ended March 31, 2002 and March 31, 2001related fees, could impair independence and the interim period from April 1, 2002 through May 3, 2002, there were no disagreements between us and Arthur Andersen LLP on any matter of accounting principlescommittee believes it important that independence be maintained. However, the committee also recognizes that in some areas, services that are identified by the relevant regulations as “tax fees” or practices, financial statement disclosure or auditing scope or procedure, which, if not resolved“other fees” are sufficiently related to the satisfaction of Arthur Andersen LLP would have caused it to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreement in connection with its report. No reportable event, as described in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K, has occurred during our fiscal years ended March 31, 2002 and March 31, 2001 or the interim period from April 1, 2002 through May 3, 2002.

     During the fiscal years ended March 31, 2002 and March 31, 2001 and the interim period from April 1, 2002 through May 3, 2002, we did not consult withaudit work performed by Deloitte & Touche LLP that it would be highly inefficient and unnecessarily expensive to use a separate firm to perform those non-audit services. The audit committee intends to evaluate each such circumstance on (i) eitherits own merits, and to approve the applicationperformance of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed, or the type of audit opinion that mightnon-audit services where it believes efficiency can be rendered on our financial statements, and neither a written report nor oral advice was provided to us that Deloitte & Touche LLP concluded was an important factor considered by us in reaching a decision as to

17


the accounting, auditing or financial reporting issue; or (ii) the subject of any disagreement, as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K and the related instructions, or reportable event.
obtained without meaningfully compromising independence.

The Board recommends a vote FOR the

appointment of Deloitte & Touche LLP as independent
auditors for fiscal 2003 in place of Arthur Andersen LLP
year 2005 and authorization for the Board to fix their remuneration.

AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT

     The Audit Committee assists the Board of Directors in overseeing of Flextronics’ financial accounting and reporting processes and systems of internal controls. The committee also evaluates the performance and independence of Flextronics’ independent auditors. The Audit Committee operates under a written charter. Under the written charter, the Audit Committee consists of at least three directors, a majority of whom are not officers or employees of Flextronics. The current members of the committee are Mr. Ahkong, Mr. Foley and Mr. Moritz. Each is an “independent” director as defined by the rules of the Nasdaq National Market.

     Flextronics’ financial and senior management supervise its systems of internal controls and the financial reporting process. Flextronics’ independent auditors perform an independent audit of Flextronics’ consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States and issue a report on these consolidated financial statements. The Audit Committee monitors these processes.

     The Audit Committee has reviewed Flextronics’ audited consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2002 and has met with both the management of Flextronics and its independent auditors to discuss the consolidated financial statements. Flextronics’ management represented to the Audit Committee that its audited consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

     The Audit Committee also discussed with Flextronics’ independent auditors the matters required to be discussed by Statement on Auditing Standards No. 61, Communication with Audit Committees. The Audit Committee has also received from Flextronics’ independent auditors the written disclosures and letter required by Independence Standards Board Standard No. 1, Independence Discussions with Audit Committees, and has discussed with Flextronics’ independent auditors the independence of that firm. The Audit Committee has also considered whether the provision of non-audit services by Flextronics’ independent auditors is compatible with maintaining the independence of the independent auditors.

     Based on the Audit Committee’s discussions with the management of Flextronics and Flextronics’ independent auditors and based on the Audit Committee’s review of Flextronics’ audited consolidated financial statements together with the report of Flextronics’ independent auditors on the consolidated financial statements and the representations of Flextronics’ management with regard to these consolidated financial statements, the Audit Committee recommended to Flextronics’ Board of Directors that the audited consolidated financial statements be included in Flextronics’ Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2002, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 3, 2002.

     During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2002, the aggregate fees billed by Arthur Andersen LLP, Flextronics’ auditors during fiscal 2002, for professional services were as follows:

• Audit Fees. The aggregate fees billed by Arthur Andersen LLP for professional services rendered for the audit of Flextronics’ annual consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended March 31,

18


2002 including all statutory audits required for Flextronics’ subsidiaries and for the review of the consolidated financial statements included in Flextronics’ Forms 10-Q for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2002 were approximately $3,600,000;
• Financial Information Systems Design and Implementation Fees. There were no fees billed by Arthur Andersen LLP for professional services rendered for financial information systems design and implementation for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2002; and
• All Other Fees. The aggregate fees billed by Arthur Andersen LLP for services other than those described above for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2002 totaled approximately $5,900,000, including audit-related fees of $1,600,000 and other fees of $4,300,000. Audit-related fees included benefit plan audits, acquisition-related due diligence, accounting consultation, various attest services under professional standards, assistance with registration statements, comfort letters and consents. Other fees were primarily for tax services performed worldwide.

Submitted by the Audit Committee
of the Board of Directors:
Chuen Fah Alain Ahkong
Patrick Foley
Michael J. Moritz

PROPOSAL NO. 6:4:

ORDINARY RESOLUTION TO APPROVE THE INCREASE

IN THE NUMBER OF ORDINARY SHARES AUTHORIZED
FOR ISSUANCE UNDER THE 2001 EQUITY INCENTIVE1997 EMPLOYEE SHARE PURCHASE PLAN

     Our shareholders are being asked to approve an amendment to our 2001 Equity Incentive1997 Employee Share Purchase Plan, which was adopted by the Board of Directors and approved by the shareholders in 2001,1997, and which we refer to as the 2001Share Purchase Plan, to increase the number of our ordinary shares authorized for issuance under the Share Purchase Plan by 1,000,000 ordinary shares, from 4,400,000 ordinary shares to 5,400,000 ordinary shares.

     As of June 30, 2004, there were 707,225 ordinary shares available for issuance under the Share Purchase Plan and if this Proposal No. 4 is approved, 1,707,225 ordinary shares will be available for issuance under the Share Purchase Plan. The Board believes the share increase is necessary for us to continue to have a sufficient reserve of ordinary shares available under the Share Purchase Plan to attract and retain the services of key employees and other qualified personnel essential to our long-term success and to effectively compete for qualified personnel in our markets.

Share Purchase Plan History

Our Board adopted the Share Purchase Plan in September 1997 and our shareholders approved the adoption in October 1997. We have made it our practice to reserve enough shares to satisfy what we believe will be two years of purchases under the Share Purchase Plan and to see annual approval from our shareholders of enough

12


shares to maintain that level. Our shareholders approved increases to the number of shares reserved for issuance under the Share Purchase Plan in August 1999, September 2000, August 2002 and September 2003. The purpose of the Share Purchase Plan is to provide that:our employees and employees of our subsidiaries and parent (when designated by our Board as eligible to participate in the Share Purchase Plan) with a convenient means to acquire an equity interest in us through payroll deductions and to provide an incentive for continued employment. We intend that the Share Purchase Plan will qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Ordinary Shares Subject to the Share Purchase Plan

     The ordinary shares subject to issuance under the Share Purchase Plan consist of our authorized but unissued ordinary shares. With approval of this amendment, a total of 5,400,000 ordinary shares will have been reserved for issuance by our Board under the Share Purchase Plan. This number of ordinary shares is subject to proportional adjustment to reflect stock splits, bonus issuances and other similar events (if any) in the future.

Administration

     The Share Purchase Plan will be administered by the Board of Directors or a committee of at least two members of the Board, which we refer to in this section as the Committee. The interpretation or construction by the Committee of any provisions of the Share Purchase Plan will be final and binding on all employees.

Eligibility

     All of our employees and those of any of our subsidiaries and parent (when designated by our Board) are eligible to participate in an Offering Period, as defined below, under the Share Purchase Plan, except (a) employees who are not employed by us or, as the case may be, by a subsidiary or parent, one month from the beginning of such Offering Period; (b) employees who are customarily employed for 20 hours or less per week; (c) employees who are customarily employed for five months or less in a calendar year; (d) employees who own shares or hold options to purchase shares or who, as a result of participation in the Share Purchase Plan, would own shares or hold options to purchase shares, possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our shares or any of our subsidiaries and parent; and (e) individuals who provide services to us as independent contractors who are reclassified as common law employees for any purpose other than federal income and employment tax purposes.

     As of June 30, 2004, approximately 8,100 persons were eligible to participate in the Share Purchase Plan and 3,692,775 shares had been issued pursuant to the Share Purchase Plan.

     Employees participate in the Share Purchase Plan through payroll deductions. An employee sets the rate of such payroll deductions, which may not be less than 2% nor more than 10% of the employee’s compensation, including base salary, commissions, bonuses and shift premiums before any deductions from the employee’s salary pursuant to Sections 125 or 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. No employee is permitted to purchase shares under the Share Purchase Plan at a rate which, when aggregated with such employee’s rights to purchase stock under all of our similar purchase plans, exceeds $25,000 in fair market value determined as of the Offering Date for each calendar year. We do not maintain any other similar purchase plan, nor do any of our subsidiaries.

Transferability

     In general, rights under the Share Purchase Plan may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

Offering Periods

Each offering of ordinary shares under the Share Purchase Plan is for a period of six months, which we refer to as an Offering Period. Offering Periods commence on December 1 and June 1 of each year and end on May 31 and November 30 of the next calendar year, respectively. Each Offering Period consists of one six-month Purchase Period during which payroll deductions of the employees are accumulated under the Share Purchase Plan. The Board of Directors has the power to set the beginning of any Offering Period and to change the date or the duration of Offering Periods or Purchase Periods without shareholder approval, including adopting 24-month Offering Periods consisting of four six-month Purchase Periods, if such change is announced

13


at least 15 days before the scheduled beginning of the first Offering Period to be affected. The first day of each Offering Period is the “Offering Date” for such Offering Period and the last business day of each Purchase Period is the “Purchase Date” for such Purchase Period.

     Employees will participate in the Share Purchase Plan during each Offering Period through regular payroll deductions as described above. Employees may elect to participate in any Offering Period by enrolling as provided under the terms of the Share Purchase Plan. Once enrolled, an employee will automatically participate in each succeeding Offering Period unless the employee withdraws from the Offering Period or the Share Purchase Plan is terminated. After the rate of payroll deductions for an Offering Period has been set by an employee, that rate will continue to be effective for the remainder of the Offering Period (and for all subsequent Offering Periods in which the employee is automatically enrolled) unless otherwise changed by the employee. The employee may increase or lower the rate of payroll deductions for any subsequent Offering Period, but may only lower the rate of payroll deductions for an ongoing Offering Period. No more than one change may be made during a single Offering Period.

Purchase Price

     The purchase price of ordinary shares that may be acquired in any Purchase Period under the Share Purchase Plan is 85% of the lesser of: (a) the fair market value of the ordinary shares on the Offering Date; or (b) the fair market value of the ordinary shares on the Purchase Date. In no event may the purchase price be less than the par value of the ordinary shares. The fair market value of our ordinary shares is deemed to be the closing price of our ordinary shares on the NASDAQ National Market on the date of determination as reported in The Wall Street Journal. As of June 30, 2004, the closing price of our ordinary shares on the NASDAQ Stock Market was $15.95 per share.

Purchase of Shares Under the Share Purchase Plan

     The number of whole shares an employee may purchase in any Purchase Period will be determined by dividing the total payroll amount withheld from the employee during the Purchase Period pursuant to the Share Purchase Plan by the purchase price for each share determined as described above, rounded down to the nearest whole number. The purchase will take place automatically on the Purchase Date of such Purchase Period.

Withdrawal

     An employee may withdraw from any Offering Period. Upon withdrawal, the accumulated payroll deductions will be returned to the withdrawn employee, without interest, provided that the withdrawal occurs at least 15 days before the related Purchase Date. If the withdrawal occurs less than 15 days before such Purchase Date, payroll deductions will continue for the remainder of that Purchase Period. No further payroll deductions for the purpose of shares will be made for the succeeding Offering Period unless the employee enrolls in the new Offering Period at least 15 days before the Offering Date.

Amendment and Termination of the Share Purchase Plan

     The Board of Directors may at any time amend, terminate or extend the term of the Share Purchase Plan, except that any such termination cannot affect the terms of subscription rights previously granted under the Share Purchase Plan, nor may any amendment make any change to the terms of subscription rights previously granted which would adversely affect the right of any participant, nor may any amendment be made without shareholder approval if such amendment would:

 (a) increase the number of shares that may be issued under the automatic option grant program of the 2001 Plan, individuals who first become non-employee directors will automatically receive options to purchase 25,000 ordinary shares, rather than the 20,000 ordinary shares currently provided for under the 2001 Plan, and eligible continuing directors will automatically annually receive options to purchase 12,500 ordinary shares on the date of each Annual General Meeting, including the 2002 Annual General Meeting, rather than the 6,000 ordinary shares currently provided for under the 2001Share Purchase Plan; and
or
 
 (b) underchange the discretionary option grant programdesignation of the 2001employees, or class of employees, eligible for participation in the Share Purchase Plan.

Term of the Share Purchase Plan

The Share Purchase Plan will continue until the earlier to occur of: (a) termination of the Share Purchase Plan by the Board of Directors; (b) the issuance of all the ordinary shares reserved for issuance under the Share

14


Purchase Plan; or (c) September 2007, ten years after the date the Share Purchase Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Information

The following is a general summary as of the date of this proxy statement of the United States federal income tax consequences to us and those of our employees in the United States who participate in the share purchase plan. Federal tax laws may change and the federal, state and local tax consequences for any participating employee will depend upon his or her individual circumstances. Each participating employee has been and is encouraged to seek the advice of a qualified tax adviser regarding the tax consequences of participation in the share purchase plan. The following discussion does not purport to describe state or local income tax consequences in the United States, nor tax consequences for participants in other countries.

     The Share Purchase Plan is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code.

Tax Treatment for Employees. Employees will not recognize income for federal income tax purposes either upon enrollment in the Share Purchase Plan or upon the purchase of shares. All tax consequences are deferred until an employee sells the shares, disposes of the shares by gift or dies. Payroll deductions, however, remain fully-taxable as ordinary income at the time the deduction is taken, and there is no deferral of the ordinary income assessed on these amounts.

     If ordinary shares are held for more than one year after the date of purchase and more than two years from the beginning of the applicable Offering Period, or if the employee dies while owning the shares, the employee realizes ordinary income on a sale, or a disposition by way of gift or upon death, to the extent of the lesser of: (a) the excess of the fair market value of the shares at the beginning of the Offering Period over the option price; or (b) the actual gain, the amount by which the fair market value of the ordinary shares on the date of sale, gift or death exceeds the purchase price. All additional gain upon the sale of shares is treated as capital gain. If the shares are sold and the sale price is less than the purchase price, there is no ordinary income and the employee has a capital loss for the difference between the sale price and the purchase price.

     If the ordinary shares are sold or are otherwise disposed of including by way of gift, but not death, bequest or inheritance (in any case, a “disqualifying disposition”), within either the one-year or the two-year holding periods described above, the employee realizes ordinary income at the time of sale or other disposition to the extent that the fair market value of the ordinary shares at the date of purchase is greater than the purchase price. This excess will constitute ordinary income, not currently subject to withholding, in the year of the sale or other disposition even if no gain is realized on the sale or if a gratuitous transfer is made. The difference, if any, between the proceeds of sale and the aggregate fair market value of the ordinary shares at the date of purchase is a capital gain or loss. Capital gains may be offset by capital losses, and up to $3,000 of capital losses may be used annually against ordinary income.

Tax Treatment for Flextronics. We will be entitled to a deduction from our income that is taxed by the United States in connection with the disposition of shares acquired under the Share Purchase Plan only to the extent that the employee recognizes ordinary income on a disqualifying disposition of the shares. We will treat any transfer of record ownership of shares as a disposition, unless we are notified to the contrary. In order to enable us to learn of disqualifying dispositions and ascertain the amount of the deductions to which it is entitled, employees will be required to notify us in writing of the date and terms of any disposition of shares purchased under the Share Purchase Plan.

ERISA. The Share Purchase Plan is not subject to any of the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 nor is it qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code.

History of Share Purchases Under the 1997 Plan

Our chief executive officer and four other most highly compensated executive officers who were serving as executive officers as of March 31, 2004, our current executive officers as a group, our current non-employee directors as a group and our current employees (excluding executive officers and directors) as a group exercised

15


purchase rights to purchase shares under the 1997 Plan, over the life of the plan, through June 30, 2004, as follows:
Number of Securities
Name and PositionPurchased

Michael E. Marks
Chief Executive Officer5,722
Michael McNamara
Chief Operating Officer10,126
Ronny Nilsson
President, Flextronics Network Services
Robert R.B. Dykes
President, Systems Group and Chief Financial Officer12,626
Ash Bhardwaj
President, Design Services and ODM Products Group
All current executive officers as a group (6 persons)28,474
All current non-employee directors as a group (5 persons)
All current employees, including officers who are not executive officers, as a group3,664,301

The Board recommends a vote FOR the approval

of the increase in the number of ordinary shares authorized
for issuance under the 1997 Employee Share Purchase Plan.

PROPOSALS NO. 5 AND 6:

ORDINARY RESOLUTIONS TO APPROVE THE INCREASE IN THE NUMBER

OF ORDINARY SHARES AUTHORIZED FOR ISSUANCE UNDER THE
2001 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN AND TO AMEND AND RESTATE
THE 2001 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN TO ALLOW FOR THE ISSUANCE
OF STOCK BONUSES

Our shareholders are being asked to approve amendments to our 2001 Equity Incentive Plan, which we refer to below as the 2001 Plan. The principal features of the 2001 Plan are summarized below. However, this summary is not a complete description of all of the provisions of the 2001 Plan, which is attached to this proxy statement asAnnex A. The amendments to the 2001 Plan provide that:

(a) The share reserve will be eligible to receive options to purchase upincrease by 20,000,000 ordinary shares to an aggregate of 100,00027,000,000 ordinary shares per calendar year, rather than the 50,000from an aggregate of 7,000,000 ordinary shares currently provided forshares; and

     (b)     Approve the addition of contingent stock bonuses as a type of award under the 2001 Plan.

     The Board believes these amendments are necessary for us to continue to attract and retain the services of qualified non-employee directors. well-qualified employees (including officers) and directors given the highly competitive global market for the talents of these individuals.

As of June 1, 2002,30, 2004, there were 6,096,7872,941,196 ordinary shares available for issuance under the 2001 Plan and if Proposal No. 5 is approved, 22,941,196 ordinary shares will be available for issuance under the 2001 Plan.

19 The Board believes the share increase is necessary for us to continue to have a sufficient reserve of ordinary shares available under the 2001 Plan to attract and retain the services of employees, officers and directors essential to our long-term success and to effectively compete for qualified personnel in our markets.

16


2001 Plan — Voting Power Dilution (VPD)

Many shareholders evaluate increases in stock compensation plans by an evaluation of VPD. VPD assesses the relative reduction in voting power as outstanding options are exercised and existing shareholders’ proportional ownership is diluted. VPD is measured based on the following formula:

A + B + C

A + B + C + D

Where:A = shares reserved for a new plan or plan amendment
B = shares available for issuance under existing plans
C = shares underlying options granted but not yet exercised under all existing plans
D = shares outstanding, plus share equivalents under convertible debt

     As of June 30, 2004, the Company had 531,002,666 ordinary shares issued and outstanding and 19,047,617 ordinary shares subject to issuance upon conversion of its outstanding junior subordinated notes. The Company also had 54,454,466 ordinary shares underlying options granted but not yet exercised, and 5,474,299 ordinary shares available for issuance under all the existing option plans.

     The proposed increase of 20,000,000 shares to the existing 2001 Plan will result in a VPD of 12.7% as of June 30, 2004.

2001 Plan History

     The Board of Directors adopted the 2001 Plan in August 2001 and our shareholders approved our Board’s adoption of the adoption2001 Plan in September 2001.2001 with an initial reserve of 7,000,000 ordinary shares. In addition to the ordinary shares reserved by the Board, subject to the terms of the 2001 Plan, the remaining ordinary shares that were available for issuance under our 1993 Share Option Plan and any ordinary shares that were issuable upon exercise of options granted under our 1993 Share Option Plan that expired or became unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, became available for grant under the 2001 Plan. On June 29, 2004, our Board approved the above amendments to the 2001 Plan.

Ordinary Shares Subject to the 2001 Plan

     The ordinary shares subject to issuance under the 2001 Plan consist of our authorized, but unissued, ordinary shares. A total of 7,000,000 ordinary shares have been reserved for issuance by the Board over the ten-year term of the 2001 Plan plus ordinary shares that are subject to issuance upon exercise of options granted under the 2001 Plan but that cease to be subject to such option for any reason other than exercise or surrender of such option.Board. In addition to the ordinary shares reserved by the Board, subject to the terms of the 2001 Plan, the remaining ordinary shares that were available for issuance under our 1993 Share Option Plan and any ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of options granted under our 1993 Share Option Plan that expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full will be available for grant under the 2001 Plan.

     In no event may any one participant in the 2001 Plan be granted options to purchase more than 4,000,000 As of June 30, 2004, there were 14,974,998 ordinary shares in the aggregate per calendar yearstill subject to outstanding options granted under our 1993 Share Option Plan and there were 2,941,196 ordinary shares available for issuance under the 2001 Plan.

     In the event any change is made to our outstanding ordinary shares by reason of any recapitalization, bonus issue, stock split, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other changes affecting the outstanding shares as a class without our receipt of consideration, appropriate adjustments will be made to the maximum number and/or class of securities issuable under the 2001 Plan, the maximum number and/or class of securities for which any participant may be granted optionsawards over the term of the 2001 Plan and the number and/or class of securities and price per share in effect under each outstanding option,award, and the class of securities for which automatic option grants are to be subsequently made to newly electednewly-elected or continuing non-employee directors.

Administration

     The 2001 Plan contains two separate equity incentive programs, includingprograms: a discretionary option grantstock option/stock bonus program, and an automatic stock option grant program. The discretionary option grant program is administered by the Compensation Committee with respect to executive officers and directors and by the Chairman of our Board, Mr. Marks,Richard L. Sharp, with respect to all other employees. The Compensation Committee and the Chairman of the Board are referred to in this section as the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator has complete discretion, subject to the provisions of the 2001 Plan, to authorize option grants and awards of stock bonuses under the 2001 Plan. However, all grants under the automatic option grant program must be made in strict

17


compliance with the provisions of that program, and no administrative discretion can be exercised by the Plan Administrator with respect to the grants made under that program.automatic grants.

Eligibility

     Our executive officers, members of our Board of Directors, and all of our employees and those of our subsidiaries and parentsparent are eligible to participate in the discretionary option grant program. Non-employee directors are also eligible to participate in the automatic option grant program. Non-employee directors may not participate in the automatic option grant program if such participation is prohibited or restricted, either absolutely or subject to various securities requirements, whether legal or administrative, then being complied with in the jurisdiction in which such director is a resident. Non-employee directors are eligible to receive options to purchase an aggregate of 50,000100,000 ordinary shares per calendar year. If this Proposal No. 6 is

20


approved by our shareholders, non-employee directors wouldIn no event may any one participant in the 2001 Plan be eligible to receivegranted options to purchase an aggregate of 100,000more than 4,000,000 ordinary shares in the aggregate per calendar year.
year under the 2001 Plan.

     As of June 1, 2002 approximately 630, 2004, six executive officers, 6five directors and approximately 18,50018,800 employees were eligible to participate in the 2001 Plan, and 5five non-employee directors were eligible to participate in the automatic option grant program.

Transferability

     In general, awards granted under the 2001 Plan may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Awards may be transferred to family members through a gift or domestic relations order. Subject to applicable laws, certain optionees who reside outside of the United States and Singapore may assign their award to a financial institution located outside of the United States and Singapore.

Equity Incentive Programs

Discretionary Option Grant Program

Discretionary Stock Option/Stock Bonus Program

     Options may be granted under the discretionary option grant program at an exercise price per share not less than 100% of the fair market value per ordinary share on the option grant date. Each option granted under this program are generally is exercisable as determined by the Compensation Committee. Options will not be exercisable more than ten years after the date of grant, and options granted to non-employees will not be exercisable more than five years after the date of grant.

     Options granted under the 2001 Plan generally may be exercised as to vested shares for a period of time after the termination of the option holder’s service to us or a parent or subsidiary. Generally, the Plan Administrator has complete discretion to extend the period following the optionee’s cessation of service during which his or her outstanding options may be exercised and/or to accelerate the exercisability or vesting of such options in whole or in part. Such discretion may be exercised at any time while the options remain outstanding, whether before or after the optionee’s actual cessation of service.

     Singapore law prevents us from granting restricted stock. As a result, we are proposing to expand our compensation program by granting stock bonuses. Stock bonuses may be granted under the discretionary program contingent upon satisfaction of conditions determined by the Compensation Committee and communicated to the potential recipient in advance. As the conditions to grant must be met in advance, when a stock bonus is granted, the shares issued will not be subject to vesting and no additional payment will be required (satisfaction of the condition being viewed as a form of payment). The condition(s) to grant a stock bonus could be a single requirement such as remaining in our service for a period of time, or many requirements, such as meeting individual or company-wide performance goals.

Automatic Option Grant Program

     Under the automatic option grant program, each individual who firstinitially becomes a non-employee director, will automatically be granted at that time stock options to purchase 20,00025,000 ordinary shares. In addition, on the date of each Annual General Meeting, individuals who first become non-employee directors on that date automatically will be granted options to purchase 20,00025,000 ordinary shares, and continuing non-employee directors automatically will be granted options to purchase 6,000 ordinary shares. If this Proposal No. 6 is approved by our shareholders, following the effective date of the amendment to the 2001 Plan, the individuals who first become non-employee directors will automatically receive options to subscribe for 25,000 ordinary shares and eligible continuing directors will automatically annually receive options to subscribe for 12,500 ordinary shares.

18


     Each option granted under this program must have an exercise price per share equal to 100% of the fair market value per ordinary share on the grant date and a maximum term of five years. Each option becomes exercisable as to 25% of the total shares one year after the date of grant and as to 1/48 of the total shares each month thereafter.

     Each automatic option grant will automatically accelerate upon an acquisition of us by merger or asset sale or a hostile change in control of us. In addition, upon the successful completion of a hostile take-over,

21


each automatic option grant which has been outstanding for at least six months may be surrendered to us for a cash distribution per surrendered option share in an amount equal to the excess of (a) the take-over price per share over (b) the exercise price payable for such share.

Valuation

     The fair market value per ordinary share on any relevant date under the 2001 Plan is the closing sales price per share on that date on the NasdaqNASDAQ National Market. As of June 14, 2002,30, 2004, the closing price of our ordinary shares on the Nasdaq National Market was $9.54$15.95 per share.

Acceleration

     Except for grants made under the automatic option grant program described above, in the event of a dissolution or liquidation or if we are acquired by merger or asset sale, each outstanding option under the discretionary option grant program shall automatically accelerate so that each such option or stock bonus award shall, immediately prior to the effective date of such transaction, become fully exercisablevested with respect to the total number of shares then subject to such option and may be exercised for all or any portion of such shares. However, subject to the specific terms of an optionee’sa given option, agreement, an outstanding option under the 2001 Planvesting shall not so accelerate if, and to the extent, such option is either to be assumed or replaced with a comparable option to purchaseright covering shares of the capital stock of the successor corporation or parent thereof, such optionor is to be replaced with a cash incentive program of the successor corporation which preserves the option spreadinherent value existing at the time of such transaction or the acceleration of vesting of such option is subject to other limitations imposed by the Plan Administrator at the time of the optionits grant.

     The acceleration of vesting in the event of a change in the ownership or control of us may be seen as an anti-takeover provision and may have the effect of discouraging a merger proposal, a takeover attempt or other efforts to gain control of us.

Payment for OptionsShares

     Option holdersThe consideration for shares to be issued under the 2001 Plan may pay the exercise price of vested, outstanding optionsbe paid in cash, by executing a same-day sale, by cancellation of indebtedness, by conversion of a convertible note issued by us or through waiver of compensation.compensation due.

Amendment and TerminationOF ORDINARY SHARES AUTHORIZED FOR ISSUANCE UNDER THE

2001 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN AND TO AMEND AND RESTATE
THE 2001 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN TO ALLOW FOR THE ISSUANCE
OF STOCK BONUSES

     Our shareholders are being asked to approve amendments to our 2001 Equity Incentive Plan, which we refer to below as the 2001 Plan. The Boardprincipal features of Directors may at any time amend or modify the 2001 Plan in any orare summarized below. However, this summary is not a complete description of all respects, except that any such amendment or modification cannot adversely affectof the rightsprovisions of options previously grantedthe 2001 Plan, which is attached to this proxy statement asAnnex A. The amendments to the 2001 Plan provide that:

(a) The share reserve will increase by 20,000,000 ordinary shares to an aggregate of 27,000,000 ordinary shares from an aggregate of 7,000,000 ordinary shares; and

     (b)     Approve the addition of contingent stock bonuses as a type of award under the 2001 Plan.

     The Board believes these amendments are necessary for us to continue to attract and retain the services of well-qualified employees (including officers) and directors given the highly competitive global market for the talents of these individuals.

As of June 30, 2004, there were 2,941,196 ordinary shares available for issuance under the 2001 Plan unlessand if Proposal No. 5 is approved, 22,941,196 ordinary shares will be available for issuance under the option holders consent.2001 Plan. The Board may terminatebelieves the share increase is necessary for us to continue to have a sufficient reserve of ordinary shares available under the 2001 Plan at any time. In addition,to attract and retain the automatic option grant program may not be amended more frequently than once every six months, other thanservices of employees, officers and directors essential to the extent necessaryour long-term success and to comply with applicable U.S. income tax laws and regulations. In addition, the Board may not, without the approval ofeffectively compete for qualified personnel in our shareholders,markets.

16


2001 Plan — Voting Power Dilution (VPD)

Many shareholders evaluate increases in stock compensation plans by an evaluation of VPD. VPD assesses the relative reduction in voting power as outstanding options are exercised and existing shareholders’ proportional ownership is diluted. VPD is measured based on the following formula:

A + B + C

A + B + C + D

 • Where:amend the Plan to materially increase the maximum number of ordinaryA = shares issuablereserved for a new plan or plan amendment
B = shares available for issuance under the 2001 Plan, the number of ordinaryexisting plans
C = shares for whichunderlying options may be granted to newly-elected or continuing non-employee directors, or the maximum number of ordinarybut not yet exercised under all existing plans
D = shares for which any one individual participating in the 2001 Plan may be granted options;
• materially modify the eligibility requirements for participation in the 2001 Plan; or
• materially increase the benefits accruing to participants in the 2001 Plan.outstanding, plus share equivalents under convertible debt

22     As of June 30, 2004, the Company had 531,002,666 ordinary shares issued and outstanding and 19,047,617 ordinary shares subject to issuance upon conversion of its outstanding junior subordinated notes. The Company also had 54,454,466 ordinary shares underlying options granted but not yet exercised, and 5,474,299 ordinary shares available for issuance under all the existing option plans.


     The proposed increase of 20,000,000 shares to the existing 2001 Plan will result in a VPD of 12.7% as of June 30, 2004.

Term2001 Plan History

     The Board of Directors adopted the 2001 Plan in August 2001 and our shareholders approved our Board’s adoption of the 2001 Plan in September 2001 with an initial reserve of 7,000,000 ordinary shares. In addition to the ordinary shares reserved by the Board, subject to the terms of the 2001 Plan, the remaining ordinary shares that were available for issuance under our 1993 Share Option Plan and any ordinary shares that were issuable upon exercise of options granted under our 1993 Share Option Plan that expired or became unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, became available for grant under the 2001 Plan. On June 29, 2004, our Board approved the above amendments to the 2001 Plan.

Ordinary Shares Subject to the 2001 Plan

     Unless terminated earlier,The ordinary shares subject to issuance under the 2001 Plan consist of our authorized, but unissued, ordinary shares. A total of 7,000,000 ordinary shares have been reserved for issuance by the Board. In addition to the ordinary shares reserved by the Board, subject to the terms of the 2001 Plan, any ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of options granted under our 1993 Share Option Plan that expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full will continue until August 2011,be available for grant under the 2001 Plan. As of June 30, 2004, there were 14,974,998 ordinary shares still subject to outstanding options granted under our 1993 Share Option Plan and there were 2,941,196 ordinary shares available for issuance under the 2001 Plan.

     In the event any change is made to our outstanding ordinary shares by reason of any recapitalization, bonus issue, stock split, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other changes affecting the outstanding shares as a class without our receipt of consideration, appropriate adjustments will be made to the maximum number and/or class of securities issuable under the 2001 Plan, the maximum number and/or class of securities for which any participant may be granted awards over the term of the 2001 Plan and the number and/or class of securities and price per share in effect under each outstanding award, and the class of securities for which automatic option grants are to be subsequently made to newly-elected or continuing non-employee directors.

Administration

The 2001 Plan contains two separate equity incentive programs: a discretionary stock option/stock bonus program, and an automatic stock option grant program. The discretionary program is administered by the Compensation Committee with respect to executive officers and directors and by the Chairman of our Board, Mr. Richard L. Sharp, with respect to all other employees. The Compensation Committee and the Chairman of the Board are referred to in this section as the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator has complete discretion, subject to the provisions of the 2001 Plan, to authorize option grants and awards of stock bonuses under the 2001 Plan. However, all grants under the automatic option grant program must be made in strict

17


compliance with the provisions of that program, and no administrative discretion can be exercised by the Plan Administrator with respect to the automatic grants.

Eligibility

     Our executive officers, members of our Board of Directors, and all of our employees and those of our subsidiaries and parent are eligible to participate in the discretionary program. Non-employee directors are also eligible to participate in the automatic option grant program. Non-employee directors may not participate in the automatic option grant program if such participation is prohibited or restricted, either absolutely or subject to various securities requirements, whether legal or administrative, then being complied with in the jurisdiction in which such director is a resident. Non-employee directors are eligible to receive options to purchase an aggregate of 100,000 ordinary shares per calendar year. In no event may any one participant in the 2001 Plan be granted options to purchase more than 4,000,000 ordinary shares in the aggregate per calendar year under the 2001 Plan.

     As of June 30, 2004, six executive officers, five directors and approximately 18,800 employees were eligible to participate in the 2001 Plan, and five non-employee directors were eligible to participate in the automatic option grant program.

Transferability

     In general, awards granted under the 2001 Plan may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Awards may be transferred to family members through a gift or domestic relations order. Subject to applicable laws, certain optionees who reside outside of the United States and Singapore may assign their award to a financial institution located outside of the United States and Singapore.

Equity Incentive Programs

Discretionary Stock Option/Stock Bonus Program

     Options may be granted under the discretionary program at an exercise price per share not less than 100% of the fair market value per ordinary share on the option grant date. Each option granted under this program generally is exercisable as determined by the Compensation Committee. Options will not be exercisable more than ten years after the date the 2001 Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors.

Federal Income Tax Consequences of Option Grants

The following is a general summary as ofgrant, and options granted to non-employees will not be exercisable more than five years after the date of this proxy statement of the United States Federal Income Tax Consequences to us and employees participating in the 2001 Plan. Federal tax laws may change and the federal, state and local tax consequences for any participating employee will depend upon his or her individual circumstances. Each participating employee has been and is encouraged to seek the advice of a qualified tax adviser regarding the tax consequences of participation in the 2001 Plan. The following discussion does not purport to describe state or local income tax consequences or tax consequences for participants in countries other than the United States.grant.

     Options granted under the 2001 Plan generally may be either incentive stock options which satisfyexercised as to vested shares for a period of time after the requirements of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code or non-statutory options which are not intended to meet such requirements. The United Stated federal income tax treatment for the two types of options differs as follows:

Incentive Stock Options. No taxable income is recognized by the optionee at the timetermination of the option holder’s service to us or a parent or subsidiary. Generally, the Plan Administrator has complete discretion to extend the period following the optionee’s cessation of service during which his or her outstanding options may be exercised and/or to accelerate the exercisability or vesting of such options in whole or in part. Such discretion may be exercised at any time while the options remain outstanding, whether before or after the optionee’s actual cessation of service.

     Singapore law prevents us from granting restricted stock. As a result, we are proposing to expand our compensation program by granting stock bonuses. Stock bonuses may be granted under the discretionary program contingent upon satisfaction of conditions determined by the Compensation Committee and communicated to the potential recipient in advance. As the conditions to grant must be met in advance, when a stock bonus is granted, the shares issued will not be subject to vesting and no taxable income is generally recognizedadditional payment will be required (satisfaction of the condition being viewed as a form of payment). The condition(s) to grant a stock bonus could be a single requirement such as remaining in our service for a period of time, or many requirements, such as meeting individual or company-wide performance goals.

Automatic Option Grant Program

Under the automatic option grant program, each individual who initially becomes a non-employee director, will automatically be granted at that time stock options to purchase 25,000 ordinary shares. In addition, on the timedate of each Annual General Meeting, individuals who first become non-employee directors on that date automatically will be granted options to purchase 25,000 ordinary shares, and continuing non-employee directors automatically will be granted options to purchase 12,500 ordinary shares.

18


     Each option granted under this program must have an exercise price per share equal to 100% of the option is exercised unlessfair market value per ordinary share on the optionee is subject to the alternative minimum tax. The optionee will, however, recognize taxable income in the year in which the purchased shares are sold or otherwise disposed of. For Federal tax purposes, dispositions are divided into either qualifying or disqualifying. A qualifying disposition occurs if the sale or other disposition is made after the optionee has held the shares for more than two years after the option grant date and more thana maximum term of five years. Each option becomes exercisable as to 25% of the total shares one year after the exercise date. Upon a qualifying disposition, the optionee will recognize capital gain or loss. If eitherdate of these two holding periods is not satisfied, then a disqualifying disposition will result. Upon a disqualifying disposition, any gain upgrant and as to the difference between the option exercise price and the fair market value1/48 of the total shares on the later of the date of exercise or the date of vesting, or, if less, the amount realized on the sale of shares, will be treated as ordinary income. Any additional gain will be capital gain.each month thereafter.

     IfEach automatic option grant will automatically accelerate upon an acquisition of us by merger or asset sale or a hostile change in control of us. In addition, upon the optionee makessuccessful completion of a disqualifying disposition of the purchased shares, then we willhostile take-over, each automatic option grant which has been outstanding for at least six months may be entitledsurrendered to us for a cash distribution per surrendered option share in an income tax deduction, for the taxable year in which such disposition occurs,amount equal to the excess of (a) the take-over price per share over (b) the exercise price payable for such share.

Valuation

     The fair market value of such sharesper ordinary share on the option exerciseany relevant date over the exercise price paid for the shares. In no other instance will we be allowed a deduction with respect to the optionee’s disposition of the purchased shares.

Non-Statutory Options. No taxable income is recognized by an optionee upon the grant of a non-statutory option. The optionee will in general recognize ordinary income, in the year in which the option is exercised, equal to the excess of the fair market value of the purchased shares on the exercise date over the exercise price paid for the shares, and the optionee will be required to satisfy the tax withholding requirements applicable to such income.

New Plan Benefits

     The amount of future option grants under the discretionary option grant program of the 2001 Plan to:

• our Chief Executive Officer;
• the four other most highly compensated executive officers whose salary for the fiscal year exceeded $100,000;
• all current executive officers as a group;

23


• all current directors, who are not executive officers, as a group; and
• all employees, including all officers who are not executive officers, as a group;

are not determinable because, under the terms of the discretionary option grant program of the 2001 Plan, such grants are made in the discretion of the Plan Administrator or its designees. Future option exercise prices under the 2001 Plan are not determinable because they are based uponis the fair market valueclosing sales price per share on that date on the NASDAQ National Market. As of June 30, 2004, the closing price of our ordinary shares on the Nasdaq National Market was $15.95 per share.

Acceleration

     Except for grants made under the automatic option grant program described above, in the event of a dissolution or liquidation or if we are acquired by merger or asset sale, each outstanding option under the discretionary program shall automatically accelerate so that each such option or stock bonus award shall, immediately prior to the effective date of grant.

The following table showssuch transaction, become fully vested with respect to the option grants that were made during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2002 to these individuals:

          
Weighted Average
Exercised PriceNumber Of
Name and PositionPer ShareShares



Michael E. Marks $15.26   600,000 
 Chairman and Chief Executive Officer        
Michael McNamara  15.18   400,000 
 Chief Operating Officer        
Robert R.B. Dykes  15.04   316,667 
 President, Systems Group and Chief Financial Officer        
Ronald R. Snyder  15.06   266,667 
 President, Flextronics Design Services        
Ronny Nilsson  15.50   158,333 
 President, Flextronics Network Services        
All current executive officers as a group (6 persons)  15.18   1,966,667 
All current directors who are not executive officers as a group (6 persons)  14.10   30,000 
All employees, including officers who are not executive officers, as a group  16.51   7,012,900 

The Board recommends a vote FOR the approval of the increase in the

total number of shares authorizedthen subject to such option may be exercised for issuanceall or any portion of such shares. However, subject to directors under the
Automatic Option Grant Program specific terms of a given option, vesting shall not so accelerate if, and to the extent, such option is either to be assumed or replaced with a comparable right covering shares of the 2001 Equity Incentive Plan.
capital stock of the successor corporation or parent thereof, or is replaced with a cash incentive program of the successor corporation which preserves the inherent value existing at the time of such transaction or the acceleration of vesting of such option is subject to other limitations imposed by the Plan Administrator at the time of its grant.

     The acceleration of vesting in the event of a change in the ownership or control of us may be seen as an anti-takeover provision and may have the effect of discouraging a merger proposal, a takeover attempt or other efforts to gain control of us.

PROPOSAL NO. 7:Payment for Shares

ORDINARY RESOLUTION TO APPROVE THE INCREASE IN THE NUMBER

     The consideration for shares to be issued under the 2001 Plan may be paid in cash, by executing a same-day sale, by cancellation of indebtedness, by conversion of a convertible note issued by us or through waiver of compensation due.

OF ORDINARY SHARES AUTHORIZED FOR ISSUANCE UNDER THE

1997 EMPLOYEE SHARE PURCHASE2001 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN AND TO AMEND AND RESTATE
THE 2001 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN TO ALLOW FOR THE ISSUANCE
OF STOCK BONUSES

     Our shareholders are being asked to approve an amendmentamendments to our 1997 Employee Share Purchase2001 Equity Incentive Plan, which was adopted by the Board of Directors and approved by the shareholders in 1997, and which we refer to below as the Share Purchase2001 Plan. The principal features of the 2001 Plan are summarized below. However, this summary is not a complete description of all of the provisions of the 2001 Plan, which is attached to increasethis proxy statement asAnnex A. The amendments to the number2001 Plan provide that:

(a) The share reserve will increase by 20,000,000 ordinary shares to an aggregate of 27,000,000 ordinary shares from an aggregate of 7,000,000 ordinary shares; and

     (b)     Approve the addition of our ordinary shares authorized for issuancecontingent stock bonuses as a type of award under the Share Purchase Plan by 1,000,000 ordinary shares, from 2,400,000 ordinary shares2001 Plan.

     The Board believes these amendments are necessary for us to 3,400,000 ordinary shares.

continue to attract and retain the services of well-qualified employees (including officers) and directors given the highly competitive global market for the talents of these individuals.

     As of June 1, 2002,30, 2004, there were 190,1022,941,196 ordinary shares available for issuance under the Share Purchase2001 Plan and if this Proposal No. 75 is approved, 1,190,10222,941,196 ordinary shares will be available for issuance under the Share Purchase2001 Plan. The Board believes the share increase is necessary for us to continue to have a sufficient reserve of ordinary shares available under the Share Purchase2001 Plan to attract and retain the services of key

24


employees, officers and other qualified personneldirectors essential to our long-term success and to effectively compete for qualified personnel in our markets.
16


Share Purchase2001 Plan — Voting Power Dilution (VPD)

Many shareholders evaluate increases in stock compensation plans by an evaluation of VPD. VPD assesses the relative reduction in voting power as outstanding options are exercised and existing shareholders’ proportional ownership is diluted. VPD is measured based on the following formula:

A + B + C

A + B + C + D

Where:A = shares reserved for a new plan or plan amendment
B = shares available for issuance under existing plans
C = shares underlying options granted but not yet exercised under all existing plans
D = shares outstanding, plus share equivalents under convertible debt

     As of June 30, 2004, the Company had 531,002,666 ordinary shares issued and outstanding and 19,047,617 ordinary shares subject to issuance upon conversion of its outstanding junior subordinated notes. The Company also had 54,454,466 ordinary shares underlying options granted but not yet exercised, and 5,474,299 ordinary shares available for issuance under all the existing option plans.

     The proposed increase of 20,000,000 shares to the existing 2001 Plan will result in a VPD of 12.7% as of June 30, 2004.

2001 Plan History

     The Board of Directors adopted the Share Purchase2001 Plan in September 1997August 2001 and our shareholders approved our Board’s adoption of the adoption2001 Plan in October 1997. Our shareholdersSeptember 2001 with an initial reserve of 7,000,000 ordinary shares. In addition to the ordinary shares reserved by the Board, subject to the terms of the 2001 Plan, the remaining ordinary shares that were available for issuance under our 1993 Share Option Plan and any ordinary shares that were issuable upon exercise of options granted under our 1993 Share Option Plan that expired or became unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, became available for grant under the 2001 Plan. On June 29, 2004, our Board approved the above amendments to the Share Purchase Plan in August 1999 and September 2000. The purpose of the Share Purchase Plan is to provide our employees and employees of our subsidiaries and parents as designated by the Board of Directors as eligible to participate in the Share Purchase Plan with a convenient means to acquire an equity interest in us through payroll deductions and to provide an incentive for continued employment. We intend that the Share Purchase Plan will qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.2001 Plan.

Ordinary Shares Subject to the Share Purchase2001 Plan

     The ordinary shares subject to issuance under the Share Purchase2001 Plan consist of our authorized, but unissued, ordinary shares. A total of 2,400,0007,000,000 ordinary shares hashave been reserved for issuance by the Board. In addition to the ordinary shares reserved by the Board, subject to the terms of the 2001 Plan, any ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of options granted under our 1993 Share Option Plan that expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full will be available for grant under the Share Purchase2001 Plan. This numberAs of June 30, 2004, there were 14,974,998 ordinary shares isstill subject to proportional adjustmentoutstanding options granted under our 1993 Share Option Plan and there were 2,941,196 ordinary shares available for issuance under the 2001 Plan.

     In the event any change is made to reflectour outstanding ordinary shares by reason of any recapitalization, bonus issue, stock splits, bonus issuessplit, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other changes affecting the outstanding shares as a class without our receipt of consideration, appropriate adjustments will be made to the maximum number and/or class of securities issuable under the 2001 Plan, the maximum number and/or class of securities for which any participant may be granted awards over the term of the 2001 Plan and other similar events.the number and/or class of securities and price per share in effect under each outstanding award, and the class of securities for which automatic option grants are to be subsequently made to newly-elected or continuing non-employee directors.

Administration

     The Share Purchase2001 Plan will becontains two separate equity incentive programs: a discretionary stock option/stock bonus program, and an automatic stock option grant program. The discretionary program is administered by the Compensation Committee with respect to executive officers and directors and by the Chairman of our Board, of Directors or a committee of at least two membersMr. Richard L. Sharp, with respect to all other employees. The Compensation Committee and the Chairman of the Board which we referare referred to in this section as the Committee.Plan Administrator. The interpretation or construction byPlan Administrator has complete discretion, subject to the Committee of any provisions of the Share Purchase2001 Plan, willto authorize option grants and awards of stock bonuses under the 2001 Plan. However, all grants under the automatic option grant program must be finalmade in strict

17


compliance with the provisions of that program, and binding on all employees.no administrative discretion can be exercised by the Plan Administrator with respect to the automatic grants.

Eligibility

     AllOur executive officers, members of our Board of Directors, and all of our employees and those of any of our subsidiaries and parent are eligible to participate in an Offering Period, as defined below, under the Share Purchase Plan, except (a) employees whodiscretionary program. Non-employee directors are also eligible to participate in the automatic option grant program. Non-employee directors may not employed by usparticipate in the automatic option grant program if such participation is prohibited or asrestricted, either absolutely or subject to various securities requirements, whether legal or administrative, then being complied with in the case may be, byjurisdiction in which such director is a subsidiary or parent, one month before the beginning of such Offering Period; (b) employees whoresident. Non-employee directors are customarily employed for 20 hours or less per week; (c) employees who are customarily employed for five months or less in a calendar year; (d) employees who own shares or holdeligible to receive options to purchase an aggregate of 100,000 ordinary shares or who, as a result of participationper calendar year. In no event may any one participant in the Share Purchase2001 Plan would own shares or holdbe granted options to purchase more than 4,000,000 ordinary shares possessing 5% or more ofin the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our shares or any of our subsidiaries and parent; and (e) individuals who provide services to us as independent contractors who are reclassified as common law employees for any purpose other than federal income and employment tax purposes.aggregate per calendar year under the 2001 Plan.

     As of June 1, 2002,30, 2004, six executive officers, five directors and approximately 2,077 persons18,800 employees were eligible to participate in the Share Purchase2001 Plan, and 2,209,898 shares had been issued pursuantfive non-employee directors were eligible to the Share Purchase Plan.

     Employees participate in the Share Purchase Plan through payroll deductions. An employee sets the rate of such payroll deductions, which may not be less than 2% nor more than 10% of the employee’s compensation, including base salary, commissions, bonuses and shift premiums before any deductions from the employee’s salary pursuant to Sections 125 or 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. No employee is permitted to purchase shares under the Share Purchase Plan at a rate which, when aggregated with such

25


employee’s rights to purchase stock under all of our similar purchase plans, exceeds $25,000 in fair market value determined as of the Offering Date for each calendar year.
automatic option grant program.

Transferability

     In general, rightsawards granted under the Share Purchase2001 Plan may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Awards may be transferred to family members through a gift or domestic relations order. Subject to applicable laws, certain optionees who reside outside of the United States and Singapore may assign their award to a financial institution located outside of the United States and Singapore.

Offering PeriodsEquity Incentive Programs

Discretionary Stock Option/Stock Bonus Program

     Each offering of ordinary sharesOptions may be granted under the Share Purchasediscretionary program at an exercise price per share not less than 100% of the fair market value per ordinary share on the option grant date. Each option granted under this program generally is exercisable as determined by the Compensation Committee. Options will not be exercisable more than ten years after the date of grant, and options granted to non-employees will not be exercisable more than five years after the date of grant.

     Options granted under the 2001 Plan isgenerally may be exercised as to vested shares for a period of six months,time after the termination of the option holder’s service to us or a parent or subsidiary. Generally, the Plan Administrator has complete discretion to extend the period following the optionee’s cessation of service during which his or her outstanding options may be exercised and/or to accelerate the exercisability or vesting of such options in whole or in part. Such discretion may be exercised at any time while the options remain outstanding, whether before or after the optionee’s actual cessation of service.

     Singapore law prevents us from granting restricted stock. As a result, we referare proposing to expand our compensation program by granting stock bonuses. Stock bonuses may be granted under the discretionary program contingent upon satisfaction of conditions determined by the Compensation Committee and communicated to the potential recipient in advance. As the conditions to grant must be met in advance, when a stock bonus is granted, the shares issued will not be subject to vesting and no additional payment will be required (satisfaction of the condition being viewed as an Offering Period. Offering Periods are planneda form of payment). The condition(s) to commencegrant a stock bonus could be a single requirement such as remaining in our service for a period of time, or many requirements, such as meeting individual or company-wide performance goals.

Automatic Option Grant Program

Under the automatic option grant program, each individual who initially becomes a non-employee director, will automatically be granted at that time stock options to purchase 25,000 ordinary shares. In addition, on December 1 and June 1the date of each year and endAnnual General Meeting, individuals who first become non-employee directors on May 31 and November 30 of each year, respectively. Each Offering Period consists of one six-month Purchase Period during which payroll deductions of the employees are accumulated under the Share Purchase Plan. The Board of Directors has the powerthat date automatically will be granted options to set the beginning of any Offering Period and to change the date or the duration of Offering Periods or Purchase Periods without shareholder approval, including adopting 24-month Offering Periods consisting of four six-month Purchase Periods, if such change is announced at least 15 days before the scheduled beginning of the first Offering Period or Purchase Period to be affected. The first day of each Offering Period is the “Offering Date” for such Offering Period and the last business day of each Purchase Period is the “Purchase Date” for such Purchase Period.

     Employees will participate in the Share Purchase Plan during each Offering Period through regular payroll deductions as described above. Employees may elect to participate in any Offering Period by enrolling as provided under the terms of the Share Purchase Plan. Once enrolled, an employee will automatically participate in each succeeding Offering Period unless the employee withdraws from the Offering Period or the Share Purchase Plan is terminated. After the rate of payroll deductions for an Offering Period has been set by an employee, that rate will continue to be effective for the remainder of the Offering Period (and for all subsequent Offering Periods in which the employee is automatically enrolled) unless otherwise changed by the employee. The employee may increase or lower the rate of payroll deductions for any subsequent Offering Period, but may only lower the rate of payroll deductions for an ongoing Offering Period. No more than one change may be made during a single Offering Period.

Purchase Price

     The purchase price of25,000 ordinary shares, that mayand continuing non-employee directors automatically will be acquired in any Purchase Periodgranted options to purchase 12,500 ordinary shares.

18


     Each option granted under the Share Purchase Plan is 85%this program must have an exercise price per share equal to 100% of the lesser of: (a) the fair market value per ordinary share on the grant date and a maximum term of five years. Each option becomes exercisable as to 25% of the ordinarytotal shares onone year after the Offering Date;date of grant and as to 1/48 of the total shares each month thereafter.

     Each automatic option grant will automatically accelerate upon an acquisition of us by merger or asset sale or a hostile change in control of us. In addition, upon the successful completion of a hostile take-over, each automatic option grant which has been outstanding for at least six months may be surrendered to us for a cash distribution per surrendered option share in an amount equal to the excess of (a) the take-over price per share over (b) the fair market value of the ordinary shares on the Purchase Date. In no event may the purchaseexercise price be less than the par value of the ordinary shares.payable for such share.

Valuation

     The fair market value of ourper ordinary sharesshare on any relevant date under the 2001 Plan is deemed to be the closing sales price of our ordinary sharesper share on that date on the NasdaqNASDAQ National Market on the date of determination as reported in The Wall Street Journal.Market. As of May 31, 2002,June 30, 2004, the closing price of our ordinary shares on the Nasdaq National Market was $13.23$15.95 per share.

PurchaseAcceleration

     Except for grants made under the automatic option grant program described above, in the event of Shares Undera dissolution or liquidation or if we are acquired by merger or asset sale, each outstanding option under the Share Purchasediscretionary program shall automatically accelerate so that each such option or stock bonus award shall, immediately prior to the effective date of such transaction, become fully vested with respect to the total number of shares then subject to such option may be exercised for all or any portion of such shares. However, subject to the specific terms of a given option, vesting shall not so accelerate if, and to the extent, such option is either to be assumed or replaced with a comparable right covering shares of the capital stock of the successor corporation or parent thereof, or is replaced with a cash incentive program of the successor corporation which preserves the inherent value existing at the time of such transaction or the acceleration of vesting of such option is subject to other limitations imposed by the Plan Administrator at the time of its grant.

     The acceleration of vesting in the event of a change in the ownership or control of us may be seen as an anti-takeover provision and may have the effect of discouraging a merger proposal, a takeover attempt or other efforts to gain control of us.

Payment for Shares

     The numberconsideration for shares to be issued under the 2001 Plan may be paid in cash, by executing a same-day sale, by cancellation of whole shares an employee may purchase in any Purchase Period will be determinedindebtedness, by dividing the total payroll amount withheld from the employee during the Purchase Period pursuant to the Share Purchase Planconversion of a convertible note issued by the purchase price for each share determined as described above, rounded down to the

26


nearest whole number. The purchase will take place automatically on the Purchase Dateus or through waiver of such Purchase Period.

Withdrawal

     An employee may withdraw from any Offering Period. Upon withdrawal, the accumulated payroll deductions will be returned to the withdrawn employee, without interest, provided that the withdrawal occurs at least 15 days before the related Purchase Date. If the withdrawal occurs less than 15 days before such Purchase Date, payroll deductions will continue for the remainder of that Purchase Period. No further payroll deductions for the purchase of shares will be made for the succeeding Offering Period unless the employee enrolls in the new Offering Period at least 15 days before the Offering Date.compensation due.

Amendment and Termination of the Share Purchase Plan

     The Board of Directors may at any time amend terminate or extendmodify the term of the Share Purchase2001 Plan in any or all respects, except that any such terminationamendment or modification cannot adversely affect the termsrights of subscription rightsany holder of an option previously granted under the Share Purchase2001 Plan norunless such holder consents. The Board may terminate the 2001 Plan at any amendment make any changetime. In addition, the automatic option grant program may not be amended more frequently than once every six months, other than to the termsextent necessary to comply with applicable U.S. income tax laws and regulations. In addition, the Board may not, without the approval of subscription rights previously granted which would adversely affect the right of any participant, nor may any amendment be made without shareholder approval if such amendment would:our shareholders:

 • amend the 2001 Plan to materially increase the maximum number of ordinary shares issuable under the 2001 Plan, the number of ordinary shares thatfor which options may be issued undergranted to newly-elected or continuing non-employee directors, or the Share Purchasemaximum number of ordinary shares for which any one individual participating in the 2001 Plan may be granted options;
• materially modify the eligibility requirements for participation in the 2001 Plan; or
 
 • changematerially increase the designation of the employees, or class of employees, eligible for participationbenefits accruing to participants in the Share Purchase2001 Plan.

19


Term of the Share Purchase2001 Plan

     The Share PurchaseUnless terminated earlier, the 2001 Plan will continue until the earlier to occur of: (a) termination of the Share Purchase Plan by the Board of Directors; (b) the issuance of all the ordinary shares reserved for issuance under the Share Purchase Plan; or (c) September 2007,August 2011, ten years after the date the Share Purchase2001 Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors.

U.S. Federal Income Tax InformationConsequences of Option Grants and Stock Bonus Awards

     The following is a general summary as of the date of this proxy statement of the United States Federal Income Tax Consequencesfederal income tax consequences to us and employees participating in the share purchase plan.2001 Plan. Federal tax laws may change and the federal, state and local tax consequences for any participating employee will depend upon his or her individual circumstances. Each participating employee has been and is encouraged to seek the advice of a qualified tax adviser regarding the tax consequences of participation in the share purchase plan.2001 Plan. The following discussion does not purport to describe state or local income tax consequences orin the United States, nor tax consequences for participants in countries other than the United States.countries.

     The Share PurchaseOptions granted under the 2001 Plan is intended to qualify as an “employeemay be either incentive stock purchase plan” withinoptions which satisfy the meaningrequirements of Section 423422 of the Internal Revenue Code.

Tax Treatment for Employees. Employees willCode or non-statutory options which are not recognize income forintended to meet such requirements. The United Stated federal income tax purposes either upon enrollment intreatment for the Share Purchase Plan or upontwo types of options differs as follows:

Incentive Stock Options. No taxable income is recognized by the purchase of shares. All tax consequences are deferred until an employee sellsoptionee at the shares, disposestime of the shares by gift or dies. Payroll deductions, however, remain fullyoption grant, and no taxable as ordinary income is generally recognized at the time the deductionoption is taken, and thereexercised unless the optionee is no deferral ofsubject to the ordinaryalternative minimum tax. The optionee will, however, recognize taxable income accessed on these amounts.

27


     If ordinaryin the year in which the purchased shares are sold or otherwise disposed of. For Federal tax purposes, dispositions are divided into either qualifying or disqualifying. A qualifying disposition occurs if the sale or other disposition is made after the optionee has held the shares for more than two years after the option grant date and more than one year after the exercise date. Upon a qualifying disposition, any gain or loss, measured by the difference between the option exercise price and amount realized on the sale of shares, will be treated as capital gain or loss. If either of these two holding periods is not satisfied, then a disqualifying disposition will result. Upon a disqualifying disposition, any gain up to the difference between the option exercise price and the fair market value of the shares on the date of purchase and more than two years fromexercise, or, if less, the beginningamount realized on the sale of shares, will be treated as ordinary income. Any additional gain will be capital gain.

     If the optionee makes a disqualifying disposition of the applicable Offering Period, or ifpurchased shares, then we will be entitled to a deduction from our income taxed by the employee dies while owningUnited States for the shares, the employee realizes ordinary income on a sale, or ataxable year in which such disposition by way of gift or upon death,occurs, equal to the extent of the lesser of: (a) 15%excess of the fair market value of ordinarysuch shares aton the beginningoption exercise date over the exercise price paid for the shares. In no other instance will we be allowed a deduction with respect to the optionee’s disposition of the Offering Period; or (b)purchased shares.

Non-Statutory Options. No taxable income is recognized by an optionee upon the actual gain,grant of a non-statutory option. The optionee will in general recognize ordinary income, in the amount byyear in which the option is exercised, equal to the excess of the fair market value of the ordinarypurchased shares on the exercise date of sale, gift or death exceedsover the purchase price. All additional gain upon the sale of shares is treated as capital gain. Ifexercise price paid for the shares, are sold and we will be entitled to a deduction with respect to, and be required to satisfy the sale price is less thantax withholding requirements applicable to, such income.

Stock Bonuses. Upon issuance of a stock bonus, the purchase price, there is noemployee will have ordinary income andin the employee has a capital loss for the difference between the sale price and the purchase price.

     If the ordinary shares are sold or are otherwise disposedamount of including by way of gift, but not death, bequest or inheritance, (in any case, a “disqualifying disposition”) within either the one-year or the two-year holding periods described above, the employee realizes ordinary income at the time of sale or other disposition, taxable to the extent that the fair market value of the ordinary shares atissued stock on the date of purchase is greater than the purchase price. This excess will constitute ordinary income, not currently subject to withholding, in the yeargrant. Any further gain or loss upon disposition of the salestock will be short- or other disposition even if nolong-term capital gain is realizedor loss, depending on the sale or if a gratuitous transfer is made. The difference, if any, between the proceeds of sale and the aggregate fair market value of the ordinary shares atemployee’s holding period as measured from the date of purchase isgrant. We will generally have a capital gain or loss. Capital gains may be offset by capital losses,withholding obligation, and up to $3,000 of capital losses may be used annually against ordinary income.

Tax Treatment for Flextronics. We will be entitled to a deduction, in connection with the disposition of shares acquired under the Share Purchase Plan only to the extent thatamount the employee recognizes as ordinary income onincome.

New Plan Benefits Under 2001 Plan

     The number of shares to be issued under the 2001 Plan to the individuals and groups listed below and the net values to be realized upon such issuances are discretionary, and therefore, not determinable:

• Our chief executive officer;
• Each of our four other most highly compensated executive officers;

20


• All current executive officers as a group; and
• All employees, including all current officers who are not executive officers, as a group.

History of Option Grants Under 2001 Plan

Our chief executive officer and four other most highly compensated executive officers who were serving as executive officers as of March 31, 2004, our current executive officers as a disqualifying dispositiongroup, our current non-employee directors as a group and our current employees (excluding executive officers and directors) as a group were granted options to purchase ordinary shares under the 2001 Plan, over the life of the shares. We will treat any transfer of record ownership of sharesplan, through June 30, 2004, as a disposition, unless we are notified to the contrary. In order to enable us to learn of disqualifying dispositions and ascertain the amount of the deductions to which it is entitled, employees will be required to notify us in writing of the date and terms of any disposition of shares purchased under the Share Purchase Plan.follows:

ERISA. The Share Purchase Plan is not subject to any of the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 nor is it qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code.

Number of Securities
Underlying Options
Name and PositionGranted

Michael E. Marks
Chief Executive Officer6,000,000
Michael McNamara
Chief Operating Officer400,000
Ronny Nilsson
President, Flextronics Network Services
Robert R.B. Dykes
President, Systems Group and Chief Financial Officer1,000,000
Ash Bhardwaj
President, Design Services and ODM Products Group
All current executive officers as a group (6 persons)7,900,000
All current non-employee directors as a group (5 persons)267,775
All current employees, including officers who are not executive officers, as a group4,786,003

The Board recommends a vote FOR the approval

of the increase in the number of ordinary shares authorized
for issuance under the 2001 Equity Incentive Plan.

The Board recommends a vote FOR the approval to amend

the 2001 Equity Incentive Plan to allow for the issuance of bonus stock award.

PROPOSAL NO. 7:

ORDINARY RESOLUTION TO APPROVE THE CONSOLIDATION OF THE

ORDINARY SHARES AUTHORIZED FOR ISSUANCE UNDER CERTAIN
EQUITY AWARD PLANS OR SUBJECT TO ASSUMED OPTIONS
INTO THE 2001 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

In addition to Proposals 5 and 6 amending the 2001 Plan, we are asking our shareholders to approve the consolidation of the ordinary shares issuable under our 1997 Interim Plan, 1998 Interim Plan, 1999 Interim Plan and stock compensation plans of companies we have acquired, or the assumed plans, into our 2001 Plan. The material features of the 2001 Plan, new plan benefits and tax information are set forth under Proposals 5 and 6 above. The 2001 Plan is attached to this proxy statement asAnnex A.

     Approval of this proposal will have the following effects:

(a)2,346,191 ordinary shares will immediately become available for issuance under the 2001 Plan; and

(b)The increases to the 2001 Plan will be offset by equivalent decreases in certain of our other stock compensation plans (including assumed plans).

The assumed plans each have separate and distinct provisions on matters such as: eligibility, minimum exercise price and post-termination exercise period. We will not make any further grants under the assumed plans.

21


     As of June 30, 2004, there was an aggregate of 11,120,810 ordinary shares under the stock compensation programs we are consolidating, of which an aggregate of 8,774,619 ordinary shares were subject to already-outstanding options.

The following is a list of each plan with the number of shares available for issuance and/or subject to already-outstanding options as of June 30, 2004:

• 1999 Interim Option Plan2,416,277
• 1998 Interim Option Plan219,070
• 1997 Interim Option Plan534,342
• Assumed Plans7,951,121

     The ordinary shares subject to already-outstanding options will only become available under the 2001 Plan as the already-outstanding options to which they are currently subject expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full. On June 30, 2004, the closing price for our ordinary shares was $15.95 while the weighted average price of the already-outstanding options was $6.53. Consequently, most of the already-outstanding options are likely to be exercised. Based on our experience to date, we anticipate the ordinary shares subject to the already-outstanding options will become available under the 2001 Plan at an average annual rate of approximately 400,000 ordinary shares.

     Our Board believes the consolidation of the above stock compensation plans into the 2001 Plan will simplify the administration of our stock compensation plans. The consolidation of these plans and assumed options would enhance our ability to use our 2001 Plan for all of our employees. Our Board also believes the amendment will improve our success in continuing to attract and retain the services of well-qualified employees (including officers) and directors, given the highly competitive global market for the talents of these individuals.

The Board recommends a vote FOR the approval

of the consolidation of the number of ordinary shares authorized and available
under our other stock award plans into the 2001 Equity Incentive Plan.

PROPOSAL NO. 8:

ORDINARY RESOLUTION TO AUTHORIZE

ORDINARY SHARE ISSUANCES

     We are incorporated in the Republic of Singapore. Under Singapore law, our Directors may only issue ordinary shares and make or grant offers, agreements or options that might or would require the issue of ordinary shares, with the prior approval of our shareholders. If this proposal is approved, the authorization would be effective from the date of 2004 Annual General Meeting until the earlier of (i) the conclusion of the 2005 Annual General Meeting or (ii) the expiration of the period within which the 2005 Annual General Meeting is required by law to be held. The 2005 Annual General Meeting is required to be held no later than 15 months after the date of the 2004 Annual General Meeting and no later than 6 months after the date of our fiscal year end.

The Board believes that it is advisable and in our best interest for our shareholders to authorize the Directors to issue ordinary shares and to make or grant offers, agreements or options that might or would require the issue of ordinary shares. In the past, the Board has issued shares or made agreements that would require the issue of new ordinary shares in connection with strategic transactions and acquisitions, pursuant to public and private offerings of our ordinary shares as well as instruments convertible into our ordinary shares and in connection with our equity compensation plans. Notwithstanding this general authorization to issue our ordinary shares, we will be required to seek shareholder approval with respect to future issuances of ordinary shares where required under the rules of the Nasdaq National Market, such as where we intend to issue ordinary shares that will result in a change in our control or in connection with a transaction involving the issuance of ordinary shares representing 20% or more of our outstanding ordinary shares. As of the date of the Proxy Statement, we have no plans, agreements or commitments to issue any ordinary shares for which approval of this Proposal No. 8 is required. The Board expects that we will continue to issue shares and grant options in the future under

22


circumstances similar to those in the past. Having additional ordinary shares authorized for issuance gives us greater flexibility to pursue these corporate opportunities.

At the 2000 Annual General Meeting, our shareholders approved an increase in our authorized share capital to 1,500,000,000 ordinary shares, par value S$0.01 per share. As of August 5, 2004, 556,111,183 ordinary shares were issued and outstanding. Further, as of that date, we had 54,470,363 ordinary shares reserved for issuance upon exercise of outstanding options and other awards under our equity compensation plans and 4,737,109 ordinary shares available for grant pursuant to options and other awards under our equity compensation plans (which number does not give effect to Proposals No. 4 and 5, which seeks shareholder approval of an increase in 1,000,000 and 20,000,000 ordinary shares available for grant pursuant to our 1997 Employee Share Purchase Plan.Plan and 2001 Equity Incentive Plan, respectively). If this Proposal is approved, our Directors would be authorized to issue, during the period described above, all remaining ordinary shares out of our authorized but unissued ordinary share capital, subject to applicable Singapore laws and the rules of the Nasdaq National Market, although we currently do not intend to so. The issuance of a large number of ordinary shares could be dilutive to existing shareholders or reduce the trading price of our ordinary shares on the Nasdaq National Market.

     We are submitting this Proposal because we are required to do so under Singapore law before we can issue ordinary shares in connection with strategic transactions, public offerings and in connection with our equity compensation plans. We are not submitting this Proposal in response to a threatened takeover. In the event of a hostile attempt to acquire control of us, we could seek to impede the attempt by issuing ordinary shares, which may dilute the voting power of our existing shareholders. This could also have the effect of impeding the efforts of our shareholders to remove an incumbent Director and replace him with a new Director of their choice. These potential effects could limit the opportunity for our shareholders to dispose of their ordinary shares at the premium that may be available in takeover attempts.

     The following agreements, which are not affected by approval of this Proposal, may have anti-takeover effects:

• Our Articles of Association permit the Chairman of the Annual General Meeting (provided he is a person entitled to vote at the Annual General Meeting) or any shareholder(s) present representing not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all shareholders having the right to vote at that meeting to demand that votes at the Annual General Meeting be decided by a poll (where each one ordinary share is entitled to one vote), rather than by a show of hands (where each shareholder is entitled to one vote, irrespective of the number of shares held by that shareholder).
• Our option agreements with each executive officer provide that if the executive officer is terminated without cause or leaves for good reason within the first 12 months following a change in control, the vesting of any unvested portion of the option will be accelerated in full. If the executive officer is still employed upon the first year anniversary of such a change of control, the vesting of any unvested portion of the option will be accelerated in full. Each option includes a limited stock appreciation right pursuant to which the option will automatically be canceled upon the occurrence of certain hostile tender offers, in return for a cash distribution from us based on the tender offer price per share.

     Further, under Singapore law, the Singapore Code on Take-overs and Mergers prescribes that (a) any person who acquires whether by a series of transactions over a period of time or not, shares which carry 30% or more of our voting rights (taken together with shares held or acquired by persons acting in concert with him); or (b) any person who, together with persons acting in concert with him, holds not less than 30% but not more than 50% of our voting rights and such person, or any person acting in concert with him, acquires in any period of 6 months additional shares carrying more than 1% of our voting rights, must, extend a mandatory take-over offer immediately for our remaining shares which carry voting rights. We have no current plans or proposals to enter into any arrangement that could have material anti-takeover consequences.

The Board recommends a vote FOR the resolution

relating to ordinary share issuances.

28

23


PROPOSALS NO. 9 AND 10:

ORDINARY RESOLUTIONS TO APPROVE ANNUAL DIRECTOR

COMPENSATION AND TO INCREASE ANNUAL
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION FOR COMMITTEE PARTICIPATION

     Under Singapore law, we may only provide cash compensation to our directors for services rendered in their capacity as directors with the prior approval of our shareholders at a general meeting. We and our Board believe that it is advisable and in our best interest for our shareholders to authorize us to provide each of our non-employee directors annual cash compensation of $37,200 for services rendered as a director. We believe that this authorization will benefit our shareholders by enabling us to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as members of our board of directors and to continue to provide leadership for our company.

     Our shareholders are being asked to approve an increase in cash compensation to our directors for participation on one or more committees of our board of directors. In connection with recent amendments to SEC and Nasdaq Stock Market rules, our directors have incurred additional committee responsibilities in addition to their existing Board responsibilities. We and our Board believe that it is advisable and in our best interest for our shareholders to authorize us to provide additional compensation of $10,000 annually to reflect the additional commitment that is required of our directors by their membership on the committees. We believe that this authorization will benefit our shareholders by enabling us to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as members of our board of directors and to continue to provide leadership for our company.

The Board recommends a vote FOR both resolutions

relating to annual director compensation.

PROPOSAL NO. 11:

ORDINARY RESOLUTION TO APPROVE THE PROPOSED

RENEWAL OF THE SHARE PURCHASE MANDATE

The Proposed Renewal of the Share Purchase Mandate

     Our purchases or acquisitions of our ordinary shares must be made in accordance with, and in the manner prescribed by, the Companies Act, Cap. 50, the listing rules of the NASDAQ National Market and such other laws and regulations as may for the time being be applicable.

     It is a requirement that a company that wishes to purchase or otherwise acquire its own shares should obtain the approval of its shareholders to do so at a general meeting of its shareholders. At our 2003 Annual General Meeting, our shareholders approved the general and unconditional mandate, which we refer to as the Share Purchase Mandate, for the purchase or acquisition by us of our issued ordinary shares, although we did not purchase any of our issued ordinary shares under the Share Purchase Mandate. We are now seeking the approval of our shareholders at the Annual General Meeting for the renewal of the Share Purchase Mandate. Accordingly, this resolution will be proposed as an Ordinary Resolution pursuant to which the Share Purchase Mandate will be given to the Directors to exercise all our powers to purchase or otherwise acquire our issued ordinary shares on the terms of the Share Purchase Mandate.

     If renewed by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting, the authority conferred by the Share Purchase Mandate will, unless varied or revoked by our shareholders at a general meeting continue in force until the earlier of the date of our next Annual General Meeting or the date by which our next Annual General Meeting is required by law to be held.

The authority and limitations placed on our share purchases or acquisitions under the proposed Share Purchase Mandate, if renewed at the 2004 Annual General Meeting, are substantially the same as were

24


previously approved at our 2003 Annual General Meeting, and, for the benefit of our shareholders are summarized below:

(a)Maximum number of ordinary shares

We may purchase or acquire only ordinary shares which are issued and fully paid up. The total number of ordinary shares which we may purchase or acquire is limited to that number of ordinary shares representing not more than 10% of our issued ordinary share capital at the date of the Annual General Meeting at which the Share Purchase Mandate is approved.
Purely for illustrative purposes, on the basis of 556,111,183 issued ordinary shares as of August 5, 2004, and assuming that no further ordinary shares are issued on or prior to the Annual General Meeting, pursuant to the proposed Share Purchase Mandate, we may purchase not more than 55,611,118 issued ordinary shares (representing 10% of our issued ordinary share capital at that date).

(b)Duration of authority

Purchases or acquisitions of ordinary shares may be made, at any time and from time to time, on and from the date of approval of the Share Purchase Mandate up to the earlier of:

  (i)  the date on which our next Annual General Meeting is held or required by law to be held; or

  (ii) the date on which the authority conferred by the Share Purchase Mandate is revoked or varied.

(c)Manner of purchases or acquisitions of ordinary shares

Purchases or acquisitions of ordinary shares may be made by way of:

  (i)  market purchases on the NASDAQ National Market or any other stock exchange on which our ordinary shares may for the time being be listed and quoted, through one or more duly licensed dealers appointed by us for the purpose; and/or

  (ii) off-market purchases (if effected other than on the NASDAQ National Market or, as the case may be, any other stock exchange on which our ordinary shares may for the time being be listed and quoted), in accordance with an equal access scheme.

In connection with or in relation to any equal access scheme or schemes, our Directors may impose such terms and conditions which are not inconsistent with the Share Purchase Mandate, the listing rules of the NASDAQ National Market and the Singapore Companies Act, as they consider fit in our interests. An equal access scheme must, however, satisfy all the following conditions:

     (1) offers for the purchase or acquisition of ordinary shares shall be made to every person who holds ordinary shares to purchase or acquire the same percentage of their ordinary shares;
     (2) all of those persons shall be given a reasonable opportunity to accept the offers made; and
     (3) the terms of all the offers are the same (except that there shall be disregarded (1) differences in consideration attributable to the fact that offers may relate to ordinary shares with different accrued dividend entitlements and (2) differences in the offers introduced solely to ensure that each person is left with a whole number of ordinary shares).

(d)Purchase price

The purchase price (excluding brokerage, commission, applicable goods and services tax and other related expenses) to be paid for an ordinary share will be determined by our Directors. The maximum purchase price to be paid for the ordinary shares as determined by our Directors must not exceed:

  (i)  in the case of a market purchase, 105% of the Average Closing Price of our ordinary shares; and

  (ii) in the case of an off-market purchase pursuant to an equal access scheme, 110% of the Average Closing Price of our ordinary shares,

in either case, excluding related expenses of the purchase or acquisition.

For the above purposes, the term Average Closing Price means the average of the last dealt prices of an ordinary share for the five consecutive trading days on which our ordinary shares are transacted on the

25


NASDAQ National Market or, as the case may be, any other stock exchange on which our ordinary shares may for the time being be listed and quoted, immediately preceding the date of the market purchase by us or, as the case may be, the date of the making of the offer pursuant to the off-market purchase. The date of the making of the offer refers to the date on which we announce our intention to make an offer for the purchase or acquisition of ordinary shares from holders of ordinary shares, stating the purchase price (which shall not be more than the maximum purchase price calculated on the foregoing basis) for each ordinary share and the relevant terms of the equal access scheme for effecting the off-market purchase.

Sources of Funds

     Only funds legally available for purchasing or acquiring ordinary shares in accordance with our Articles of Association and applicable laws of Singapore, shall be utilized. We intend to use our internal sources of funds to finance our purchase or acquisition of ordinary shares. We do not intend to obtain or incur any borrowings to finance our purchase or acquisition of ordinary shares. Our Directors do not propose to exercise the Share Purchase Mandate in a manner and to such extent that our working capital requirements and those of our subsidiaries and us would be materially affected.

     Any purchases and acquisitions of ordinary shares must be made out of our distributable profits which are available for payment as dividends, excluding any amount in our share premium account and capital redemption reserve fund.

Status of Purchased or Acquired Ordinary Shares

     Any ordinary share we purchase or acquire is deemed cancelled immediately on purchase or acquisition, and all rights and privileges attached to that ordinary share will expire on cancellation.

     We will cancel and destroy certificates in respect of purchased or acquired ordinary shares as soon as reasonably practicable following settlement of any purchase or acquisition of such ordinary shares.

Financial Effects

     The amount by which our issued share capital is diminished on cancellation of ordinary shares purchased or acquired must be transferred to a reserve called the “capital redemption reserve”. In the event we implement a bonus issue of shares in the future, such reserve may be applied by us in paying up any unissued shares to be allotted and issued to our shareholders as fully paid bonus shares.

     Our total issued share capital will be diminished by the total nominal amount (or par value) of the ordinary shares purchased or acquired by us. The consideration paid by us for the purchase or acquisition of ordinary shares (excluding related brokerage, goods and services tax, stamp duties and clearance fees) will correspondingly reduce the amount available for the distribution of cash dividends by us.

     Our net tangible assets and the consolidated net tangible assets of our subsidiaries and us will be reduced by the dollar value of the ordinary shares purchased or acquired. The purchase or acquisition of up to 10% of our issued ordinary share capital as at the date of the Annual General Meeting will not have any material impact on our consolidated earnings for the current financial year.

Rationale for the Share Purchase Mandate

     We presently maintain listing status on the NASDAQ National Market. Our need to repurchase our ordinary shares reflects in part the practices of our competitors and in part the dominance of the U.S. capital markets for us. Many international companies, including those in the United States, United Kingdom and Hong Kong are permitted by their governing jurisdictions to buy back their own shares. Share repurchases are thus widely available to and utilized by many other companies with which we compete for talent, capital, and investor and analyst interest.

Share repurchase programs are important because of volatility in the stock market. A share repurchase program tends to buffer short term share price volatility, provide additional liquidity to the market and offset the effects of short-term speculators and investors. Minimizing unnecessary volatility bolsters shareholder confidence and employee morale. The latter can be a critical factor in employee retention, especially in the

26


U.S. Silicon Valley, where we have significant operations. Minimizing extreme volatility can also facilitate use of our ordinary shares for acquisitions of other companies, which can enable us to acquire ongoing technological improvements with minimal cash outlay.

Take-Over Implications

     If, as a result of our purchase or acquisition of our issued ordinary shares, a shareholder’s proportionate interest in our voting capital increases, such increase will be treated as an acquisition for the purposes of The Singapore Code on Take-overs and Mergers. If such increase results in a change of effective control, or, as a result of such increase, a shareholder or a group of shareholders acting in concert obtains or consolidates effective control of us, such shareholder or group of shareholders acting in concert could become obliged to make a take-over offer for us under Rule 14 of The Singapore Code on Take-overs and Mergers.

     Under The Singapore Code on Take-overs and Mergers, persons acting in concert comprise individuals or companies who, pursuant to an agreement or understanding (whether formal or informal) co-operate, through the acquisition by any of them of shares in a company to obtain or consolidate effective control of that company. Unless the contrary is established, the following persons will be presumed to be acting in concert, namely, (i) a company with any of its directors (together with their close relatives, related trusts as well as companies controlled by any of the directors, their close relatives and related trusts) and (ii) a company, its parent, subsidiaries and fellow subsidiaries, and their associated companies and companies of which such companies are associated companies, all with each other. For this purpose, ownership or control of at least 20% but not more than 50% of the equity share capital of a company will be regarded as the test of associated company status.

     The circumstances under which shareholders (including Directors) and persons acting in concert with them respectively will incur an obligation to make a take-over offer under Rule 14 of The Singapore Code on Take-overs and Mergers after a purchase or acquisition of our issued ordinary shares by us are set out in Appendix 2 of The Singapore Code on Take-overs and Mergers.

     The effect of Appendix 2 is that, unless exempted, Directors and persons acting in concert with them will incur an obligation to make a take-over offer under Rule 14 if, as a result of us purchasing or acquiring our issued ordinary shares, the voting rights of such Directors and their concert parties would increase to 30% or more, or if the voting rights of such Directors and their concert parties fall between 30% and 50% of our voting rights, the voting rights of such Directors and their concert parties would increase by more than 1% in any period of six months.

     Under Appendix 2, a shareholder not acting in concert with the Directors will not be required to make a take-over offer under Rule 14 if, as a result of us purchasing or acquiring our issued ordinary shares, the voting rights of such shareholder in us would increase to 30% or more, or if such shareholder holds between 30% and 50% of our voting rights, the voting rights of such shareholder would increase by more than 1% in any period of six months. Such shareholder need not abstain from voting in respect of the resolution authorizing the Share Purchase Mandate.

     Shareholders who are in doubt as to their obligations, if any, to make a mandatory take-over offer under The Singapore Code on Take-overs and Mergers as a result of any share purchase by us should consult the Securities Industry Council of Singapore and/or their professional advisers at the earliest opportunity.

The Board recommends a vote FOR the resolution

relating to the proposed share purchase mandate.

PROPOSAL NO. 12:

ORDINARY RESOLUTION TO APPROVE A BONUS ISSUE OF ONE ORDINARY SHARE FOR

EVERY ONE EXISTING ORDINARY SHARE HELD BY OUR SHAREHOLDERS

Under Singapore law, a company may capitalize its reserves and apply such capitalized sum in payment for additional ordinary shares, which may then be allotted and issued, to its shareholders, credited as fully paid, in a transaction commonly referred to as a “bonus issue.” A bonus issue is similar to a stock dividend by a Delaware or California corporation. However, under our Articles of Association, we may allot and issue shares in a bonus issue, which we refer to as bonus shares, only upon recommendation of the Board of Directors and

27


with the prior approval of our shareholders at a general meeting. The Board believes that it is advisable and has recommended that it is in the best interest for our shareholders that the Board be granted the authority to allot and issue, at its sole discretion, after the date of the 2004 Annual General Meeting, but on or before 5:00 p.m., PDT, August 31, 2005, a bonus issue of up to an aggregate of 556,111,183 bonus shares and, in the event that any new ordinary shares are allotted and issued by us after the close of business on August 5, 2004, which we refer to in this proposal as the Record Date, but on or before 5:00 p.m., PDT August 31, 2005, an additional one bonus share for each new ordinary share so allotted and issued, to be credited as fully paid, which we refer to as the Bonus Shares.

     The Board believes that such discretionary authority is in the best interest of our shareholders since it provides the Board an opportunity to review economic and financial conditions prior to making the decision as to whether a bonus issue should be effected.

If the Board exercises its authority to allot and issue the Bonus Shares after the date of the 2004 Annual General Meeting but on or before 5:00 p.m., PDT, August 31, 2005, then the Bonus Shares are to be allotted and issued to the holders of record of the ordinary shares on the date specified by our Board of Directors after the date of the 2004 Annual General Meeting, but no later than 5:00 p.m., PDT, August 31, 2005, on the basis of one bonus share for every one ordinary share then held. Fractional bonus shares will not be issued, but will be disposed of in such a manner as the Board of Directors deems fit. As a result, if the bonus issue is approved at the 2004 Annual General Meeting and the Board exercises its authority to allot and issue the Bonus Shares after the date of the 2004 Annual General Meeting, but on or before 5:00 p.m., PDT, August 31, 2005, then each holder of record of ordinary shares on the date specified by our Board of Directors after the date of the 2004 Annual General Meeting, but no later than 5:00 p.m., PDT, August 31, 2005, would receive an additional one ordinary share, credited as fully paid, for every one ordinary share then held of record by such shareholder. If the bonus issue is approved at the 2004 Annual General Meeting but the Board does not exercise its authority to allot and issue the Bonus Shares after the date of the 2004 Annual General Meeting, but on or before 5:00 p.m., PDT, August 31, 2005, then no bonus issue would be effected and, accordingly, no bonus shares would be allotted and issued to shareholders.

The Bonus Shares, if and when allotted and issued, would rank pari passu in all respects with the existing ordinary shares, and would have identical rights. A sum of up to S$5,561,111.83 and, in the event that any new ordinary shares are allotted and issued by us after the Record Date, but on or before 5:00 p.m., PDT, August 31, 2005, an additional amount of S$0.01 for each new share so allotted and issued, from our Share Premium Account as at March 31, 2004, which sum we refer to as the Capital Sum, would be capitalized and applied in paying up in full the Bonus Shares to be issued. Accordingly, our issued and paid up capital would increase by up to S$5,561,111.83 after the allotment and issuance of the Bonus Shares and, in the event that any new shares are allotted and issued by us after the Record Date but on or before 5:00 p.m., PDT, August 31, 2005, an additional amount of $0.01 each for each new share so allotted and issued. Our independent auditors have advised us that the balance in our Share Premium Account at March 31, 2004 is sufficient for the purpose of the bonus issue.

The Board recommends a vote FOR the resolution

approving the proposed Bonus Issue.
28


EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

The names, ages and positions of our officers and directors as of June 30, 2004 are as follows:

NameAgePosition

Michael E. Marks53Chief Executive Officer and Director
Ash Bhardwaj40President, Design Services and ODM Products Group
Robert R. B. Dykes55President, Systems Group and Chief Financial Officer
Ronny Nilsson55President, Flextronics Network Services
Michael McNamara47Chief Operating Officer
Thomas J. Smach44Senior Vice President, Finance
Richard L. Sharp57Chairman of the Board
James A. Davidson44Director
Patrick Foley72Director
Michael J. Moritz49Director
Lip-Bu Tan48Director

Michael E. Marks. Mr. Marks has served as our Chief Executive Officer since January 1994. He has served as a member of our Board of Directors since December 1991 and as Chairman of our Board from July 1993 to January 2003. Mr. Marks serves on the boards of KLA-Tencor Corporation and SanDisk Corporation. He received a B.A. and M.A. from Oberlin College and a M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

Ash Bhardwaj. Mr. Bhardwaj joined Flextronics in 1988. He has served as President, Design Services and ODM Products Group since September 2003. Prior to his promotion, he served as President, Asia Pacific, from 2001 to September 2003, as Senior Vice President of Strategic Accounts from 1999 to 2001 and as Vice President for the China region and General Manager of our plan in Shekou, China from 1994 to 1999. He received a degree in electrical engineering from Thapar Institute of Engineering and Technology in India and earned an M.B.A. from Southeastern Louisiana University.

Robert R. B. Dykes. Mr. Dykes has served as President, Systems Group since February 1999 and Chief Financial Officer since February 1997. In addition, he served as Senior Vice President of Finance and Administration from February 1997 to April 1999, and as a member of the Board of Directors from January 1994 to August 1997. He received a Bachelor of Commerce and Administration from Victoria University in Wellington, New Zealand.

Ronny Nilsson. Mr. Nilsson has served as President, Flextronics Network Services since January 2002. Prior to his promotion, Mr. Nilsson served as President, Western Europe Operations from April 1997 to December 2001. Mr. Nilsson received a certificate in Mechanical Engineering from the Lars Kagg School in Kalmar, Sweden and certificates from the Swedish Management Institute and the Ericsson Management Program.

Michael McNamara. Mr. McNamara has served as Chief Operating Officer since January 2002. Prior to his promotion, Mr. McNamara served as President, Americas Operations from April 1997 to December 2001, and as Vice President, North American Operations from April 1994 to April 1997. Mr. McNamara also serves on the Board of Directors of TheraSense. Mr. McNamara received a B.S. from the University of Cincinnati and an M.B.A. from Santa Clara University.

Thomas J. Smach. Mr. Smach has served as our Senior Vice President Finance since April 2000 following the Company’s acquisition of the Dii Group, Inc. From August 1997 to April 2000, he served as the Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Dii. Mr. Smach is a certified public accountant and he received a B.Sc. in Accounting from State University of New York at Binghamton.

Richard L. Sharp. Mr. Sharp has served as a member of our Board of Directors since July 1993 and as Chairman of our Board since January 2003. Mr. Sharp served in various positions with Circuit City Stores, Inc., a consumer electronics and personal computer retailer, from 1982 to 2002, most recently, as President from 1984 to 1997, Chief Executive Officer from 1986 to 2000 and Chairman of the Board from 1994 to 2002.

James A. Davidson. Mr. Davidson has served as a member of the Company’s Board of Directors since March 2003. He is a founder and managing member of Silver Lake Partners, a private equity investment firm. From June 1990 to November 1998, he was an investment banker with Hambrecht & Quist, most recently

29


serving as Managing Director and Head of Technology Investment Banking. From 1984 to 1990, Mr. Davidson was a corporate and securities lawyer with Pillsbury, Madison & Sutro. Currently, Mr. Davidson also serves on the Board of Directors of Seagate Technology. He received a B.S. from the University of Nebraska and J.D. from the University of Michigan.

Patrick Foley. Mr. Foley has served as a member of our Board of Directors since October 1997. Mr. Foley served in various positions with DHL Corporation, Inc. and its major subsidiary, DHL Airways, Inc., a global document, package and airfreight delivery company from September 1988 to 2001, most recently as its Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer. He also serves as a director of Health Net, Inc. and Glenborough Realty Trust, Inc.

Michael J. Moritz. Mr. Moritz has served as a member of our Board of Directors since July 1993. Since 1988, he has been a General Partner of Sequoia Capital, a venture capital firm. Mr. Moritz also serves as a director of Saba Software, Red Envelope, Inc. and several privately-held companies.

Lip-Bu Tan. Mr. Tan has served as a member of our Board of Directors since March 2003. In 1987, he founded and since that time has served as Chairman of Walden International, a venture capital fund. Mr. Tan currently serves on the boards of Cadence Design Systems, Inc., Centillium Communications, Creative Technology, Integrated Silicon Solution, SINA Corporation and Semiconductor Manufacturing International Corporation. Mr. Tan received a M.S. in Nuclear Engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, a MBA from the University of San Francisco, and a B.S. from Nanyang University in Singapore.

30


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The following table presents information concerning the compensation paid or accrued by us for services rendered during fiscal 2004, fiscal 2003 and fiscal 2002 by our chief executive officer and each of our four other most highly compensated executive officers whose total salary and bonus for fiscal 2004 exceeded $100,000.

Summary Compensation Table

                          
Long Term
Compensation
Awards

Annual CompensationSecurities

Other AnnualUnderlyingAll Other
Name and Principal PositionFiscal YearSalaryBonusCompensation (1)OptionsCompensation

Michael E. Marks  2004  $785,442  $605,000  $3,371     $14,228(2)
 Chief Executive Officer  2003   341,402   150,000   5,082   5,000,000   4,966(3)
   2002   266,528      5,008   600,000   5,113(4)
 
Michael McNamara  2004   700,110   393,750   7,525      9,658(5)
 Chief Operating Officer  2003   257,127   84,375   3,925   2,600,000   3,623(6)
   2002   243,750      3,868   400,000   2,639(7)
 
Ronny Nilsson  2004   538,362   17,414      75,000   47,625(8)
 President, Flextronics  2003   349,562   100,147   8,522   375,000   39,046(9)
 Network Services  2002   378,501      28,472   158,333   31,027(9)
 
Robert R.B. Dykes  2004   475,000   267,188   120   1,000,000   6,995(10)
 President, Systems Group  2003   221,327   79,688   122   700,000   150(11)
 and Chief Financial Officer  2002   202,965      4,600   316,667   3,541(12)
 
Ash Bhardwaj  2004   475,000   267,188      1,000,000   3,017(13)
 President, Design Services  2003   200,478   75,000      700,000   3,560(14)
 and ODM Products Group  2002   307,680         283,333   991(15)

(1)Represents a vehicle allowance. In fiscal 2002 for Mr. Nilsson, includes forgiveness of an interest payment of $19,805 on a promissory note due to one of our subsidiaries. In fiscal 2004 for McNamara, includes $7,455 for personal use of the company jet.
(2)Represents our contribution to the 401(k) plan of $7,100, life insurance premium payments of $867, disability insurance premium payments of $5,985 and $276 in imputed income for group term life insurance.
(3)Represents our contributions to the 401(k) plan of $2,716 and life insurance premium payments of $2,250.
(4)Represents our contributions to the 401(k) plan of $2,574 and life insurance premium payments of $2,539.
(5)Represents our contributions to the 401(k) plan of $6,000, life insurance premium payments of $1,431, disability insurance premium payments of $2,047 and $180 in imputed income for group term life insurance.
(6)Represents our contributions to the 401(k) plan of $3,525 and life insurance premium payments of $98.
(7)Represents our contributions to the 401(k) plan of $2,574 and life insurance premium payments of $65.
(8)Represents our contributions to a pension retirement fund of $46,672 and health insurance premium payments of $953.
(9)Represents our contributions to a pension retirement fund.

(10) Represents our contribution to the 401(k) plan of $762, life insurance premium payments of $864, disability insurance premium payments of $2,047, imputed income for domestic partner insurance coverage in the amount of $2,986 and imputed income for group term life insurance in the amount of $336.
(11) Represents life insurance premium payments.
(12) Represents our contribution to the 401(k) plan of $1,109, life insurance premium payments of $138 and spousal health insurance premium payments of $2,294.

31


(13) Represents life insurance premium payments of $859, disability insurance premium payments of $2,047 and imputed income for group term life insurance of $111.
(14) Represents life insurance premium payments of $990, disability insurance premium payments of $2,516 and imputed income for group term life insurance of $54.
(15) Represents life insurance premium payments of $291 and disability insurance premium payments of $700.

Option Grants in Fiscal 2004

     The following table presents information regarding option grants during fiscal 2004 to our chief executive officer and each of our four other most highly compensated executive officers. Option grants to our executive officers in fiscal 2004 were awarded pursuant to our existing equity compensation plans.

In accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the table presents the potential realizable values that would exist for the options at the end of their four- or ten-year terms, as the case may be. These values are based on assumed rates of annual compound stock price appreciation of 5% and 10% from the date the option was granted to the end of the option term. These are based on assumed annual rates of return mandated by rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and do not represent our estimate or projection of future ordinary share prices. The closing sale price per ordinary share as reported on the NASDAQ National Market on March 31, 2004, the last trading day of fiscal 2004, was $17.09.

                         
Individual Grants

Potential Realizable Value
Number ofPercent ofat Assumed Annual Rates of
SecuritiesTotal OptionsStock Price Appreciation
UnderlyingGranted toExercisefor Option Term
OptionsEmployees inPrice PerExpiration
NameGrantedFiscal 2004ShareDate5%10%

Michael E. Marks                  
Michael McNamara                  
Ronny Nilsson  75,000   0.85% $17.50   01/22/2008  $282,852  $609,131 
Robert R.B. Dykes  1,000,000   11.31   17.50   01/22/2014   11,005,656   27,890,493 
Ash Bhardwaj  1,000,000   11.31   17.50   01/22/2014   11,005,656   27,890,493 

     The options shown in the table above were granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our ordinary shares on the date of grant and are non-statutory stock options. With the exception of options granted to Mr. Nilsson, options granted to our executive officers expire ten years from the date of grant, subject to earlier termination upon termination of the optionee’s employment. In the case of Mr. Nilsson, Swedish tax legislation imposes significant adverse consequences if there are any restrictions on exercisability or transfer of options. The term of Mr. Nilsson’s option has therefore, been shortened to four years from the date of grant.

Mr. Nilsson’s options were 100% vested and exercisable at the date of grant. Mr. Dykes’ options vest and become exercisable with respect to 10% of the total shares on each of the first and second anniversaries of the date of grant, with respect to 20% of the total shares on each of the third and the fourth anniversaries of the date of grant, and with respect to 40% of the total shares on the fifth anniversary of the date of grant. Mr. Bhardwaj’s options vest and become exercisable with respect to 10% of the total shares on each of the first and second anniversaries of the date of grant, with respect to 20% of the total shares on each of the third and the fourth anniversaries of the date of grant, and with respect to 40% of the total shares on the fifth anniversary of the date of grant. Our Compensation Committee has the discretion to provide for alternative vesting schedules to maximize the retention value of our equity compensation. See “Change in Control Arrangements” below for a description of the acceleration provisions of these options. The exercise price of each option may be paid in cash or through a cashless exercise procedure involving a same-day sale of the purchase shares. We granted options to purchase an aggregate of 8,841,856 ordinary shares to our employees during fiscal 2004.

32


Aggregated Option Exercises in Fiscal 2004

and Option Values at March 31, 2004

The following table presents information concerning the exercise of options during fiscal 2004 by our chief executive officer and each of our four other most highly compensated executive officers.

                         
Number of Securities
Underlying UnexercisedValue of Unexercised
Options atIn-the-money Options at
SharesMarch 31, 2004March 31, 2004
Acquired

Nameon ExerciseValue RealizedVestedUnvestedVestedUnvested

Michael E. Marks  733,333  $5,771,331   2,354,167   4,845,833  $7,058,584  $41,453,416 
Michael McNamara  1,244,113   9,879,041   1,476,042   2,123,958   7,131,990   18,516,010 
Ronny Nilsson        608,333      3,698,666    
Robert R.B. Dykes  410,834   3,109,088   935,063   1,377,604   5,126,709   2,916,013 
Ash Bhardwaj  392,800   3,049,101   750,625   1,392,708   8,521,602   3,577,393 

     The amounts set forth in the column entitled “Value Realized” represent the fair market value of the ordinary shares underlying the option on the date of exercise less the aggregate exercise price of the option.

In addition, the table includes the number of shares covered by both exercisable and unexercisable stock options as of March 31, 2004. Also reported are values of “in-the-money” options that represent the positive spread between the respective exercise prices of outstanding stock options and $17.09 per share, which was the closing price per ordinary share as reported on the NASDAQ National Market on March 31, 2004, the last day of trading for fiscal 2004. These values, unlike the amounts set forth in the column entitled “Value Realized,” have not been, and may never be, realized.

Change in Control Arrangements

Our option agreements with our executive officers provide that if the executive officer is terminated without cause or leaves for good reason within the first 12 months following a change in control transaction, the vesting of any unvested portion of the option will be accelerated in full, or if the executive officer is still employed upon the first year anniversary of such a change of control, the vesting of any unvested portion of the option will be accelerated in full. Each option includes a limited stock appreciation right pursuant to which the option will automatically be canceled upon the occurrence of certain hostile tender offers, in return for a cash distribution from us based on the tender offer price per share.

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan

On May 18, 2004, we established a supplemental retirement plan for Mr. Marks under which potential cash payments are based on the increase in value, if any, under a Contingent Share Award for 1,000,000 notional shares of Flextronics based on a price of $17.40 per share (a 10% premium above the $15.82 closing price of our ordinary shares on the Nasdaq Stock Market on May 18, 2004). Under this plan, once the 30-day average trading price of our share price at the end of any quarter exceeds $17.40, a cash payment would be made to a rabbi trust for the benefit of Mr. Marks in an amount equal to the net increase in value over $17.40 multiplied by the 1,000,000 notional shares. At the end of each subsequent quarter, if the 30-day average trading price our share price has further increased since the last quarter for which a cash payment was made under the plan, an additional payment would be made in an amount equal to the additional net increase in value since such prior quarter multiplied by 1,000,000 notional shares. The total cash payments may not exceed $7,500,000 in the aggregate over the life of the Plan, and no payments will be made following the termination of Mr. Marks’ employment. Upon Mr. Marks’ death or disability or upon a change of control of Flextronics, the entire $7,500,000 will be credited to the rabbi trust. All amounts credited to Mr. Marks’ account will be made only in cash (no shares will be issued under this Plan), and all cash contributions shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable.

OTHER EQUITY COMPENSATION PLANSEVERY ONE EXISTING ORDINARY SHARE HELD BY OUR SHAREHOLDERS

     AsUnder Singapore law, a company may capitalize its reserves and apply such capitalized sum in payment for additional ordinary shares, which may then be allotted and issued, to its shareholders, credited as fully paid, in a transaction commonly referred to as a “bonus issue.” A bonus issue is similar to a stock dividend by a Delaware or California corporation. However, under our Articles of March 31, 2001,Association, we maintained the 2001 Equity Incentive Planmay allot and 1997 Employee Share Purchase Plan, both ofissue shares in a bonus issue, which were approved by our shareholders, and the 1997 Interim Option Plan, 1998 Interim Option Plan and 1999 Interim Option Plan. None of these Interim Option Plans is subjectwe refer to shareholder approval. The termsas bonus shares, only upon recommendation of the 2001 Equity Incentive PlanBoard of Directors and 1997 Employee Share Purchase Plan are described above. The Interim Option Plans are described more fully below.

The following table gives information about equity awards under these plans as of March 31, 2002.

             
(A)(B)(C)
Number of Ordinary Shares
Number of OrdinaryWeighted-AverageRemaining Available for
Shares to be IssuedExercise PriceEquity Compensation Plans
Upon Exerciseof Outstanding(Excluding Ordinary Shares
Plan Categoryof Outstanding OptionsOptionsReflected in Column (A))




Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders  33,975,652  $17.84   6,691,359(1)
Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders(3)  3,547,859   8.08   2,866,999(2)
Total  37,543,511  $16.92   9,558,358 


(1) Of these, 6,060,736 ordinary shares remained available for grant under the 2001 Equity Incentive Plan and 630,623 ordinary shares remain available for purchase under the 1997 Employee Share Purchase Plan. Assuming that Proposal No. 7 is approved, 1,630,623 ordinary shares would be available for purchase under the 1997 Employee Share Purchase Plan
(2) Of these, 2,197,165 ordinary shares remained available for grant under the 1999 Interim Option Plan, 177,470 ordinary shares under the 1998 Interim Option Plan and 492,364 ordinary shares under the 1997 Interim Option Plan. Does not include 20,000,000 ordinary shares reserved for issuance under the 2002 Interim Option Plan, which was adopted after March 31, 2002. See “Interim Option Plans” below for more information regarding these plans.
(3) In connection with acquisitions, we have assumed the option plans, which we refer to as the Assumed Plans, and the underlying options of the acquired companies. Options to purchase a total of 8,097,628 ordinary shares under the Assumed Plans have been assumed. These options have a weighted average exercise price of $6.12 per share. These options have been converted into options to purchase our ordinary shares on the terms specified in the applicable acquisition agreement, but are otherwise administered in accordance with the terms of the Assumed Plans. Options under the Assumed Plans generally vest over four years and expire 10 years from the date of grant. No further awards will be made under the Assumed Plans. Statistics regarding the options under the Assumed Plans are not included in the above table.

Interim Option Plans

     Our 1997 Interim Option Plan, our 1998 Interim Option Plan and our 1999 Interim Option Plan were adopted by our Board in June 1997, January 1998 and December 1998, respectively. In May 2002, we adopted the 2002 Interim Option Plan. The adoption of these interim plans was necessitated by our internal growth, our multiple acquisitions and the need to provide equity compensation for employees consistent with competitors and peer companies. These interim plans are not subject to shareholder approval.

29

27


The Board reserved an aggregate of 2,000,000 ordinary shares, 3,144,000 ordinary shares, 5,200,000 ordinary shares and 20,000,000 ordinary shares for issuance under the 1997 Plan, the 1998 Plan, the 1999 Plan and the 2002 Plan, respectively. These plans provide for the grant to qualified persons of non-statutory stock options to purchase our ordinary shares. Information regarding outstanding options under the 1997 Plan, the 1998 Plan and the 1999 Plan as of March 31, 2002 is set forth in the table above. Since March 31, 2002, we have granted additional options under the these plans. As of June 1, 2002, we had a total of 22,959,048 shares available for issuance under our 1997 Plan, 1998 Plan, 1999 Plan and 2002 Plan.

Shares subject to options granted pursuant to these interim plans that expire or terminate for any reason without being exercised will again become available for grant and issuance pursuant to awards under the interim plans. Options granted under these plans have an exercise price of not less than 85% of the fair market value of the underlying ordinary shares on the date of grant. Options issued under these plans generally vest over a four-year period and expire ten years from the date of grant. The other general terms of the these interim plans are similar to our 2001 Equity Incentive Plan.

PROPOSAL NO. 8:

ORDINARY RESOLUTION TO APPROVE VARIOUS MATTERS

RELATING TO ORDINARY SHARE ISSUANCES

We are incorporated in the Republic of Singapore. Under Singapore law, new ordinary shares may only be issued with the prior approval of our shareholders at a general meeting. Such approval, if granted, is effective from the date of the meeting at which it was given to the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting of our shareholders or the expiration of the period within which the next Annual General Meeting is required by law to be held, whichever is the earlier. The Board believes that it is advisable and has recommended that it is in ourthe best interest for our shareholders that the Board be granted the authority to authorizeallot and issue, at its sole discretion, after the Directorsdate of the 2004 Annual General Meeting, but on or before 5:00 p.m., PDT, August 31, 2005, a bonus issue of up to issuean aggregate of 556,111,183 bonus shares and, in the event that any new ordinary shares are allotted and issued by us after the close of business on August 5, 2004, which we refer to in this proposal as the Record Date, but on or before 5:00 p.m., PDT August 31, 2005, an additional one bonus share for financing future transactions, acquisitionseach new ordinary share so allotted and other proper corporate opportunitiesissued, to be credited as fully paid, which we refer to as the Bonus Shares.

     The Board believes that such discretionary authority is in the best interest of our shareholders since it provides the Board an opportunity to review economic and purposes. Having additionalfinancial conditions prior to making the decision as to whether a bonus issue should be effected.

If the Board exercises its authority to allot and issue the Bonus Shares after the date of the 2004 Annual General Meeting but on or before 5:00 p.m., PDT, August 31, 2005, then the Bonus Shares are to be allotted and issued to the holders of record of the ordinary shares availableon the date specified by our Board of Directors after the date of the 2004 Annual General Meeting, but no later than 5:00 p.m., PDT, August 31, 2005, on the basis of one bonus share for every one ordinary share then held. Fractional bonus shares will not be issued, but will be disposed of in such a manner as the Board of Directors deems fit. As a result, if the bonus issue is approved at the 2004 Annual General Meeting and authorized for issuance in the future gives us greater flexibilityBoard exercises its authority to pursue corporate opportunitiesallot and enablesissue the Directors to issue newBonus Shares after the date of the 2004 Annual General Meeting, but on or before 5:00 p.m., PDT, August 31, 2005, then each holder of record of ordinary shares withouton the expensedate specified by our Board of Directors after the date of the 2004 Annual General Meeting, but no later than 5:00 p.m., PDT, August 31, 2005, would receive an additional one ordinary share, credited as fully paid, for every one ordinary share then held of record by such shareholder. If the bonus issue is approved at the 2004 Annual General Meeting but the Board does not exercise its authority to allot and delayissue the Bonus Shares after the date of an extraordinary general meeting ofthe 2004 Annual General Meeting, but on or before 5:00 p.m., PDT, August 31, 2005, then no bonus issue would be effected and, accordingly, no bonus shares would be allotted and issued to shareholders.

     We are seeking shareholder approvalThe Bonus Shares, if and when allotted and issued, would rank pari passu in all respects with the existing ordinary shares, and would have identical rights. A sum of up to issueS$5,561,111.83 and, in the event that any new ordinary shares are allotted and issued by us after the Record Date, but on or before 5:00 p.m., PDT, August 31, 2005, an additional amount of S$0.01 for each new share so allotted and issued, from our Share Premium Account as at March 31, 2004, which sum we refer to make or grant offers, agreements or options that might oras the Capital Sum, would requirebe capitalized and applied in paying up in full the issue of new ordinary shares, duringBonus Shares to be issued. Accordingly, our issued and paid up capital would increase by up to S$5,561,111.83 after the period from the dateallotment and issuance of the 2002 Annual General Meeting toBonus Shares and, in the dateevent that any new shares are allotted and issued by us after the Record Date but on or before 5:00 p.m., PDT, August 31, 2005, an additional amount of $0.01 each for each new share so allotted and issued. Our independent auditors have advised us that the balance in our Share Premium Account at March 31, 2004 is sufficient for the purpose of the 2003 Annual General Meeting. If obtained, shareholder approval of this proposal will lapse on the date of the 2003 Annual General Meeting or the expiration of the period within which the 2003 Annual General Meeting is required by law to be held, whichever is earlier.bonus issue.

The Board recommends a vote FOR the resolution

approving the proposed Bonus Issue.
28


relatingEXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

The names, ages and positions of our officers and directors as of June 30, 2004 are as follows:

NameAgePosition

Michael E. Marks53Chief Executive Officer and Director
Ash Bhardwaj40President, Design Services and ODM Products Group
Robert R. B. Dykes55President, Systems Group and Chief Financial Officer
Ronny Nilsson55President, Flextronics Network Services
Michael McNamara47Chief Operating Officer
Thomas J. Smach44Senior Vice President, Finance
Richard L. Sharp57Chairman of the Board
James A. Davidson44Director
Patrick Foley72Director
Michael J. Moritz49Director
Lip-Bu Tan48Director

Michael E. Marks. Mr. Marks has served as our Chief Executive Officer since January 1994. He has served as a member of our Board of Directors since December 1991 and as Chairman of our Board from July 1993 to January 2003. Mr. Marks serves on the boards of KLA-Tencor Corporation and SanDisk Corporation. He received a B.A. and M.A. from Oberlin College and a M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

Ash Bhardwaj. Mr. Bhardwaj joined Flextronics in 1988. He has served as President, Design Services and ODM Products Group since September 2003. Prior to his promotion, he served as President, Asia Pacific, from 2001 to September 2003, as Senior Vice President of Strategic Accounts from 1999 to 2001 and as Vice President for the China region and General Manager of our plan in Shekou, China from 1994 to 1999. He received a degree in electrical engineering from Thapar Institute of Engineering and Technology in India and earned an M.B.A. from Southeastern Louisiana University.

Robert R. B. Dykes. Mr. Dykes has served as President, Systems Group since February 1999 and Chief Financial Officer since February 1997. In addition, he served as Senior Vice President of Finance and Administration from February 1997 to April 1999, and as a member of the Board of Directors from January 1994 to August 1997. He received a Bachelor of Commerce and Administration from Victoria University in Wellington, New Zealand.

Ronny Nilsson. Mr. Nilsson has served as President, Flextronics Network Services since January 2002. Prior to his promotion, Mr. Nilsson served as President, Western Europe Operations from April 1997 to December 2001. Mr. Nilsson received a certificate in Mechanical Engineering from the Lars Kagg School in Kalmar, Sweden and certificates from the Swedish Management Institute and the Ericsson Management Program.

Michael McNamara. Mr. McNamara has served as Chief Operating Officer since January 2002. Prior to his promotion, Mr. McNamara served as President, Americas Operations from April 1997 to December 2001, and as Vice President, North American Operations from April 1994 to April 1997. Mr. McNamara also serves on the Board of Directors of TheraSense. Mr. McNamara received a B.S. from the University of Cincinnati and an M.B.A. from Santa Clara University.

Thomas J. Smach. Mr. Smach has served as our Senior Vice President Finance since April 2000 following the Company’s acquisition of the Dii Group, Inc. From August 1997 to April 2000, he served as the Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Dii. Mr. Smach is a certified public accountant and he received a B.Sc. in Accounting from State University of New York at Binghamton.

Richard L. Sharp. Mr. Sharp has served as a member of our Board of Directors since July 1993 and as Chairman of our Board since January 2003. Mr. Sharp served in various positions with Circuit City Stores, Inc., a consumer electronics and personal computer retailer, from 1982 to 2002, most recently, as President from 1984 to 1997, Chief Executive Officer from 1986 to 2000 and Chairman of the Board from 1994 to 2002.

James A. Davidson. Mr. Davidson has served as a member of the Company’s Board of Directors since March 2003. He is a founder and managing member of Silver Lake Partners, a private equity investment firm. From June 1990 to November 1998, he was an investment banker with Hambrecht & Quist, most recently

29


serving as Managing Director and Head of Technology Investment Banking. From 1984 to 1990, Mr. Davidson was a corporate and securities lawyer with Pillsbury, Madison & Sutro. Currently, Mr. Davidson also serves on the Board of Directors of Seagate Technology. He received a B.S. from the University of Nebraska and J.D. from the University of Michigan.

Patrick Foley. Mr. Foley has served as a member of our Board of Directors since October 1997. Mr. Foley served in various positions with DHL Corporation, Inc. and its major subsidiary, DHL Airways, Inc., a global document, package and airfreight delivery company from September 1988 to 2001, most recently as its Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer. He also serves as a director of Health Net, Inc. and Glenborough Realty Trust, Inc.

Michael J. Moritz. Mr. Moritz has served as a member of our Board of Directors since July 1993. Since 1988, he has been a General Partner of Sequoia Capital, a venture capital firm. Mr. Moritz also serves as a director of Saba Software, Red Envelope, Inc. and several privately-held companies.

Lip-Bu Tan. Mr. Tan has served as a member of our Board of Directors since March 2003. In 1987, he founded and since that time has served as Chairman of Walden International, a venture capital fund. Mr. Tan currently serves on the boards of Cadence Design Systems, Inc., Centillium Communications, Creative Technology, Integrated Silicon Solution, SINA Corporation and Semiconductor Manufacturing International Corporation. Mr. Tan received a M.S. in Nuclear Engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, a MBA from the University of San Francisco, and a B.S. from Nanyang University in Singapore.

30


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The following table presents information concerning the compensation paid or accrued by us for services rendered during fiscal 2004, fiscal 2003 and fiscal 2002 by our chief executive officer and each of our four other most highly compensated executive officers whose total salary and bonus for fiscal 2004 exceeded $100,000.

Summary Compensation Table

                          
Long Term
Compensation
Awards

Annual CompensationSecurities

Other AnnualUnderlyingAll Other
Name and Principal PositionFiscal YearSalaryBonusCompensation (1)OptionsCompensation

Michael E. Marks  2004  $785,442  $605,000  $3,371     $14,228(2)
 Chief Executive Officer  2003   341,402   150,000   5,082   5,000,000   4,966(3)
   2002   266,528      5,008   600,000   5,113(4)
 
Michael McNamara  2004   700,110   393,750   7,525      9,658(5)
 Chief Operating Officer  2003   257,127   84,375   3,925   2,600,000   3,623(6)
   2002   243,750      3,868   400,000   2,639(7)
 
Ronny Nilsson  2004   538,362   17,414      75,000   47,625(8)
 President, Flextronics  2003   349,562   100,147   8,522   375,000   39,046(9)
 Network Services  2002   378,501      28,472   158,333   31,027(9)
 
Robert R.B. Dykes  2004   475,000   267,188   120   1,000,000   6,995(10)
 President, Systems Group  2003   221,327   79,688   122   700,000   150(11)
 and Chief Financial Officer  2002   202,965      4,600   316,667   3,541(12)
 
Ash Bhardwaj  2004   475,000   267,188      1,000,000   3,017(13)
 President, Design Services  2003   200,478   75,000      700,000   3,560(14)
 and ODM Products Group  2002   307,680         283,333   991(15)

(1)Represents a vehicle allowance. In fiscal 2002 for Mr. Nilsson, includes forgiveness of an interest payment of $19,805 on a promissory note due to one of our subsidiaries. In fiscal 2004 for McNamara, includes $7,455 for personal use of the company jet.
(2)Represents our contribution to the 401(k) plan of $7,100, life insurance premium payments of $867, disability insurance premium payments of $5,985 and $276 in imputed income for group term life insurance.
(3)Represents our contributions to the 401(k) plan of $2,716 and life insurance premium payments of $2,250.
(4)Represents our contributions to the 401(k) plan of $2,574 and life insurance premium payments of $2,539.
(5)Represents our contributions to the 401(k) plan of $6,000, life insurance premium payments of $1,431, disability insurance premium payments of $2,047 and $180 in imputed income for group term life insurance.
(6)Represents our contributions to the 401(k) plan of $3,525 and life insurance premium payments of $98.
(7)Represents our contributions to the 401(k) plan of $2,574 and life insurance premium payments of $65.
(8)Represents our contributions to a pension retirement fund of $46,672 and health insurance premium payments of $953.
(9)Represents our contributions to a pension retirement fund.

(10) Represents our contribution to the 401(k) plan of $762, life insurance premium payments of $864, disability insurance premium payments of $2,047, imputed income for domestic partner insurance coverage in the amount of $2,986 and imputed income for group term life insurance in the amount of $336.
(11) Represents life insurance premium payments.
(12) Represents our contribution to the 401(k) plan of $1,109, life insurance premium payments of $138 and spousal health insurance premium payments of $2,294.

31


(13) Represents life insurance premium payments of $859, disability insurance premium payments of $2,047 and imputed income for group term life insurance of $111.
(14) Represents life insurance premium payments of $990, disability insurance premium payments of $2,516 and imputed income for group term life insurance of $54.
(15) Represents life insurance premium payments of $291 and disability insurance premium payments of $700.

Option Grants in Fiscal 2004

     The following table presents information regarding option grants during fiscal 2004 to our chief executive officer and each of our four other most highly compensated executive officers. Option grants to our executive officers in fiscal 2004 were awarded pursuant to our existing equity compensation plans.

In accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the table presents the potential realizable values that would exist for the options at the end of their four- or ten-year terms, as the case may be. These values are based on assumed rates of annual compound stock price appreciation of 5% and 10% from the date the option was granted to the end of the option term. These are based on assumed annual rates of return mandated by rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and do not represent our estimate or projection of future ordinary share issuances.prices. The closing sale price per ordinary share as reported on the NASDAQ National Market on March 31, 2004, the last trading day of fiscal 2004, was $17.09.

                         
Individual Grants

Potential Realizable Value
Number ofPercent ofat Assumed Annual Rates of
SecuritiesTotal OptionsStock Price Appreciation
UnderlyingGranted toExercisefor Option Term
OptionsEmployees inPrice PerExpiration
NameGrantedFiscal 2004ShareDate5%10%

Michael E. Marks                  
Michael McNamara                  
Ronny Nilsson  75,000   0.85% $17.50   01/22/2008  $282,852  $609,131 
Robert R.B. Dykes  1,000,000   11.31   17.50   01/22/2014   11,005,656   27,890,493 
Ash Bhardwaj  1,000,000   11.31   17.50   01/22/2014   11,005,656   27,890,493 

     The options shown in the table above were granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our ordinary shares on the date of grant and are non-statutory stock options. With the exception of options granted to Mr. Nilsson, options granted to our executive officers expire ten years from the date of grant, subject to earlier termination upon termination of the optionee’s employment. In the case of Mr. Nilsson, Swedish tax legislation imposes significant adverse consequences if there are any restrictions on exercisability or transfer of options. The term of Mr. Nilsson’s option has therefore, been shortened to four years from the date of grant.

Mr. Nilsson’s options were 100% vested and exercisable at the date of grant. Mr. Dykes’ options vest and become exercisable with respect to 10% of the total shares on each of the first and second anniversaries of the date of grant, with respect to 20% of the total shares on each of the third and the fourth anniversaries of the date of grant, and with respect to 40% of the total shares on the fifth anniversary of the date of grant. Mr. Bhardwaj’s options vest and become exercisable with respect to 10% of the total shares on each of the first and second anniversaries of the date of grant, with respect to 20% of the total shares on each of the third and the fourth anniversaries of the date of grant, and with respect to 40% of the total shares on the fifth anniversary of the date of grant. Our Compensation Committee has the discretion to provide for alternative vesting schedules to maximize the retention value of our equity compensation. See “Change in Control Arrangements” below for a description of the acceleration provisions of these options. The exercise price of each option may be paid in cash or through a cashless exercise procedure involving a same-day sale of the purchase shares. We granted options to purchase an aggregate of 8,841,856 ordinary shares to our employees during fiscal 2004.

32


PROPOSAL NO. 9:Aggregated Option Exercises in Fiscal 2004

and Option Values at March 31, 2004

The following table presents information concerning the exercise of options during fiscal 2004 by our chief executive officer and each of our four other most highly compensated executive officers.

                         
Number of Securities
Underlying UnexercisedValue of Unexercised
Options atIn-the-money Options at
SharesMarch 31, 2004March 31, 2004
Acquired

Nameon ExerciseValue RealizedVestedUnvestedVestedUnvested

Michael E. Marks  733,333  $5,771,331   2,354,167   4,845,833  $7,058,584  $41,453,416 
Michael McNamara  1,244,113   9,879,041   1,476,042   2,123,958   7,131,990   18,516,010 
Ronny Nilsson        608,333      3,698,666    
Robert R.B. Dykes  410,834   3,109,088   935,063   1,377,604   5,126,709   2,916,013 
Ash Bhardwaj  392,800   3,049,101   750,625   1,392,708   8,521,602   3,577,393 

     The amounts set forth in the column entitled “Value Realized” represent the fair market value of the ordinary shares underlying the option on the date of exercise less the aggregate exercise price of the option.

In addition, the table includes the number of shares covered by both exercisable and unexercisable stock options as of March 31, 2004. Also reported are values of “in-the-money” options that represent the positive spread between the respective exercise prices of outstanding stock options and $17.09 per share, which was the closing price per ordinary share as reported on the NASDAQ National Market on March 31, 2004, the last day of trading for fiscal 2004. These values, unlike the amounts set forth in the column entitled “Value Realized,” have not been, and may never be, realized.

ORDINARY RESOLUTION TO APPROVE A BONUS ISSUE OF ONE ORDINARY SHARE FORChange in Control Arrangements

Our option agreements with our executive officers provide that if the executive officer is terminated without cause or leaves for good reason within the first 12 months following a change in control transaction, the vesting of any unvested portion of the option will be accelerated in full, or if the executive officer is still employed upon the first year anniversary of such a change of control, the vesting of any unvested portion of the option will be accelerated in full. Each option includes a limited stock appreciation right pursuant to which the option will automatically be canceled upon the occurrence of certain hostile tender offers, in return for a cash distribution from us based on the tender offer price per share.

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan

On May 18, 2004, we established a supplemental retirement plan for Mr. Marks under which potential cash payments are based on the increase in value, if any, under a Contingent Share Award for 1,000,000 notional shares of Flextronics based on a price of $17.40 per share (a 10% premium above the $15.82 closing price of our ordinary shares on the Nasdaq Stock Market on May 18, 2004). Under this plan, once the 30-day average trading price of our share price at the end of any quarter exceeds $17.40, a cash payment would be made to a rabbi trust for the benefit of Mr. Marks in an amount equal to the net increase in value over $17.40 multiplied by the 1,000,000 notional shares. At the end of each subsequent quarter, if the 30-day average trading price our share price has further increased since the last quarter for which a cash payment was made under the plan, an additional payment would be made in an amount equal to the additional net increase in value since such prior quarter multiplied by 1,000,000 notional shares. The total cash payments may not exceed $7,500,000 in the aggregate over the life of the Plan, and no payments will be made following the termination of Mr. Marks’ employment. Upon Mr. Marks’ death or disability or upon a change of control of Flextronics, the entire $7,500,000 will be credited to the rabbi trust. All amounts credited to Mr. Marks’ account will be made only in cash (no shares will be issued under this Plan), and all cash contributions shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable.

EVERY ONE EXISTING ORDINARY SHARE HELD BY OUR SHAREHOLDERSSources of Funds

     Under Singapore law, a company may capitalize its reserves and apply such capitalized sum in paymentOnly funds legally available for additionalpurchasing or acquiring ordinary shares which may then be allotted and issued, to its shareholders, credited as fully paid, in a transaction commonly referred to as a “bonus issue.” A bonus issue is similar to a stock dividend by

30


a Delaware or California corporation. However, underaccordance with our Articles of Association we may allot and issue sharesapplicable laws of Singapore, shall be utilized. We intend to use our internal sources of funds to finance our purchase or acquisition of ordinary shares. We do not intend to obtain or incur any borrowings to finance our purchase or acquisition of ordinary shares. Our Directors do not propose to exercise the Share Purchase Mandate in a bonus issue, which we refermanner and to as bonus shares, only upon recommendation of the Board of Directorssuch extent that our working capital requirements and with the prior approvalthose of our shareholders atsubsidiaries and us would be materially affected.

     Any purchases and acquisitions of ordinary shares must be made out of our distributable profits which are available for payment as dividends, excluding any amount in our share premium account and capital redemption reserve fund.

Status of Purchased or Acquired Ordinary Shares

     Any ordinary share we purchase or acquire is deemed cancelled immediately on purchase or acquisition, and all rights and privileges attached to that ordinary share will expire on cancellation.

     We will cancel and destroy certificates in respect of purchased or acquired ordinary shares as soon as reasonably practicable following settlement of any purchase or acquisition of such ordinary shares.

Financial Effects

     The amount by which our issued share capital is diminished on cancellation of ordinary shares purchased or acquired must be transferred to a general meeting. The Board believes that it is advisable and has recommended that it is inreserve called the best interest for our shareholders that“capital redemption reserve”. In the Board be granted the authority to allot and issue, at its sole discretion. after the date of the 2002 Annual General Meeting, but on or before 5:00 p.m., PDT, August 31, 2003,event we implement a bonus issue of up to an aggregate of 516,291,695 bonus shares and, in the event that any new ordinary shares are allotted and issuedfuture, such reserve may be applied by us after the close of business on July 2, 2002, which we refer to in this proposal as the Record Date, but on or before 5:00 p.m., PDT, August 31, 2003, an additional one bonus share for each new ordinary share so allotted and issued, to be credited as fully paid, which we refer to as the Bonus Shares.

     The Board believes that such discretionary authority is in the best interest of our shareholders since it provides the Board an opportunity to review economic and financial conditions prior to making the decision as to whether a bonus issue should be effected.

If the Board exercises its authority to allot and issue the Bonus Shares after the date of the 2002 Annual General Meeting but on or before 5:00 p.m., PDT, August 31, 2003, then the Bonus Shares arepaying up any unissued shares to be allotted and issued to our shareholders as fully paid bonus shares.

     Our total issued share capital will be diminished by the holders of recordtotal nominal amount (or par value) of the ordinary shares onpurchased or acquired by us. The consideration paid by us for the date specifiedpurchase or acquisition of ordinary shares (excluding related brokerage, goods and services tax, stamp duties and clearance fees) will correspondingly reduce the amount available for the distribution of cash dividends by us.

     Our net tangible assets and the consolidated net tangible assets of our Boardsubsidiaries and us will be reduced by the dollar value of Directors afterthe ordinary shares purchased or acquired. The purchase or acquisition of up to 10% of our issued ordinary share capital as at the date of the 2002 Annual General Meeting but no later than 5:00 p.m., PDT, August 31, 2003,will not have any material impact on our consolidated earnings for the current financial year.

Rationale for the Share Purchase Mandate

     We presently maintain listing status on the basisNASDAQ National Market. Our need to repurchase our ordinary shares reflects in part the practices of one bonusour competitors and in part the dominance of the U.S. capital markets for us. Many international companies, including those in the United States, United Kingdom and Hong Kong are permitted by their governing jurisdictions to buy back their own shares. Share repurchases are thus widely available to and utilized by many other companies with which we compete for talent, capital, and investor and analyst interest.

Share repurchase programs are important because of volatility in the stock market. A share repurchase program tends to buffer short term share price volatility, provide additional liquidity to the market and offset the effects of short-term speculators and investors. Minimizing unnecessary volatility bolsters shareholder confidence and employee morale. The latter can be a critical factor in employee retention, especially in the

26


U.S. Silicon Valley, where we have significant operations. Minimizing extreme volatility can also facilitate use of our ordinary shares for every oneacquisitions of other companies, which can enable us to acquire ongoing technological improvements with minimal cash outlay.

Take-Over Implications

     If, as a result of our purchase or acquisition of our issued ordinary shares, a shareholder’s proportionate interest in our voting capital increases, such increase will be treated as an acquisition for the purposes of The Singapore Code on Take-overs and Mergers. If such increase results in a change of effective control, or, as a result of such increase, a shareholder or a group of shareholders acting in concert obtains or consolidates effective control of us, such shareholder or group of shareholders acting in concert could become obliged to make a take-over offer for us under Rule 14 of The Singapore Code on Take-overs and Mergers.

     Under The Singapore Code on Take-overs and Mergers, persons acting in concert comprise individuals or companies who, pursuant to an agreement or understanding (whether formal or informal) co-operate, through the acquisition by any of them of shares in a company to obtain or consolidate effective control of that company. Unless the contrary is established, the following persons will be presumed to be acting in concert, namely, (i) a company with any of its directors (together with their close relatives, related trusts as well as companies controlled by any of the directors, their close relatives and related trusts) and (ii) a company, its parent, subsidiaries and fellow subsidiaries, and their associated companies and companies of which such companies are associated companies, all with each other. For this purpose, ownership or control of at least 20% but not more than 50% of the equity share then held. Fractional bonuscapital of a company will be regarded as the test of associated company status.

     The circumstances under which shareholders (including Directors) and persons acting in concert with them respectively will incur an obligation to make a take-over offer under Rule 14 of The Singapore Code on Take-overs and Mergers after a purchase or acquisition of our issued ordinary shares by us are set out in Appendix 2 of The Singapore Code on Take-overs and Mergers.

     The effect of Appendix 2 is that, unless exempted, Directors and persons acting in concert with them will incur an obligation to make a take-over offer under Rule 14 if, as a result of us purchasing or acquiring our issued ordinary shares, the voting rights of such Directors and their concert parties would increase to 30% or more, or if the voting rights of such Directors and their concert parties fall between 30% and 50% of our voting rights, the voting rights of such Directors and their concert parties would increase by more than 1% in any period of six months.

     Under Appendix 2, a shareholder not acting in concert with the Directors will not be issued, but will be disposed of in suchrequired to make a mannertake-over offer under Rule 14 if, as the Board of Directors deems fit. As a result if the bonus issue is approved at the 2002 Annual General Meeting and the Board exercises its authority to allot and issue the Bonus Shares after the date of the 2002 Annual General Meeting, but onus purchasing or before 5:00 p.m., PDT, August 31, 2003, then each holder of record ofacquiring our issued ordinary shares, on the date specified byvoting rights of such shareholder in us would increase to 30% or more, or if such shareholder holds between 30% and 50% of our Boardvoting rights, the voting rights of Directors after the date of the 2002 Annual General Meeting, but no later than 5:00 p.m., PDT, August 31, 2003, would receive an additional one ordinary share, credited as fully paid, for every one ordinary share then held of record by such shareholder. If the bonus issue is approved at the 2002 Annual General Meeting but the Board does not exercise its authority to allot and issue the Bonus Shares after the date of the 2002 Annual General Meeting, but on or before 5:00 p.m., PDT, August 31, 2003, then no bonus issue would be effected and, accordingly, no bonus shares would be allotted and issued to shareholders.

The Bonus Shares, if and when allotted and issued, would rank pari passu in all respects with the existing ordinary shares, and would have identical rights. A sum of up to S$5,162,916.95 and, in the event that any new ordinary shares are allotted and issued by us after the Record Date, but on or before 5:00 p.m., PDT, August 31, 2003, an additional amount of S$0.01 for each new share so allotted and issued, from our Share Premium Account as at March 31, 2002, which sum we refer to as the Capital Sum, would be capitalized and applied in paying up in full the Bonus Shares to be issued. Accordingly, our issued and paid up capitalshareholder would increase by up to S$5,162,916.95 after the allotment and issuancemore than 1% in any period of six months. Such shareholder need not abstain from voting in respect of the Bonus Sharesresolution authorizing the Share Purchase Mandate.

     Shareholders who are in doubt as to their obligations, if any, to make a mandatory take-over offer under The Singapore Code on Take-overs and in the event thatMergers as a result of any new shares are allotted and issuedshare purchase by us aftershould consult the Record Date but on Securities Industry Council of Singapore and/or before 5:00 p.m., PDT, August 31, 2003, an additional amount of $0.01 each for each new share so allotted and issued. Our independent auditors have advised us thattheir professional advisers at the balance in our Share Premium Account at March 31, 2002 is sufficient for the purpose of the bonus issue.

earliest opportunity.

The Board recommends a vote FOR the resolution

resolution approvingrelating to the proposed bonus issue.share purchase mandate.

31


PROPOSAL NO. 10:12:

ORDINARY RESOLUTION TO APPROVE THE PROPOSEDA BONUS ISSUE OF ONE ORDINARY SHARE PURCHASE MANDATEFOR

The Proposed Share Purchase Mandate

     Our purchases or acquisitions of our ordinary shares must be made in accordance with, and in the manner prescribed by, the Companies Act, Cap. 50, the listing rules of the Nasdaq National Market and such other laws and regulations as may for the time being be applicable.

     It is a requirement that a company that wishes to purchase or otherwise acquire its own shares should obtain the approval of its shareholders to do so at a general meeting of its shareholders. Accordingly, approval is being sought from shareholders at the Annual General Meeting for a general and unconditional mandate, which we refer to as the Share Purchase Mandate, to be given for the purchase or acquisition by us of our issued ordinary shares. Accordingly, this resolution will be proposed as an Ordinary Resolution pursuant to which the Share Purchase Mandate will be given to the Directors to exercise all our powers to purchase or otherwise acquire our issued ordinary shares on the terms of the Share Purchase Mandate.

     If approved by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting, the authority conferred by the Share Purchase Mandate will continue in force until the earlier of the date of our next Annual General Meeting or the date by which our next Annual General Meeting is required by law to be held.

     The authority and limitations placed on our share purchases or acquisitions under the proposed Share Purchase Mandate are summarized below:

     (a) Maximum number of ordinary shares

We may purchase or acquire only ordinary shares which are issued and fully paid up. The total number of ordinary shares which we may purchase or acquire is limited to that number of ordinary shares representing not more than 10% of our issued ordinary share capital at the date of the Annual General Meeting at which the Share Purchase Mandate is approved.
Purely for illustrative purposes, on the basis of 516,291,695 issued ordinary shares as at July 2, 2002, and assuming that no further ordinary shares are issued on or prior to the Annual General Meeting, pursuant to the proposed Share Purchase Mandate, we may purchase not more than 51,629,169 issued ordinary shares (representing 10% of our issued ordinary share capital at that date).

     (b) Duration of authority

     Purchases or acquisitions of ordinary shares may be made, at any time and from time to time, on and from the date of approval of the Share Purchase Mandate up to the earlier of:
     (i) the date on which our next Annual General Meeting is held or required by law to be held; or
     (ii) the date on which the authority conferred by the Share Purchase Mandate is revoked or varied.

     (c) Manner of purchases or acquisitions of ordinary shares

32


     Purchases or acquisitions of ordinary shares may be made by way of:
     (i) market purchases on the Nasdaq National Market or any other stock exchange on which our ordinary shares may for the time being be listed and quoted, through one or more duly licensed dealers appointed by us for the purpose; and/or
     (ii) off-market purchases (if effected other than on the Nasdaq National Market or, as the case may be, any other stock exchange on which our ordinary shares may for the time being be listed and quoted), in accordance with an equal access scheme.

In connection with or in relation to any equal access scheme or schemes, our Directors may impose such terms and conditions which are not inconsistent with the Share Purchase Mandate, the listing rules of the Nasdaq National Market and the Singapore Companies Act, as they consider fit in our interests in. An equal access scheme must, however, satisfy all the following conditions:

     (1) offers for the purchase or acquisition of ordinary shares shall be made to every person who holds ordinary shares to purchase or acquire the same percentage of their ordinary shares;
     (2) all of those persons shall be given a reasonable opportunity to accept the offers made; and
     (3) the terms of all the offers are the same (except that there shall be disregarded (1) differences in consideration attributable to the fact that offers may relate to ordinary shares with different accrued dividend entitlements and (2) differences in the offers introduced solely to ensure that each person is left with a whole number of ordinary shares).

     (d) Purchase price

The purchase price (excluding brokerage, commission, applicable goods and services tax and other related expenses) to be paid for an ordinary share will be determined by our Directors. The maximum purchase price to be paid for the ordinary shares as determined by our Directors must not exceed:

     (i) in the case of a market purchase, 105% of the Average Closing Price of our ordinary shares; and
     (ii) in the case of an off-market purchase pursuant to an equal access scheme, 110% of the Average Closing Price of our ordinary shares,
     in either case, excluding related expenses of the purchase or acquisition.

     For the above purposes, the term Average Closing Price means the average of the last dealt prices of an ordinary share for the five consecutive trading days on which our ordinary shares are transacted on the Nasdaq National Market or, as the case may be, any other stock exchange on which our ordinary shares may for the time being be listed and quoted, immediately preceding the date of the market purchase by us or, as the case may be, the date of the making of the offer pursuant to the off-market purchase. The date of the making of the offer refers to the date on which we announce our intention to make an offer for the purchase or acquisition of ordinary shares from holders of ordinary shares, stating the purchase price (which shall not be more than the maximum purchase price calculated on the foregoing basis) for each ordinary share and the relevant terms of the equal access scheme for effecting the off-market purchase.

33


Sources of Funds

     Only funds legally available for purchasing or acquiring ordinary shares in accordance with our Articles of Association and applicable laws of Singapore, shall be utilized. We intend to use our internal sources of funds to finance our purchase or acquisition of ordinary shares. We do not intend to obtain or incur any borrowings to finance our purchase or acquisition of ordinary shares. TheOur Directors do not propose to exercise the Share Purchase Mandate in a manner and to such extent that our working capital requirements and those of our subsidiaries and us would be materially affected.

     Any purchases and acquisitions of ordinary shares must be made out of our distributable profits which are available for payment as dividends, excluding any amount in our share premium account and capital redemption reserve fund.

Status of Purchased or Acquired Ordinary Shares

     Any ordinary share we purchase or acquire is deemed cancelled immediately on purchase or acquisition, and all rights and privileges attached to that ordinary share will expire on cancellation.

     We will cancel and destroy certificates in respect of purchased or acquired ordinary shares as soon as reasonably practicable following settlement of any purchase or acquisition of such ordinary shares.

Financial Effects

     The amount by which our issued share capital is diminished on cancellation of ordinary shares purchased or acquired must be transferred to a reserve called the “capital redemption reserve.”reserve”. In the event we implement a bonus issue of shares in the future, such reserve may be applied by us in paying up any unissued shares to be allotted and issued to our shareholders as fully paid bonus shares.

     Our total issued share capital will be diminished by the total nominal amount (or par value) of the ordinary shares purchased or acquired by us. The consideration paid by us for the purchase or acquisition of ordinary shares (excluding related brokerage, goods and services tax, stamp duties and clearance fees) will correspondingly reduce the amount available for the distribution of cash dividends by us.

     Our net tangible assets of us and the consolidated net tangible assets of usour subsidiaries and our subsidiariesus will be reduced by the dollar value of the ordinary shares purchased or acquired. The purchase or acquisition of up to 10% of our issued ordinary share capital as at the date of the Annual General Meeting will not have any material impact on our consolidated earnings for the current financial year.

Rationale for the Share Purchase Mandate

     We presently maintain listing status on the NasdaqNASDAQ National Market. Our need to repurchase our ordinary shares reflects in part the practices of our competitors and in part the dominance of the U.S. capital markets for us. Many international companies, including those in the United States, United Kingdom and Hong Kong are permitted by their governing jurisdictions to buy back their own shares. Share repurchases are thus widely available to and utilized by many other companies with which we compete for talent, capital, and investor and analyst interest.

     Share repurchase programs are important because of volatility in the stock market. A share repurchase program tends to buffer short term share price volatility, provide additional liquidity to the market and offset the effects of short-term speculators and investors. Minimizing unnecessary volatility bolsters shareholder

34


confidence and employee morale. The latter can be a critical factor in employee retention, especially in the
26


U.S. Silicon Valley, where we have significant operations. Minimizing extreme volatility can also facilitate use of our ordinary shares for acquisitions of other companies, which can enable us to acquire ongoing technological improvements with minimal cash outlay.

Take-Over Implications

     If, as a result of our purchase or acquisition of our issued ordinary shares, a shareholder’s proportionate interest in our voting capital increases, such increase will be treated as an acquisition for the purposes of The Singapore Code on Take-overs and Mergers. If such increase results in a change of effective control, or, as a result of such increase, a shareholder or a group of shareholders acting in concert obtains or consolidates effective control of us, such shareholder or group of shareholders acting in concert could become obliged to make a take-over offer for us under Rule 14 of The Singapore Code on Take-overs and Mergers.

     Under The Singapore Code on Take-overs and Mergers, persons acting in concert comprise individuals or companies who, pursuant to an agreement or understanding (whether formal or informal) co-operate, through the acquisition by any of them of shares in a company to obtain or consolidate effective control of that company. Unless the contrary is established, the following persons will be presumed to be acting in concert, namely, (i) a company with any of its directors (together with their close relatives, related trusts as well as companies controlled by any of the directors, their close relatives and related trusts) and (ii) a company, its parent, subsidiaries and fellow subsidiaries, and their associated companies and companies of which such companies are associated companies, all with each other. For this purpose, ownership or control of at least 20% but not more than 50% of the equity share capital of a company will be regarded as the test of associated company status.

     The circumstances under which shareholders (including Directors) and persons acting in concert with them respectively will incur an obligation to make a take-over offer under Rule 14 of The Singapore Code on Take-overs and Mergers after a purchase or acquisition of our issued ordinary shares by us are set out in Appendix 2 of The Singapore Code on Take-overs and Mergers.

     The effect of Appendix 2 is that, unless exempted, Directors and persons acting in concert with them will incur an obligation to make a take-over offer under Rule 14 if, as a result of us purchasing or acquiring our issued ordinary shares, the voting rights of such Directors and their concert parties would increase to 30% or more, or if the voting rights of such Directors and their concert parties fall between 30% and 50% of our voting rights, the voting rights of such Directors and their concert parties would increase by more than 1% in any period of six months.

     Under Appendix 2, a shareholder not acting in concert with the Directors will not be required to make a take-over offer under Rule 14 if, as a result of us purchasing or acquiring our issued ordinary shares, the voting rights of such shareholder in us would increase to 30% or more, or if such shareholder holds between 30% and 50% of our voting rights, the voting rights of such shareholder would increase by more than 1% in any period of six months. Such shareholder need not abstain from voting in respect of the resolution authorizing the Share Purchase Mandate.

     Shareholders who are in doubt as to their obligations, if any, to make a mandatory take-over offer under The Singapore Code on Take-overs and Mergers as a result of any share purchase by us should consult the Securities Industry Council of Singapore and/or their professional advisers at the earliest opportunity.

The Board recommends a vote FOR the resolution

relating to the proposed share purchase mandate.

PROPOSAL NO. 12:

ORDINARY RESOLUTION TO APPROVE A BONUS ISSUE OF ONE ORDINARY SHARE FOR

EVERY ONE EXISTING ORDINARY SHARE HELD BY OUR SHAREHOLDERS

Under Singapore law, a company may capitalize its reserves and apply such capitalized sum in payment for additional ordinary shares, which may then be allotted and issued, to its shareholders, credited as fully paid, in a transaction commonly referred to as a “bonus issue.” A bonus issue is similar to a stock dividend by a Delaware or California corporation. However, under our Articles of Association, we may allot and issue shares in a bonus issue, which we refer to as bonus shares, only upon recommendation of the Board of Directors and

27


with the prior approval of our shareholders at a general meeting. The Board believes that it is advisable and has recommended that it is in the best interest for our shareholders that the Board be granted the authority to allot and issue, at its sole discretion, after the date of the 2004 Annual General Meeting, but on or before 5:00 p.m., PDT, August 31, 2005, a bonus issue of up to an aggregate of 556,111,183 bonus shares and, in the event that any new ordinary shares are allotted and issued by us after the close of business on August 5, 2004, which we refer to in this proposal as the Record Date, but on or before 5:00 p.m., PDT August 31, 2005, an additional one bonus share for each new ordinary share so allotted and issued, to be credited as fully paid, which we refer to as the Bonus Shares.

     The Board believes that such discretionary authority is in the best interest of our shareholders since it provides the Board an opportunity to review economic and financial conditions prior to making the decision as to whether a bonus issue should be effected.

If the Board exercises its authority to allot and issue the Bonus Shares after the date of the 2004 Annual General Meeting but on or before 5:00 p.m., PDT, August 31, 2005, then the Bonus Shares are to be allotted and issued to the holders of record of the ordinary shares on the date specified by our Board of Directors after the date of the 2004 Annual General Meeting, but no later than 5:00 p.m., PDT, August 31, 2005, on the basis of one bonus share for every one ordinary share then held. Fractional bonus shares will not be issued, but will be disposed of in such a manner as the Board of Directors deems fit. As a result, if the bonus issue is approved at the 2004 Annual General Meeting and the Board exercises its authority to allot and issue the Bonus Shares after the date of the 2004 Annual General Meeting, but on or before 5:00 p.m., PDT, August 31, 2005, then each holder of record of ordinary shares on the date specified by our Board of Directors after the date of the 2004 Annual General Meeting, but no later than 5:00 p.m., PDT, August 31, 2005, would receive an additional one ordinary share, credited as fully paid, for every one ordinary share then held of record by such shareholder. If the bonus issue is approved at the 2004 Annual General Meeting but the Board does not exercise its authority to allot and issue the Bonus Shares after the date of the 2004 Annual General Meeting, but on or before 5:00 p.m., PDT, August 31, 2005, then no bonus issue would be effected and, accordingly, no bonus shares would be allotted and issued to shareholders.

The Bonus Shares, if and when allotted and issued, would rank pari passu in all respects with the existing ordinary shares, and would have identical rights. A sum of up to S$5,561,111.83 and, in the event that any new ordinary shares are allotted and issued by us after the Record Date, but on or before 5:00 p.m., PDT, August 31, 2005, an additional amount of S$0.01 for each new share so allotted and issued, from our Share Premium Account as at March 31, 2004, which sum we refer to as the Capital Sum, would be capitalized and applied in paying up in full the Bonus Shares to be issued. Accordingly, our issued and paid up capital would increase by up to S$5,561,111.83 after the allotment and issuance of the Bonus Shares and, in the event that any new shares are allotted and issued by us after the Record Date but on or before 5:00 p.m., PDT, August 31, 2005, an additional amount of $0.01 each for each new share so allotted and issued. Our independent auditors have advised us that the balance in our Share Premium Account at March 31, 2004 is sufficient for the purpose of the bonus issue.

The Board recommends a vote FOR the resolution

relating toapproving the proposed share purchase mandate.Bonus Issue.

35

28


EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

The names, ages and positions of our officers and directors as of June 30, 2004 are as follows:

NameAgePosition

Michael E. Marks53Chief Executive Officer and Director
Ash Bhardwaj40President, Design Services and ODM Products Group
Robert R. B. Dykes55President, Systems Group and Chief Financial Officer
Ronny Nilsson55President, Flextronics Network Services
Michael McNamara47Chief Operating Officer
Thomas J. Smach44Senior Vice President, Finance
Richard L. Sharp57Chairman of the Board
James A. Davidson44Director
Patrick Foley72Director
Michael J. Moritz49Director
Lip-Bu Tan48Director

Michael E. Marks. Mr. Marks has served as our Chief Executive Officer since January 1994. He has served as a member of our Board of Directors since December 1991 and as Chairman of our Board from July 1993 to January 2003. Mr. Marks serves on the boards of KLA-Tencor Corporation and SanDisk Corporation. He received a B.A. and M.A. from Oberlin College and a M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

Ash Bhardwaj. Mr. Bhardwaj joined Flextronics in 1988. He has served as President, Design Services and ODM Products Group since September 2003. Prior to his promotion, he served as President, Asia Pacific, from 2001 to September 2003, as Senior Vice President of Strategic Accounts from 1999 to 2001 and as Vice President for the China region and General Manager of our plan in Shekou, China from 1994 to 1999. He received a degree in electrical engineering from Thapar Institute of Engineering and Technology in India and earned an M.B.A. from Southeastern Louisiana University.

Robert R. B. Dykes. Mr. Dykes has served as President, Systems Group since February 1999 and Chief Financial Officer since February 1997. In addition, he served as Senior Vice President of Finance and Administration from February 1997 to April 1999, and as a member of the Board of Directors from January 1994 to August 1997. He received a Bachelor of Commerce and Administration from Victoria University in Wellington, New Zealand.

Ronny Nilsson. Mr. Nilsson has served as President, Flextronics Network Services since January 2002. Prior to his promotion, Mr. Nilsson served as President, Western Europe Operations from April 1997 to December 2001. Mr. Nilsson received a certificate in Mechanical Engineering from the Lars Kagg School in Kalmar, Sweden and certificates from the Swedish Management Institute and the Ericsson Management Program.

Michael McNamara. Mr. McNamara has served as Chief Operating Officer since January 2002. Prior to his promotion, Mr. McNamara served as President, Americas Operations from April 1997 to December 2001, and as Vice President, North American Operations from April 1994 to April 1997. Mr. McNamara also serves on the Board of Directors of TheraSense. Mr. McNamara received a B.S. from the University of Cincinnati and an M.B.A. from Santa Clara University.

Thomas J. Smach. Mr. Smach has served as our Senior Vice President Finance since April 2000 following the Company’s acquisition of the Dii Group, Inc. From August 1997 to April 2000, he served as the Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Dii. Mr. Smach is a certified public accountant and he received a B.Sc. in Accounting from State University of New York at Binghamton.

Richard L. Sharp. Mr. Sharp has served as a member of our Board of Directors since July 1993 and as Chairman of our Board since January 2003. Mr. Sharp served in various positions with Circuit City Stores, Inc., a consumer electronics and personal computer retailer, from 1982 to 2002, most recently, as President from 1984 to 1997, Chief Executive Officer from 1986 to 2000 and Chairman of the Board from 1994 to 2002.

James A. Davidson. Mr. Davidson has served as a member of the Company’s Board of Directors since March 2003. He is a founder and managing member of Silver Lake Partners, a private equity investment firm. From June 1990 to November 1998, he was an investment banker with Hambrecht & Quist, most recently

29


serving as Managing Director and Head of Technology Investment Banking. From 1984 to 1990, Mr. Davidson was a corporate and securities lawyer with Pillsbury, Madison & Sutro. Currently, Mr. Davidson also serves on the Board of Directors of Seagate Technology. He received a B.S. from the University of Nebraska and J.D. from the University of Michigan.

Patrick Foley. Mr. Foley has served as a member of our Board of Directors since October 1997. Mr. Foley served in various positions with DHL Corporation, Inc. and its major subsidiary, DHL Airways, Inc., a global document, package and airfreight delivery company from September 1988 to 2001, most recently as its Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer. He also serves as a director of Health Net, Inc. and Glenborough Realty Trust, Inc.

Michael J. Moritz. Mr. Moritz has served as a member of our Board of Directors since July 1993. Since 1988, he has been a General Partner of Sequoia Capital, a venture capital firm. Mr. Moritz also serves as a director of Saba Software, Red Envelope, Inc. and several privately-held companies.

Lip-Bu Tan. Mr. Tan has served as a member of our Board of Directors since March 2003. In 1987, he founded and since that time has served as Chairman of Walden International, a venture capital fund. Mr. Tan currently serves on the boards of Cadence Design Systems, Inc., Centillium Communications, Creative Technology, Integrated Silicon Solution, SINA Corporation and Semiconductor Manufacturing International Corporation. Mr. Tan received a M.S. in Nuclear Engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, a MBA from the University of San Francisco, and a B.S. from Nanyang University in Singapore.

30


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The following table presents information concerning the compensation paid or accrued by us for services rendered during fiscal 2004, fiscal 2003 and fiscal 2002 by our chief executive officer and each of our four other most highly compensated executive officers whose total salary and bonus for fiscal 2004 exceeded $100,000.

Summary Compensation Table

                          
Long Term
Compensation
Awards

Annual CompensationSecurities

Other AnnualUnderlyingAll Other
Name and Principal PositionFiscal YearSalaryBonusCompensation (1)OptionsCompensation

Michael E. Marks  2004  $785,442  $605,000  $3,371     $14,228(2)
 Chief Executive Officer  2003   341,402   150,000   5,082   5,000,000   4,966(3)
   2002   266,528      5,008   600,000   5,113(4)
 
Michael McNamara  2004   700,110   393,750   7,525      9,658(5)
 Chief Operating Officer  2003   257,127   84,375   3,925   2,600,000   3,623(6)
   2002   243,750      3,868   400,000   2,639(7)
 
Ronny Nilsson  2004   538,362   17,414      75,000   47,625(8)
 President, Flextronics  2003   349,562   100,147   8,522   375,000   39,046(9)
 Network Services  2002   378,501      28,472   158,333   31,027(9)
 
Robert R.B. Dykes  2004   475,000   267,188   120   1,000,000   6,995(10)
 President, Systems Group  2003   221,327   79,688   122   700,000   150(11)
 and Chief Financial Officer  2002   202,965      4,600   316,667   3,541(12)
 
Ash Bhardwaj  2004   475,000   267,188      1,000,000   3,017(13)
 President, Design Services  2003   200,478   75,000      700,000   3,560(14)
 and ODM Products Group  2002   307,680         283,333   991(15)

(1)Represents a vehicle allowance. In fiscal 2002 for Mr. Nilsson, includes forgiveness of an interest payment of $19,805 on a promissory note due to one of our subsidiaries. In fiscal 2004 for McNamara, includes $7,455 for personal use of the company jet.
(2)Represents our contribution to the 401(k) plan of $7,100, life insurance premium payments of $867, disability insurance premium payments of $5,985 and $276 in imputed income for group term life insurance.
(3)Represents our contributions to the 401(k) plan of $2,716 and life insurance premium payments of $2,250.
(4)Represents our contributions to the 401(k) plan of $2,574 and life insurance premium payments of $2,539.
(5)Represents our contributions to the 401(k) plan of $6,000, life insurance premium payments of $1,431, disability insurance premium payments of $2,047 and $180 in imputed income for group term life insurance.
(6)Represents our contributions to the 401(k) plan of $3,525 and life insurance premium payments of $98.
(7)Represents our contributions to the 401(k) plan of $2,574 and life insurance premium payments of $65.
(8)Represents our contributions to a pension retirement fund of $46,672 and health insurance premium payments of $953.
(9)Represents our contributions to a pension retirement fund.

(10) Represents our contribution to the 401(k) plan of $762, life insurance premium payments of $864, disability insurance premium payments of $2,047, imputed income for domestic partner insurance coverage in the amount of $2,986 and imputed income for group term life insurance in the amount of $336.
(11) Represents life insurance premium payments.
(12) Represents our contribution to the 401(k) plan of $1,109, life insurance premium payments of $138 and spousal health insurance premium payments of $2,294.

31


(13) Represents life insurance premium payments of $859, disability insurance premium payments of $2,047 and imputed income for group term life insurance of $111.
(14) Represents life insurance premium payments of $990, disability insurance premium payments of $2,516 and imputed income for group term life insurance of $54.
(15) Represents life insurance premium payments of $291 and disability insurance premium payments of $700.

Option Grants in Fiscal 2004

     The following table presents information regarding option grants during fiscal 2004 to our chief executive officer and each of our four other most highly compensated executive officers. Option grants to our executive officers in fiscal 2004 were awarded pursuant to our existing equity compensation plans.

In accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the table presents the potential realizable values that would exist for the options at the end of their four- or ten-year terms, as the case may be. These values are based on assumed rates of annual compound stock price appreciation of 5% and 10% from the date the option was granted to the end of the option term. These are based on assumed annual rates of return mandated by rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and do not represent our estimate or projection of future ordinary share prices. The closing sale price per ordinary share as reported on the NASDAQ National Market on March 31, 2004, the last trading day of fiscal 2004, was $17.09.

                         
Individual Grants

Potential Realizable Value
Number ofPercent ofat Assumed Annual Rates of
SecuritiesTotal OptionsStock Price Appreciation
UnderlyingGranted toExercisefor Option Term
OptionsEmployees inPrice PerExpiration
NameGrantedFiscal 2004ShareDate5%10%

Michael E. Marks                  
Michael McNamara                  
Ronny Nilsson  75,000   0.85% $17.50   01/22/2008  $282,852  $609,131 
Robert R.B. Dykes  1,000,000   11.31   17.50   01/22/2014   11,005,656   27,890,493 
Ash Bhardwaj  1,000,000   11.31   17.50   01/22/2014   11,005,656   27,890,493 

     The options shown in the table above were granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our ordinary shares on the date of grant and are non-statutory stock options. With the exception of options granted to Mr. Nilsson, options granted to our executive officers expire ten years from the date of grant, subject to earlier termination upon termination of the optionee’s employment. In the case of Mr. Nilsson, Swedish tax legislation imposes significant adverse consequences if there are any restrictions on exercisability or transfer of options. The term of Mr. Nilsson’s option has therefore, been shortened to four years from the date of grant.

Mr. Nilsson’s options were 100% vested and exercisable at the date of grant. Mr. Dykes’ options vest and become exercisable with respect to 10% of the total shares on each of the first and second anniversaries of the date of grant, with respect to 20% of the total shares on each of the third and the fourth anniversaries of the date of grant, and with respect to 40% of the total shares on the fifth anniversary of the date of grant. Mr. Bhardwaj’s options vest and become exercisable with respect to 10% of the total shares on each of the first and second anniversaries of the date of grant, with respect to 20% of the total shares on each of the third and the fourth anniversaries of the date of grant, and with respect to 40% of the total shares on the fifth anniversary of the date of grant. Our Compensation Committee has the discretion to provide for alternative vesting schedules to maximize the retention value of our equity compensation. See “Change in Control Arrangements” below for a description of the acceleration provisions of these options. The exercise price of each option may be paid in cash or through a cashless exercise procedure involving a same-day sale of the purchase shares. We granted options to purchase an aggregate of 8,841,856 ordinary shares to our employees during fiscal 2004.

32


Aggregated Option Exercises in Fiscal 2004

and Option Values at March 31, 2004

The following table presents information concerning the exercise of options during fiscal 2004 by our chief executive officer and each of our four other most highly compensated executive officers.

                         
Number of Securities
Underlying UnexercisedValue of Unexercised
Options atIn-the-money Options at
SharesMarch 31, 2004March 31, 2004
Acquired

Nameon ExerciseValue RealizedVestedUnvestedVestedUnvested

Michael E. Marks  733,333  $5,771,331   2,354,167   4,845,833  $7,058,584  $41,453,416 
Michael McNamara  1,244,113   9,879,041   1,476,042   2,123,958   7,131,990   18,516,010 
Ronny Nilsson        608,333      3,698,666    
Robert R.B. Dykes  410,834   3,109,088   935,063   1,377,604   5,126,709   2,916,013 
Ash Bhardwaj  392,800   3,049,101   750,625   1,392,708   8,521,602   3,577,393 

     The amounts set forth in the column entitled “Value Realized” represent the fair market value of the ordinary shares underlying the option on the date of exercise less the aggregate exercise price of the option.

In addition, the table includes the number of shares covered by both exercisable and unexercisable stock options as of March 31, 2004. Also reported are values of “in-the-money” options that represent the positive spread between the respective exercise prices of outstanding stock options and $17.09 per share, which was the closing price per ordinary share as reported on the NASDAQ National Market on March 31, 2004, the last day of trading for fiscal 2004. These values, unlike the amounts set forth in the column entitled “Value Realized,” have not been, and may never be, realized.

Change in Control Arrangements

Our option agreements with our executive officers provide that if the executive officer is terminated without cause or leaves for good reason within the first 12 months following a change in control transaction, the vesting of any unvested portion of the option will be accelerated in full, or if the executive officer is still employed upon the first year anniversary of such a change of control, the vesting of any unvested portion of the option will be accelerated in full. Each option includes a limited stock appreciation right pursuant to which the option will automatically be canceled upon the occurrence of certain hostile tender offers, in return for a cash distribution from us based on the tender offer price per share.

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan

On May 18, 2004, we established a supplemental retirement plan for Mr. Marks under which potential cash payments are based on the increase in value, if any, under a Contingent Share Award for 1,000,000 notional shares of Flextronics based on a price of $17.40 per share (a 10% premium above the $15.82 closing price of our ordinary shares on the Nasdaq Stock Market on May 18, 2004). Under this plan, once the 30-day average trading price of our share price at the end of any quarter exceeds $17.40, a cash payment would be made to a rabbi trust for the benefit of Mr. Marks in an amount equal to the net increase in value over $17.40 multiplied by the 1,000,000 notional shares. At the end of each subsequent quarter, if the 30-day average trading price our share price has further increased since the last quarter for which a cash payment was made under the plan, an additional payment would be made in an amount equal to the additional net increase in value since such prior quarter multiplied by 1,000,000 notional shares. The total cash payments may not exceed $7,500,000 in the aggregate over the life of the Plan, and no payments will be made following the termination of Mr. Marks’ employment. Upon Mr. Marks’ death or disability or upon a change of control of Flextronics, the entire $7,500,000 will be credited to the rabbi trust. All amounts credited to Mr. Marks’ account will be made only in cash (no shares will be issued under this Plan), and all cash contributions shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable.

OTHER EQUITY COMPENSATION PLANS

As of March 31, 2004, we maintained the 2001 Equity Incentive Plan and 1997 Employee Share Purchase Plan, both of which were approved by our shareholders, and the 1997 Interim Option Plan, 1998 Interim Option

33


Plan, 1999 Interim Option Plan and 2002 Interim Incentive Plan. None of the Interim Plans is subject to shareholder approval. The terms of the Interim Plans are described more fully below.

The following table gives information about equity awards under these plans as of March 31, 2004.

             
(C)
(A)(B)Number of Ordinary Shares
Number of OrdinaryWeighted-AverageRemaining Available for
Shares to be IssuedExercise PriceEquity Compensation Plans
Upon Exerciseof Outstanding(Excluding Ordinary Shares
Plan Categoryof Outstanding OptionsOptionsReflected in Column (A))

Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders  24,793,567  $16.59   7,955,981(1)
Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders (3)  19,011,175   10.40   1,897,571(2)

Total  43,804,742  $13.90   9,853,552 

(1)Of these, 7,053,084 ordinary shares remained available for grant under the 2001 Equity Incentive Plan and 902,897 ordinary shares remained available for purchase under the 1997 Employee Share Purchase Plan.
(2)Of these, 534,342 ordinary shares remained available for grant under the 1997 Interim Option Plan, 219,070 ordinary shares remained available for grant under the 1998 Interim Option Plan and 1,144,159 ordinary shares remained available for grant under the 2002 Interim Incentive Plan. There are no additional ordinary shares available for grant under the 1999 Interim Option Plan.
(3)Companies acquired by us have adopted option plans, which we refer to as the Assumed Plans. Options to purchase a total of 6,499,257 ordinary shares under the Assumed Plans have been assumed. These options have a weighted average exercise price of $5.81 per share. These options have been converted into options to purchase our ordinary shares on the terms specified in the applicable acquisition agreement, but are otherwise administered in accordance with the terms of the Assumed Plans. Options under the Assumed Plans generally vest over four years and expire 10 years from the date of grant. No further awards may be made under the Assumed Plans. Options outstanding under the Assumed Plans are not included in the above table.

Interim Plans

     Our 1997 Interim Option Plan, 1998 Interim Option Plan, 1999 Interim Option Plan and 2002 Interim Incentive Plan were adopted by our Board in June 1997, January 1998, December 1998 and May 2002, respectively. The adoption of these interim plans was necessitated by our internal growth, our multiple acquisitions and the requirement to provide equity compensation for employees consistent with competitors and peer companies. These interim plans are not subject to shareholder approval.

     The Board reserved an aggregate of 2,000,000 ordinary shares, 3,200,000 ordinary shares, 5,200,000 ordinary shares and 20,000,000 ordinary shares for issuance under the 1997 Plan, the 1998 Plan, the 1999 Plan and the 2002 Plan, respectively. These plans provide for the grant to qualified persons of non-statutory stock options to purchase our ordinary shares. Information regarding outstanding options under the 1997 Plan, the 1998 Plan, the 1999 Plan, and the 2002 Plan as of March 31, 2004 is set forth in the table above. Since March 31, 2004, we have granted additional options under the these plans. As of June 30, 2004, we had a total of 940,324 shares available for issuance under our 1997 Plan, 1998 Plan and 2002 Plan. There are no additional ordinary shares available for grant our 1999 Plan.

Shares subject to options granted pursuant to these interim plans that expire or terminate for any reason without being exercised will again become available for grant and issuance pursuant to awards under the interim plans. Options granted under these plans have an exercise price of not less than 85% of the fair market value of the underlying ordinary shares on the date of grant. Options issued under these plans generally vest over a four-year period and expire ten years from the date of grant. The other general terms of the these interim plans are similar to our 2001 Equity Incentive Plan.

34


COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT ON EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in any of our previous filings under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 which might incorporate this proxy statement by reference to future filings under those statutes, the following Compensation Committee Report on Executive Compensation will not be incorporated by reference into any of those previous filings; nor will such report be incorporated by reference into any future filings made by us under those statutes.

     The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors sets the base salaries and approves individual bonus programs for Flextronics’ executive officers and authorizes option grants to Flextronics’ executive officers. The Compensation Committee has complete discretion in establishing the terms of option grants to executive officers.

     Each member of the Compensation Committee is a non-employee director within the meaning of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and an outside director within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. The current members of the Compensation Committee are Mr. Sharp and Mr. Moritz. Each is an “independent” director as defined by the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market. The following is a summary of the policies that affect the compensation paid to executive officers, as reflected in the tables and text presented elsewhere in this proxy statement.

General Compensation Policy. The Compensation Committee’s overall policy is to offer Flextronics’ executive officers cash-based and equity-based compensation opportunities based upon their personal performance, Flextronics’ financial performance and their contribution to that performance. One of the Compensation Committee’s primary objectives is to have a significant portion of each officer’s compensation contingent upon Flextronics’ performance as well as upon his or her own level of performance. The principal factors taken into account in establishing each executive officer’s compensation package are summarized below. Additional factors may be taken into account to a lesser degree, and the relative weight given to each factor varies with each individual at the discretion of the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee may, at its discretion, apply entirely different factors, such as different measures of financial performance, for future fiscal years.

Cash-Based Compensation. The Compensation Committee sets base salary for executive officers on the basis of personal performance and internal and industry comparability considerations. Bonuses are generally paid at the discretion of the Compensation Committee. In determining the amount of the bonus to be paid to each executive officer, including the chief executive officer, the Compensation Committee first establishes a percentage of the officer’s base salary as a target bonus. The amount of the actual bonus paid to the officer can be greater or less than this percentage, and depends on Flextronics’ earnings per share, the performance of Flextronics’ operations that are under the officer’s supervision and other performance factors, each as compared to budgeted performance for the period. Flextronics also has a 401(k) retirement savings plan for U.S. employees to which it can contribute a portion of profits and such contribution is allocated to eligible participants in proportion to their total compensation for the year relative to the total aggregate compensation for all eligible participants.

Long-Term Equity-Based Compensation. The Compensation Committee grants stock options, which are designed to align the interests of Flextronics’ executive officers with those of the shareholders and provide each individual with a significant incentive to manage Flextronics from the perspective of an owner, with an equity stake in the business. Each grant generally allows the officer to acquire Flextronics’ ordinary shares at a fixed price per share (the market price on the grant date) over a period of up to ten years, thus providing a return to the officer only if he or she remains in Flextronics’ employ and the market price of the shares appreciates over the option term. The size of the option grant to each executive officer generally is set at a level that is intended to create a meaningful opportunity for share ownership based upon the individual’s current position with Flextronics, but there is also taken into account the individual’s potential for future responsibility and promotion over the option term, the individual’s personal performance in recent periods and the number of options held by the individual at the time of grant. The relative weight given to these factors varies with each individual at the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee.

Chief Executive Officer Compensation. Mr. Marks’ base salary is based on our expectation of his personal performance and comparisons to the base salaries of other Flextronics’ executive officers and in the industry.

35


     With respect to Mr. Marks’ base salary, it is the Compensation Committee’s intent to provide him with a level of stability and certainty each year and not have this particular component of compensation affected to any significant degree by short-term company performance factors. Mr. Marks’ base salary is $785,442. In fiscal 2004, Mr. Marks received a bonus of $605,000. Mr. Marks did not receive any stock options in fiscal 2004.

     As part of the Compensation Committee’s annual review of Mr. Marks’ compensation, an independent consultant was engaged to assess the competitiveness of Flextronics’ nonqualified executive retirement plans. The information the Compensation Committee reviewed indicates that the substantial majority of Fortune 1000 corporations (and all of Flextronics’ larger competitors) provide their chief executive officers with either a non-qualified retirement plan under which the Company provides and funds additional retirement benefits for executives.

     The Compensation Committee considered that Mr. Marks has served in his position as chief executive officer for over ten years and Flextronics currently does not provide any pension plan benefits for him other than a 401(k) plan. Additionally, the Compensation Committee considered it in Flextronics’ best interest to retain, provide incentives to and reward Mr. Marks for his past and future service to Flextronics by providing supplemental cash retirement benefits to him on terms that are competitive with similar benefits provided by Flextronics’ competitors, upon the achievement of certain share performance targets. The terms of this arrangement are set forth under “Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan.”

Deduction Limit for Executive Compensation. Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code limits federal income tax deductions for compensation paid to the chief executive officer and the four other most highly compensated officers of a public company to $1.0 million per year, but contains an exception for performance-based compensation that satisfies certain conditions.

     The Compensation Committee believes that stock options granted to Flextronics’ executive officers qualify for the performance-based exception to the deduction limit and because it is unlikely that other compensation payable to any of Flextronics’ executive officers would exceed the deduction limit in the near future, the Compensation Committee has not yet qualified compensation other than options for the performance-based exception. In approving the amount and form of compensation for Flextronics’ executive officers, the Compensation Committee will continue to consider all elements of cost to Flextronics of providing that compensation.

Submitted by the Compensation Committee
of the Board of Directors:
Richard L. Sharp
Michael J. Moritz

36


AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in any of our previous filings under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 which might incorporate this proxy statement by reference to future filings under those statutes, the following Audit Committee Report will not be incorporated by reference into any of those previous filings; nor will such report be incorporated by reference into any future filings made by us under those statutes.

     The Audit Committee assists the Board of Directors in overseeing Flextronics’ financial accounting and reporting processes and systems of internal controls. The committee also evaluates the performance and independence of Flextronics’ independent auditors. The Audit Committee operates under a written charter. Under the written charter, the Audit Committee consists of at least three directors, a majority of whom are not officers or employees of Flextronics. The current members of the committee are Mr. Foley, Mr. Moritz and Mr. Davidson. Each is an “independent” director as defined by the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market.

     Flextronics’ financial and senior management supervise its systems of internal controls and the financial reporting process. Flextronics’ independent auditors perform an independent audit of Flextronics’ consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and issue a report on these consolidated financial statements. The Audit Committee monitors these processes.

     The Audit Committee has reviewed Flextronics’ audited consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004 and has met with both the management of Flextronics and its independent auditors to discuss the consolidated financial statements. Flextronics’ management represented to the Audit Committee that its audited consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

     The Audit Committee also discussed with Flextronics’ independent auditors the matters required to be discussed by Statement on Auditing Standards No. 61, Communication with Audit Committees. The Audit Committee has also received from Flextronics’ independent auditors the written disclosures and letter required by Independence Standards Board Standard No. 1, Independence Discussions with Audit Committees, and has discussed with Flextronics’ independent auditors the independence of that firm. The Audit Committee has also considered whether the provision of non-audit services by Flextronics’ independent auditors is compatible with maintaining the independence of the independent auditors.

     Based on the Audit Committee’s discussions with the management of Flextronics and Flextronics’ independent auditors and based on the Audit Committee’s review of Flextronics’ audited consolidated financial statements together with the report of Flextronics’ independent auditors on the consolidated financial statements and the representations of Flextronics’ management with regard to these consolidated financial statements, the Audit Committee recommended to Flextronics’ Board of Directors that the audited consolidated financial statements be included in Flextronics’ Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 14, 2004.

Submitted by the Audit Committee
of the Board of Directors:
Patrick Foley
Michael J. Moritz
James A. Davidson

37


STOCK PRICE PERFORMANCE GRAPH

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in any of our previous filings under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 which might incorporate this proxy statement by reference to future filings under those statutes, the following stock price performance graph will not be incorporated by reference into any of those previous filings; nor will such performance graph be incorporated by reference into any future filings made by us under those statutes.

     The graph below compares the cumulative total shareholder return on our ordinary shares, the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index and a peer group that includes Benchmark Electronics, Inc., Celestica, Inc., Jabil Circuit, Inc., Sanmina-SCI Corporation and Solectron Corporation.

     The graph assumes that $100 was invested in our ordinary shares, in the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index and in the peer group described above on March 31, 1999 and reflects the annual return through March 31, 2004, assuming dividend reinvestment.

     The comparisons in the graph below are based on historical data and are not indicative of, or intended to forecast, the possible future performances of our ordinary shares.

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*

AMONG FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD., THE S&P 500 INDEX
AND A PEER GROUP

LOGO

                         
199920002001200220032004

Flextronics International Ltd. $100.00  $276.23  $117.65  $143.14  $68.39  $134.04 
S&P 500  100.00   117.94   92.38   92.60   69.67   94.14 
Peer Group  100.00   194.45   98.15   70.35   30.87   57.60 
38


SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     The following table sets forth information as of May 31, 2004 regarding the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares by:

• each shareholder known to us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our ordinary shares;
• each director;
• each executive officer named in the Summary Compensation Table; and
• all directors and executive officers as a group.

     Information in this table as to our directors and executive officers is based upon information supplied by these individuals. Information in this table as to our 5% shareholders is based solely upon the Schedules 13G filed by these shareholders with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Where information regarding shareholders is based on Schedules 13G, the number of shares owned is as of the date for which information was provided in such schedules.

     Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission that deem shares to be beneficially owned by any person who has voting or investment power with respect to such shares. Ordinary shares subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2004 are deemed to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding such options for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of such person but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated below, the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all the shares beneficially owned, subject to community property laws where applicable.

In the table below, percentage ownership is based on 530,913,617 ordinary shares outstanding as of May 31, 2004.

          
Shares Beneficially Owned

Name and Address of Beneficial OwnerNumber of SharesPercent

5% Shareholders:
        
Entities associated with AXA Financial, Inc. (1)        
 1290 Avenue of the Americas        
 New York, NY 10104  63,486,452   11.95%
Entities associated with FMR Corporation (2)        
 82 Devonshire Street        
 Boston, MA 02109  39,904,020   7.51 
Entities associated with Capital Research and Management Co. (3)        
 333 South Hope Street        
 Los Angeles, CA 90071  33,378,500   6.28 
Executive Officers and Directors:
        
James A. Davidson (4)  18,650,594   3.50 
Michael E. Marks (5)  6,602,254   1.24 
Richard L. Sharp (6)  6,102,942   1.15 
Michael McNamara (7)  2,511,090   * 
Robert R.B. Dykes (8)  1,378,814   * 
Ash Bhardwaj (9)  824,067   * 
Ronny Nilsson (10)  743,333   * 
Michael J. Moritz (11)  472,422   * 
Patrick Foley (12)  64,990   * 
Lip-Bu Tan (13)  32,813   * 
All 10 directors and executive officers as a group (14)  37,383,319   7.04%

*Less than 1%.

(1)Based on information supplied by AXA Financial, Inc. in an amended Schedule 13G filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 10, 2004.

39


(2)Based on information supplied by FMR Corporation in an amended Schedule 13G filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 17, 2004.
(3)Based on information supplied by Capital Research and Management Corporation in an amended Schedule 13G filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 13, 2004.
(4)Includes 18,571,427 shares issuable upon the conversion of $195 million in aggregate principal amount of our convertible junior subordinated notes due March 20, 2008, based on the current conversion price of $10.50 per share, 45,740 shares held by the Davidson Revocable Trust of which Mr. Davidson is a trustee, 5,000 shares held directly by Mr. Davidson, 94 shares held by the John Alexander Davidson Trust of which Mr. Davidson is a trustee and 28,333 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2004. Mr. Davidson received these options in connection with his service as a member of our board of directors. Under Mr. Davidson’s arrangements with respect to director compensation, these 28,333 shares issuable upon exercise of options are expected to be assigned by Mr. Davidson to Silver Lake Technology Management, L.L.C. The 18,571,427 shares are issuable to a group of investment funds as the holders of such notes in the following amounts: (i) 18,013,107 shares issuable to Silver Lake Partners Cayman, L.P.; (ii) 506,814 shares issuable to Silver Lake Investors Cayman, L.P.; and (iii) 51,506 shares issuable to Silver Lake Technology Investors Cayman, L.P. The sole general partner of each of Silver Lake Partners Cayman, L.P. and Silver Lake Investors Cayman, L.P. is Silver Lake Technology Associates Cayman, L.P. The sole general partner of each of Silver Lake Technology Associates Cayman, L.P. and Silver Lake Technology Investors Cayman, L.P. is Silver Lake (Offshore) AIV GP Ltd. Mr. Davidson is a director and shareholder of Silver Lake (Offshore) AIV GP Ltd. As such, Mr. Davidson could be deemed to have shared voting or dispositive power over these shares. Mr. Davidson, however disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
(5)Includes 2,296,059 shares held by Epping Investment Holdings, LLC of which Mr. Marks and his spouse are managing members, 1,250,000 shares held by the Marks Family Trust, 24,000 shares held by trust for Mr. Marks’ minor children and 3,032,195 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2004.
(6)Includes 1,480,000 shares beneficially owned by Bethany, LLC of which Mr. Sharp is a manager and 612,000 shares held by RLS Charitable Reminder Unitrust of which Mr. Sharp is a co-trustee. Mr. Sharp disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. Also includes 64,990 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2004.
(7)Includes 1,763,543 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2004.
(8)Includes 370,834 shares held directly by The Dykes Family Limited Partnership II and 1,007,980 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2004.
(9)Includes 821,459 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2004.

(10) Includes 608,333 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2004.
(11) Includes 407,432 shares held directly by the Maximus Trust of which Mr. Moritz is a co-trustee. Mr. Moritz disclaims beneficial ownership over such shares, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. Also includes 64,990 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2004.
(12) Includes 64,990 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2004.
(13) Includes 5,000 shares held by the Lip-Bu Tan and Ysa Loo, TTEES of which Mr. Tan is a co-trustee and 27,813 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2004.
(14) Includes 7,484,626 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2004.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

     Other than compensation agreements and other arrangements, which are described in “Executive Compensation,” and the transactions described below, during fiscal 2004, there was not, nor is there currently proposed, any transaction or series of similar transactions to which we were or will be a party:

• in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $60,000; and
• in which any director, executive officer, holder of more than 5% of our ordinary shares or any member of their immediate family had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

40


Loans to Executive Officers

     Since June 30, 2003, neither we nor any of our subsidiaries have made any loans to our executive officers.

Mr. Bhardwaj. On July 1, 2003, one of our subsidiaries, Flextronics International USA, Inc., which we refer to in this section as Flextronics USA, loaned $4,713,630 to Mr. Bhardwaj, who was not an executive officer at that time. Mr. Bhardwaj executed a Loan and Security Agreement and a promissory note in favor of Flextronics USA that bears interest at a rate of 1.49% per year and matures on July 1, 2006. The remaining outstanding balance of the loan as of March 31, 2004 was $4,767,552 (representing $4,713,630 in principal and $53,922 in accrued interest).

Mr. Dykes. On May 29, 2002, Flextronics USA loaned $1,947,221 to Mr. Robert R.B. Dykes. Mr. Dykes executed a Loan and Security Agreement and a promissory note in favor of Flextronics USA that bears interest at a rate of 5.85% per year and matures on May 29, 2006. The remaining outstanding balance of the loan as of March 31, 2004 was $2,160,173 (representing $1,947,221 in principal and $212,952 in accrued interest).

Mr. McNamara. On November 25, 1998, Flextronics USA loaned $130,000 to Mr. McNamara. Mr. McNamara executed a promissory note in favor of Flextronics USA that bears interest at a rate of 7.25% per year and matured on November 25, 2003. The remaining outstanding principal amount and the accrued interest thereon was paid in full in August 2003. The largest aggregate amount of indebtedness outstanding under this loan in fiscal 2004 was $174,983.

     On October 11, 2000, Flextronics USA loaned $152,236 to Mr. McNamara. This represented the principal and interest then due on a loan previously made to Mr. McNamara on October 22, 1996, which loan was canceled at that time. Mr. McNamara executed a promissory note in favor of Flextronics USA that bears interest compounded quarterly at a rate of 5.96% per year and matured on November 11, 2003. The outstanding principal amount and the accrued interest thereon were paid in full in August 2003. The largest aggregate amount of indebtedness outstanding under this loan in fiscal 2004 was $178,800.

     On May 3, 2001, Flextronics USA loaned $1,095,977 to Mr. McNamara. This represented the principal and interest then due on a loan previously made to Mr. McNamara on April 14, 1999, which loan was canceled at that time. Mr. McNamara executed a promissory note in favor of Flextronics USA that bears interest compounded quarterly at a rate of 4.19% per year and matured on May 3, 2003. The outstanding principal amount and the accrued interest thereon were paid in full in May 2003. The largest aggregate amount of indebtedness outstanding under this loan in fiscal 2004 was $1,215,939.

     On December 12, 2001, Flextronics USA loaned $6,000,000 to Mr. McNamara. Mr. McNamara executed a promissory note in favor of Flextronics USA that bears interest at a rate of 2.48% per year and matures on December 12, 2004. The remaining outstanding balance of the loan as of March 31, 2004 was $6,344,465 (representing $6,000,000 in principal and $344,465 in accrued interest).

     On May 31, 2002, Flextronics USA loaned $1,022,227 to Mr. McNamara. Mr. McNamara executed a Loan and Security Agreement and a promissory note in favor of Flextronics USA that bears interest at a rate of 3.21% and matured on May 31, 2003. The outstanding principal amount and the accrued interest thereon were paid in full in May 2003. The largest aggregate amount of indebtedness outstanding under this loan in fiscal 2004 was $1,055,496.

Mr. Nilsson. On May 4, 2002 Flextronics International N.V. loaned $1,011,129 to Mr. Ronny Nilsson. Mr. Nilsson executed a promissory note in favor of Flextronics International Ltd. that bore interest at a rate of 5.73% per year and matured on May 4, 2004. The outstanding principal amount and the accrued interest thereon were paid in full in September 2003. The largest aggregate amount of indebtedness outstanding under this loan in fiscal 2004 was $1,093,850.

Mr. Smach. On April 3, 2000, Flextronics USA loaned $1,000,000 to Mr. Thomas J. Smach. Mr. Smach executed a Loan and Security Agreement and a promissory note in favor of Flextronics USA that does not bear interest and matures on April 3, 2005. The remaining outstanding balance of the loan as of March 31, 2004 was $1,000,000.

41


Other Loans to Executive Officers

In connection with an investment partnership of our executive officers, Glouple Ventures LLC, one of our subsidiaries, Flextronics International, NV, which we refer to in this section as Flextronics NV, has loaned the following amounts to each of Messrs. Bhardwaj, Dykes, McNamara and Nilsson, pursuant to promissory notes executed by each in favor of Flextronics NV, which bear interest at the rate indicated below and mature on August 15, 2010:

         
DateAmount of LoanInterest Rate

July 2000 $460,137   6.40%
August 2000  302,614   6.22 
November 2000  1,484,965   6.09 
August 2001  226,650   5.72 
November 2001  177,935   5.05 
December 2001  51,073   5.05 

     As of March 31, 2004, the remaining aggregate outstanding balance of the loan was $2,703,374, including accrued interest, which is the largest aggregate amount of indebtedness outstanding in fiscal 2004.

Investment by Silver Lake Partners

During fiscal 2003, we issued a $200.0 million zero coupon, zero yield, convertible junior subordinated note maturing in 2008 in a private placement transaction with funds associated with Silver Lake Partners. On April 28, 2004, we irrevocably exercised our right to cause the notes to be converted into our ordinary shares effective upon our ordinary shares having a closing price of at least $15.75 for the 15 consecutive trading days ending the day prior to such conversion, the listing of our ordinary shares on the Nasdaq National Market, the absence of other trading restrictions on our ordinary shares and the effectiveness of the registration statement covering the resale of the ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of the notes. In connection with the issuance of the notes, we appointed Mr. James Davidson, a founder and managing member of Silver Lake Partners, to our Board of Directors in March 2003 upon completion of the transaction.

COMPLIANCE UNDER SECTION 16(a) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, requires our directors and executive officers, and persons who own more than 10% of our ordinary shares to file initial reports of ownership and reports of changes in ownership with the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Nasdaq National Market. Such persons are required by Securities and Exchange Commission regulations to furnish us with copies of all Section 16(a) forms that they file. Based solely on our review of the copies of such forms furnished to us and written representations from our executive officers and directors, we believe that all Section 16(a) filing requirements for the year ended March 31, 2004 were met with the exception of the following: Mr. Davidson, Mr. Foley, Mr. Moritz, Mr. Sharp and Mr. Tan each failed to timely file a Form 4 in September 2003 with respect to the grant of options and Mr Bhardwaj failed to timely file a Form 3 in March 2004 with respect to becoming an executive officer.

SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS FOR THE 20032005 ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING

     Shareholder proposals intended to be considered at the 20032005 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders must be received by us no less than 120 days prior to August 29, 2003.September 23, 2005. Any proposals must be mailed to our San Jose, Californiaprincipal U.S. offices located at 2090 Fortune Drive, San Jose, California, 95131, Attention: Chief Executive Officer. Such proposals may be included in next year’s proxy statement if they comply with certain rules and regulations promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

SINGAPORE STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004, is enclosed with this proxy statement. The Annual Report on Form 10-K includes our consolidated financial statements, prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or U.S. GAAP, together with the Independent Auditors’ Report of Deloitte & Touche LLP, our independent auditors for the

42


fiscal year ended March 31, 2004. We publish our U.S. GAAP financial statements in U.S. dollars, which is the principal currency in which we conduct our business.

     Our Singapore statutory financial statements, prepared in conformity with the provisions of the Singapore Companies Act, are also enclosed with this proxy statement, as required under Singapore law.

     Our Singapore statutory financial statements include:

• our consolidated financial statements (which are identical to those included in the Annual Report on Form 10-K, described above);
• supplementary financial statements (which reflect solely our standalone financial results, with our subsidiaries accounted for under the equity method rather than consolidated, and which refer to in this section as the Parent financial statements);
• a Directors’ Report; and
• the Auditors’ Report of Deloitte & Touche, our Singapore statutory auditors for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004.

OTHER MATTERS

     Management does not know of any matters to be presented at this Annual General Meeting other than those set forth herein and in the notice accompanying this proxy statement.

     It is important that your shares be represented at the meeting, regardless of the number of shares which you hold.You are, therefore, urged to execute promptly and return the accompanying proxy in the envelope which has been enclosed for your convenience.

     Shareholders who are present at the meeting may revoke their proxies and vote in person or, if they prefer, may abstain from voting in person and allow their proxies to be voted.

 By Order of the Board of Directors
 Bernard Liew Jin Yang
 Yap Lune Teng
 Joint Secretaries

July 19, 2002August 11, 2004

Singapore

36


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

(Incorporated in Singapore)

INDEX TO SINGAPORE STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Page

Directors’ ReportS-2
Statement by DirectorsS-13
Auditors’ ReportS-14
Consolidated Financial Statements of Flextronics International Ltd. and its SubsidiariesS-15
Supplementary Financial Statements of Flextronics International Ltd. (Parent Company)S-56
43

S-1


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

MARCH 31, 2002
(Currency — U.S. dollars unless otherwise stated)

Directors

The directors of the Company in office at the date of this report are:
Michael E. Marks
Michael J. Moritz
Richard L. Sharp
Patrick Foley
Chuen Fah Alain Ahkong
Goh Thiam Poh, Tommie

Principal Activities

     The Company, which is listed on the Nasdaq National Market in the United States of America, is principally engaged in investment holding. The principal activities of the subsidiaries include the assembly of printed circuit boards, or PCBs, and complete systems and products, fabrication and assembly of plastic and metal enclosures, fabrication of PCBs and backplanes, and fabrication and assembly of photonics components. Certain subsidiaries are also engaged in design and technology services; logistics services, such as materials procurement, inventory management, vendor management, packaging, and distribution; automation of key components of the supply chain through advanced information technologies; and other after-market services such as repair and warranty services and network and communications installation and maintenance.

     There were no significant changes in the nature of these activities during the financial year, except for the newly incorporated and acquired subsidiaries.

Employees

     The total number of employees in the Company and the Group at the end of the financial year was nil and approximately 78,000, respectively (2000: nil and approximately 75,000).

Results for the Financial Year

(In Thousands)

     The Company realized net income amounting to $137,537 for the financial year. The Group realized a net loss of $153,748 for the financial year.

Transfers to or from Reserves or Provisions

     Except as shown in the financial statements, there were no material transfers to or from reserves or provisions during the year.

S-2


Acquisition and Disposal of Subsidiaries

     During the financial year, the Group acquired the following subsidiaries:

             
Net Tangible
Assets/(Liabilities)
Interestat Date of
Name of CompanyAcquiredConsiderationAcquisition




%$’000$’000
Held by the Company
            
Flextronics Enclosures (HK) Ltd. (formerly known as Kingdom Advanced Products)  100   12,864   (8,488)
Held by Subsidiaries
            
Flextronics Semiconductor Design, Inc. (formerly known as ASIC International, Inc.)  100   34,245   (11,412)
Remix Technologies, Inc.   100   9,527    
Telcom Global Solutions Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries  100   46,841   (12,817)
Instrumentation Engineering, Inc.   100   87,810   (8,892)
The Orbiant Group and its subsidiaries  91   80,594   (116,381)
(Certain subsidiaries of) Xerox Corporation  100   165,069   59,989 
DNA Enterprises  100   2,660   (812)

During the financial year, the Group incorporated the following subsidiaries:

The Group’s
Country ofEffective
Name of SubsidiaryIncorporationPrincipal ActivityShareholdings




%
Held by Subsidiaries
Flextronics Beteiligungs GmbHAustriaInvestment holding100
Flextronics Holding AktiengsellchaftAustriaTreasury Services100
Flextronics Int. KftFranceManufacture of electronics and telecommunication products100
Flextronics Manufacturing France SNCFranceManufacture of electronics and telecommunication products100
Flextronics Logistics
(Singapore) Pte. Ltd. 
SingaporeLogistic services100
Flextronics Network Services (Thailand) Ltd. ThailandNetwork and communications installation and maintenance services83

S-3


The following subsidiaries were liquidated during the financial year:

InterestNet Tangible
Name of SubsidiaryDisposed ofConsiderationAssets




%$$
Flextronics International Packages &
Packing Materials Poland Sp.zo.o
100

     Except as disclosed above, there were no other acquisitions or disposals of subsidiaries during the financial year.

Issue of Shares and Debentures

     During the financial year,

(i) the Company issued the following shares:

(a) 20,000,000 Ordinary Shares of S$0.01 each for cash at $25.96 per share respectively for public offering with proceeds amounting to $503.8 million, net of issuance costs of $15.4 million.
(b) 7,989,287 Ordinary Shares of S$0.01 each for cash at a premium of $42.2 million, net of expenses, by virtue of the exercise of share options previously granted.
(c) 767,301 Ordinary Shares of S$0.01 each for cash at a premium of $15.4 million, net of expenses, by virtue of the Employee Share Purchase Plan.
(d) 1,104,076 Ordinary Shares of S$0.01 each at a premium of $31.5 million for the acquisition of Flextronics Semiconductor Design, Inc. (formerly known as ASIC International, Inc.), which was held by Flextronics International Holding Corp., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.
(e) 1,985,117 Ordinary Shares of S$0.01 each for the acquisition of Telcom Global Solutions Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries at a premium of $41.9 million, which were held by Flextronics International PA, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.

(f) 4,175,191 Ordinary Shares of S$0.01 each at a premium of $90.0 million for the acquisition of Instrumentation Engineering, Inc., which was held by Flextronics International USA, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Flextronics International Holding Corp., which is in turn a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.

(g) 442,625 Ordinary Shares of S$0.01 each at a premium of $15.1 million related to contingent purchase price adjustments related to the acquisition of Ojala-Yhtma Oy. and its subsidiary, which is held by a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, in the prior financial year.
(h) 177,781 Ordinary Shares of S$0.01 each at a premium of $4.1 million related to contingent purchase price adjustments related to the acquisition of Flextronics Photonics PPT, Inc. (formerly known as Photonics Packaging Technologies, Inc.), which is held by a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, in the prior financial year.

In connection with the Group’s strategic alliance with Motorola Inc. (“Motorola”) in financial year 2001, Motorola paid $100.0 million for an equity instrument that entitled it to acquire 22,000,000 Flextronics Ordinary Shares at any time through December 31, 2005 upon meeting targeted purchase levels or making additional payments to the Group. The issuance of this equity instrument resulted in a one-time charge equal

S-4


to the excess of the fair value of the equity instrument issued over the $100.0 million proceeds received. As a result, the one-time non-cash charge amounted to approximately $286.5 million offset by a corresponding credit to additional paid-in capital in financial year 2001.

     In the current financial year, the Group entered into an agreement with Motorola under which it repurchased this equity instrument for $112.0 million. The fair value of the equity instrument on the date it was repurchased exceeded the amount paid to repurchase the equity instrument. Accordingly, the Group accounted for the repurchase of the equity instrument as a reduction to shareholders’ equity in the accompanying consolidated statement of shareholders’ equity.

During the financial year, its subsidiaries issued the following shares:
Name of CompanyAnnex AShares IssuedPurpose



Flextronics International Tecnologia Ltda.$13.6 million par valueFor investment of capital
Flextronics Manufacturing Mex, S.A. de C.V.39,775,000 Ordinary Shares of $1.08 eachFor investment of capital
Flextronics Manufacturing Mex, S.A. de C.V.22,789,873 Ordinary Shares of $5.41 eachFor investment of capital
Flextronics Manufacturing Mex, S.A. de C.V.4,950 Ordinary Shares of $1.09 eachFor investment of capital
Flextronics Manufacturing Mex, S.A. de C.V.229,834,764 Ordinary Shares of $1.00 eachFor investment of capital
Flextronics International USA, Inc.800,000 Ordinary Shares, of $0.04 each, $20.0 million additional paid-in capitalFor investment of capital
Flextronics International USA, Inc.1,000 Ordinary Shares, of $50.00 eachFor investment of capital
Flextronics Manufacturing Aguascalientes, S.A. de C.V.55,600,000 Ordinary Shares of $0.11 eachFor incorporation
Flextronics Plastics, S.A. de C.V.16,525,085 Ordinary Shares of $1.08 eachFor investment of capital
Flextronics Holding (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.$71.8 million additional paid- in capitalFor investment of capital
Flextronics Manufacturing (Shanghai) Co. Ltd.$4.6 million additional paid-in capitalFor investment of capital

S-5


Name of CompanyShares IssuedPurpose



Flextronics (Penang) Sdn. Bhd$13.6 million additional paid-in capitalFor incorporation and investment of capital
Flextronics Plastics (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.$74.1 million par valueFor investment of capital
Flextronics Technologies (India) Pvt. Ltd.5,876,353 Ordinary Shares of $0.22 eachFor investment of capital
Flextronics Industrial (Zhuhai) Co., Ltd.$6.0 million par valueFor incorporation
Flextronics Technology (Shenzhen) Co. Ltd.$1.7 million par valueFor investment of capital
Flextronics International Cork B.V$11.0 million par valueFor investment of capital
Flextronics International Cork B.V$42.5 million additional paid-in capitalFor investment of capital
Flextronics International Kft$5.5 million par value, $36.0 million additional paid-in capitalFor investment of capital
Flextronics International Kft$16.8 million additional paid-in capitalFor acquisition
Flextronics Technology
Shah Alam Sdn. Bhd. 
2,999,998 of Ordinary Shares, of RM1 eachFor incorporation
Flextronics Udine S.p.A$3.3 million additional paid-in capitalFor investment of capital
Flextronics Beteiligungs GmbH30,680 Ordinary SharesFor incorporation
Flextronics Beteiligungs GmbH$482,118 additional paid-in capitalFor investment of capital
Flextronics Holding Finland Oy$13.2 million additional paid-in capitalFor investment of capital
Flextronics Design Finland Oy26 Ordinary Shares of $80.08 eachFor acquisition
Flextronics International PA, Inc.$35.5 million additional paid-in capitalFor incorporation
Flextronics International PA, Inc.$42.3 million additional paid-in capitalFor acquisition

S-6


Name of CompanyShares IssuedPurpose



Flextronics International PA, Inc.$11.8 million additional paid-in capitalFor investment of capital
Flextronics Logistics S.A. de C.V., GDL, Mexico19,531,375 Ordinary Shares, $2.1 million additional paid-in capitalFor investment of capital
Flextronics Logistics (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.500,000 Ordinary Shares of $.55 eachFor incorporation
Irish Express Logistics$11.7 million additional paid-in capitalFor investment of capital
IEC Logistics, Inc.$13.9 million additional paid-in capitalFor investment of capital
Multilayer Technology GmbH & Co. KG$817,789 additional paid-in capitalFor investment of capital
Multek Brazil Ltda.$3.0 million additional paid-in capitalFor investment of capital
Flextronics Network Services Sweden AB$3.0 million par valueFor investment of capital
Flextronics Network Services Sweden AB$164,000 par value, $32.8 million additional paid-in capitalFor investment of capital
Flextronics Network Services Sweden AB$59,000 par value, $0.5 million additional paid-in capitalFor investment of capital
Flextronics Network Services Sweden AB$0.2 million par value, $0.7 million additional paid-in capitalFor investment of capital
Telcom Global Solutions Holdings, Inc.$41.9 million additional paid- in capitalFor acquisition
Flextronics International Avellino S.p.A$5.6 million par valueFor investment of capital
Flextronics International Denmark A/ S1,000 shares at $11.78 each, $23.7 million additional paid-in capitalFor investment of capital
Flextronics International Poland Sp.zo.o$39.1 million additional paid- in capitalFor investment of capital

S-7


     Except as disclosed above, neither the Company nor its subsidiaries issued any shares or debentures during the financial year.

Arrangements to Enable Directors to Acquire Shares or Debentures

Except pursuant to those share option schemes as disclosed below, neither at the end of nor at any time during the financial year was the Company a party to any arrangement whose object was to enable the directors of the Company to acquire benefits by means of the acquisition of shares in or debentures of the Company or any other body corporate.

Directors’ Interest in Shares and Debentures

The interests of the directors who held office at the end of the financial year in the share capital or debentures of the Company and related corporations were as follows:

         
Interest Held

As ofAs of
March 31,March 31,
20012002


Ordinary Shares of S$0.01 Each
        
 
Michael E. Marks  2,119,738   2,939,944 
Michael J. Moritz  359,432   383,432 
Richard L. Sharp  5,965,952   5,989,952 
Patrick Foley  40,000    
Goh Thiam Poh, Tommie  5,573,114   4,803,114 
                 
As ofAs of
March 31,March 31,Exercise
20012002PriceExercisable Period
Options to Acquire Ordinary Shares of S$0.01 Each



Michael E. Marks  720     $2.8907   11.8.1996 to 11.8.2001 
   40,946      2.8907   11.8.1996 to 11.8.2001 
   792,084   16,667   4.1875   12.11.1997 to 12.11.2002 
   3,200,000   733,333   6.0000   10.28.1998 to 10.28.2003 
   26,004   26,004   14.5000   10.1.1999 to 10.1.2004 
   573,996   573,996   14.5000   10.1.1999 to 10.1.2004 
   36,456      4.5742   4.7.2000 to 4.7.2005 
   1,000,000   1,000,000   23.1875   12.20.2000 to 12.20.2010 
      200,000   13.9800   9.21.2001 to 9.21.2011 
      400,000   15.9000   10.1.2001 to 10.1.2011 
Michael J. Moritz  24,000      2.1563   8.15.1996 to 8.15.2001 
   24,000   24,000   5.5625   10.14.1997 to 10.14.2002 
   24,000   24,000   4.0000   9.18.1998 to 9.18.2003 
   24,000   24,000   13.8750   8.27.1999 to 8.27.2004 
   6,000   6,000   42.0313   9.21.2000 to 9.21.2005 
      6,000   14.1000   9.20.2001 to 9.20.2011 

S-8


                 
As ofAs of
March 31,March 31,Exercise
20012002PriceExercisable Period
Options to Acquire Ordinary Shares of S$0.01 Each



Richard L. Sharp  24,000      2.1563   8.15.1996 to 8.15.2001 
   24,000   24,000   5.5625   10.14.1997 to 10.14.2002 
   24,000   24,000   4.0000   9.18.1998 to 9.18.2003 
   24,000   24,000   13.8750   8.27.1999 to 8.27.2004 
   6,000   6,000   42.0313   9.21.2000 to 9.21.2005 
      6,000   14.1000   9.20.2001 to 9.20.2011 
Patrick Foley  120,000   120,000   5.5625   10.14.1997 to 10.14.2002 
   24,000   24,000   4.0000   9.18.1998 to 9.18.2003 
   24,000   24,000   13.8750   8.27.1999 to 8.27.2004 
   6,000   6,000   42.0313   9.21.2000 to 9.21.2005 
      6,000   14.1000   9.20.2001 to 9.20.2011 
Chuen Fah Alain Ahkong  24,000   4,000   4.0000   9.18.1998 to 9.18.2003 
   24,000   24,000   13.8750   8.27.1999 to 8.27.2004 
   6,000   6,000   42.0313   9.21.2000 to 9.21.2005 
      2,700   23.0200   7.6.2001 to 7.6.2011 
      6,000   14.1000   9.20.2001 to 9.20.2011 
Goh Thiam Poh, Tommie     6,000   14.1000   9.20.2001 to 9.20.2011 

     Other than as disclosed above, no other directors of the Company had an interest in any shares or debentures of the Company or related corporations either at the beginning or end of the financial year.

Directors’ Contractual Benefits

     Since the end of the previous financial year, no director has received or become entitled to receive a benefit by reason of a contract made by the Company or a related corporation with the director or with a firm of which he is a member or with a company in which he has a substantial financial interest except for any professional fees paid to a firm of which the director is a member.

Dividends

     No dividend has been paid or declared since the end of the previous financial year. The directors of the Company do not recommend payment of a dividend during the financial year.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

     Before the financial statements of the Company were prepared, the directors took reasonable steps to ensure that proper action had been taken in relation to writing off bad debts and providing for doubtful accounts of the Company, and satisfied themselves that all known bad debts had been written off and that adequate provision had been made for doubtful accounts.

S-9


     At the date of this report, the directors are not aware of any circumstances which would render the amount of bad debts written off or the amount of allowance for doubtful accounts in the consolidated financial statements inadequate to any substantial extent.

Current Assets

Before the financial statements of the Group and the Company were prepared, the directors took reasonable steps to ensure that any current assets which were unlikely to realize their book values in the ordinary course of business had been written down to their estimated realizable values or that adequate provision had been made for the diminution in values of such current assets.

     At the date of this report, the directors are not aware of any circumstances, which would render the values attributed to current assets in the accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Group and the accompanying supplementary financial statements of the Company misleading.

Charges and Contingent Liabilities

     At the date of this report, no charge on the assets of the Company or any corporation in the Group has arisen which secures the liabilities of any other person and no contingent liability has arisen since the end of the financial year.

Ability to Meet Obligations

No contingent or other liability of the Company or any corporation in the Group has become enforceable, or is likely to become enforceable, within the period of twelve months after the end of the financial year which will or may substantially affect the ability of the Company and the Group to meet their obligations as and when they fall due.

Other Circumstances Affecting Financial Statements

     At the date of this report, the directors are not aware of any circumstances not otherwise dealt with in this report or the financial statements of the Group and the Company, which would render any amount stated in the accompanying consolidated and supplementary financial statements misleading.

Material and Unusual Transactions

In the opinion of the directors, except as disclosed in Note 9 of the accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Group and the accompanying supplementary financial statements of the Company, the results of the operations of the Group or of the Company for the financial year ended March 31, 2002 have not been substantially affected by any item, transaction or event of a material and unusual nature.

Material and Unusual Transactions After the Financial Year

     In the opinion of the directors, in the interval between the end of the financial year and the date of this report, no item, transaction or event of a material and unusual nature, likely to affect substantially the results of the operations of the Company and of the Group for the financial year in which this report is made, has arisen.

S-10


Share Options and Share Option Plans (Schemes)

2001 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2001 Plan”)

During the financial year ended March 31, 2002, options for a total of 1,437,835 Ordinary Shares in the Company were granted with an exercise price ranging from $14.34 to $22.99 and a weighted average exercise price of $15.5773 under the 2001 Plan. No Ordinary Shares in the Company were issued during the financial year by virtue of the exercise of options granted under the 2001 Plan. As at March 31, 2002, the number and class of unissued shares under options granted under the 2001 Plan was 6,060,736 Ordinary Shares, net of cancellation of options for 8,886,729 Ordinary Shares. The expiration dates range from October 1, 2006 to February 29, 2012.

1993 Share Option Plan (the “1993 Plan”)

During the financial year ended March 31, 2002, options for a total of 7,510,876 Ordinary Shares in the Company were granted with an exercise price ranging from $13.00 to $23.02 and a weighted average exercise price of $15.61 under the 1993 Plan. A total of 2,222,486 Ordinary Shares in the Company were issued during the financial year by virtue of the exercise of options granted under the 1993 Plan. Pursuant to the adoption of the 2001 Plan in August 2001, remaining unissued shares under the 1993 Plan will be available for issuance under the 2001 Plan, and no additional options will be granted under the 1993 Plan. As such, as at March 31, 2002, there were no unissued shares under options granted under the 1993 Plan. The expiration dates range from June 2, 2002 to February 29, 2012.

1997 Interim Option Plan (the “1997 Plan”)

During the financial year ended March 31, 2002, no options were granted under the 1997 Plan. A total of 154,261 Ordinary Shares in the Company were issued during the financial year by virtue of the exercise of options granted under the 1997 Plan. As at March 31, 2002, the number and class of unissued shares under options granted under the 1997 Plan was 492,364 Ordinary Shares, net of cancellation of options for 664,084 Ordinary Shares. The expiration dates range from June 5, 2002 to June 2, 2003.

1998 Interim Option Plan (the “1998 Plan”)

During the financial year ended March 31, 2002, no options were granted under the 1998 Plan. A total of 442,002 Ordinary Shares in the Company were issued during the financial year by virtue of the exercise of options granted under the 1998 Plan. As at March 31, 2002, the number and class of unissued shares under options granted under the 1998 Plan was 177,470 Ordinary Shares, net of cancellation of options for 232,870 Ordinary Shares. The expiration dates range from December 11, 2002 to October 12, 2003.

1999 Interim Option Plan (the “1999 Plan”)

During the financial year ended March 31, 2002, no options were granted under the 1999 Plan. A total of 349,580 Ordinary Shares in the Company were issued during the financial year by virtue of exercise of options granted under the 1999 Plan. As at March 31, 2002, the number and class of unissued shares under options granted under the 1999 Plan was 2,197,165 Ordinary Shares, net of cancellation of options for 390,077 Ordinary Shares. The expiration dates range from December 15, 2003 to September 7, 2004.

S-11


Assumed Option Plans (the “Assumed Plans”)

The Company has certain option plans and the underlying options of companies, which the Company has merged with or acquired. Total options assumed under these plans amounted to 8,097,628. Options under the Assumed Plans have been converted into the Company’s options and adjusted to effect the appropriate conversion ratio as specified by the applicable acquisition agreement, but are otherwise administered in accordance with the terms of the Assumed Plans. A total of 4,808,291 Ordinary Shares of the Company were issued during the financial year by virtue of exercise of options granted under the Assumed Plans. No further option grants will be awarded under the Assumed Plans.

Employee Share Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”)

     The ESPP was approved by the shareholders in October 1997. Under the ESPP, employees may purchase, on a periodic basis, a limited number of Ordinary Shares through payroll deductions over a six-month period up to 10% of each participant’s compensation. The per share purchase price is 85% of the fair market value of the shares at the beginning or end of the offering period, whichever is lower. A total of 767,301 Ordinary Shares were sold under the ESPP during the current financial year. The per-share weighted average fair value of Ordinary Shares sold under the ESPP in financial year 2002 was $20.08.

Auditors

On May 3, 2002, the Audit Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors determined that it would replace Arthur Andersen LLP as the Company’s independent auditors and resolved, subject to the approval of the Company’s shareholders, to appoint Deloitte & Touche LLP as the Company’s independent auditors for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2003. For Singapore statutory law purposes, the appointment of Deloitte & Touche LLP will be subject to the approval of the Company’s shareholders at the Company’s 2002 Annual General Meeting.

On Behalf of the Board of Directors

MICHAEL E. MARKS
Director
CHUEN FAH ALAIN AHKONG
Director

Singapore

June 15, 2002

S-12


Statement by Directors

In the opinion of the directors, the accompanying financial statements set out on pages S-15 to S-73 are drawn up so as to give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and the Company as at March 31, 2002 and the results and changes in equity of the Group and the Company and the cash flows of the Group and the Company for the year then ended and at the date of this statement there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pay its debts as and when they fall due.

On Behalf of the Board of Directors

MICHAEL E. MARKS
Director
CHUEN FAH ALAIN AHKONG
Director

Singapore

June 15, 2002

S-13


Auditors’ Report to the Members of Flextronics International Ltd.

We have audited the consolidated financial statements of the Flextronics International Ltd and its subsidiaries (“the Group”) set out on pages S-15 to S-55 and the supplementary financial statements of Flextronics International Ltd (“the Company”) set out on pages S-56 to S-73 as at 31 March 2002 and for the year then ended, collectively the “statutory financial statements.” These statutory financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s directors. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

     We conducted our audit in accordance with Singapore Standards on Auditing. Those Standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by the directors, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion:

(a) the statutory financial statements are properly drawn up in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act, modified by specific disclosure exemption granted by the Registrar of Companies and Businesses of Singapore and accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, and so as to give a true and fair view of:

(i)  the state of affairs of the Group and of the Company as at 31 March 2002 and of the results and changes in equity of the Group and of the Company and cash flows of the Group and of the Company for the year then ended; and
(ii) the other matters required by Section 201 of the Act to be dealt with in the statutory financial statements;

(b) the accounting and other records and the registers required by the Act to be kept by the Company and by those subsidiaries incorporated in Singapore of which we are the auditors have been properly kept in accordance with the provisions of the Act.

     We have considered the financial statements and auditors’ reports of all subsidiaries, of which we have not acted as auditors, being financial statements included in the consolidated financial statements.

     We are satisfied that the financial statements of the subsidiaries that have been consolidated with the financial statements of the Company are in form and content appropriate and proper for the purposes of the preparation of the consolidated financial statements and we have received satisfactory information and explanations as required by us for those purposes.

     The auditors’ reports relating to the financial statements of the subsidiaries were not subject to any material qualification and, in respect of subsidiaries incorporated in Singapore, did not include any comment made under Section 207 (3) of the Act.

Arthur Andersen

Certified Public Accountants

Singapore

June 15, 2002

S-14


CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES:

FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

           
March 31,

20022001


(In thousands, except share
and per share amounts)
ASSETS
Current Assets:
        
 Cash and cash equivalents $745,124  $631,588 
 Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $41,649 and $44,419 as of March 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively  1,866,576   1,651,252 
 Inventories, net  1,292,230   1,787,055 
 Deferred income taxes  51,954   42,595 
 Other current assets  597,303   343,557 
   
   
 
  Total current assets  4,553,187   4,456,047 
Property, plant and equipment, net  2,032,495   1,828,441 
Deferred income taxes  312,996   139,678 
Goodwill and other intangibles, net  1,538,148   983,384 
Other assets  207,873   164,105 
   
   
 
  Total assets $8,644,699  $7,571,655 
   
   
 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
        
 Bank borrowings and current portion of long-term debt $282,478  $298,052 
 Current portion of capital lease obligations  16,557   27,602 
 Accounts payable  1,962,630   1,480,468 
 Other current liabilities  896,639   735,184 
   
   
 
  Total current liabilities  3,158,304   2,541,306 
Long-term debt, net of current portion  843,082   879,525 
Capital lease obligations, net of current portion  20,211   37,788 
Other liabilities  167,606   82,675 
Commitments and contingencies        
Shareholders’ Equity:
        
 Ordinary shares, S$.01 par value; authorized — 1,500,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding — 513,011,778 and 476,370,089 as of March 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively  3,043   2,841 
 Additional paid-in capital  4,898,807   4,266,938 
 Retained deficit  (286,640)  (132,892)
 Accumulated other comprehensive loss  (159,714)  (106,526)
   
   
 
  Total shareholders’ equity  4,455,496   4,030,361 
   
   
 
  Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $8,644,699  $7,571,655 
   
   
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

S-15


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

               
Years Ended March 31,

200220012000



(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Net sales $13,104,847  $12,109,699  $6,959,122 
Cost of sales  12,224,969   11,127,896   6,335,242 
Unusual charges  464,391   510,495   7,519 
   
   
   
 
  Gross profit  415,487   471,308   616,361 
Selling, general and administrative  443,586   430,109   319,952 
Goodwill and other intangibles amortization  12,615   63,541   41,326 
Unusual charges  110,035   462,847   3,523 
Interest and other expense, net  91,853   67,115   69,912 
   
   
   
 
  Income (loss) before income taxes  (242,602)  (552,304)  181,648 
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes  (88,854)  (106,285)  23,080 
   
   
   
 
  Net income (loss) $(153,748) $(446,019) $158,568 
   
   
   
 
Earnings (loss) per share:            
 Basic $(0.31) $(1.01) $0.44 
   
   
   
 
 Diluted $(0.31) $(1.01) $0.42 
   
   
   
 
Shares used in computing per share amounts:            
 Basic  489,553   441,991   356,338 
   
   
   
 
 Diluted  489,553   441,991   383,119 
   
   
   
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

S-16


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

              
Years Ended March 31,

200220012000



(In thousands)
Net income (loss) $(153,748) $(446,019) $158,568 
Other comprehensive income (loss):            
 Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax  (44,450)  (49,844)  (16,783)
 Unrealized gain (loss) on investments and derivatives, net of tax  (3,799)  (55,851)  59,704 
   
   
   
 
Comprehensive income (loss) $(201,997) $(551,714) $201,489 
   
   
   
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

S-17


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

For the Years Ended March 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002
                              
Accumulated
Ordinary SharesAdditionalRetainedOtherTotal

Paid-inEarningsComprehensiveDeferredShareholders’
SharesAmountCapital(Deficit)Income (Loss)CompensationEquity







(In thousands)
Balance at March 31, 1999
  313,222(1) $1,898(1) $710,420(1) $244,619  $(32,138) $(9,494) $915,305 
 Adjustment to conform fiscal year of pooled entity           (818)        (818)
 Impact of immaterial pooling of interests acquisitions  1,847   6   1,607   (2,062)        (449)
 Issuance of common stock  2,448   14   9,975            9,989 
 Exercise of stock options  4,991   29   18,068            18,097 
 Ordinary shares issued under Employee Stock Purchase Plan  2,118   13   8,822            8,835 
 Tax benefit on employee stock plans        4,785            4,785 
 Sale of ordinary shares in public offering, net of offering costs  67,018   391   1,158,382            1,158,773 
 Conversion of convertible notes  14,792   86   84,988            85,074 
 Dividends paid to former shareholders           (26,572)        (26,572)
 Deferred stock compensation        (1)        361   360 
 Amortization of deferred stock compensation                 4,049   4,049 
 Net income           158,568         158,568 
 Change in unrealized gain (loss) on available for sale securities              59,704      59,704 
 Foreign currency translation              (19,072)     (19,072)
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Balance at March 31, 2000
  406,436   2,437   1,997,046   373,735   8,494   (5,084)  2,376,628 
 Adjustment to conform fiscal year of pooled entities  6,882   40   4,056   (58,306)  (3,787)     (57,997)
 Impact of immaterial pooling of interests acquisitions  728   4   2,482   (2,112)        374 
 Issuance of ordinary shares for acquisitions  10,825   63   365,422            365,485 
 Exercise of stock options  11,405   66   69,504            69,570 
 Ordinary shares issued under Employee Stock Purchase Plan  445   3   8,911            8,914 
 Tax benefit on employee stock plans        11,537            11,537 
 Sale of ordinary shares in public offering, net of offering costs  39,650   228   1,421,443            1,421,671 
 Dividends paid to former shareholders           (190)        (190)
 Amortization of deferred stock compensation                 5,084   5,084 
 Issuance of equity instrument (Note 9)        386,537            386,537 
 Net loss           (446,019)        (446,019)
 Change in unrealized gain (loss) on available for sale securities              (55,851)     (55,851)
 Foreign currency translation              (55,382)     (55,382)
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Balance at March 31, 2001
  476,371   2,841   4,266,938   (132,892)  (106,526)     4,030,361 
 Issuance of ordinary shares for acquisitions  7,885   45   182,544            182,589 
 Exercise of stock options  7,989   44   42,227            42,271 
 Ordinary shares issued under Employee Stock Purchase Plan  767   4   15,407            15,411 
 Sale of ordinary shares in public offering, net of offering costs  20,000   109   503,691            503,800 
 Repurchase of equity instrument (Note 9)        (112,000)           (112,000)
 Net loss           (153,748)        (153,748)
 Change in unrealized gain (loss) on available for sale securities              (3,853)     (3,853)
 Change in derivative instruments              54      54 
 Foreign currency translation              (49,389)     (49,389)
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Balance at March 31, 2002
  513,012  $3,043  $4,898,807  $(286,640) $(159,714) $  $4,455,496 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 

(1) Restated to properly reflect treasury stock of The DII Group, Inc. (acquired in a pooling of interests transaction in fiscal 2001).

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

S-18


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                
Years Ended March 31,

200220012000



(In thousands)
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
            
Net income (loss) $(153,748) $(446,019) $158,568 
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:            
 Depreciation, amortization and non-cash impairment charges  483,631   518,985   187,597 
 Loss (gain) on sales of equipment  2,258   (1,382)  2,818 
 Provision for doubtful accounts  3,664   9,429   12,534 
 Provision for inventory valuation  4,977   33,634   32,345 
 Equity in earnings of associated companies     (79)  (1,591)
 Gain on sales of subsidiaries and long-term investments        (365)
 Amortization of deferred stock compensation     5,084   4,049 
 Non-cash charge from issuance of equity instrument     286,537    
 Minority interest expense and other non-cash unusual charges  150,130   139,067   (2,414)
 Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:            
  Accounts receivable  (163,712)  (581,225)  (444,306)
  Inventories  639,954   (559,842)  (597,698)
  Other current assets  (242,242)  (159,902)  (89,464)
  Other current liabilities, including accounts payable  316,673   465,732   719,673 
  Deferred income taxes  (182,677)  (179,744)  (16,107)
   
   
   
 
   Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities  858,908   (469,725)  (34,361)
   
   
   
 
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
            
Purchases of property and equipment, net of dispositions  (330,392)  (711,227)  (462,398)
Purchases of OEM facilities and related assets  (396,346)  (239,042)  (249,755)
Proceeds from sales of subsidiaries and investments  20,558   46,910   35,871 
Other investments and notes receivable  (62,582)  (54,398)  (117,391)
Acquisitions of businesses, net of cash acquired  (314,498)  (158,882)  (85,743)
   
   
   
 
   Net cash used in investing activities  (1,083,260)  (1,116,639)  (879,416)
   
   
   
 
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
            
Bank borrowings and proceeds from long-term debt  1,268,564   1,420,594   342,691 
Repayments of bank borrowings and long-term debt  (1,314,881)  (1,451,114)  (120,231)
Repayments of capital lease obligations  (33,822)  (31,788)  (40,930)
Dividends paid to former shareholders     (190)  (26,572)
Proceeds from exercise of stock options and Employee Stock Purchase Plan  57,682   78,484   26,932 
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock        9,989 
Net proceeds from sale of ordinary shares in public offering  503,800   1,421,671   1,158,773 
Proceeds from issuance of equity instrument     100,000    
Repurchase of equity instrument  (112,000)      
Other        977 
   
   
   
 
   Net cash provided by financing activities  369,343   1,537,657   1,351,629 
   
   
   
 
Effect on cash from:
            
 Exchange rate changes  (31,455)  (34,048)  (8,150)
 Adjustment to conform fiscal year of pooled entities     (32,706)  (818)
   
   
   
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents  113,536   (115,461)  428,884 
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year  631,588   747,049   318,165 
   
   
   
 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year $745,124  $631,588  $747,049 
   
   
   
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

S-19


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

March 31, 2002

1. ORGANIZATION OF THE COMPANY

     Flextronics International Ltd. (“Flextronics” or the “Company”) was incorporated in the Republic of Singapore in May 1990. Flextronics provides electronics manufacturing services, or EMS, to original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, primarily in the handheld electronics devices, information technologies infrastructure, communications infrastructure, computer and office automation, and consumer devices industries. The Company provides a network of design, engineering and manufacturing operations in 28 countries across four continents. Flextronics provides customers with the opportunity to outsource on a global basis, with end-to-end operational solutions where the Company takes responsibility for engineering, new product introduction and implementation, supply chain management, manufacturing and logistics management, with the goal of delivering a complete packaged product. The Company provides complete product design and technology services; logistics services, such as materials procurement, inventory management, vendor management, packaging and distribution; and automation of key components of the supply chain through advanced information technologies. The company also offers other after-market services such as repair and warranty services and network and communications installation and maintenance.

2. SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation

All dollar amounts included in the financial statements are expressed in U.S. dollars unless otherwise designated as Singapore dollars (S$) or Euros ().

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Flextronics and its wholly and majority-owned subsidiaries, after elimination of all significant intercompany accounts and transactions.

Reclassifications

Certain prior years’ balances have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation.

Translation of Foreign Currencies

     The financial position and results of operations of the Company’s certain Chinese, Danish, certain Italian, Norwegian, Polish, Spanish, Swedish, Swiss and UK subsidiaries are measured using their respective local currencies as the functional currency. Accordingly, for these subsidiaries all assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars at current exchange rates as of the respective balance sheet date. Revenue and expense items are translated at the average exchange rates prevailing during the period. Cumulative translation gains and losses from the translation of these subsidiaries’ financial statements are reported as a separate component of shareholders’ equity. The Company’s Austrian, Dutch, Finnish, French, German, Hungarian, Irish and certain Italian subsidiaries have adopted the Euro as their functional currency.

S-20


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Investments

     All highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less at date of purchase are carried at fair market value and considered to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash deposited in checking and money market accounts, corporate debt securities and certificates of deposit.

     The Company’s short-term investments are comprised of public corporate equity securities and are included within Other Current Assets in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets and carried at fair market value. All investments are generally held in the Company’s name with major financial institutions acting as custodians. The specific identification method is used to determine the cost of securities disposed of, with realized gains and losses reflected in other income and expense. During fiscal year 2002, the Company sold all of its marketable equity securities and realized gains of approximately $2.0 million compared to $33.4 million of realized gains in fiscal year 2001. All of the Company’s short-term investments were classified as available-for-sale. Unrealized gains and losses on these investments are included as a separate component of shareholders’ equity, net of any related tax effect.

Cash equivalents and short-term investments consist of the following (in thousands):

                 
March 31, 2001
March 31, 2002

UnrealizedFair
Cost/Fair ValueCostGains (Losses)Value




Money market funds $450,236  $344,499  $  $344,499 
Certificates of deposits  8,877   272      272 
Corporate debt securities     5,264      5,264 
Corporate equity securities     1,622   3,853   5,475 
   
   
   
   
 
  $459,113  $351,657  $3,853  $355,510 
   
   
   
   
 
Included in cash and cash equivalents $459,113  $350,035  $  $350,035 
Included in other current assets     1,622   3,853   5,475 
   
   
   
   
 
  $459,113  $351,657  $3,853  $355,510 
   
   
   
   
 

The Company also has certain investments in non-publicly traded technology companies. These investments are included within Other Assets in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet and are carried at cost. The Company continuously monitors these investments for impairment and makes appropriate reductions in carrying values when necessary. During fiscal 2002 and 2001, the Company recorded an unusual charge of $38.4 million and $9.5 million, respectively, for other than temporary impairment of its investments in certain of these non-publicly traded companies. See Note 9, “Unusual Charges” for further discussion.

Property, Plant and Equipment

     Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation and amortization are provided on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets (one to thirty years), with the exception of building leasehold improvements, which are amortized over the life of the lease, if shorter. Repairs and

S-21


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

maintenance costs are expensed as incurred. Property, plant and equipment was comprised of the following as of March 31 (in thousands):

         
20022001


Machinery and equipment $1,399,601  $1,209,422 
Buildings  693,764   596,070 
Leasehold improvements  98,521   168,764 
Computer equipment and software  225,706   167,115 
Other, including land  447,585   305,719 
   
   
 
   2,865,177   2,447,090 
Accumulated depreciation and amortization  (832,682)  (618,649)
   
   
 
Property, plant and equipment, net $2,032,495  $1,828,441 
   
   
 

The Company reviews property, plant and equipment for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of property and equipment is measured by comparing its carrying amount to projected discounted cash flows the property and equipment are expected to generate. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the property and equipment, exceeds its fair market value. Refer to Note 9, “Unusual Charges,” for discussion of the Company’s adjustments to the carrying value of property, plant and equipment.

Concentration of Credit Risk

     Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk, are primarily accounts receivable, cash equivalents and investments. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and makes provisions for doubtful accounts based on the outcome of its credit evaluations. The Company maintains cash and cash equivalents with various financial institutions that management believes to be of high credit quality. These financial institutions are located in many different locations throughout the world.

In fiscal 2002 and fiscal 2000, Ericsson Telecom AB (“Ericsson”) accounted for approximately 15% and 12% of net sales, respectively. No customer accounted for more than 10% of net sales in fiscal 2001. We have increasingly focused on sales to larger companies and to customers in the telecommunications, networking, consumer electronics and computer industries. In fiscal 2002, 2001 and 2000, our ten largest customers accounted for approximately 64%, 59% and 57% of our net sales, respectively.

Use of Estimates

     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements

S-22


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out basis) or market value. Cost is comprised of direct materials, labor and overhead. As of March 31, the components of inventories, net of applicable reserves, were as follows (in thousands):

         
20022001


Raw materials $939,222  $1,346,427 
Work-in-process  221,846   301,875 
Finished goods  131,162   138,753 
   
   
 
  $1,292,230  $1,787,055 
   
   
 
Other Current Liabilities

Other current liabilities were comprised of the following as of March 31 (in thousands):

         
20022001


Income taxes $17,869  $33,777 
Accrued payroll  199,658   182,217 
Sales taxes and other taxes  119,144   20,797 
Accrued expenses for unusual charges (see Note 9)  161,147   170,384 
Other accrued liabilities  398,821   328,009 
   
   
 
  $896,639  $735,184 
   
   
 
Income Taxes

The Company provides for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” SFAS No. 109 requires the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences of “temporary differences” by applying the applicable statutory tax rate to the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of existing assets and liabilities.

Revenue Recognition

     In December 1999, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 101 (“SAB 101”), “Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements.” SAB 101 provides guidance on applying generally accepted accounting principles to revenue recognition issues in financial statements. The Company adopted SAB 101 as required in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2001 and the adoption of SAB 101 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

S-23


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

     The Company’s net sales are primarily comprised of manufacturing services. Our manufacturing services include the assembly of printed circuit boards, or PCBs, and complete systems and products, fabrication and assembly of plastic and metal enclosures, fabrication of PCBs and backplanes, and fabrication and assembly of photonics components.

     Throughout the production process, the Company offers other services, including design and technology; logistics, such as materials procurement, inventory management, vendor management, packaging, and distribution; and automation of key components of the supply chain through advanced information technologies. The Company offers after-market services such as repair and warranty services and network installation.

Revenue from manufacturing services is generally recognized upon shipment of the manufactured product. Revenue from other services and after-market services is generally recognized as the services are performed.

Interest and Other Expense, Net

Interest and other expense, net was comprised of the following for the years ended March 31 (in thousands):

              
200220012000



Interest expense $116,436  $135,243  $84,198 
Interest income  (18,342)  (32,219)  (22,681)
Foreign exchange (gain) loss  4,513   (4,028)  2,128 
Other (income) expense, net  (10,754)  (31,881)  6,267 
   
   
   
 
 Total interest and other expense, net $91,853  $67,115  $69,912 
   
   
   
 
Earnings Per Share

     Basic earnings per share is computed using the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the applicable periods.

     Diluted earnings per share is computed using the weighted average number of ordinary shares and dilutive ordinary share equivalents outstanding during the applicable periods. Ordinary share equivalents include ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options and other equity instruments, and are computed using the treasury stock method.

S-24


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Earnings per share data were computed as follows for the years ended March 31 (in thousands, except per share amounts):

               
200220012000



Basic earnings (loss) per share:            
 Net income (loss) $(153,748) $(446,019) $158,568 
   
   
   
 
Shares used in computation:            
 Weighted-average ordinary shares outstanding  489,553   441,991   356,338 
   
   
   
 
Basic earnings (loss) per share $(0.31) $(1.01) $0.44 
   
   
   
 
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:            
 Net income (loss) $(153,748) $(446,019) $158,568 
 Plus income impact of assumed conversions:            
  Interest expense (net of tax) on convertible subordinated notes        400 
  Amortization (net of tax) of debt issuance costs on convertible subordinated notes        33 
   
   
   
 
  Net income (loss) available to shareholders $(153,748) $(446,019) $159,001 
Shares used in computation:            
 Weighted-average ordinary shares outstanding  489,553   441,991   356,338 
 Shares applicable to exercise of dilutive options(1)        25,021 
 Shares applicable to deferred stock compensation        302 
 Shares applicable to convertible subordinated notes        1,458 
   
   
   
 
  Shares applicable to diluted earnings  489,553   441,991   383,119 
   
   
   
 
Diluted earnings (loss) per share $(0.31) $(1.01) $0.42 
   
   
   
 


(1) Stock options of the Company calculated based on the treasury stock method using average market price for the period, if dilutive. Options to purchase 961,436 shares outstanding during the fiscal year March 31, 2000, were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share because the options’ exercise price was greater than the average market price of the Company’s ordinary shares.

     The ordinary share equivalents from stock options and other equity instruments were antidilutive for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2002 and March 31, 2001, and therefore not assumed to be converted for diluted earnings per share computation.

S-25


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

New Accounting Pronouncements

     Goodwill and Other Intangibles

     In July 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 141 and No. 142, “Business Combinations” and “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” SFAS No. 141 requires all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001 to be accounted for using the purchase method. Under SFAS No. 142, goodwill is no longer subject to amortization over its estimated useful life. Rather, goodwill is subject to at least an annual assessment for impairment, applying a fair-value based test. Additionally, an acquired intangible asset should be separately recognized if the benefit of the intangible asset is obtained through contractual or other legal rights, or if the intangible asset can be sold, transferred, licensed, rented or exchanged, regardless of the acquirer’s intent to do so. Other intangibles will continue to be valued and amortized over their estimated useful lives; in-process research and development will continue to be written off immediately.

     The Company adopted SFAS No. 142 in the first quarter of fiscal 2002 and no longer amortizes goodwill, thereby eliminating annual goodwill amortization of approximately $124.2 million, based on anticipated amortization that would have been incurred under the prior accounting standard for fiscal 2002. Prior to adoption of SFAS No. 142, the Company amortized any excess of cost over net assets acquired (goodwill) using the straight-line method over estimated lives generally ranging from two to fifteen years.

     The Company evaluates goodwill and other intangibles for impairment, at least on an annual basis and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable from its estimated future cash flows. Recoverability of goodwill is measured at the reporting unit level by comparing the reporting unit’s carrying amount, including goodwill, to the fair value of the reporting unit, based on projected discounted future results of the unit using a discount rate reflecting the Company’s average cost of funds. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, goodwill is considered impaired and a second test is performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. To date, the Company has not recognized any impairment of its goodwill and other intangible assets in connection with its adoption of SFAS No. 142. However, no assurances can be given that future evaluations of goodwill will not result in charges as a result of future impairment.

     During fiscal year 2002, $532.2 million of goodwill resulted from various business acquisitions as further described in Note 11, “Business Combinations and Purchases of Assets,” as well as contingent purchase price adjustments and other adjustments from historical acquisitions.

S-26


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Goodwill information for each reportable segment is as follows (in thousands):

              
As ofAs of
April 1,GoodwillMarch 31,
2001Acquired2002



Segments:            
 Asia $186,515  $55,181  $241,696 
 Americas  300,041   232,858   532,899 
 Western Europe  346,873   196,785   543,658 
 Central Europe  123,862   47,334   171,196 
   
   
   
 
  $957,291  $532,158  $1,489,449 
   
   
   
 

     Net income (loss) for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2001 and 2000 adjusted to exclude goodwill amortization, net of tax are as follows (in thousands):

          
March 31,March 31,
20012000


Net income (loss):        
 As reported $(446,019) $158,568 
 Add back: goodwill amortization, net of tax  50,573   33,909 
   
   
 
 Adjusted $(395,446) $192,477 
   
   
 

The proforma effects of the adoption on earnings (loss) per share of the Company for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2001 and 2000 are as follows:

          
March 31,March 31,
20012000


Basic earnings (loss) per share:        
 As reported $(1.01) $0.44 
 Add back: goodwill amortization, net of tax  0.12   0.10 
   
   
 
 Adjusted $(0.89) $0.54 
   
   
 
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:        
 As reported $(1.01) $0.42 
 Add back: goodwill amortization, net of tax  0.12   0.08 
   
   
 
 Adjusted $(0.89) $0.50 
   
   
 

     All of the Company’s acquired intangible assets are subject to amortization over their estimated useful lives. Intangible assets are comprised of contractual agreements, patents and trademarks, developed technologies and other acquired intangibles. Contractual agreements are being amortized over periods up to 10 years. Patents and trademarks and developed technologies are being amortized on a straight-line basis over periods of

S-27


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

up to 10 years. Other acquired intangibles relate to favorable leases and customer lists, and are amortized on a straight-line basis over one to ten years. No significant residual value is estimated for the intangible assets. During fiscal year 2002, there were $33.7 million of additions to intangible assets. Currently, the Company is in the process of determining the value of its intangible assets acquired from Telia (please see Note 11, “Business Combinations and Purchases of Assets”). Intangible assets amortization for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 was approximately $12.6 million, $7.3 million, and $3.6 million, respectively. The components of intangible assets are as follows (in thousands):

                          
March 31, 2002March 31, 2001


GrossNetGrossNet
CarryingAccumulatedCarryingCarryingAccumulatedCarrying
AmountAmortizationAmountAmountAmortizationAmount






Intangibles:                        
 Contractual agreements $44,168  $(9,081) $35,087  $17,304  $(1,714) $15,590 
 Patents and trademarks  206   (93)  113   7,625   (5,514)  2,111 
 Developed technologies  1,901   (512)  1,389   1,275   (850)  425 
 Other acquired intangibles  31,276   (19,166)  12,110   17,629   (9,662)  7,967 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Total $77,551  $(28,852) $48,699  $43,833  $(17,740) $26,093 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 

Expected future estimated annual amortization expense is as follows (in thousands):

      
Fiscal Years:    
 2003 $16,077 
 2004  13,507 
 2005  7,295 
 2006  6,284 
 2007  4,980 
 Thereafter  556 
   
 
Total amortization expense $48,699 
   
 
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

     On April 1, 2001, the Company adopted SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” as amended by SFAS No. 137 and No. 138. All derivative instruments are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value. If the derivative is designated as a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative is recorded in Other Comprehensive Income (“OCI”) and is recognized in the statement of operations when the hedged item affects earnings. Ineffective portions of changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges are immediately recognized in earnings. If the derivative is designated as a fair value hedge, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in earnings in the current period. For derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments under SFAS 133, changes in fair values are recognized in earnings in the

S-28


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

current period. Such instruments are typically forward contracts used to hedge foreign currency balance sheet exposures.

     The Company is exposed to foreign currency exchange rate risk inherent in forecasted sales, cost of sales and assets and liabilities denominated in non-functional currencies. The Company has established currency risk management programs to protect against reductions in value and volatility of future cash flows caused by changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The Company enters into short-term foreign currency forward contracts to hedge only those currency exposures associated with certain assets and liabilities, mainly accounts receivable and accounts payable, and cash flows denominated in non-functional currencies.

At March 31, 2002, the fair value of these short-term foreign currency forward contracts was recorded as an asset amounting to $54,000. At the same date the Company had in OCI recorded immaterial deferred gains relating to our foreign currency forward contracts. These gains are expected to be recognized in earnings over the next twelve months. The gains and losses recognized in earnings due to hedge ineffectiveness were immaterial.

Trade Receivables Securitization

In September 2000, the FASB issued SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishment of Liabilities — a replacement of FASB Statement No. 125.” The new standard carries forward some provisions of SFAS No. 125, but modifies the methods of accounting for securitizations and other transfers of financial assets and collateral, in addition to requiring additional disclosures. The Company adopted SFAS No. 140 in the first quarter of fiscal 2002. The adoption of SFAS No. 140 did not have a material impact on the financial position or results of operations of the Company.

Asset Retirement Obligations

In October 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 143, “Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations” to be effective for all fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2002, with early adoption permitted. SFAS No. 143 establishes accounting standards for the recognition and measurement of an asset retirement obligation and its associated asset retirement cost. It also provides accounting guidance for legal obligations associated with the retirement of tangible long-lived assets. The company will adopt SFAS No. 143 in fiscal 2004. The Company does not believe the adoption of SFAS No. 143 will have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

Long-Lived Asset Impairment

     In October 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.” SFAS No. 144 supercedes SFAS No. 121 and requires that one accounting model be used for long-lived assets to be disposed of by sale, whether previously held and used or newly acquired and by broadening the presentation of discontinued operations to include more disposal transactions. SFAS No. 144 will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001. The Company will adopt SFAS No. 144 in the first quarter of fiscal year 2003. The Company does not believe the adoption of SFAS No. 144 will have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

S-29


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

3. SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW DISCLOSURES

The following information relates to fiscal years ended March 31 (in thousands):

              
200220012000



Cash paid for:            
 Interest $120,399  $68,363  $78,293 
 Income taxes  22,157   15,312   12,927 
Non-cash investing and financing activities:            
 Equipment acquired under capital lease obligations  3,921   10,318   50,897 
 Conversion of convertible notes to common stock        85,074 
 Issuance of ordinary shares for purchases of OEM assets     26,902    
 Issuance of ordinary shares for acquisitions of businesses  182,589   338,583    

4. BANK BORROWINGS AND LONG-TERM DEBT

In June 2000, the Company issued approximately $645.0 million of senior subordinated notes, consisting of $500.0 million of 9.875% notes and150.0 million of 9.75% notes. Interest is payable on July 1 and January 1 of each year, commencing January 1, 2001. The notes mature on July 1, 2010. The Company may redeem the notes on or after July 1, 2005. The approximate fair value of the 9.875% senior subordinated notes and the 9.75% euro senior subordinated notes based on broker trading prices was 105.5% and 107.25% of the face value on March 31, 2002, respectively.

     Additionally, the Company has $150.0 million in unsecured senior subordinated notes due in 2007 outstanding with an annual interest rate of 8.75%. Interest is payable on April 15 and October 15 of each year. The notes mature on October 15, 2007. The approximate fair value of the unsecured senior subordinated notes based on broker trading prices was 101.25% of the face value on March 31, 2002.

     The indentures relating to the notes contain certain covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of the Company and certain of its subsidiaries to (i) incur additional debt, (ii) issue or sell stock of certain subsidiaries, (iii) engage in asset sales, and (iv) make distributions or pay dividends. The covenants are subject to a number of significant expectations and limitations. As of March 31, 2002, the Company was in compliance with its debt covenants.

     In March 2002, the Company replaced its existing credit facilities, with an $800.0 million Revolving Credit Facility (“Credit Facility”) with a syndicate of domestic and foreign banks. The Credit Facility consisted of two separate credit agreements, one providing for up to $400.0 million principal amount of revolving credit loans to the Company and designated subsidiaries (“Tranche A”) and one providing for up to $400.0 million principal amount of revolving credit loans to a U.S. subsidiary of the Company (“Tranche B”). Both Tranche A and Tranche B are split one-third to a 364-day and two-thirds to a three-year facility. Borrowings under the Credit Facility bear interest, at the Company’s option, at either: (i) the base rate (as defined in the Credit Facility); or (ii) the LIBOR rate (as defined in the Credit Facility) plus the applicable margin for LIBOR loans ranging between 0.875% and 2.25%, based on the company’s credit ratings and

S-30


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

facility usage. The Company is required to pay a quarterly commitment fee ranging from 0.125% to 0.50% per annum, based on the Company’s credit ratings, of the unutilized portion of the Credit Facility.

     The Credit Facility is unsecured, and contains certain restrictions on the Company’s ability to (i) incur certain debt, (ii) make certain investments and (iii) make certain acquisitions of other entities. The Credit Facility also requires that the Company maintain certain financial covenants, including, among other things, a maximum ratio of total indebtedness to EBITDA (earnings before interest expense, taxes, depreciation, and amortization), a minimum ratio of fixed charge coverage, and a minimum net worth, as defined, during the term of the Credit Facility. Borrowings under the Credit Facility are guaranteed by the Company and certain of its subsidiaries. As of March 31, 2002, there were no borrowings outstanding under the Credit Facility and the Company was in compliance with its covenants.

     Certain subsidiaries of the Company have various lines of credit available with annual interest rates generally ranging from 2.13% to 9.0%. These lines of credit expire on various dates through 2003. The Company also has term loans with annual interest rates generally below 8.0% with terms of up to 15 years. These lines of credit and term loans are primarily secured by assignment of account receivables and assets.

     The Company has financed the purchase of certain facilities with mortgages. The mortgages generally have terms of up to 10 years and annual interest rates ranging from 2.0% to 9.0% and are secured by the underlying properties with a net book value of approximately $31.8 million at March 31, 2002.

Bank borrowings and long-term debt was comprised of the following at March 31 (in thousands):

          
20022001


Senior subordinated notes $778,269  $779,596 
Outstanding under lines of credit  194,609   219,579 
Mortgages  15,554   43,340 
Term loans and other debt  137,128   135,062 
   
   
 
   1,125,560   1,177,577 
 Current portion  (282,478)  (298,052)
   
   
 
 Non-current portion $843,082  $879,525 
   
   
 

Maturities for the Company’s bank borrowings and other long-term debt are as follows for the years ending March 31 (in thousands):

     
2003 $282,478 
2004  26,193 
2005  15,635 
2006  8,473 
2007  4,592 
Thereafter  788,189 
   
 
  $1,125,560 
   
 

S-31


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

5. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     The value of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents, investments, accounts receivable and accounts payable carrying amount approximates fair value. The fair value of the Company’s long-term debt (see Note 4, “Bank Borrowings and Long-Term Debt”) is determined based on current broker trading prices. The Company’s cash equivalents are comprised of cash deposited in money market accounts, corporate debt securities and certificates of deposit (see Note 2, “Summary of Accounting Policies”). The Company’s investment policy limits the amount of credit exposure to 20% of the total investment portfolio in any single issuer.

     The Company enters into forward exchange contracts to hedge underlying transactional currency exposures and does not engage in foreign currency speculation. The credit risk of these forward contracts is minimal since the contracts are with large financial institutions. The Company hedges committed exposures and these forward contracts generally do not subject the Company to risk of accounting losses. The gains and losses on forward contracts generally offset the gains and losses on the assets, liabilities and transactions hedged. The Company’s off-balance sheet financial instruments consisted of $200.4 million of aggregate foreign currency forward contracts outstanding at the end of fiscal year 2001. On April 1, 2001, the Company adopted SFAS No. 133, as amended by SFAS No. 137 and No. 138, and as such all foreign currency forward contracts are reported on the balance sheet at fair value. The aggregate outstanding contracts at the end of fiscal year 2002 was $475.4 million. The majority of these foreign exchange contracts expire in less than one month, and almost all expire within three months. They will settle in Euro, British pound, Japanese yen, Norwegian kronor, Singapore dollar, Swedish kronor, Swiss franc and United States dollar.

6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

     As of March 31, 2002 and 2001, the Company has financed a total of $81.0 million and $142.8 million, respectively, in machinery and equipment purchases with capital leases. Accumulated depreciation for property and equipment under capital leases totaled $36.8 million and $61.2 million at March 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. These capital leases have interest rates ranging from 2.09% to 17.9%. The Company also leases certain of its facilities under non-cancelable operating leases. The capital and operating leases expire in

S-32


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

various years through 2034 and require the following minimum lease payments for the years ended March 31 (in thousands):

         
CapitalOperating


2003 $24,414  $107,966 
2004  9,364   73,769 
2005  2,079   40,955 
2006  1,468   27,114 
2007  207   21,057 
Thereafter  1,409   108,366 
   
   
 
Minimum lease payments  38,941  $379,227 
       
 
Amount representing interest  (2,173)    
   
     
Present value of minimum lease payments  36,768     
Current portion  (16,557)    
   
     
Capital lease obligations, net of current portion $20,211     
   
     

     Total rent expense was $93.0 million, $78.7 million, $50.7 million and for the years ended March 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

     Included in the above remaining operating lease payments are payments under two leases on properties located in Mexico and Texas in the amounts of $22.9 million and $39.4 million, respectively. Upon the expiration of these leases in 2006 and 2008, respectively, the Company may renew the leases for an additional five years subject to certain approvals and conditions, or arrange a sale of the buildings to a third party. The Company also has the right to purchase the buildings at fair market value at the end of the lease terms, or to terminate the leases at any time by paying the outstanding termination value. The Company has provided a residual value guarantee, which means that if the building is sold to a third party, the Company is responsible for making up any shortfall between the actual sales price and the amount funded under the leases. The Company believes that the fair market value at March 31, 2002 exceeds the value of the residual guarantee.

     In fiscal 2002, the Company entered into a receivables securitization agreement and sold a designated pool of qualified trade receivables to a third party qualified special purpose entity, which in turn sold an undivided ownership interest to a conduit, administrated by an unaffiliated financial institution. The agreement, which expires in March 2003, is subject to annual renewal and has a current maximum limit of $250.0 million. As of March 31, 2002, we received net cash proceeds of $105.3 million, which reflects the net accounts receivable sold from the start of the securitization agreement. The accounts receivable balances that were sold were removed from the consolidated balance sheet and the proceeds received from the sale are reflected as cash provided by operating activities in the consolidated statement of cash flows. The Company accounts for its sale of receivables to the qualified special purpose entity, as sales under SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities.”

S-33


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

     The Company participates in the securitization agreement as an investor conduit. This is to allow the operating subsidiaries to receive full cash payment for sold receivables, less a deferred purchase price receivable, which amounted to $10.0 million on March 31, 2002, representing a reserve for potential credit losses, interest and fees. Depending on the collection performance of sold receivables, the Company’s portion of the total investment varies. On March 31, 2002, the Company’s investment was approximately $53.5 million, classified as Other Assets in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.

     The Company will continue to service, administer and collect the receivables on the behalf of the limited purpose entity and receives a servicing fee approximately 1% of sold receivables per annum, which management has determined approximates market compensation for these services. The Company pays facility and commitment fees of up to 0.24% for unused amounts under the line and program fees of up to 0.34% of outstanding amounts.

     We are party to various legal proceedings that arise in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate disposition of these proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, liquidity or results of operations.

7. INCOME TAXES

The domestic and foreign components of income (loss) before income taxes were comprised of the following for the years ended March 31 (in thousands):

              
200220012000



Singapore $146,820  $(269,771) $32,377 
Foreign  (389,422)  (282,533)  149,271 
   
   
   
 
 Total $(242,602) $(552,304) $181,648 
   
   
   
 

The provision for (benefit from) income taxes consisted of the following for the years ended March 31 (in thousands):

               
200220012000



Current:            
 Singapore $2,807  $6,607  $839 
 Foreign  22,760   27,170   35,406 
   
   
   
 
   25,567   33,777   36,245 
   
   
   
 
Deferred:            
 Singapore  1,913   (2,206)  2,870 
 Foreign  (116,334)  (137,856)  (16,035)
   
   
   
 
   (114,421)  (140,062)  (13,165)
   
   
   
 
  Provision for (benefit from) income taxes $(88,854) $(106,285) $23,080 
   
   
   
 

S-34


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The Singapore statutory income tax rate was approximately 24.5% for each of the years in the two year period ended March 31, 2002 and 26.0% the period ended March 31, 2000. The reconciliation of the income tax expense (benefit) expected based on Singapore statutory income tax rates to the provision for income taxes included in the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended March 31 is as follows (in thousands):

              
200220012000



Income taxes based on Singapore statutory rates $(59,438) $(135,315) $47,133 
Effect of tax rate differential  (131,261)  (138,105)  (41,984)
Goodwill and other intangibles amortization  3,091   15,568   4,334 
Motorola unusual charge     70,201    
Merger expenses     16,059    
Change in valuation allowance  116,226   26,848   15,993 
Other  (17,472)  38,459   (2,396)
   
   
   
 
 Provision for (benefit from) income taxes $(88,854) $(106,285) $23,080 
   
   
   
 

S-35


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The components of deferred income taxes are as follows as of March 31 (in thousands):

           
20022001


Deferred tax liabilities:        
 Fixed assets $(16,323) $ 
 Intangible assets     (6,665)
 Others  (3,555)  (803)
   
   
 
  Total deferred tax liabilities  (19,878)  (7,468)
   
   
 
Deferred tax assets:        
 Fixed assets     15,855 
 Intangible assets  8,944    
 Deferred compensation  60,939   43,147 
 Provision for inventory obsolescence  37,792   35,760 
 Provision for doubtful accounts  10,963   8,782 
 Net operating loss and other carryforwards  508,626   145,274 
 Others  50,382   43,715 
   
   
 
   677,646   292,533 
Valuation allowances  (292,818)  (102,792)
   
   
 
  Total deferred tax asset $384,828  $189,741 
   
   
 
Net deferred tax asset $364,950  $182,273 
   
   
 
The net deferred tax asset is classified as follows:        
 Current $51,954  $42,595 
 Long-term  312,996   139,678 
   
   
 
  Total $364,950  $182,273 
   
   
 

     A deferred tax asset arises from available loss carryforwards and non-deductible accruals. The Company has total tax loss carryforwards of approximately $1.3 billion, a portion of which begin expiring in tax year 2010. The utilization of these tax loss deductions is limited to the future operations of the Company in the tax jurisdictions in which such loss deductions arose. As a result, management is uncertain as to when or whether these operations will generate sufficient profit to realize the deferred tax asset benefit. The valuation allowance provides a reserve against deferred tax assets that may expire or go unutilized by the Company. However, management has determined that it is more likely than not that the Company will realize certain of these benefits and, accordingly, has recognized a deferred tax asset from these benefits. Approximately $20.0 million of the valuation allowance relates to income tax benefits arising from the exercise of stock options which will be credited directly to stockholders’ equity and will not be available to benefit the income tax provision in any future period.

S-36


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

     The amount of deferred tax assets considered realizable, however, could be reduced or increased in the near-term if facts, including the amount of taxable income or the mix of taxable income between subsidiaries, differ from management’s estimates.

     The Company does not provide for federal income taxes on the undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries, as such earnings are not intended by management to be repatriated in the foreseeable future. Determination of the amount of the unrecognized deferred tax liability on these undistributed earnings is not practicable.

8. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Secondary Offerings

During fiscal 2002, 2001, and 2000, the Company completed various secondary offerings of its ordinary shares. The Company received net proceeds of approximately $503.8 million (20,000,000 ordinary shares sold) $1.4 billion (39,650,000 ordinary shares sold) and $1.2 billion (67,018,000 ordinary shares sold) in fiscal years 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

Stock Splits

In fiscal 2001, the Company effected a 2:1 stock split. A distribution of 209,001,331 ordinary shares occurred on October 16, 2000. In fiscal 2000, the Company effected a 2:1 stock split, resulting in the distribution of 57,497,204 ordinary shares on December 22, 1999. Each of the stock splits was effected as a bonus issue (the Singapore equivalent of a stock dividend). The Company has accounted for these transactions as a stock split and all share and per share amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect all stock splits.

Strategic Alliance

     In connection with the Company’s strategic alliance with Motorola Inc. (“Motorola”) in May 2000, Motorola paid $100.0 million for an equity instrument that entitled it to acquire 22,000,000 million Flextronics ordinary shares at any time through December 31, 2005 upon meeting targeted purchase levels or making additional payments to the Company. The issuance of this equity instrument resulted in a one-time charge equal to the excess of the fair value of the equity instrument issued over the $100.0 million proceeds received. As a result, the one-time non-cash charge amounted to approximately $286.5 million offset by a corresponding credit to additional paid-in capital in the first quarter of fiscal 2001.

     In June 2001, the Company entered into an agreement with Motorola under which it repurchased this equity instrument for $112.0 million. The fair value of the equity instrument on the date it was repurchased exceeded the amount paid to repurchase the equity instrument. Accordingly, the Company accounted for the repurchase of the equity instrument as a reduction to shareholders’ equity in the accompanying consolidated statement of shareholders’ equity.

S-37


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Stock-Based Compensation

     The Company’s 2001 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2001 Plan”) provides for grants of up to 7,000,000 stock options. Additionally, the remaining shares that are available under the Company’s 1993 Share Option Plan (the “1993 Plan”) and any shares issuable upon exercise of the options granted under the 1993 Plan that expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, will be available for grant under the 2001 Plan. The adoption of the 2001 Plan mandated that no additional options be granted under the 1993 Plan. Any options outstanding under the 1993 Plan will remain outstanding until exercised or until they terminate or expire by their terms. The 2001 Plan contains two separate equity incentive programs including a discretionary option grant program and an automatic option grant program. The discretionary option grant program is administered by the Compensation Committee with respect to officers and directors and by the Chairman of the Company’s Board, with respect to all other employees.

     Options issued under the 2001 Plan and 1993 Plan generally vest over 4 years. Options granted under the 2001 Plan expire 10 years from the date of grant. Pursuant to an amendment to the provisions relating to the term of options provided under the 1993 Plan, options granted subsequent to October 1, 2000 expire 10 years from the date of grant, rather than the five-year term previously provided. The 2001 Plan and 1993 Plan provide for option grants at an exercise price equal to the fair market value per ordinary share on the option grant date.

     The Company’s 1997, 1998 and 1999 Interim Option Plans provide for grants of up to 2,000,000, 3,144,000, and 5,200,000 stock options, respectively. These plans provide grants of non-statutory stock options to employees and other qualified individuals to purchase ordinary shares of the Company. Options under these plans cannot be granted to executive officers and directors. All Interim Option Plans have an exercise price of not less than 85% of the fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of grant. Options issued under these plans generally vest over 4 years and expire 5 years from the date of grant.

     The Company’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Purchase Plan”) provides for issuance of up to 2,400,000 ordinary shares. The Purchase Plan was approved by the shareholders in October 1997. Under the Purchase Plan, employees may purchase, on a periodic basis, a limited number of ordinary shares through payroll deductions over a six-month period up to 10% of each participant’s compensation. The per share purchase price is 85% of the fair market value of the stock at the beginning or end of the offering period, whichever is lower. The ordinary shares sold under this plan in fiscal 2002, 2001 and 2000, amounted to 767,301, 445,476 and 2,117,740, respectively. The weighted-average fair value of ordinary shares sold under this plan in fiscal 2002, 2001 and 2000 was $20.08, $20.00 and $7.74 per share, respectively.

S-38


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table gives information about equity awards under the Company’s 2001 Plan; 1993 Plan; 1997, 1998 and 1999 Interim Option Plans; and Purchase Plan.

             
(A)(B)(C)
Number of Ordinary Shares
Remaining Available for
Future Issuance Under
Number of OrdinaryWeighted-AverageEquity Compensation
Shares to be IssuedExercise PricePlans (Excluding Ordinary
Upon Exercise ofof OutstandingShares Reflected
Plan CategoryOutstanding OptionsOptionsin Column (A))




Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders  33,975,652  $17.84   6,691,359(1)
Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders(3)  3,547,859  $8.08   2,866,999(2)
   
   
   
 
Total  37,523,511  $16.92   9,558,358 
   
   
   
 


(1) Of these shares, 6,060,736 shares remain available for grant under the 2001 Plan and 630,623 shares remain available for purchase under the Purchase Plan.
(2) Of these shares, 2,197,165 shares remain available for grant under the 1999 Interim Option Plan, 177,470 shares remain available for grant under the 1998 Interim Option Plan and 492,364 shares remain available for grant under the 1997 Interim Option Plan.
(3) The Company has certain option plans and the underlying options of companies, which the Company has merged with or acquired (the “Assumed Plans”). Total stock options assumed under these plans amounted to 8,097,628. These options have a weighted average exercise price of $6.12 per share. Options under the Assumed Plans have been converted into the Company’s options and adjusted to effect the appropriate conversion ratio as specified by the applicable acquisition agreement, but are otherwise administered in accordance with the terms of the Assumed Plans. Options under the Assumed Plans generally vest over 4 years and expire 10 years from the date of grant. No further awards will be made under the Assumed Plans. Statistics regarding the assumed options are not included in the above table.

S-39


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

     The following table presents the activity for options outstanding under all of the stock option plans as of March 31 (“Price” reflects the weighted average exercise price):

                         
200220012000



OptionsPriceOptionsPriceOptionsPrice






Outstanding, beginning of year  47,235,431  $13.35   44,853,772  $7.46   39,283,808  $4.25 
Granted  9,009,567   16.51   14,655,646   23.23   11,668,916   13.49 
Exercised  (7,989,287)  5.43   (11,404,613)  5.54   (4,990,596)  3.57 
Forfeited  (2,614,572)  18.86   (869,374)  23.98   (1,108,356)  6.30 
   
       
       
     
Outstanding, end of year  45,641,139  $15.00   47,235,431  $13.35   44,853,772  $7.46 
   
       
       
     
Exercisable, end of year  24,490,124       21,065,008       13,583,702     
   
       
       
     
Weighted average fair value per option granted $12.43      $12.60      $7.44     
   
       
       
     

The following table presents the composition of options outstanding and exercisable as of March 31, 2002 (“Price” and “Life” reflect the weighted average exercise price and weighted average contractual life unless otherwise noted):

                     
Options OutstandingOptions Exercisable
Range of

Exercise PricesAmountPriceLifeAmountPrice






$ 0.39 - $ 5.61  9,849,974  $3.73   2.90   9,432,591  $3.70 
  6.00 -  13.98  9,532,019   9.03   4.26   6,657,655   8.59 
 14.03 -  18.19  9,967,710   15.33   6.56   2,493,666   14.79 
 18.53 -  23.19  9,534,444   22.72   8.18   2,902,109   22.55 
 23.61 -  44.12  6,756,992   28.43   3.42   3,004,103   28.43 
   
           
     
Total, March 31, 2002  45,641,139  $15.00   5.16   24,490,124  $11.43 
   
           
     

     The Company has elected to follow APB Opinion No. 25 “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” and related interpretations in accounting for its employee stock option plans and employee stock purchase plans and has adopted the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 123 “Accounting for Stock Based Compensation.” Because the exercise price of the Company’s stock options has equaled the fair value of the underlying stock on the date of grant, no compensation expense has been recognized under APB Opinion No. 25. Had the compensation cost for the Company’s stock-based compensation plans been determined based on the fair

S-40


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

values of these options, the Company’s fiscal 2002, 2001 and 2000 net income (loss) and earnings (loss) per share would have been adjusted to the proforma amounts indicated below:

              
Years Ended March 31,

200220012000



Net income (loss):            
 As reported $(153,748) $(446,019) $158,568 
 Proforma  (220,925)  (596,494)  133,319 
Basic earnings (loss) per share:            
 As reported $(0.31) $(1.01) $0.44 
 Proforma  (0.45)  (1.35)  0.37 
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:            
 As reported $(0.31) $(1.01) $0.42 
 Proforma  (0.45)  (1.35)  0.35 

In accordance with the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 123, the fair value of employee stock options granted during fiscal 2002, 2001 and 2000 was estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes model and the following weighted average assumptions:

             
Years Ended March 31,

200220012000



Volatility  62%  62%  58%
Risk-free interest rate range  6.3%  6.3%  6.2%
Dividend yield  0%  0%  0%
Expected lives  9.6 yrs   3.6 yrs   3.5 yrs 

     Because SFAS No. 123 is applicable only to awards granted subsequent to December 30, 1994, and due to the subjective nature of the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model, the proforma net income (loss) and earnings (loss) per share disclosures may not reflect the associated fair value of the outstanding options.

9. UNUSUAL CHARGES

Fiscal 2002

     The Company recognized unusual pre-tax charges of approximately $574.4 million during fiscal 2002, of which $530.0 million related to closures of several manufacturing facilities and $44.4 million was primarily for the impairment of investments in certain technology companies. As further discussed below, $464.4 million of the charges relating to facility closures have been classified as a component of Cost of Sales.

     Unusual charges recorded in fiscal 2002 by segments are as follows: Americas, $265.8 million; Asia, $70.7 million; Western Europe, $185.4 million; and Central Europe, $52.5 million.

S-41


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The components of the unusual charges recorded in fiscal 2002 are as follows (in thousands):

           
Facility closure costs:        
Severance $153,598   cash 
 Long-lived asset impairment  163,724   non-cash 
 Other exit costs  212,660   cash/non-cash 
   
     
  Total facility closure costs  529,982     
Other unusual charges  44,444   cash/non-cash 
   
     
  Total Unusual Charges  574,426     
   
     
Income tax benefit  (122,948)    
   
     
  Net Unusual Charges $451,478     
   
     

     In connection with the fiscal 2002 facility closures, the Company developed formal plans to exit certain activities and involuntarily terminate employees. Management’s plan to exit an activity included the identification of duplicate manufacturing and administrative facilities for closure or consolidation into other facilities. Management currently anticipates that the facility closures and activities to which all of these charges relate will be substantially completed within one year of the commitment dates of the respective exit plans, except for certain long-term contractual obligations.

     Of the total pre-tax facility closure costs recorded in fiscal 2002, $153.6 million related to employee termination costs, of which $118.4 million has been classified as a component of Cost of Sales. As a result of the various exit plans, the Company identified 13,391 employees to be involuntarily terminated related to the various facility closures. As of March 31, 2002, 7,444 employees had been terminated, and another 5,947 employees had been notified that they are to be terminated upon completion of the various facility closures and consolidations. During fiscal 2002, the Company paid employee termination costs of approximately $86.0 million, related to the fiscal 2002 restructuring activities. The remaining $67.6 million of employee termination costs was classified as accrued liabilities as of March 31, 2002 and is expected to be paid out within one year of the commitment dates of the respective exit plans.

     The unusual pre-tax charges recorded in fiscal 2002 included $163.7 million for the write-down of property, plant and equipment associated with various manufacturing and administrative facility closures from their carrying value of $232.6 million. This amount has been classified as a component of Cost of Sales during fiscal 2002. Certain assets will be held for use and remain in service until their anticipated disposal dates pursuant to the exit plans. Since the assets will remain in service from the date of the decision to dispose of these assets to the anticipated disposal date, the assets are being depreciated over this expected period. For assets being held for use, an impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value. Certain other assets will be held for disposal as these assets are no longer required in operations. Assets held for disposal are no longer being depreciated. For assets being held for disposal, an impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value less cost to sell. The impaired long-lived assets consisted of machinery and equipment of $105.7 million and building and improvements of $58.0 million.

S-42


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The unusual pre-tax charges, also included approximately $212.7 million for other exit costs. Approximately $182.3 million of this amount has been classified as a component of Cost of Sales. Other exit costs included contractual obligations totaling $61.6 million, which were incurred directly as a result of the various exit plans. The contractual obligations consisted of facility lease terminations amounting to $27.2 million, equipment lease terminations amounting to $13.2 million and payments to suppliers and third parties to terminate contractual agreements amounting to $21.2 million. The Company expects to make payments associated with its contractual obligations with respect to facility and equipment leases through the end of fiscal 2007 and with respect to the other contractual obligations with suppliers and third parties through fiscal 2003. Other exit costs also included charges of $98.0 million relating to asset impairments resulting from customer contracts that were breached, when they were terminated by the Company, as a result of various facility closures. These asset impairments were determined based on the difference between the carrying amount and the realizable value of the impaired inventory and accounts receivable. The Company disposed of the impaired assets, primarily through scrapping and write-offs, by the end of fiscal 2002. Also included in other exit costs were charges amounting to $8.0 million for the incremental costs for warranty work incurred by the Company for products sold prior to the commitment dates of the various exit plans. Other exit costs also included $8.2 million of facility refurbishment and abandonment costs related to certain building repair work necessary to prepare the exited facilities for sale or return the facilities to its landlords. The remaining $36.9 million, primarily included incremental amounts of legal and environmental costs, and various government obligations payable by the Company as a direct result of its facility closures. The Company paid approximately $42.5 million of other exit costs in fiscal 2002, related to the fiscal 2002 facility closures. Additionally, approximately $111.5 million of non-cash charges were utilized during fiscal 2002. The remaining balance includes approximately $46.7 million, classified as accrued liabilities as of March 31, 2002, which will be substantially paid out within one year of the commitment dates of the respective exit plans; and certain long-term contractual obligations of approximately $12.0 million, classified as other long-term liabilities as of March 31, 2002.

Fiscal 2001

The Company recognized unusual pre-tax charges of approximately $973.3 million during fiscal year 2001. Of this amount, $493.1 million was recorded in the first quarter and was comprised of approximately $286.5 million related to the issuance of an equity instrument to Motorola combined with approximately $206.6 million of expenses resulting from The DII Group, Inc. and Palo Alto Products International Pte. Ltd. mergers and related facility closures. In the second quarter, unusual pre-tax charges amounted to approximately $48.4 million associated with the mergers with Chatham Technologies, Inc. and Lightning Metal Specialties (and related entities) and related facility closures. In the third quarter, the Company recognized unusual pre-tax charges of approximately $46.3 million, primarily related to the merger with JIT Holdings Ltd. and related facility closures. During the fourth quarter, the Company recognized unusual pre-tax charges, amounting to $376.1 million related to closures of several manufacturing facilities and $9.5 million of other unusual charges, specifically for the impairment of investments in certain technology companies.

On May 30, 2000, the Company entered into a strategic alliance for product manufacturing with Motorola. In connection with this strategic alliance, Motorola paid $100.0 million for an equity instrument that entitled it to acquire 22,000,000 Flextronics ordinary shares at any time through December 31, 2005, upon

S-43


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

meeting targeted purchase levels or making additional payments to the Company. The issuance of this equity instrument resulted in a one-time non-cash charge equal to the excess of the fair value of the equity instrument issued over the $100.0 million proceeds received. As a result, the one-time non-cash charge amounted to approximately $286.5 million offset by a corresponding credit to additional paid-in capital in the first quarter of fiscal 2001. In June 2001, the Company entered into an agreement with Motorola under which the Company repurchased this equity instrument for $112.0 million.

     Unusual charges excluding the Motorola equity instrument by segments are as follows: Americas, $553.1 million; Asia, $86.5 million; Western Europe, $32.9 million; and Central Europe, $14.3 million. Unusual charges related to the Motorola equity instrument is not specific to a particular segment, and as such, has not been allocated to a particular geographic segment.

The components of the unusual charges recorded in fiscal 2001 are as follows (in thousands):

                           
FirstSecondThirdFourthTotal Fiscal
QuarterQuarterQuarterQuarter2001Nature of
ChargesChargesChargesChargesChargesCharges






Facility closure costs:                        
 Severance $62,487  $5,677  $3,606  $60,703  $132,473   cash 
 Long-lived asset impairment  46,646   14,373   16,469   155,046   232,534   non-cash 
 Other exit costs  24,201   5,650   19,703   160,368   209,922   cash/non-cash 
   
   
   
   
   
     
  Total facility closure costs  133,334   25,700   39,778   376,117   574,929     
Direct transaction costs:                        
 Professional fees  50,851   7,247   6,250      64,348   cash 
 Other costs  22,382   15,448   248      38,078   cash/non-cash 
   
   
   
   
   
     
  Total direct transaction costs  73,233   22,695   6,498      102,426     
   
   
   
   
   
     
Motorola equity instrument  286,537            286,537   non-cash 
   
   
   
   
   
     
Other unusual charges           9,450   9,450   non-cash 
   
   
   
   
   
     
  Total Unusual Charges  493,104   48,395   46,276   385,567   973,342     
   
   
   
   
   
     
Income tax benefit  (30,000)  (6,000)  (6,500)  (110,000)  (152,500)    
   
   
   
   
   
     
  Net Unusual Charges $463,104  $42,395  $39,776  $275,567  $820,842     
   
   
   
   
   
     

     In connection with the fiscal 2001 facility closures, the Company developed formal plans to exit certain activities and involuntarily terminate employees. Management’s plan to exit an activity included the identification of duplicate manufacturing and administrative facilities for closure or consolidation into other facilities. Management currently anticipates that the facility closures and activities to which all of these charges relate will be substantially completed within one year of the commitment dates of the respective exit plans, except for certain long-term contractual obligations. As discussed below, $510.5 million of the charges relating to facility closures have been classified as a component of Cost of Sales during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2001.

S-44


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

     Of the total pre-tax facility closure costs recorded in fiscal 2001, $132.5 million related to employee termination costs, of which $68.1 million has been classified as a component of Cost of Sales. As a result of the various exit plans, we identified 11,269 employees to be involuntarily terminated related to the various mergers and facility closures. As of March 31, 2002, substantially all the employees have been terminated. The remaining headcount are working to finalize our exit plans and will be terminated by the end of the first quarter of fiscal 2003. During fiscal 2002, the Company paid employee termination costs of approximately $47.4 million. The remaining $24.3 million of employee termination costs was classified as accrued liabilities as of March 31, 2002 and is expected to be paid by the end of the first quarter of fiscal 2003, except for certain long-term contractual obligations, which will be completed by the end of fiscal 2005.

     The unusual pre-tax charges recorded in fiscal 2001 included $232.5 million for the write-down of long-lived assets to fair value. This amount has been classified as a component of Cost of Sales during fiscal 2001. Included in the long-lived asset impairment are charges of $229.1 million, which related to property, plant and equipment associated with the various manufacturing and administrative facility closures, which were written down to their fair value of $192.0 million as of March 31, 2001. Certain assets will be held for use and remain in service until their anticipated disposal dates pursuant to the exit plans. Since the assets will remain in service from the date of the decision to dispose of these assets to the anticipated disposal date, the assets are being depreciated over this expected period. For assets being held for use, an impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value. Certain other assets will be held for disposal, as these assets are no longer required in operations. Assets held for disposal are no longer being depreciated. For assets being held for disposal, an impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value less cost to sell. The impaired long-lived assets consisted primarily of machinery and equipment of $153.0 million and building and improvements of $76.1 million. The long-lived asset impairment also included the write-off of the remaining goodwill and other intangibles related to certain closed facilities of $3.4 million.

     The unusual pre-tax charges recorded in fiscal 2001 also included approximately $209.9 million for other exit costs, which have been classified as a component of Cost of Sales. Other exit costs included contractual obligations totaling $85.4 million, which were incurred directly as a result of the various exit plans. These contractual obligations consisted of facility lease terminations amounting to $26.5 million, equipment lease terminations amounting to $31.4 million and payments to suppliers and other third parties to terminate contractual agreements amounting to $27.5 million. The Company expects to make payments associated with its contractual obligations with respect to facility and equipment leases through the end of fiscal 2006. All payments with respect to the other contractual obligations with suppliers and other third parties were paid in fiscal 2002. Other exit costs also included charges of $77.0 million relating to asset impairments resulting from customer contracts that were breached, when they were terminated by the Company, as a result of various facility closures. These asset impairments were determined based on the difference between the carrying amount and the realizable value of the impaired inventory and accounts receivable. The Company disposed of the impaired assets, primarily through scrapping and write-offs, by the end of fiscal 2001. Also included in other exit costs were charges amounting to $16.1 million for the incremental costs for warranty work incurred by us for products sold prior to the commitment dates of the various exit plans. Other exit costs also included $11.6 million of facility refurbishment and abandonment costs related to certain building repair work necessary to prepare the exited facilities for sale or return the facilities to its landlords. The remaining $19.8 million of other exit costs recorded were primarily associated with incremental amounts of legal and

S-45


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

environmental costs, incurred directly as a result of the various exit plans and facility closures. During fiscal 2002, the Company paid other exit costs of approximately $81.4 million. Additionally, approximately $3.9 million of other exit costs were non-cash charges utilized during fiscal 2002. The remaining $10.0 million of other exit costs was classified as accrued liabilities as of March 31, 2002 and is expected to be paid out within one year of the commitment dates of the respective exit plans, except for certain long-term contractual obligations, as discussed above.

     The direct transaction costs recorded in fiscal 2001 included approximately $64.3 million of costs primarily related to investment banking and financial advisory fees as well as legal and accounting costs associated with the merger transactions. Other direct transaction costs which totaled approximately $38.1 million were mainly comprised of accelerated debt prepayment expense, accelerated executive stock compensation and benefit-related expenses. Approximately $28.2 million of the direct transaction costs were non-cash charges utilized during fiscal 2001. During fiscal 2002, the Company paid approximately $2.7 million of direct transaction costs. The remaining $0.6 million of direct transaction costs was classified in accrued liabilities as of March 31, 2002 and is expected to be substantially paid out in the first quarter of fiscal 2003.

The following table summarizes the balance of the facility closure costs as of March 31, 2002 and the type and amount of closure costs provisioned for and utilized during fiscal 2001 and 2002.

                  
Long-lived
AssetOther Exit
SeveranceImpairmentCostsTotal




Balance at March 31, 2000 $  $  $  $ 
Activities during the year:                
 Provision  132,473   232,534   219,372   584,379 
 Cash charges  (60,739)     (23,116)  (83,855)
 Non-cash charges     (232,534)  (100,913)  (333,447)
   
   
   
   
 
Balance at March 31, 2001  71,734      95,343   167,077 
Activities during the year:                
 Provision  153,598   163,724   212,660   529,982 
 Cash charges  (133,453)     (123,902)  (257,355)
 Non-cash charges     (163,724)  (115,433)  (279,157)
   
   
   
   
 
Balances at March 31, 2002 $91,879  $  $68,668  $160,547 
   
   
   
   
 
Less: current portion  87,896      56,707   144,603 
   
   
   
   
 
Accrued facility closure costs net of current portion $3,983  $  $11,961  $15,944 
   
   
   
   
 
Fiscal 2000

     In fiscal 2000, the Company recognized unusual pre-tax charges in the Americas business segment of $7.5 million related to the operations of Chatham, which included severance and related charges of approximately $4.4 million and other facility exit costs of approximately $3.1 million.

S-46


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

     Additionally, unusual pre-tax charges in the Western Europe business segment of $3.5 million were recorded in fiscal 2000, related to the Kyrel EMS Oyj merger. The unusual charges consisted of a transfer tax of $1.7 million, approximately $0.4 million of investment banking fees and approximately $1.4 million of legal and accounting fees.

10. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     The Company has loaned approximately $8.6 million to various executive officers of the Company. Each loan is evidenced by a promissory note in favor of the Company and is generally secured by a deed of trust on property of the officer. Certain notes are non-interest bearing and others have interest rates ranging from 2.48% to 7.25%. The remaining outstanding balance of the loans, including accrued interest, as of March 31, 2002 was approximately $8.7 million.

     Additionally, in connection with an investment partnership, one of the Company’s subsidiaries has entered into loans with various officers of the Company. The only members of the partnership are the various officers of the Company. Each loan is evidenced by a full recourse promissory note in favor of the subsidiary. Interest rates on the notes range from 5.72% to 6.09%. The remaining balance of the loans, including accrued interest, as of March 31, 2002 was approximately $10.3 million.

11. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS AND PURCHASES OF ASSETS

Fiscal 2002
Business Acquisitions and Purchases of Assets

     In April 2001, the Company entered into a definitive agreement with Ericsson to provide a substantial portion of Ericsson’s mobile phone production and distribution requirements. The Company assumed responsibility for product assembly, new product prototyping, supply chain management and logistics management in which we process customer orders from Ericsson and configure and ship products to Ericsson’s customers. In connection with this relationship, the Company employed the existing workforce for certain operations, and purchased from Ericsson certain inventory, equipment and other assets, and assumed certain accounts payable and accrued expenses at their net book value of approximately $363.9 million. This acquisition was accounted for as a purchase of assets.

     In July 2001, the Company acquired Alcatel SA’s (“Alcatel”) manufacturing facility and related assets located in Laval, France. The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase of assets. In connection with this acquisition, the Company entered into a long-term supply agreement with Alcatel to provide printed circuit board assembly, final systems assembly and various engineering support services. The Company purchased from Alcatel certain inventory, equipment and other assets, and assumed certain accounts payable and accrued expenses at their net book value of approximately $32.4 million.

     In October 2001, the Company announced a manufacturing agreement with Xerox Corporation (“Xerox”). The Company acquired Xerox’s manufacturing business operations in Aguascalientes, Mexico; Penang, Malaysia; Resende, Brazil; Toronto, Canada and Venray; Netherlands. The Company has purchased certain assets totaling $165.1 million in fiscal 2002 and estimates an additional $30.0 million of assets to be

S-47


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

purchased in the first quarter of fiscal 2003. Additionally, the Company entered into a five-year agreement for the manufacture of certain Xerox office equipment and components.

     In December 2001, the Company completed its acquisition of 91% of The Orbiant Group (“Orbiant”) from Telia, Sweden’s largest telecommunications network provider. Orbiant is a provider of services focusing on the design, operation, maintenance and management of telecommunications networks. The cash purchase price, net of cash acquired, amounted to approximately $80.6 million.

     During fiscal 2002, the Company completed certain other business acquisitions that were immaterial to the Company’s results from operations and financial position. The aggregate cash purchase price for these acquisition, net of cash acquired, amounted to approximately $68.8 million. Additionally, approximately 7.3 million ordinary shares were issued for the acquisitions, which equated to approximately $163.4 million of purchase price. The fair value of the ordinary shares issued was determined based on the quoted market prices of the Company’s ordinary shares for a reasonable period, generally three days, before and after the date the terms of the acquisitions were agreed and announced. The aggregate purchase price paid for these business acquisitions was allocated to the net assets acquired based on their estimated fair values at the dates of the acquisitions.

     The costs of the fiscal 2002 acquisitions, including estimated acquisition closing costs, have been allocated on the basis of the estimated fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The purchase price for certain of these acquisitions is subject to adjustments for contingent consideration, based upon the businesses achieving specified levels of earnings through December 2004. The contingent consideration has not been recorded as purchase price, pending the outcome of the contingency. Goodwill and intangibles resulting from these acquisitions amounted to approximately $548.8 million. The respective intangibles associated with these acquisitions are amortized over various years, none of which exceed ten years. Also, during the current fiscal year, the Company increased goodwill in the amount of approximately $34.2 million for contingent purchase price adjustments and other adjustments for historical acquisitions, which included the issuance of approximately 0.6 million ordinary shares.

The acquisitions described above have been accounted for by the purchase method of accounting, and accordingly the results of the acquired businesses were included in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations from the acquisition dates forward. Comparative proforma information has not been presented, as the results of the acquired operations were not material to the Company’s consolidated financials statements on either an individual or an aggregate basis.

Fiscal 2001
Pooling of Interests Mergers

     In fiscal 2001, Flextronics acquired 100% of the outstanding shares of The DII Group, Inc. (“DII”), Lightning Metal Specialties and related entities (“Lightning”), Chatham Technologies, Inc. (“Chatham”), Palo Alto Products International Pte. Ltd. (“Palo Alto Products International”) and JIT Holdings Ltd. (“JIT”). These acquisitions were accounted for as pooling of interests and the consolidated financial statements have been prepared to give retroactive effect to the mergers.

S-48


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

     DII is a leading provider of electronics manufacturing and design services. As a result of the merger, in April 2000, the Company issued approximately 120.8 million ordinary shares for all of the outstanding shares of DII common stock, based upon the exchange ratio of 3.22 Flextronics ordinary shares for each share of DII common stock.

     Lightning is a provider of fully integrated electronic packaging systems. As a result of the merger, in August 2000, the Company issued approximately 2.6 million ordinary shares for all of the outstanding shares of Lightning common stock and interests.

     Chatham is a leading provider of integrated electronic packaging systems to the communications industry. As a result of the merger, in August 2000, the Company issued approximately 15.2 million ordinary shares for all of the outstanding Chatham capital stock and interests.

     DII and Lightning operated under a calendar year end prior to merging with Flextronics and, accordingly, their respective balance sheets, statements of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows as of December 31, 1999 and for each of the two years ended December 31, 1999 have been combined with the Company’s consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2000 and for each of the two fiscal years ended March 31, 2000. Chatham operated under a fiscal year which ended on the Saturday closest to September 30 prior to merging with Flextronics and, accordingly, Chatham’s balance sheets, statements of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows as of September 24, 1999 and for each of the two years ended September 24, 1999 have been combined with the Company’s consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2000 and for each of the two fiscal years ended March 31, 2000.

     Starting in fiscal 2001, DII, Lightning and Chatham changed their respective year-ends to conform to the Company’s March 31 year-end. Accordingly, DII’s and Lightning’s operations for the three months ended March 31, 2000, and Chatham’s operations for the six months ended March 31, 2000, have been excluded from the consolidated results of operations for fiscal 2001 and reported as an adjustment to retained earnings. Total net sales, gross profit, selling, general and administrative expenses, operating loss and total net loss related to the omitted periods amounted to approximately $898.3 million, $50.0 million, $66.6 million, $33.0 million and $58.3 million, respectively. During the omitted periods, total cash flows used in operating and investing activities amounted to approximately $24.9 million and $28 million, respectively, and financing activities provided approximately $20.2 million.

     The net loss of $58.3 million for the omitted period consisted primarily of the net losses of DII and Chatham, with each company representing about half of the net loss for the omitted period. With respect to Chatham, the net loss for that acquired company was relatively consistent both before and during the omitted period. In the case of DII, the results for that acquired company during the omitted period was adversely effected by the uncertainties created by the merger with the Company, which closed April 3, 2000. DII experienced several customer cancellations during the omitted period due to customer concerns over the merger and resulting supplier concentration issues. DII also experienced lower employee productivity during the omitted period due to the uncertainty over anticipated employee terminations as a result of the merger. The net loss for Chatham and DII in the omitted period prompted the Company to develop formal plans to exit certain activities, close certain facilities and involuntarily terminate employees in the periods following the acquisitions of each company, which resulted in the unusual charges recorded in fiscal 2001. See Note 9, “Unusual Charges” for further discussion.

S-49


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

     Palo Alto Products International is an enclosure design and plastic molding company. The Company merged with Palo Alto Products International in April 2000 by exchanging approximately 7.2 million ordinary shares of Flextronics for all of the outstanding shares of Palo Alto Products International common stock.

     JIT is a global provider of electronics manufacturing and design services. The Company merged with JIT in November 2000, by exchanging approximately 17.3 million ordinary shares of Flextronics for all of the outstanding shares of JIT common stock.

     Palo Alto Products International and JIT operated under the same fiscal year end as Flextronics, and accordingly, their respective balance sheets, statements of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows have been combined with the Company’s consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 1999 and 2000 and for each of the three fiscal years ended March 31, 2000.

The Company also completed several other immaterial pooling of interests transactions. In connection with these mergers, the Company issued approximately 0.7 million ordinary shares. The historical operations of these entities were not material to the Company’s consolidated operations on either an individual or an aggregate basis; therefore, prior period statements have not been restated for these acquisitions.

Business Acquisitions

     In fiscal 2001, the Company completed several immaterial business acquisitions. These transactions have been accounted for under the purchase method of accounting and accordingly, the results of the acquired businesses were included in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations from the acquisition dates forward. Comparative proforma information has not been presented, as the results of the acquired operations were not material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements. In connection with these business acquisitions, the Company paid total cash consideration of approximately $146.4 million, net of cash acquired, and issued approximately 9.8 million ordinary shares, which equated to approximately $338.6 million of purchase price. The fair value of the ordinary shares issued were determined based on the quoted market prices of the Company’s ordinary shares for a reasonable period, generally three days, before and after the date the terms of the acquisitions were agreed to and announced.

     The aggregate purchase price paid for these business acquisitions was allocated to the net assets acquired based on their estimated fair values at the dates of the acquisitions. The purchase price for certain acquisitions is subject to adjustments for contingent consideration, based upon the businesses achieving specified levels of earnings through December 2003. The contingent consideration has not been recorded as purchase price, pending the outcome of the contingency. The fair value of the net liabilities acquired, amounted to approximately $117.3 million, including estimated acquisition costs. The costs of acquisitions have been allocated on the basis of the estimated fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Goodwill and intangibles resulting from these acquisitions amounted to approximately $602.3 million. The respective intangibles associated with these acquisitions are amortized over various years, none of which exceed ten years. Also, the Company increased goodwill in the amount of approximately $12.5 million for contingent purchase price adjustments for historical acquisitions.

S-50


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Fiscal 2000
Pooling of Interests Merger

     In fiscal 2000, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding shares of Kyrel Ems Oyj (“Kyrel”) and PCB Assembly, Inc. (“PCB”). These acquisitions were accounted for as pooling of interests and the consolidated financial statements have been prepared to give retroactive effect to the mergers.

     Kyrel is an electronics manufacturing services provider with operations in Finland and France. As a result of the merger, the Company issued approximately 7.3 million ordinary shares in exchange for all the outstanding Kyrel shares. Kyrel operated under a calendar year end, prior to merging with Flextronics, and accordingly, Kyrel’s balance sheets, statements of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows as of December 31, 1997 and 1998 and for each of the three years ended December 31, 1998 have been combined with the Company’s consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 1998 and 1999 and for each of the three fiscal years ended March 31, 1999. In fiscal 2000, Kyrel’s fiscal year end was changed to conform to the Company’s fiscal year end. Accordingly, Kyrel’s operations for the three months ended March 31, 1999, have been excluded from the consolidated results of operations for fiscal 2000 and have been reported as an adjustment to retained earnings in the first quarter of fiscal 2000.

     PCB is an electronics manufacturing service provider based in the United States. As a result of the merger, the Company issued approximately 2.2 million ordinary shares in exchange for all the outstanding PCB shares, of which approximately 0.2 million ordinary shares are to be issued upon resolution of certain general and specific contingencies. PCB operated under the same fiscal year end as the Company and, accordingly, their respective balance sheets, statements of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows have been combined with Flextronics’ consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 1999 and 2000 and for each of the three fiscal years ended March 31, 2000.

The Company also completed several other immaterial pooling of interests transactions in fiscal 2000. In connection with these mergers, the Company issued 1.8 million ordinary shares. The historical operations of these entities were not material to the Company’s consolidated operations on either an individual or an aggregate basis; therefore, prior period statements have not been restated for these acquisitions.

Business Acquisitions

     In fiscal 2000, the Company acquired several immaterial businesses and made a payment of an earn-out arrangement to the former owners of Great Sino Electronics Technology (a company acquired by DII in August 1998, as further discussed below). These transactions have been accounted for under the purchase method of accounting and accordingly, the results of the acquired businesses were included in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations from the acquisition dates forward. Comparative proforma information has not been presented, as the results of the acquired operations were not material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements. In connection with these business acquisitions, the Company paid total cash consideration of approximately $51.6 million, net of cash acquired.

     The aggregate purchase price paid for these business acquisitions was allocated to the net assets acquired based on their estimated fair values at the dates of the acquisitions. The fair value of the net assets acquired amounted to approximately $17.9 million, including estimated acquisition costs. The costs of acquisitions have

S-51


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

been allocated on the basis of estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Goodwill and intangibles resulting from these acquisitions amounted to approximately $33.7 million. The respective intangibles associated with these acquisitions are amortized over ten years. Also, the Company increased goodwill in the amount of approximately $34.1 million for contingent purchase price adjustments for historical acquisitions during fiscal 2000.

12. SEGMENT REPORTING

     The Company operates and is managed internally by four geographic business segments. The operating segments include Asia, Americas, Western Europe and Central Europe. Each operating segment has a regional president that reports to the Company’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, who is the chief decision maker. Revenues are generally attributable to the country in which the product is manufactured.

Information about segments for the years ended March 31 is as follows (in thousands):

              
200220012000



Net Sales:            
 Asia $3,374,749  $2,467,629  $1,588,665 
 Americas  4,155,750   5,466,547   2,936,441 
 Western Europe  3,271,961   2,356,281   1,391,965 
 Central Europe  3,011,623   2,147,788   1,132,242 
 Intercompany eliminations  (709,236)  (328,546)  (90,191)
   
   
   
 
  $13,104,847  $12,109,699  $6,959,122 
   
   
   
 
Income (Loss) before Income Taxes:            
 Asia $103,722  $13,611  $102,541 
 Americas  (152,458)  (319,420)  (4,149)
 Western Europe  (137,457)  7,740   23,833 
 Central Europe  (5,173)  33,333   44,107 
 Intercompany eliminations, corporate allocations and Motorola one-time non-cash charge (see Note 9)  (51,236)  (287,568)  15,316 
   
   
   
 
  $(242,602) $(552,304) $181,648 
   
   
   
 
Long-Lived Assets:            
 Asia $584,470  $503,094  $449,824 
 Americas  717,898   636,399   712,215 
 Western Europe  397,020   371,064   275,935 
 Central Europe  333,107   317,884   171,165 
   
   
   
 
  $2,032,495  $1,828,441  $1,609,139 
   
   
   
 
Depreciation and Amortization:*            
 Asia $71,906  $54,038  $39,889 
 Americas  107,515   126,012   86,967 
 Western Europe  84,739   56,667   42,534 
 Central Europe  55,747   49,734   18,207 
   
   
   
 
  $319,907  $286,451  $187,597 
   
   
   
 

S-52


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

              
200220012000



Capital Expenditures:            
 Asia $109,623  $178,557  $155,243 
 Americas  126,761   284,340   214,224 
 Western Europe  63,703   125,072   52,396 
 Central Europe  67,160   193,252   83,570 
   
   
   
 
  $367,247  $781,221  $505,433 
   
   
   
 

Excludes unusual charges related to property, plant and equipment and goodwill impairment charges of $163,724 and $232,534 in fiscal 2002 and fiscal 2001, respectively. See Note 9, “Unusual Charges,” for additional information regarding unusual charges.

     For purposes of the preceding tables, “Asia” includes China, India, Malaysia, Singapore, Taiwan and Thailand, “Americas” includes Brazil, Canada, Mexico and the U.S., “Western Europe” includes Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and the United Kingdom and “Central Europe” includes Austria, the Czech Republic, Hungary, Ireland, Israel, Italy and Scotland.

     Geographic revenue transfers are based on selling prices to unaffiliated companies, less discounts.

     During fiscal 2002, Hungary, Malaysia, Mexico and Sweden accounted for approximately 12%, 18%, 16% and 11% of net sales, respectively. No other foreign country accounted for more than 10% of net sales in fiscal 2002. China accounted for approximately 16% of long-lived assets at March 31, 2002. No other foreign country accounted for more than 10% of long-lived assets at March 31, 2002.

     During fiscal 2001, China accounted for over 10% of net sales. No other foreign country accounted for more than 10% of net sales in fiscal 2001. China and Hungary accounted for approximately 17% and 11% of long-lived assets at March 31, 2001, respectively. No other foreign country accounted for more than 10% of long-lived assets at March 31, 2001.

     During fiscal 2000, China, Hungary and Sweden accounted for approximately 11%, 12% and 12% of net sales, respectively. No other foreign country accounted for more than 10% of net sales in fiscal 2000. China accounted for approximately 24% of long-lived assets at March 31, 2000. No other foreign country accounted for more than 10% of long-lived assets at March 31, 2000.

S-53


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

13. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

The following table contains selected unaudited quarterly financial data for fiscal years 2002 and 2001:

                                  
Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2002Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2001


FirstSecondThirdFourthFirstSecondThirdFourth








(In thousands, except per share amounts)(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Net sales $3,110,598  $3,244,918  $3,453,039  $3,296,292  $2,676,974  $3,078,998  $3,239,293  $3,114,434 
Cost of sales  2,878,803   3,036,169   3,226,461   3,083,536   2,470,408   2,829,406   2,964,034   2,864,048 
Unusual charges     439,448      24,943   83,721   24,268   38,550   363,956 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 Gross profit (loss)  231,795   (230,699)  226,578   187,813   122,845   225,324   236,709   (113,570)
Selling, general and administrative  108,816   105,488   109,341   119,941   94,918   107,931   113,736   113,524 
Goodwill and other intangibles amortization  2,256   3,802   3,053   3,504   9,370   12,505   15,141   26,525 
Unusual charges     76,647      33,388   409,383   24,127   7,726   21,611 
Interest and other expense (income), net  22,366   22,184   22,746   24,557   (4,199)  22,359   22,092   26,863 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 Income (loss) before income taxes  98,357   (438,820)  91,438   6,423   (386,627)  58,402   78,014   (302,093)
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes  10,029   (109,015)  9,449   683   (16,065)  8,475   10,232   (108,927)
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 Net income (loss) $88,328  $(329,805) $81,989  $5,740  $(370,562) $49,927  $67,782  $(193,166)
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Diluted earnings (loss) per share $0.17  $(0.69) $0.16  $0.01  $(0.88) $0.10  $0.14  $(0.41)
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Shares used in computing diluted per share amounts  511,987   481,381   507,942   526,797   418,857   480,801   478,657   468,069 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 

S-54


VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

SCHEDULE II

Years Ended March 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000
                      
Additions

Balance atCharged toBalance
BeginningEffect ofCosts andDeductions/at End
of YearAcquisitionsExpensesWrite-Offsof Year





(In thousands)
Allowance for doubtful accounts:                    
 Year ended March 31, 2000 $16,939  $1,123  $12,534  $(5,639) $24,957 
 Year ended March 31, 2001  24,957   10,293   9,429   (260)  44,419 
 Year ended March 31, 2002  44,419   5,935   3,664   (12,369)  41,649 
Accrual for unusual charges:                    
 Year ended March 31, 2000  6,554         (5,623)  931 
 Year ended March 31, 2001  931      686,805   (517,352)  170,384 
 Year ended March 31, 2002  170,384      574,426   (583,663)  161,147 
Reserve for inventory obsolescence:                    
 Year ended March 31, 2000  29,812   3,046   32,345   (3,411)  61,792 
 Year ended March 31, 2001  61,792   34,341   33,634   (24,668)  105,099 
 Year ended March 31, 2002  105,099   2,561   4,977   (38,331)  74,306 

S-55


SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD. (PARENT COMPANY):

FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

BALANCE SHEETS

           
March 31,

20022001


(In thousands, except share
and per share amounts)
ASSETS
Current Assets:
        
 Cash and cash equivalents $490,915  $348,795 
 Short-term investments     1,687 
 Due from subsidiaries  1,252,807   719,591 
 Other current assets  10,555   10,102 
   
   
 
  Total current assets  1,754,277   1,080,175 
Goodwill and other intangibles, net  61,860    
Other investments  29,273   72,107 
Investment in subsidiaries  2,773,792   2,348,393 
Due from subsidiaries  1,277,649   1,130,918 
Other assets  91,121   14,782 
   
   
 
  Total assets $5,987,972  $4,646,375 
   
   
 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
        
 Due to subsidiaries $683,716  $149,871 
 Other current liabilities  36,453   25,056 
   
   
 
  Total current liabilities  720,169   174,927 
Long-term debt  778,269   779,596 
Other liabilities     750 
Due to subsidiaries  333,328   300,245 
Commitments and contingencies        
Shareholders’ Equity:
        
 Ordinary shares, S$.01 par value; authorized — 1,500,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding — 513,011,778 and 476,370,089 as of March 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively  3,043   2,841 
 Additional paid-in capital  4,218,027   3,586,158 
 Retained deficit  (61,152)  (198,689)
 Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)  (3,712)  547 
   
   
 
  Total shareholders’ equity  4,156,206   3,390,857 
   
   
 
  Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $5,987,972  $4,646,375 
   
   
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these supplementary financial statements.

S-56


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

          
Years Ended March 31,

20022001


(In thousands)
Selling, general and administrative $17,292  $13,995 
Unusual charges  37,019   306,620 
Interest and other expense (income), net  (191,849)  (83,531)
   
   
 
 Income (loss) before income taxes  137,538   (237,084)
Provision for income taxes  1   515 
   
   
 
 Net income (loss) $137,537  $(237,599)
   
   
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these supplementary financial statements.

S-57


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

          
Years Ended March 31,

20022001


(In thousands)
Net income (loss) $137,537  $(237,599)
Other comprehensive income (loss):        
 Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax  (3,519)  178 
 Unrealized gain (loss) on investments, net of tax  (349)  (50,572)
   
   
 
Comprehensive income (loss) $133,669  $(287,993)
   
   
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these supplementary financial statements.

S-58


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

For the Years Ended March 31, 2001 and 2002
                          
Accumulated
Other
Ordinary SharesAdditionalRetainedComprehensiveTotal

Paid-inEarningsIncomeShareholders’
SharesAmountCapital(Deficit)(Loss)Equity






(In thousands)
Balance at March 31, 2000
  406,436(1) $2,437(1) $1,350,809(1) $38,910  $50,921  $1,443,077 
 Adjustment to conform fiscal year of pooled entities  6,882   40            40 
 Impact of immaterial pooling of interests acquisitions  728   4            4 
 Issuance of ordinary shares for acquisitions  10,825   63   365,422         365,485 
 Exercise of stock options  11,405   66   53,036         53,102 
 Ordinary shares issued under Employee Stock Purchase Plan  445   3   8,911         8,914 
 Sale of ordinary shares in public offering, net of offering costs  39,650   228   1,421,443         1,421,671 
 Issuance of equity instrument        386,537         386,537 
 Net loss           (237,599)     (237,599)
 Change in unrealized gain (loss) on available for sale securities              (50,572)  (50,572)
 Foreign currency translation              198   198 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Balance at March 31, 2001
  476,371   2,841   3,586,158   (198,689)  547   3,390,857 
 Issuance of ordinary shares for acquisitions  7,885   45   182,544         182,589 
 Exercise of stock options  7,989   44   42,227         42,271 
 Ordinary shares issued under Employee Stock Purchase Plan  767   4   15,407         15,411 
 Sale of ordinary shares in public offering, net of offering costs  20,000   109   503,691         503,800 
 Repurchase of equity instrument (Note 9)        (112,000)        (112,000)
 Net loss           137,537      137,537 
 Change in unrealized gain (loss) on available for sale securities              (349)  (349)
 Foreign currency translation              (3,910)  (3,910)
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Balance at March 31, 2002
  513,012  $3,043  $4,218,027  $(61,152) $(3,712) $4,156,206 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 


(1) Restated to properly reflect treasury stock of The DII Group, Inc. (acquired in a pooling of interests transaction in fiscal 2001).

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these supplementary financial statements.

S-59


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

            
Years Ended March 31,

20022001


(In thousands)
Cash flows from operating activities:
        
Net income (loss) $137,537  $(237,599)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:        
 Non-cash unusual charge from issuance of equity instrument     286,537 
 Other non-cash unusual charges  37,019   7,500 
 Gain on investment in subsidiaries  (125,807)  (17,249)
 Changes in operating assets and liabilities:        
  Other current assets  (9,895)  (44,194)
  Other current liabilities  8,876   15,846 
  Short-term receivables and payables with intercompanies  84,835   (140,949)
   
   
 
   Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities  132,565   (130,108)
   
   
 
Cash flows from investing activities:
        
Proceeds from sales of investments  8,419   44,501 
Other investments and notes receivable  (62,534)  (65,659)
Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired  (51,700)   
Loans with intercompanies  (118,833)  (392,736)
Investment in subsidiaries  (211,369)  (1,738,437)
   
   
 
   Net cash used in investing activities  (436,017)  (2,152,331)
   
   
 
Cash flows from financing activities:
        
Bank borrowings and proceeds from long-term debt     629,596 
Repayments of bank borrowings and long-term debt     (2,000)
Proceeds from exercise of stock options and Employee Stock Purchase Plan  57,682   62,016 
Net proceeds from sale of ordinary shares in public offering  503,800   1,421,671 
Proceeds from issuance of equity instrument     100,000 
Repurchase of equity instrument  (112,000)   
   
   
 
   Net cash provided by financing activities  449,482   2,211,283 
   
   
 
Effect on cash from:        
 Exchange rate changes  (3,910)  198 
 Adjustment to conform fiscal year of pooled entities     40 
   
   
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents  142,120   (70,918)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year  348,795   419,713 
   
   
 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year $490,915  $348,795 
   
   
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these supplementary financial statements.

S-60


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

NOTES TO SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

March 31, 2002

1. ORGANIZATION OF THE COMPANY

     Flextronics International Ltd. (the “Company”) was incorporated in the Republic of Singapore. It is principally engaged in investment holding. The address of the Company’s registered office is 36 Robinson Road, #18-01, City House, Singapore 068877.

2. SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of consolidation and basis of presentation

All dollar amounts included in the financial statements are expressed in U.S. dollars unless otherwise designated as Singapore dollars (S$) or Euros ().

The accompanying supplementary financial statements solely include the standalone accounts of Flextronics International Ltd., the Parent Company. Except for the fact that these financial statements are prepared on a non-consolidated basis, these financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

Reclassifications

Certain prior years’ balances have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation.

Translation of foreign currencies

The functional currency of the Company is the U.S. dollar, with the exception of its Cayman branch which is measured in Euros. Accordingly, the financial position and results of operations of the Cayman branch are measured using the Euro as the functional currency. Accordingly, all assets and liabilities of the Cayman branch are translated into U.S. dollars at current exchange rates as of the applicable balance sheet date. Income and expense items are translated at the average exchange rate prevailing during the period. Cumulative translation gains and losses from the translation of the branch’s financial statements are reported as a separate component of shareholders’ equity.

Cash, cash equivalents and investments

     All highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less at date of purchase are carried at fair market value and considered to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash deposited in checking and money market accounts.

     The Company’s short-term investments are comprised of public corporate equity securities and are carried at fair market value. All investments are generally held in the Company’s name with major financial institutions acting as custodians. The specific identification method is used to determine the cost of securities disposed of, with realized gains and losses reflected in other income and expense. During fiscal year 2002, the Company sold all of its marketable equity securities and realized gains of approximately $0.3 million compared to $30.4 million of realized gains in fiscal year 2001. All of the Company’s short-term investments

S-61


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

NOTES TO SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

were classified as available-for-sale. Unrealized gains and losses on these investments are included as a separate component of shareholders’ equity, net of any related tax effect.

Cash equivalents and short-term investments consist of the following (in thousands):

                 
March 31, 2001
March 31, 2002

UnrealizedFair
Cost/Fair ValueCostGains (Losses)Value




Money market funds $450,236  $323,682  $  $323,682 
Corporate equity securities     1,338   349   1,687 
   
   
   
   
 
  $450,236  $325,020  $349  $325,369 
   
   
   
   
 
Included in cash and cash equivalents $450,236  $323,682  $  $323,682 
Included in short-term investments     1,338   349   1,687 
   
   
   
   
 
  $450,236  $325,020  $349  $325,369 
   
   
   
   
 

The Company also has certain investments in non-publicly traded technology companies. These investments are classified as Other Investments in the Company’s balance sheet and are carried at cost. The Company continuously monitors these investments for impairment and makes appropriate reductions in carrying values when necessary. During fiscal 2002 and 2001, the Company recorded an unusual charge of $37.0 million and $7.5 million, respectively, for other than temporary impairment of its investments in certain of these companies. See Note 9, “Unusual Charges” for further discussion.

Due from/due to subsidiaries

Balances due from and to subsidiaries are unsecured. Certain obligations are non-interest bearing and others have rates ranging from 3.75% to 10.0% (2001: 5.85% to 10.0%) per annum.

Investment in subsidiaries

Investment in subsidiaries are stated at cost. Provision is made where there is a decline in the value that is other than temporary.

Concentration of credit risk

Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk, are primarily cash equivalents and investments. The Company maintains cash and cash equivalents with various financial institutions that management believes to be of high credit quality. These financial institutions are located in many different locations throughout the world.

Use of estimates

     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements

S-62


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

NOTES TO SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Other current liabilities

Other current liabilities were comprised of the following as of March 31 (in thousands):

         
20022001


Accrued interest expense $21,274  $21,260 
Accrued professional fees  2,051   1,118 
Accrued expenses for unusual charges (Note 9)     1,356 
Other accrued liabilities  13,128   1,322 
   
   
 
  $36,453  $25,056 
   
   
 
Interest and other expense (income), net

Interest and other expense (income), net was comprised of the following for the years ended March 31 (in thousands):

          
20022001


Interest expense $76,561  $60,084 
Interest income  (10,035)  (16,390)
Intercompany interest income  (51,187)  (56,320)
Intercompany royalty income  (28,422)  (21,650)
Gain on sales of marketable securities  (293)  (30,416)
Gain on investment in subsidiaries  (145,851)  (17,249)
Other expense (income), net  (32,622)  (1,590)
   
   
 
 Total interest and other expense (income), net $(191,849) $(83,531)
   
   
 
New accounting pronouncements
Goodwill and other intangibles

     In July 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 141 and No. 142, “Business Combinations” and “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” SFAS No. 141 requires all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001 to be accounted for using the purchase method. Under SFAS No. 142, goodwill is no longer subject to amortization over its estimated useful life. Rather, goodwill is subject to at least an annual assessment for impairment, applying a fair-value based test. Additionally, an acquired intangible asset should be separately recognized if the benefit of the intangible asset is obtained through contractual or other legal rights, or if the intangible asset can be sold, transferred, licensed, rented or exchanged, regardless of the acquirer’s intent to do so. Other intangibles will continue to be valued and amortized over their estimated useful lives; in-process research and

S-63


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

NOTES TO SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

development will continue to be written off immediately. The Company adopted SFAS No. 142 in the first quarter of fiscal 2002 and no longer amortizes goodwill.

     The Company evaluates goodwill and other intangibles for impairment, at least on an annual basis and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable from its estimated future cash flows. To date, the Company has not recognized any impairment of its goodwill and other intangible assets in connection with its adoption of SFAS No. 142. However, no assurances can be given that future evaluations of goodwill will not result in charges as a result of future impairment.

     During fiscal year 2002, $29.7 million of goodwill resulted from payment by the Company for the acquisition of certain manufacturing operations from Xerox Corporation.

     All of the Company’s acquired intangible assets are subject to amortization over their estimated useful lives. Intangible assets are comprised of contractual agreements and developed technologies. Contractual agreements will be amortized on a straight-line basis over 5 years. Developed technologies will be amortized on a straight-line basis over 5 years. The Company recorded $32.2 million of additions to intangible assets during fiscal year 2002. No intangible assets amortization was recorded in fiscal 2002, as all acquired intangibles were purchased at the end of the fiscal year.

Expected future estimated annual amortization expense is as follows for the years ending March 31 (in thousands):

      
 2003 $6,432 
 2004  6,432 
 2005  6,432 
 2006  6,432 
 2007  6,432 
 Thereafter   
   
 
Total amortization expense $32,160 
   
 
Derivative instruments and hedging activities

     On April 1, 2001, the Company adopted SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” as amended by SFAS No. 137 and No. 138. All derivative instruments are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value. If the derivative is designated as a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative is recorded in Other Comprehensive Income (“OCI”) and is recognized in the statement of operations when the hedged item affects earnings. Ineffective portions of changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges are immediately recognized in earnings. If the derivative is designated as a fair value hedge, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in earnings in the current period. For derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments under SFAS 133, changes in fair values are recognized in earnings in the current period. Such instruments are typically forward contracts used to hedge foreign currency balance sheet exposures.

S-64


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

NOTES TO SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Trade Receivables Securitization

     In September 2000, the FASB issued SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishment of Liabilities — a replacement of FASB Statement No. 125.” The new standard carries forward some provisions of SFAS No. 125, but modifies the methods of accounting for securitizations and other transfers of financial assets and collateral, in addition to requiring additional disclosures. The Company adopted SFAS No. 140 in the first quarter of fiscal 2002. The adoption of SFAS No. 140 did not have a material impact on the financial position or results of operations of the Company.

3. SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW DISCLOSURES

The following information relates to fiscal years ended March 31 (in thousands):

          
20022001


Cash paid for:        
 Interest $76,174  $44,840 
 Income taxes     1 
Non-cash investing and financing activities:        
 Issuance of ordinary shares for purchases of OEM assets     26,902 
 Issuance of ordinary shares for acquisitions of businesses  182,589   338,583 

4. BANK BORROWINGS AND LONG-TERM DEBT

     In June 2000, the Company issued approximately $645.0 million of senior subordinated notes, consisting of $500.0 million of 9.875% notes and E150.0 million of 9.75% notes. Interest is payable on July 1 and January 1 of each year, commencing January 1, 2001. The notes mature on July 1, 2010. The Company may redeem the notes on or after July 1, 2005. The approximate fair value of the 9.875% senior subordinated notes and the 9.75% euro senior subordinated notes based on broker trading prices was 105.5% and 107.25% of the face value on March 31, 2002, respectively.

     Additionally, the Company has $150.0 million in unsecured senior subordinated notes due in 2007 outstanding with an annual interest rate of 8.75%. Interest is payable on April 15 and October 15 of each year. The notes mature on October 15, 2007. The approximate fair value of the unsecured senior subordinated notes based on broker trading prices was 101.25% of the face value on March 31, 2002.

     The indentures relating to the notes contain certain covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of the Group (the Company and its subsidiaries) to (i) incur additional debt, (ii) issue or sell stock of certain subsidiaries, (iii) engage in asset sales, and (iv) make distributions or pay dividends. The covenants are subject to a number of significant expectations and limitations. As of March 31, 2002, the Group was in compliance with its debt covenants.

     In March 2002, the Group replaced its existing credit facilities, with an $800.0 million Revolving Credit Facility (“Credit Facility”) with a syndicate of domestic and foreign banks. The Credit Facility consisted of two separate credit agreements, one providing for up to $400.0 million principal amount of revolving credit loans to the Company and designated subsidiaries (“Tranche A”) and one providing for up to $400.0 million

S-65


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

NOTES TO SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

principal amount of revolving credit loans to a U.S. subsidiary of the Company (“Tranche B”). Both Tranche A and Tranche B are split one-third to a 364-day and two-thirds to a three-year facility. Borrowings under the Credit Facility bear interest, at the Group’s option, at either: (i) the base rate (as defined in the Credit Facility); or (ii) the LIBOR rate (as defined in the Credit Facility) plus the applicable margin for LIBOR loans ranging between 0.875% and 2.25%, based on the Group’s credit ratings and facility usage. The Group is required to pay a quarterly commitment fee ranging from 0.125% to 0.50% per annum, based on the Group’s credit ratings, of the unutilized portion of the Credit Facility.

     The Credit Facility is unsecured, and contains certain restrictions on the Group’s ability to (i) incur certain debt, (ii) make certain investments and (iii) make certain acquisitions of other entities. The Credit Facility also requires that the Group maintain certain financial covenants, including, among other things, a maximum ratio of total indebtedness to EBITDA (earnings before interest expense, taxes, depreciation, and amortization), a minimum ratio of fixed charge coverage, and a minimum net worth, as defined, during the term of the Credit Facility. Borrowings under the Credit Facility are guaranteed by the Company and certain of its subsidiaries. As of March 31, 2002, there were no borrowings outstanding under the Credit Facility and the Group was in compliance with its covenants.

Long-term debt, of which none was current, was comprised of the following at March 31 (in thousands):

         
20022001


Senior subordinated notes $778,269  $779,596 

Maturities for the Company’s long-term debt are as follows for the years ending March 31 (in thousands):

     
2003 $ 
2004   
2005   
2006   
2007   
Thereafter  778,269 
   
 
  $778,269 
   
 

5. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     The value of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents and investments carrying amount approximates fair value. The fair value of the Company’s long-term debt (see Note 4, “Bank Borrowings and Long-Term Debt”) is determined based on current broker trading prices. The Company’s cash equivalents are comprised of cash deposited in money market funds (see Note 2, “Summary of Accounting Policies”). The Company’s investment policy limits the amount of credit exposure to 20% of the total investment portfolio in any single issuer.

     The Company enters into forward exchange contracts to hedge underlying transactional currency exposures and does not engage in foreign currency speculation. The credit risk of these forward contracts is

S-66


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

NOTES TO SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

minimal since the contracts are with large financial institutions. The Company hedges committed exposures and these forward contracts generally do not subject the Company to risk of accounting losses. The gains and losses on forward contracts generally offset the gains and losses on the assets, liabilities and transactions hedged. The majority of these foreign exchange contracts expire in less than one month, and almost all expire within three months.

6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

     In fiscal 2002, the Group entered into a receivables securitization agreement and sold a designated pool of qualified trade receivables to a third party qualified special purpose entity, which in turn sold an undivided ownership interest to a conduit, administrated by an unaffiliated financial institution. The agreement, which expires in March 2003, is subject to annual renewal and has a current maximum limit of $250.0 million. The accounts receivable balances that were sold were removed from the Group’s consolidated balance sheet and the proceeds received from the sale are reflected as cash provided by operating activities in the Group’s consolidated statement of cash flows. The Group accounts for its sale of receivables to the qualified special purpose entity, as sales under SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities.”

     The Company participates in the securitization agreement as an investor conduit. This is to allow the operating subsidiaries to receive full cash payment for sold receivables, less a deferred purchase price receivable, representing a reserve for potential credit losses, interest and fees. Depending on the collection performance of sold receivables, the Company’s portion of the total investment varies. On March 31, 2002, the Company’s investment was approximately $53.5 million, classified as Other Assets in the Company’s balance sheet.

     The Group will continue to service, administer and collect the receivables on the behalf of the limited purpose entity and receives a servicing fee approximately 1% of sold receivables per annum, which management has determined approximates market compensation for these services. The Group pays facility and commitment fees of up to 0.24% for unused amounts under the line and program fees of up to 0.34% of outstanding amounts.

     We are party to various legal proceedings that arise in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate disposition of these proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on the financial position, liquidity or results of operations of the Company.

7. INCOME TAXES

     The Company is a Singapore corporation and is a non-resident for Singapore tax purposes. Non-Singapore resident taxpayers, subject to certain exceptions, are subject to income tax on 1) income that is accrued in or derived from Singapore and 2) foreign income received in Singapore.

     Since the Company did not derive income from or receive foreign income in Singapore, it is not subject to Singapore income tax. To the extent that the Company continues to meet the above-mentioned requirements as determined by current law, no Singapore income tax will be imposed on the Company. Accordingly, the Company records minimal current income tax expense and does not record any deferred income taxes.

S-67


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

NOTES TO SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

8. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Secondary Offerings

During fiscal 2002 and 2001, the Company completed various secondary offerings of its ordinary shares. The Company received net proceeds of approximately $503.8 million (20,000,000 ordinary shares sold) and $1.4 billion (39,650,000 ordinary shares sold) in fiscal years 2002 and 2001, respectively.

Stock Splits

In fiscal 2001, the Company effected a 2:1 stock split. A distribution of 209,001,331 ordinary shares occurred on October 16, 2000. In fiscal 2000, the Company effected a 2:1 stock split, resulting in the distribution of 57,497,204 ordinary shares on December 22, 1999. Each of the stock splits was effected as a bonus issue (the Singapore equivalent of a stock dividend). The Company has accounted for these transactions as a stock split and all share and per share amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect all stock splits.

Strategic Alliance

     In connection with the Group’s strategic alliance with Motorola Inc. (“Motorola”) in May 2000, Motorola paid $100.0 million for an equity instrument that entitled it to acquire 22,000,000 million Flextronics ordinary shares at any time through December 31, 2005 upon meeting targeted purchase levels or making additional payments to the Group. The issuance of this equity instrument resulted in a one-time charge equal to the excess of the fair value of the equity instrument issued over the $100.0 million proceeds received. As a result, the one-time non-cash charge amounted to approximately $286.5 million offset by a corresponding credit to additional paid-in capital in fiscal 2001.

In June 2001, the Group entered into an agreement with Motorola under which it repurchased this equity instrument for $112.0 million. The fair value of the equity instrument on the date it was repurchased exceeded the amount paid to repurchase the equity instrument. Accordingly, the Group accounted for the repurchase of the equity instrument as a reduction to shareholders’ equity in the consolidated statement of shareholders’ equity.

Shares Issued for Acquisitions

     During fiscal 2002, the Company issued approximately 7.3 million ordinary shares for acquisitions of certain businesses (by the Group), which equated to approximately $163.4 million of purchase price. The fair value of the ordinary shares was determined based on the quoted market prices of the Company’s ordinary shares for a reasonable period, generally three days, before and after the date the terms of the acquisitions were agreed and announced. The acquired companies include ASIC International, Inc. in May 2001, Telcom Global Solutions Holdings, Inc. in August 2001 and Instrumentation Engineering, Inc. in October 2001. Also, during fiscal 2002, the Company issued 0.6 million ordinary shares or approximately $19.2 million of purchase price for contingent price adjustments and other adjustments for historical acquisitions.

     During fiscal 2001, the Company issued approximately 10.8 million ordinary shares for acquisitions of certain businesses and manufacturing operations (by the Group), which equated to approximately $365.5 mil-

S-68


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

NOTES TO SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

lion of purchase price. The fair value of the ordinary shares was determined based on the quoted market prices of the Company’s ordinary shares for a reasonable period, generally three days, before and after the date the terms of the acquisitions were agreed and announced. The acquired companies include Irish Express Logistics, Inc. in August 2001, Photonics Packaging Technologies, Inc. in August 2001, Ojala-Yhtma Oy. in January 2001, Li Xin Industries Ltd. in January 2001, Wave Optics, Inc. in February 2001 and Ericsson Radio AB in March 2001. Also, during fiscal 2001, the Company issued approximately 0.7 million ordinary shares in connection with several immaterial pooling of interests transactions.

Stock-based Compensation

     The Company’s 2001 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2001 Plan”) provides for grants of up to 7,000,000 stock options. Additionally, the remaining shares that are available under the Company’s 1993 Share Option Plan (the “1993 Plan”) and any shares issuable upon exercise of the options granted under the 1993 Plan that expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, will be available for grant under the 2001 Plan. The adoption of the 2001 Plan mandated that no additional options be granted under the 1993 Plan. Any options outstanding under the 1993 Plan will remain outstanding until exercised or until they terminate or expire by their terms. The 2001 Plan contains two separate equity incentive programs including a discretionary option grant program and an automatic option grant program. The discretionary option grant program is administered by the Compensation Committee with respect to officers and directors and by the Chairman of the Company’s Board, with respect to all other employees.

     Options issued under the 2001 Plan and 1993 Plan generally vest over 4 years. Options granted under the 2001 Plan expire 10 years from the date of grant. Pursuant to an amendment to the provisions relating to the term of options provided under the 1993 Plan, options granted subsequent to October 1, 2000 expire 10 years from the date of grant, rather than the five-year term previously provided. The 2001 Plan and 1993 Plan provide for option grants at an exercise price equal to the fair market value per ordinary share on the option grant date.

     The Company’s 1997, 1998 and 1999 Interim Option Plans provide for grants of up to 2,000,000, 3,144,000, and 5,200,000 stock options, respectively. These plans provide grants of non-statutory stock options to employees and other qualified individuals to purchase ordinary shares of the Company. Options under these plans cannot be granted to executive officers and directors. All Interim Option Plans have an exercise price of not less than 85% of the fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of grant. Options issued under these plans generally vest over 4 years and expire 5 years from the date of grant.

     The Company’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Purchase Plan”) provides for issuance of up to 2,400,000 ordinary shares. The Purchase Plan was approved by the shareholders in October 1997. Under the Purchase Plan, employees may purchase, on a periodic basis, a limited number of ordinary shares through payroll deductions over a six-month period up to 10% of each participant’s compensation. The per share purchase price is 85% of the fair market value of the stock at the beginning or end of the offering period, whichever is lower. The ordinary shares sold under this plan in fiscal 2002 and 2001, amounted to 767,301 and 445,476, respectively. The weighted-average fair value of ordinary shares sold under this plan in fiscal 2002 and 2001 was $20.08 and $20.00 per share, respectively.

S-69


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

NOTES TO SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table gives information about equity awards under the Company’s 2001 Plan; 1993 Plan; 1997, 1998 and 1999 Interim Option Plans; and Purchase Plan.

             
(A)(B)(C)
Number of Ordinary Shares
Remaining Available for
Future Issuance Under
Number of OrdinaryWeighted-AverageEquity Compensation
Shares to be IssuedExercise PricePlans (Excluding Ordinary
Upon Exercise ofof OutstandingShares Reflected
Plan CategoryOutstanding OptionsOptionsin Column (A))




Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders  33,975,652  $17.84   6,691,359(1)
Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders(3)  3,547,859  $8.08   2,866,999(2)
   
   
   
 
Total  37,523,511  $16.92   9,558,358 
   
   
   
 


(1) Of these shares, 6,060,736 hares remain available for grant under the 2001 Plan and 630,623 shares remain available for purchase under the Purchase Plan.
(2) Of these shares, 2,197,165 shares remain available for grant under the 1999 Interim Option Plan, 177,470 shares remain available for grant under the 1998 Interim Option Plan and 492,364 shares remain available for grant under the 1997 Interim Option Plan.
(3) The Company has certain option plans and the underlying options of companies, which the Company has merged with or acquired (the “Assumed Plans”). Total stock options assumed under these plans amounted to 8,097,628. These options have a weighted average exercise price of $6.12 per share. Options under the Assumed Plans have been converted into the Company’s options and adjusted to effect the appropriate conversion ratio as specified by the applicable acquisition agreement, but are otherwise administered in accordance with the terms of the Assumed Plans. Options under the Assumed Plans generally vest over 4 years and expire 10 years from the date of grant. No further awards will be made under the Assumed Plans. Statistics regarding the assumed options are not included in the above table.

S-70


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

NOTES TO SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table presents the activity for options outstanding under all of the stock option plans as of March 31 (“Price” reflects the weighted average exercise price):

                 
20022001


OptionsPriceOptionsPrice




Outstanding, beginning of year  47,235,431  $13.35   44,853,772  $7.46 
Granted  9,009,567   16.51   14,655,646   23.23 
Exercised  (7,989,287)  5.43   (11,404,613)  5.54 
Forfeited  (2,614,572)  18.86   (869,374)  23.98 
   
       
     
Outstanding, end of year  45,641,139  $15.00   47,235,431  $13.35 
   
       
     
Exercisable, end of year  24,490,124       21,065,008     
   
       
     
Weighted average fair value per option granted $12.43      $12.60     
   
       
     

The following table presents the composition of options outstanding and exercisable as of March 31, 2002 (“Price” and “Life” reflect the weighted average exercise price and weighted average contractual life unless otherwise noted):

                     
Options OutstandingOptions Exercisable
Range of

Exercise PricesAmountPriceLifeAmountPrice






$ 0.39 - $ 5.61  9,849,974  $3.73   2.90   9,432,591  $3.70 
  6.00 -  13.98  9,532,019   9.03   4.26   6,657,655   8.59 
 14.03 -  18.19  9,967,710   15.33   6.56   2,493,666   14.79 
 18.53 -  23.19  9,534,444   22.72   8.18   2,902,109   22.55 
 23.61 -  44.12  6,756,992   28.43   3.42   3,004,103   28.43 
   
           
     
Total, March 31, 2002  45,641,139  $15.00   5.16   24,490,124  $11.43 
   
           
     

     The Company has elected to follow APB Opinion No. 25 “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” and related interpretations in accounting for its employee stock option plans and employee stock purchase plans and has adopted the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 123 “Accounting for Stock Based Compensation.” Because the exercise price of the Company’s stock options has equaled the fair value of the underlying stock on the date of grant, no compensation expense has been recognized under APB Opinion No. 25. Had the compensation cost for the Company’s stock-based compensation plans been determined based on the fair

S-71


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

NOTES TO SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

values of these options, the Group’s fiscal 2002 and 2001 net income (loss) and earnings (loss) per share would have been adjusted to the proforma amounts indicated below:

          
Years Ended March 31,

20022001


Net income (loss):        
 As reported $(153,748) $(446,019)
 Proforma  (220,925)  (596,494)
Basic earnings (loss) per share:        
 As reported $(0.31) $(1.01)
 Proforma  (0.45)  (1.35)
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:        
 As reported $(0.31) $(1.01)
 Proforma  (0.45)  (1.35)

In accordance with the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 123, the fair value of employee stock options granted during fiscal 2002 and 2001 was estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes model and the following weighted average assumptions:

     
Years Ended March 31,

20022001


Volatility 62% 62%
Risk-free interest rate range 6.3% 6.3%
Dividend yield   0%   0%
Expected lives 9.6 yrs 3.6 yrs

     Because SFAS No. 123 is applicable only to awards granted subsequent to December 30, 1994, and due to the subjective nature of the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model, the proforma net income (loss) and earnings (loss) per share disclosures may not reflect the associated fair value of the outstanding options.

9. UNUSUAL CHARGES

     The Company recognized unusual pre-tax charges of approximately $37.0 million and $306.6 million during fiscal years 2002 and 2001, respectively. Unusual charges recorded in fiscal 2002, related to the impairment of investments in certain technology companies. Unusual charges recorded in fiscal 2001, included approximately $286.5 million related to the issuance of an equity instrument to Motorola, $12.6 million related to direct transactions costs in connection with the various mergers consummated during fiscal 2001 and $7.5 million for impairment of investments in certain technology companies.

     On May 30, 2000, the Group entered into a strategic alliance for product manufacturing with Motorola. See Note 8, “Shareholders’ Equity,” for further information concerning the strategic alliance. In connection with this strategic alliance, Motorola paid $100.0 million for an equity instrument that entitles it to acquire 22,000,000 Flextronics ordinary shares at any time through December 31, 2005, upon meeting targeted

S-72


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

NOTES TO SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

purchase levels or making additional payments to the Group. The issuance of this equity instrument resulted in a one-time non-cash charge equal to the excess of the fair value of the equity instrument issued over the $100.0 million proceeds received. As a result, the one-time non-cash charge amounted to approximately $286.5 million offset by a corresponding credit to additional paid-in capital in fiscal 2001. In June 2001, the Group entered into an agreement with Motorola under which it repurchased this equity instrument for $112.0 million.

     The direct transaction costs of approximately $12.6 million of costs primarily related to investment banking and financial advisory fees as well as legal and accounting costs associated with the various merger transactions by the Group during fiscal 2001, including The DII Group, Inc., Lightning Metal Specialties and related entities, Chatham Technologies, Inc., Palo Alto Products International Pte. Ltd. and JIT Holdings, Ltd. As of March 31, 2002 and March 31, 2001, the remaining balance classified as Other Current Liabilities was nil and $1.4 million, respectively.

10. AUDITORS’ REMUNERATION

     During the fiscal years ended March 31, 2002 and 2001, the aggregate fees billed by the Company’s independent auditors, Arthur Andersen LLP, for audit services were $0.5 million and $0.9 million, respectively.

S-73


July 2, 2002

Flextronics International Ltd.

36 Robinson Road #18-01
City House
Singapore 068877
Attn: Ms. Yap Lune Teng
Joint Secretary

Dear Sirs:

RE:     Nomination of Auditors

I, the undersigned, being a member of your Company, hereby nominate (pursuant to Section 205(11) of the Companies Act, Cap. 50 of Singapore) M/s Deloitte & Touche for appointment as Auditors of your Company at your Company’s forthcoming Annual General Meeting in place of M/s Arthur Andersen.

Accordingly, I intend to propose the following resolution at your Company’s forthcoming Annual General Meeting:

“THAT M/s Deloitte & Touche be and are hereby appointed as Auditors, in place of M/s Arthur Andersen, to hold office until the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting at a fee to be determined by the Directors.”

Yours faithfully,

/s/ CHRISTOPHER COLLIER

Christopher Collier


PARKING FACILITIES

     Flextronics has reserved parking spaces for shareholders attending the meeting. These spaces will be designated as “Reserved for Flextronics Shareholders’ Meeting.”

DRIVING DIRECTIONS

The Annual General Meeting of Shareholders will be held at Flextronics’ principal corporate offices located at 2090 Fortune Drive, San Jose, California, United States of America.

(MAP DIRECTIONS)

Directions from Highway 101 (Northbound and Southbound)

•     Montague Expressway Exit (head East)
•     Take Montague Expressway to Trade Zone
•     Right onto Trade Zone
•     Right onto Lundy Avenue
•     Right onto Fortune Drive (1st traffic light)
•     Left into the third driveway

Directions from Highway 680 (Southbound)                 

•     Capital Avenue Exit
•     Left onto Trade Zone
•     Left onto Lundy Avenue
•     Right onto Fortune Drive (1st traffic light)
•     Left into the third driveway

3610-PS-02


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

2001 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

As Adopted August 13, 2001 and amended through June 29, 2004

1. PURPOSE.PURPOSE

     The purpose of this Plan is to provide incentives to attract, retain and motivate eligible persons whose present and potential contributions are important to the success of the Company, its Parent and Subsidiaries, by offering them an opportunity to participate in the Company’s future performance through awardsgrants of Options.Awards. Capitalized terms not defined in the text are defined in Section 20.21.

2. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.PLAN

2.1 Number of Shares Available.Available

     Subject to Sections 2.2 and 15, the total number of Shares reserved and available for grant and issuance pursuant to this Plan will be 7,000,000 Shares plus shares that are subject to issuance upon exercise of an OptionAward but cease to be subject to such OptionAward for any reason other than exercise of such Option.Award. In addition, any authorized shares not issued or subject to outstanding grants under the Company’s 1993 Share Option Plan, (the1997 Interim Option Plan, 1998 Interim Option Plan, 1999 Interim Option Plan, ASIC International, Inc. Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan, Wave Optics, Inc. 1997 Share Option Plan, Wave Optics, Inc. 2000 Share Option Plan, Chatham Technologies, Inc. Stock Option Plan, Chatham Technologies, Inc. 1997 Stock Option Plan, IEC Holdings Limited 1997 Share Option Scheme, Palo Alto Products International Private Ltd 1996 Share Option Plan, The DII Group, Inc. 1994 Stock Incentive Plan, The DII Group, Inc. 1993 Stock Option Plan, Orbit Semiconductor, Inc. 1994 Stock Incentive Plan, Telcom Global Solutions Holdings, Inc. 2000 Equity Incentive Plan, Telcom Global Solutions, Inc. 2000 Stock Option Plan, KMOS Semi-Customs, Inc. 1989 Stock Option Plan, and KMOS Semi-Customs, Inc. 1990 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan, (each a “PRIOR PLAN”Plan” and collectively, the “PRIOR PLANS”) that are forfeited and/or that are issuable upon exercise of options granted pursuant to the Prior PlanPlans that expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, will no longer be available for grant and issuance under the Prior Plan,Plans, but will be available for grant and issuance under this Plan. At all times the Company shall reserve and keep available a sufficient number of Shares as shall be required to satisfy the requirements of all outstanding OptionsAwards granted under this Plan. No more than 30,000,000 Shares shall be issued as ISOs and no more than 10,000,000 Shares shall be issued as Stock Bonuses. No more than 2,000,000 Shares may be issued and outstanding at any point during the term of this Plan pursuant to Awards granted under Section 20 of this Plan.

2.2 Adjustment of Shares. Shares

Should any change be made to the Shares issuable under the Plan by reason of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the outstanding Shares as a class without the Company’s receipt of consideration, then appropriate adjustments shall be made to (i) the maximum number and/or class of securities issuable under the Plan, (ii) the maximum number and/or class of securities for which any Participant may be granted OptionsAwards over the term of the Plan, (iii) the number and/or class of securities and price per Share in effect under each OptionAward outstanding under SectionSections 5, 7, and 7,20, and (iv) the class of securities for which automatic Option grants are to be subsequently made to newly elected or continuing Outside Directors under Section 7. Such adjustments to the outstanding OptionsAwards are to be effected in a manner which shall preclude the enlargement or dilution of rights and benefits under such options,Awards, provided, however, that (i) fractions of a Share will not be issued but will be replaced by a cash payment equal to the Fair Market Value of such fraction of a Share, as determined by the Committee, and (ii) no such adjustment shall be made if as a result, the Exercise Price would fall below the par value of a Share and if such adjustment would but for this paragraph (ii) result in the Exercise Price being less than the par value of a Share, the Exercise Price payable shall be the par value of a Share. The adjustments determined by the Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive. The repricing, replacement or regranting of any previously granted Option, Award,

44


through cancellation or by lowering the Exercise Price or Purchase Price of such Option,Award, shall be prohibited unless the shareholders of the Company first approve such repricing, replacement or regranting.

3. ELIGIBILITY.ELIGIBILITY

     All Awards may be granted to employees, officers and directors of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. No person will be eligible to receive more than 4,000,000 Shares in any calendar year under this Plan pursuant to the grant of Awards hereunder; provided, however, that no Outside Director will be eligible to receive more than 100,000*50,000 Shares, in the aggregate, in any calendar year under this Plan pursuant to the grant of Awards hereunder. A person may be granted more than one Award under this Plan.

4. ADMINISTRATION.ADMINISTRATION

4.1 Committee Authority.Authority

     This Plan will be administered by the Committee or by the Board acting as the Committee. Except for automatic grants to Outside Directors pursuant to Section 7 hereof, and subject to the general purposes, terms and conditions of this Plan, and to the direction of the Board, the Committee will have


*The initial number of shares was 50,000. An amendment to increase this number to 100,000 is being submitted to shareholders for approval at the 2002 Annual General Meeting to be held on August 29, 2002.


full power to implement and carry out this Plan. Except for automatic grants to Outside Directors pursuant to Section 7 hereof, the Committee will have the authority to:

 (a)construe and interpret this Plan, any Award Agreement and any other agreement or document executed pursuant to this Plan;
 
 (b)prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to this Plan or any Award;
 
 (c)select persons to receive Awards;
 
 (d)determine the form and terms of Awards;
 
 (e)determine the number of Shares or other consideration subject to Awards;
 
 (f)determine whether Awards will be granted singly, in combination with, in tandem with, in replacement of, or as alternatives to, other Awards under this Plan or any other incentive or compensation plan of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company;

 (g)grant waivers of Plan or Award conditions;

 (h)determine the vesting, exercisability and payment of Awards;
 
 (i)correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in this Plan, any Award or any Award Agreement;
 
 (j)determine whether an Award has been earned; and
 
 (k)make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of this Plan.

4.2 Committee Discretion.Discretion

     Except for automatic grants to Outside Directors pursuant to Section 7 hereof, any determination made by the Committee with respect to any Award will be made in its sole discretion at the time of grant of the Award or, unless in contravention of any express term of this Plan or Award, at any later time, and such determination will be final and binding on the Company and on all persons having an interest in any Award under this Plan. The Committee may delegate to one or more officers of the Company the authority to grant an Award under this Plan to Participants who are not Insiders of the Company.

5. OPTIONS. OPTIONS

The Committee may grant Options to eligible persons and will determine whether such Options will be Incentive Stock Options within the meaning of the Code (“ISO”ISOs”) or Nonqualified Stock Options (“NQSOs”),

45


the number of Shares subject to the Option, the Exercise Price of the Option, the period during which the Option may be exercised, and all other terms and conditions of the Option, subject to the following:

5.1 Form of Option Grant.Grant

     Each Option granted under this Plan will be evidenced by an Award Agreement which will expressly identify the Option as an ISO or an NQSO (“STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT”), and, except as otherwise required by the terms of Section 7 hereof, will be in such form and contain such provisions (which need not be the same for each Participant) as the Committee may from time to time approve, and which will comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan.

5.2 Date of Grant.Grant

     The date of grant of an Option will be the date on which the Committee makes the determination to grant such Option, unless otherwise specified by the Committee. The Stock Option Agreement and a copy of this Plan will be delivered to the Participant within a reasonable time after the granting of the Option.

5.3 Exercise Period.Period

     Options may be exercisable within the times or upon the events determined by the Committee as set forth in the Stock Option Agreement governing such Option; provided,

-2-


however, that no Option will be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date the Option is granted; and provided further that (i) no ISO granted to a person who directly or by attribution owns more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of shares or stock of the Company or of any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company (“TEN PERCENT SHAREHOLDER”) will be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date the ISO is granted and (ii) no Option granted to a person who is not an employee of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company on the date of grant of that Option will be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date the Option is granted. The Committee also may provide for Options to become exercisable at one time or from time to time, periodically or otherwise, in such number of Shares or percentage of Shares as the Committee determines.

5.4 Exercise Price.Price

     The Exercise Price of an Option will be determined by the Committee when the Option is granted; provided that: (i) the Exercise Price will be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant; and (ii) the Exercise Price of any ISO granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder will not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant. In no event may the Exercise Price of an Option be less than the par value of the Shares. Payment for the Shares purchased may be made in accordance with Section 6 of this Plan.

5.5 Method of Exercise.Exercise

     (a) Options may be exercised only by delivery to the Company (or as the Company may direct) of a written stock option exercise agreement (the “Exercise Agreement”) (in the case of a written Exercise Agreement, in the form approved by the Board or the Committee, which need not be the same for each Participant), in each case stating the number of Shares being purchased, the restrictions imposed on the Shares purchased under such Exercise Agreement, if any, and such representations and agreements regarding Participant’s investment intent and access to information and other matters, if any, as may be required or desirable by the Company to comply with applicable securities laws, together with payment in full of the Exercise Price for the number of Shares being purchased.

     (b) A written Exercise Agreement may be communicated electronically through the use of such security device (including, without limitation, any logon identifier, password, personal identification number, smartcard, digital certificate, digital signature, encryption device, electronic key, and/or other code or any access procedure incorporating any one or more of the foregoing) as may be designated by the Board or the Committee for use in conjunction with the Plan from time to time (“Security Device”), or via an electronic page, site, or environment designated by the Company which is accessible only through the use of such Security Device, and such written Exercise Agreement shall thereby be deemed to have been sent by the designated holder of such Security

46


Device. The Company (or its agent) may accept and act upon any written Exercise Agreement issued and/or transmitted through the use of the Participant’s Security Device (whether actually authorized by the Participant or not) as his authentic and duly authorized Exercise Agreement and the Company (or its agent) may treat such Exercise Agreement as valid and binding on the Participant notwithstanding any error, fraud, forgery, lack of clarity or misunderstanding in the terms of such Exercise Agreement. All written Exercise Agreements issued and/or transmitted through the use of the Participant’s Security Device (whether actually authorized by the Participant or not) are irrevocable and binding on the Participant upon transmission to the Company (or as the Company may direct) and the Company (or its agent) shall be entitled to effect, perform or process such Exercise Agreement without the Participant’s further consent and without further reference to the Participant.

     (c) The Company’s records of the Exercise Agreements (whether delivered or communicated electronically or in printed form), and its record of any transactions maintained by any relevant person authorized by the Company relating to or connected with the Plan, whether stored in audio, electronic, printed or other form, shall be binding and conclusive on the Participant and shall be conclusive evidence of such Exercise Agreements and/or transactions. All such records shall be admissible in evidence and, in the case of a written Exercise Agreement which has been communicated electronically, the Participant shall not challenge or dispute the admissibility, reliability, accuracy or the authenticity of the contents of such records merely on the basis that such records were incorporated and/or set out in electronic form or were produced by or are the output of a computer system, and the Participant waives any of his rights (if any) to so object.

-3-5.6 Termination


          5.6 Termination.     Notwithstanding the exercise periods set forth in the Stock Option Agreement, exercise of an Option will always be subject to the following:

 (a)If the Participant is Terminated for any reason except death or Disability, then the Participant may exercise such Participant’s Options only to the extent that such Options would have been exercisable upon the Termination Date no later than three (3) months after the Termination Date (or such shorter or longer time period not exceeding five (5) years as may be determined by the Committee, provided, that any Option which is exercised beyond three (3) months after the Termination Date shall be deemed to be an NQSO), but in any event no later than the expiration date of the Options.

 (b)If the Participant is Terminated because of the Participant’s death or Disability (or the Participant dies within three (3) months after a Termination other than for Cause or because of the Participant’s Disability), then the Participant’s Options may be exercised only to the extent that such Options would have been exercisable by the Participant on the Termination Date and must be exercised by the Participant (or the Participant’s legal representative or authorized assignee) no later than twelve (12) months after the Termination Date (or such shorter or longer time period not exceeding five (5) years as may be determined by the Committee, provided, that any Option which is exercised beyond twelve (12) months after the Termination Date when the Termination is for Participant’s Disability, shall be deemed to be an NQSO), but in any event no later than the expiration date of the Options.

 (c)If the Participant is terminated for Cause, then the Participant’s Options shall expire on such Participant’s Termination Date, or at such later time and on such conditions as are determined by the Committee (but in any event, no later than the expiration date of the Options).

5.7 Limitations on Exercise.Exercise

     The Committee may specify a reasonable minimum number of Shares that may be purchased on any exercise of an Option, provided that such minimum number will not prevent Participant from exercising the Option for the full number of Shares for which it is then exercisable.

5.8 Limitations on ISO. ISO

The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the date of grant) of Shares with respect to which ISO are exercisable for the first time by a Participant during any calendar year (under this Plan or under any other incentive stock option plan of the Company, Parent or Subsidiary of the Company) will not exceed US$100,000. If the Fair Market Value of Shares on the date of grant with respect to which ISO are exercisable for the first

47


time by a Participant during any calendar year exceeds US$100,000, then the Options for the first US$100,000 worth of Shares to become exercisable in such calendar year will be ISO and the Options for the amount in excess of US$100,000 that become exercisable in that calendar year will be NQSOs. In the event that the Code or the regulations promulgated thereunder are amended after the Effective Date of this Plan to provide for a different limit on the Fair Market Value of Shares permitted to be subject to ISO, such different limit will be automatically incorporated herein and will apply to any Options granted after the effective date of such amendment.

5.9 Modification, Extension or Renewal.Renewal

     The Committee may modify, extend or renew outstanding Options and authorize the grant of new Options in substitution therefor, provided that any such action may not, without the written consent of a Participant, impair any of such Participant’s rights under any Option previously granted, and provided further that the exercise period of any Option may not in any event be extended beyond the periods specified in Section 5.3. Any outstanding ISO that is modified, extended, renewed or otherwise altered will be treated in accordance with Section 424(h) of the Code.

5.10 No Disqualification.Disqualification

     Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan, no term of this Plan relating to ISO will be interpreted, amended or altered, nor will any discretion or authority granted under this Plan be exercised, so as to disqualify this Plan under Section 422 of the Code or, without the consent of the Participant affected, to disqualify any ISO under Section 422 of the Code.

-4-


6. PAYMENT FOR SHARE PURCHASES.PURCHASES

6.1 Payment.Payment

     Payment for Shares purchased pursuant to this Plan may be made in cash (by check) or, where expressly approved for the Participant by the Committee and where permitted by law:

(a)
(a)by cancellation of indebtedness of the Company to the Participant;

 
(b)by waiver of compensation due or accrued to the Participant for services rendered;

 
(c)with respect only to purchases upon exercise of an Option, and provided that a public market for the Company’s Shares exists:

(1)
     (i)through a “same day sale” commitment from the Participant and a broker-dealer that is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers (an “NASD DEALER”) whereby the Participant irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to sell a portion of the Shares so purchased to pay for the Exercise Price, and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the Exercise Price directly to the Company; or

 (2)     (ii) through a “margin” commitment from the Participant and a NASD Dealer whereby the Participant irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to pledge the Shares so purchased to the NASD Dealer in a margin account as security for a loan from the NASD Dealer in the amount of the Exercise Price, and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the Exercise Price directly to the Company;

(d)
(d)conversion of a convertible note issued by the Company, the terms of which provide that it is convertible into Shares issuable pursuant to the Plan (with the principal amount and any accrued interest being converted and credited dollar for dollar to the payment of the Exercise Price); or

 
(e)by any combination of the foregoing.

48


7. AUTOMATIC GRANTS TO OUTSIDE DIRECTORS.DIRECTORS

7.1 Types of Options and Shares.Shares

     Options granted under this Plan and subject to this Section 7 shall be NQSOs.

7.2 Eligibility.Eligibility

     Options subject to this Section 7 shall be granted only to Outside Directors. In no event, however, may any Outside Director be granted any Options under this Section 7 if such grant is (a) prohibited, or (b) restricted (either absolutely or subject to various securities requirements, whether legal or administrative, being complied with), in the jurisdiction in which such Outside Director is resident under the relevant securities laws of that jurisdiction.

7.3 Initial Grant.Grant

     Each Outside Director who first becomes a member of the Board after the Effective Date will automatically be granted an Option for 25,000**20,000 Shares (an “INITIAL GRANT”) on the date such Outside Director first becomes a member of the Board. Each Outside Director who became a member of the Board on or prior to the Effective Date and who did not receive a prior option grant (under this Plan or otherwise and from the Company or any of its corporate predecessors) will receive an Initial Grant on the Effective Date.


**The initial number of shares was 20,000. An amendment to increase this number to 25,000 is being submitted to shareholders for approval at the 2002 Annual General Meeting to be held on August 29, 2002.

-5-


7.4 Succeeding Grant.Grant

     Immediately following each Annual General Meeting of shareholders of the Company, each Outside Director will automatically be granted an Option for 12,500***6,000 Shares (a “SUCCEEDING GRANT”), provided, that the Outside Director is a member of the Board on such date and has served continuously as a member of the Board for a period of at least twelve (12) months since the last Option grant (whether an Initial Grant or a Succeeding Grant) to such Outside Director. If less than twelve (12) months has passed, then the number of shares subject to the Succeeding Grant will be pro-rated based on the number of days passed since the last Option grant to such Outside Director, divided by 365 days.

7.5 Vesting and Exercisability.Exercisability

     The date an Outside Director receives an Initial Grant or a Succeeding Grant is referred to in this Plan as the “START DATE” for such Option.

(a)Initial Grant. Each Initial Grant will vest and be exercisable as to 25% of the Shares on the first one year anniversary of the Start Date for such Initial Grant, and thereafter as to 1/48 of the Shares at the end of each full succeeding month, so long as the Outside Director continuously remains a director or a consultant of the Company.
(b)Succeeding Grant. Each Succeeding Grant will vest and be exercisable as to 25% of the Shares on the first one year anniversary of the Start Date for such Succeeding Grant, and thereafter as to 1/48 of the Shares at the end of each full succeeding month, so long as the Outside Director continuously remains a director or a consultant of the Company.
(a) Initial Grant. Each Initial Grant will vest and be exercisable as to 25% of the Shares on the first one year anniversary of the Start Date for such Initial Grant, and thereafter as to 1/48 of the Shares at the end of each full succeeding month, so long as the Outside Director continuously remains a director or a consultant of the Company.

(b) Succeeding Grant. Each Succeeding Grant will vest and be exercisable as to 25% of the Shares on the first one year anniversary of the Start Date for such Succeeding Grant, and thereafter as to 1/48 of the Shares at the end of each full succeeding month, so long as the Outside Director continuously remains a director or a consultant of the Company. No Options granted to an Outside Director will be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date the Option is granted to such Outside Director. If the Outside Director is Terminated, the Outside Director may exercise such Outside Director’s Options only to the extent that such Options would have been exercisable upon the Termination Date for such period as set forth in Section 5.6. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, in the event of a Corporate Transaction described in Section 15.1, the vesting of all Options granted to Outside Directors pursuant to this Section 7 will accelerate and such Options will become exercisable in full prior to the consummation of such event at such times and on such conditions as the Committee determines, and must be exercised, if at all, within three (3) months of the consummation of said event. Any Options not exercised within such three-month period shall expire. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, in the event of a Hostile Take-Over, the Outside Director shall have a thirty-day period in which to surrender to the Company each option held by him or her under this Plan for a period of at least six (6) months. The Outside Director shall in return be entitled to a cash distribution from the Company in an amount equal to the excess of (i) the Take-Over Price of the Shares at the time subject to the surrendered Option (whether or not the Option is otherwise at the time exercisable for those Shares) over (ii) the

49


aggregate Exercise Price payable for such Shares. Such cash distribution shall be paid within five (5) days following the surrender of the Option to the Company. Neither the approval of the Committee nor the consent of the Board shall be required in connection with such option surrender and cash distribution. The Shares subject to each Option surrendered in connection with the Hostile Take-Over shall NOT be available for subsequent issuance under the Plan.

7.6 Exercise Price.Price

     The Exercise Price of an Option pursuant to an Initial Grant and Succeeding Grant shall be the Fair Market Value of the Shares, at the time that the Option is granted.

8. WITHHOLDING TAXES.TAXES

8.1 Withholding Generally.Generally

     Whenever Shares are to be issued in satisfaction of Awards granted under this Plan, the Company may require the Participant to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state and local withholding tax requirements prior to the delivery of any certificate or certificates for such Shares. Whenever, under this Plan, payments in satisfaction of Awards are to be made in cash, such payment will be net of an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, and local withholding tax requirements.


***The initial number of shares was 6,000. An amendment to increase this number to 12,500 is being submitted to shareholders for approval at the 2002 Annual General Meeting to be held on August 29, 2002.

-6-


8.2 Stock Withholding.Withholding

     When, under applicable tax laws, a Participant incurs tax liability in connection with the exercise or vesting of any Award that is subject to tax withholding and the Participant is obligated to pay the Company the amount required to be withheld, the Committee may in its sole discretion, and subject to compliance with all applicable laws and regulations, allow the Participant to satisfy the minimum withholding tax obligation by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld, determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. All elections by a Participant to have Shares withheld for this purpose will be made in accordance with the requirements established by the Committee and be in writing in a form acceptable to the Committee.

9. TRANSFERABILITY.TRANSFERABILITY

     9.1 Except as otherwise provided in this Section 9, Awards granted under this Plan, and any interest therein, will not be transferable or assignable by a Participant, and may not be made subject to execution, attachment or similar process, otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or as determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement with respect to Awards. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) Participants may transfer or assign their Options to Family Members through a gift or a domestic relations order (and not in a transfer for value), and (ii) if the terms of the applicable instrument evidencing the grant of an Option so provide, Participants who reside outside of the United States and Singapore may assign their Options to a financial institution outside of the United States and Singapore that has been approved by the Committee, in accordance with the terms of the applicable instrument, subject to Code regulations providing that any transfer of an ISO may cause such ISO to become a NQSO. The Participant shall be solely responsible for effecting any such assignment, and for ensuring that such assignment is valid, legal and binding under all applicable laws. The Committee shall have the discretion to adopt such rules as it deems necessary to ensure that any assignment is in compliance with all applicable laws.

9.2 All Awards other than NQSO’s. NQSO’s

All Awards other than NQSO’s shall be exercisable: (i) during the Participant’s lifetime, only by (A) the Participant, or (B) the Participant’s guardian or legal representative; and (ii) after Participant’s death, by the legal representative of the Participant’s heirs or legatees.

50


9.3 NQSOs.NQSOs

     Unless otherwise restricted by the Committee, an NQSO shall be exercisable: (i) during the Participant’s lifetime only by (A) the Participant, (B) the Participant’s guardian or legal representative, (C) a Family Member of the Participant who has acquired the NQSO by “permitted transfer;” as defined below, (ii) by a transferee that is permitted pursuant to clause (ii) of Section 9.2, for such period as may be authorized by the terms of the applicable instrument evidencing the grant of the applicable Option, or by the Committee, and (iii) after Participant’s death, by the legal representative of the Participant’s heirs or legatees. “Permitted transfer” means any transfer of an interest in such NQSO by gift or domestic relations order effected by the Participant during the Participant’s lifetime. A permitted transfer shall not include any transfer for value; provided that the following shall be permitted transfers and shall not be considered to be transfers for value: (a) a transfer under a domestic relations order in settlement of marital property rights or (b) a transfer to an entity in which more than fifty percent of the voting interests are owned by Family Members or the Participant in exchange for an interest in that entity.

10. PRIVILEGES OF STOCK OWNERSHIP.OWNERSHIP

     No Participant will have any of the rights of a shareholder with respect to any Shares until the Shares are issued to the Participant. After Shares are issued to the Participant, the Participant will be a shareholder and have all the rights of a shareholder with respect to such Shares, including the right to vote and receive all dividends or other distributions made or paid with respect to such Shares.

11. CERTIFICATES.CERTIFICATES

     All certificates for Shares or other securities delivered under this Plan will be subject to such stock transfer orders, legends and other restrictions as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable, including restrictions under any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law, or any rules, regulations and other requirements of the SEC or any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Shares may be listed or quoted.

12. EXCHANGE AND BUYOUT OF AWARDS.AWARDS

     The Committee may, at any time or from time to time and subject to compliance with all applicable laws and regulations, authorize the Company, with the consent of

-7-


the respective Participants, to issue new Awards in exchange for the surrender and cancellation of any or all outstanding Awards. The Committee may at any time and subject to compliance with all applicable laws and regulations buy from a Participant an Award previously granted with payment in cash, Shares or other consideration, based on such terms and conditions as the Committee and the Participant may agree.

13. SECURITIES LAW AND OTHER REGULATORY COMPLIANCE.COMPLIANCE

     An Award will not be effective unless such Award is in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws, rules and regulations of any governmental body, and the requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Shares may then be listed or quoted, as they are in effect on the date of grant of the Award and also on the date of exercise or other issuance. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan, the Company will have no obligation to issue or deliver certificates for Shares under this Plan prior to: (a) obtaining any approvals from governmental agencies that the Company determines are necessary or advisable; and/or (b) completion of any registration or other qualification of such Shares under any state or federal law or ruling of any governmental body that the Company determines to be necessary or advisable. The Company will be under no obligation to register the Shares with the SEC or to effect compliance with the registration, qualification or listing requirements of any state securities laws, stock exchange or automated quotation system, and the Company will have no liability for any inability or failure to do so.

14. NO OBLIGATION TO EMPLOY. EMPLOY

Nothing in this Plan or any Award granted under this Plan will confer or be deemed to confer on any Participant any right to continue in the employ of, or to continue any other relationship with, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Parent or

51


Subsidiary of the Company to terminate Participant’s employment or other relationship at any time, with or without cause.

15. CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS.TRANSACTIONS

15.1 Assumption or Replacement of Awards by Successor.Successor

     Except for automatic grants to Outside Directors pursuant to Section 7 hereof, in the event of (a) a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, (b) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving corporation (other than a merger or consolidation with a wholly-owned subsidiary, a reincorporation of the Company in a different jurisdiction, or other transaction in which there is no substantial change in the shareholders of the Company or their relative share holdings and the Awards granted under this Plan are assumed, converted or replaced by the successor corporation, which assumption will be binding on all Participants), (c) a merger in which the Company is the surviving corporation but after which the shareholders of the Company immediately prior to such merger (other than any shareholder that merges, or which owns or controls !another corporation that merges, with the Company in such merger) cease to own their shares or other equity interest in the Company, (d) the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company, or (e) the acquisition, sale, or transfer of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Company by tender offer or similar transaction (each, a “CORPORATE TRANSACTION”), each Option which is at the time outstanding under this Plan shall automatically accelerate so that each such Option shall, immediately prior to the specified effective date for the Corporate Transaction, become fully exercisable with respect to the total number of Shares at the time subject to such Option and may be exercised for all or any portion of such Shares. However, subject to the specific terms of a Participant’s Award Agreement, an outstanding Option under this Plan shall not so accelerate if and to the extent: (i) such Option is, in connection with the Corporate Transaction, either to be assumed by the successor corporation or parent thereof or to be replaced with a comparable Option to purchase shares of the capital stock of the successor corporation or parent thereof, (ii) such Option is to be replaced with a cash incentive program of the successor corporation which preserves the Option spread existing at the time of the Corporate Transaction and provides for subsequent payout in accordance with the same vesting schedule applicable to such Option or (iii) the acceleration of such Option is subject to other limitations imposed by the Committee at the time of the Option grant. The determination of Option comparability under clause (i) above shall be made by the Committee, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

          15.2 Other Treatment of Awards. Subject to any greater rights granted to Participants under the foregoing provisions of this Section 15 or other specific terms of a Participant’s Award Agreement, in the event of the occurrence of any Corporate Transaction described in Section 15.1, any outstanding Awards will be treated as provided in the applicable agreement or plan of merger, consolidation, dissolution, liquidation, or sale of assets.

-8-


          15.3 Assumption of Awards by the Company. The Company, from time to time, also may substitute or assume outstanding awards granted by another company, whether in connection with an acquisition of such other company or otherwise, by either; (a) granting an Award under this Plan in substitution of such other company’s award; or (b) assuming such award as if it had been granted under this Plan if the terms of such assumed award could be applied to an Award granted under this Plan. Such substitution or assumption will be permissible if the holder of the substituted or assumed award would have been eligible to be granted an Award under this Plan if the other company had applied the rules of this Plan to such grant. In the event the Company assumes an award granted by another company, the terms and conditions of such award will remain unchanged (except that the Exercise Price and the number and nature of Shares issuable upon exercise of any such Option will be adjusted appropriately pursuant to Section 424(a) of the Code). In the event the Company elects to grant a new Option rather than assuming an existing Option, such new Option may be granted with a similarly adjusted Exercise Price.

     16. ADOPTION AND SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL. This Plan will become effective on the date on which the Board adopts the Plan (the “EFFECTIVE DATE”). This Plan shall be approved by the shareholders of the Company (excluding Shares issued pursuant to this Plan), consistent with applicable laws, within twelve (12) months before or after the date this Plan is adopted by the Board. Upon the Effective Date, the Committee may grant Awards pursuant to this Plan; provided, however, that: (a) no Option may be exercised prior to initial shareholder approval of this Plan; (b) no Option granted pursuant to an increase in the number of Shares subject to this Plan approved by the Board will be exercised prior to the time such increase has been approved by the shareholders of the Company; (c) in the event that initial shareholder approval is not obtained within the time period provided herein, all Awards granted hereunder shall be cancelled; and (d) in the event that shareholder approval of such increase is not obtained within the time period provided herein, all Awards granted pursuant to such increase will be cancelled.

     17. TERM OF PLAN/GOVERNING LAW. Unless earlier terminated as provided herein, this Plan will terminate ten (10) years from the date this Plan is adopted by the Board or, if earlier, the date of shareholder approval. This Plan and all agreements thereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

     18. AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN. The Board has complete and exclusive power and authority to amend or modify the Plan (or any component thereof) in any or all respects whatsoever. However, (i) no such amendment or modification shall adversely affect rights and obligations with respect to Options at the time outstanding under the Plan, unless the Participant consents to such amendment, and (ii) the automatic grants to Outside Directors pursuant to Section 7 may not be amended at intervals more frequently than once every six (6) months, other than to the extent necessary to comply with applicable U.S. income tax laws and regulations. In addition, the Board may not, without the approval of the Company’s shareholders, amend the Plan to (i) materially increase the maximum number of Shares issuable under the Plan or the number of Shares for which Options may be granted per newly-elected or continuing Outside Director or the maximum number of Shares for which any one individual participating in the Plan may be granted Options, (ii) materially modify the eligibility requirements for plan participation or (iii) materially increase the benefits accruing to Participants.

     The Board may at any time terminate or amend this Plan in any respect, including without limitation amendment of any form of Award Agreement or instrument to be executed pursuant to this Plan; provided, however, that the Board will not, without the approval of the shareholders of the Company, amend this Plan in any manner that requires such shareholder approval.

     19. NONEXCLUSIVITY OF THE PLAN. Neither the adoption of this Plan by the Board, the submission of this Plan to the shareholders of the Company for approval, nor any provision of this Plan will be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such additional compensation arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options and bonuses otherwise than under this Plan, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

     20. DEFINITIONS. As used in this Plan, the following terms will have the following meanings:

          “AWARD” means any Options granted under this Plan.

-9-


          “AWARD AGREEMENT” means, with respect to each Award, the signed written agreement between the Company and the Participant setting forth the terms and conditions of the Award.

          “BOARD” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

          “CAUSE” means (a) the commission of an act of theft, embezzlement, fraud, dishonesty, (b) a breach of fiduciary duty to the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company or (c) a failure to materially perform the customary duties of the employee’s employment.

          “CODE” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

          “COMMITTEE” means the Compensation Committee of the Board.

          “COMPANY” means Flextronics International Ltd. or any successor corporation.

          “DISABILITY” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

          “EXCHANGE ACT” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

          “EXERCISE PRICE” means the price at which a holder of an Option may purchase the Shares issuable upon exercise of the Option.

          “FAIR MARKET VALUE” means, as of any date, the value of the Shares determined as follows:

(a)if such Shares are then quoted on the Nasdaq National Market, the closing price of such Shares on the Nasdaq National Market on the date of determination as reported in The Wall Street Journal;
(b)if such Shares are publicly traded and are then listed on a national securities exchange, the closing price of such Shares on the date of determination on the principal national securities exchange on which the Shares are listed or admitted to trading as reported in The Wall Street Journal;
(c)if such Shares are publicly traded but are not quoted on the Nasdaq National Market nor listed or admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on the date of determination as reported in The Wall Street Journal; or
(d)if none of the foregoing is applicable, by the Committee in good faith.

          “FAMILY MEMBER” includes any of the following:

(a)child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law of the Participant, including any such person with such relationship to the Participant by adoption;
(b)any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the Participant’s household;
(c)a trust in which the persons in (a) and (b) have more than fifty percent of the beneficial interest;
(d)a foundation in which the persons in (a) and (b) or the Participant control the management of assets; or

-10-


(e)any other entity in which the persons in (a) and (b) or the Participant own more than fifty percent of the voting interest.

          “HOSTILE TAKE-OVER” means a change in ownership of the Company effected through the following transaction:

(a)the direct or indirect acquisition by any person or related group of persons (other than the Company or a person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) of securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made directly to the Company’s shareholders which the Board does not recommend such shareholders to accept, and
(b)the acceptance of more than fifty percent (50%) of the securities so acquired in such tender or exchange offer from holders other than Insiders.

          “INSIDER” means an officer or director of the Company or any other person whose transactions in the Company’s Shares are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

          “OPTION” means an award of an option to purchase Shares pursuant to Sections 5 and 7.

          “OUTSIDE DIRECTOR” means a member of the Board who is not an employee of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary.

          “PARENT” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company if each of such corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

          “PARTICIPANT” means a person who receives an Award under this Plan.

          “PLAN” means this Flextronics International Ltd. 2001 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

          “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

          “SECURITIES ACT” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

          “SHARES” means ordinary shares of par value S$0.01 each in the capital of the Company reserved for issuance under this Plan, as adjusted pursuant to Sections 2 and 15, and any successor security.

          “SUBSIDIARY” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

          “TAKE-OVER PRICE” means the greater of (a) the Fair Market Value per Share on the date the particular Option to purchase Shares is surrendered to the Company in connection with a Hostile Take-Over or (b) the highest reported price per Share paid by the tender offeror in effecting such Hostile Take-Over. However, if the surrendered Option is an ISO, the Take-Over Price shall not exceed the clause (a) price per Share.

          “TERMINATION” or “TERMINATED” means, for purposes of this Plan with respect to a Participant, that the Participant has for any reason ceased to provide services as an employee, officer or director to the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. An employee will not be deemed to have ceased to provide services in the case of (i) sick leave, (ii) military leave, or (iii) any other leave of absence approved by the Committee, provided,

-11-


that such leave is for a period of not more than 90 days, unless reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute or unless provided otherwise pursuant to formal policy adopted from time to time by the Company and issued and promulgated to employees in writing. In the case of any employee on an approved leave of absence, the Committee may make such provisions respecting suspension of vesting of the Award while on leave from the employ of the Company or a Subsidiary as it may deem appropriate, except that in no event may an Option be exercised after the expiration of the term set forth in the Stock Option Agreement. The Committee will have sole discretion to determine whether a Participant has ceased to provide services and the effective date on which the Participant ceased to provide services (the “TERMINATION DATE”).

-12-


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

1997 EMPLOYEE SHARE PURCHASE PLAN

As Adopted September 10, 1997 and
As Amended and Restated through September 21, 2000

     1. ESTABLISHMENT OF PLAN. Flextronics International Ltd. (the “COMPANY”) proposes to grant options for purchase of the Company’s Ordinary Shares to eligible employees of the Company and its Participating Subsidiaries (as hereinafter defined) pursuant to this Employee Share Purchase Plan (this “PLAN”). For purposes of this Plan, “PARENT CORPORATION” and “SUBSIDIARY” (collectively, “PARTICIPATING SUBSIDIARIES”) shall have the same meanings as “parent corporation” and “subsidiary corporation” in Sections 424(e) and 424(f), respectively, of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “CODE”). “PARTICIPATING SUBSIDIARIES” are Parent Corporations or Subsidiaries that the Board of Directors of the Company (the “BOARD”) designates from time to time as corporations that shall participate in this Plan. The Company intends this Plan to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code (including any amendments to or replacements of such Section), and this Plan shall be so construed. Any term not expressly defined in this Plan but defined for purposes of Section 423 of the Code shall have the same definition herein. A total of 3,400,000* Ordinary Shares of the Company are reserved for issuance under this Plan. Such number shall be subject to adjustments effected in accordance with Section 14 of this Plan.

     2. PURPOSE. The purpose of this Plan is to provide eligible employees of the Company and Participating Subsidiaries with a convenient means of acquiring an equity interest in the Company through payroll deductions, to enhance such employees’ sense of participation in the affairs of the Company and Participating Subsidiaries, and to provide an incentive for continued employment.

     3. ADMINISTRATION. This Plan shall be administered by the Board or by a committee of not less than two members of the Board appointed to administer this Plan (the “COMMITTEE”). As used in this Plan, references to the “Committee” shall mean either such committee or the Board if no committee has been established. Subject to the provisions of this Plan and the limitations of Section 423 of the Code or any successor provision in the Code, all questions of interpretation or application of this Plan shall be determined by the Committee and its decisions shall be final and binding upon all participants. Members of the Committee shall receive no compensation for their services in connection with the administration of this Plan, other than standard fees as established from time to time by the Board for services rendered by Board members serving on Board committees. All expenses incurred in connection with the administration of this Plan shall be paid by the Company.

     4. ELIGIBILITY. Any employee of the Company or the Participating Subsidiaries is eligible to participate in an Offering Period (as hereinafter defined) under this Plan except the following:

          (a) employees who are not employed by the Company or Participating Subsidiaries one month before the beginning of such Offering Period;

          (b) employees who are customarily employed for twenty (20) hours or less per week;

          (c) employees who are customarily employed for five (5) months or less in a calendar year;

          (d) employees who, together with any other person whose shares would be attributed to such employee pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code, own shares or hold options to purchase shares possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of shares of the Company or any of its Participating


*The initial number of shares reserved for issuance was 600,000 shares. An amendment to increase the n number of shares reserved for issuance to 1,600,000 shares was approved by shareholders on August 27, 1999. An amendment to increase the number of shares reserved for issuance to 2,400,000 shares was approved by shareholders on September 21, 2000. An amendment to increase the number of shares reserved for issuance to 3,400,000 shares is being submitted for shareholder approval at the Annual General Meeting to be held on August 29, 2002. All share numbers reflect the two-for-one stock splits effected as a bonus issue (the Singapore equivalent of a stock dividend) paid on December 22, 1998, December 22, 1999 and October 16, 2000.


Subsidiaries or who, as a result of being granted an option under this Plan with respect to such Offering Period, would own shares or hold options to purchase shares possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of shares of the Company or any of its Participating Subsidiaries; and

          (e) individuals who provide services to the Company or any of its Participating Subsidiaries as independent contractors who are reclassified as common law employees for any purpose other than federal income and employment tax purposes.

     5. OFFERING DATES. The offering periods of this Plan (each, an “OFFERING PERIOD”) shall be of six (6) months duration commencing on December 1 and June 1 of each year and ending on May 31 and November 30 of each year. Each Offering Period shall consist of one (1) six-month purchase period (a “PURCHASE PERIOD”) during which payroll deductions of the participants are accumulated under this Plan. The first Offering Period shall begin on December 1, 1997. The first business day of each Offering Period is referred to as the “OFFERING DATE”. The last business day of each Purchase Period is referred to as the “PURCHASE DATE”. The Board shall have the power to change the duration of Offering Periods or Purchase Periods with respect to offerings (and specifically shall have the power to change the duration of Offering Periods from six (6) months to twenty-four (24) months) without shareholder approval if such change is announced at least fifteen (15) days prior to the scheduled beginning of the first Offering Period or Purchase Period to be affected.

     6. PARTICIPATION IN THIS PLAN. Eligible employees may become participants in an Offering Period under this Plan on the first Offering Date after satisfying the eligibility requirements by delivering a subscription agreement to the Company’s treasury department (the “TREASURY DEPARTMENT”) not later than fifteen (15) days before such Offering Date unless a later time for filing the subscription agreement authorizing payroll deductions is set by the Committee for all eligible employees with respect to a given Offering Period. An eligible employee who does not deliver a subscription agreement to the Treasury Department by such date after becoming eligible to participate in such Offering Period shall not participate in that Offering Period or any subsequent Offering Period unless such employee enrolls in this Plan by filing a subscription agreement with the Treasury Department not later than fifteen (15) days preceding a subsequent Offering Date. Once an employee becomes a participant in an Offering Period, such employee will automatically participate in the Offering Period commencing immediately following the last day of the prior Offering Period unless the employee withdraws or is deemed to withdraw from this Plan or terminates further participation in the Offering Period as set forth in Section 11 below. Such participant is not required to file any additional subscription agreement in order to continue participation in this Plan.

     7. GRANT OF OPTION ON ENROLLMENT. Enrollment by an eligible employee in this Plan with respect to an Offering Period will constitute the grant (as of the Offering Date) by the Company to such employee of an option to purchase on the Purchase Date up to that number of whole Ordinary Shares of the Company determined by dividing (a) the amount accumulated in such employee’s payroll deduction account during such Purchase Period by (b) the lower of (i) eighty-five percent (85%) of the fair market value of an Ordinary Share of the Company on the Offering Date (but in no event less than the par value of the Company’s Ordinary Shares), or (ii) eighty-five percent (85%) of the fair market value of an Ordinary Share of the Company on the Purchase Date (but in no event less than the par value of the Company’s Ordinary Shares) and rounding down to the nearest whole number, provided, however, that the number of Ordinary Shares of the Company subject to any option granted pursuant to this Plan shall not exceed the lesser of (a) the maximum number of shares set by the Committee pursuant to Section 10(c) below with respect to the applicable Purchase Date, or (b) the maximum number of shares which may be purchased pursuant to Section 10(b) below with respect to the applicable Purchase Date. The fair market value of the Company’s Ordinary Shares shall be determined as provided in Section 8 hereof.

     8. PURCHASE PRICE. The purchase price per share at which an Ordinary Share of the Company will be sold in any Offering Period shall be eighty-five percent (85%) of the lesser of:

          (a) The fair market value on the Offering Date; or

          (b) The fair market value on the Purchase Date.

-2-


          Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event may the purchase price of an Ordinary Share of the Company be less than the par value. For purposes of this Plan, the term “FAIR MARKET VALUE” means, as of any date, the value of an Ordinary Share of the Company determined as follows:

               (a) if such Ordinary Shares are then quoted on the Nasdaq National Market, the closing price on the Nasdaq National Market on the date of determination as reported in The Wall Street Journal;

               (b) if such Ordinary Shares are publicly traded and are then listed on a national securities exchange, the closing price on the date of determination on the principal national securities exchange on which the Ordinary Shares are listed or admitted to trading as reported in The Wall Street Journal;

               (c) if such Ordinary Shares are publicly traded but are not quoted on the Nasdaq National Market nor listed or admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on the date of determination as reported in The Wall Street Journal;

               (d) if none of the foregoing is applicable, by the Board in good faith.

     9. PAYMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE; CHANGES IN PAYROLL DEDUCTIONS; ISSUANCE OF SHARES.

          (a) The purchase price of the shares is accumulated by regular payroll deductions made during each Offering Period. The deductions are made as a percentage of the participant’s compensation in one percent (1%) increments not less than two percent (2%), nor greater than ten percent (10%) or such lower limit set by the Committee. Compensation shall mean base salary, overtime pay, commissions, bonuses, and shift premiums not to exceed $250,000 per year, provided however, that for purposes of determining a participant’s base salary, any election by such participant to reduce his or her regular cash remuneration under Sections 125 or 401(k) of the Code shall be treated as if the participant did not make such election. Payroll deductions shall commence on the first payday following the Offering Date and shall continue to the end of the Offering Period unless sooner altered or terminated as provided in this Plan.

          (b) A participant may lower (but not increase) the rate of payroll deductions during an Offering Period by filing with the Treasury Department a new authorization for payroll deductions, in which case the new rate shall become effective for the next payroll period commencing more than fifteen (15) days after the Treasury Department’s receipt of the authorization and shall continue for the remainder of the Offering Period unless changed as described below. Such change in the rate of payroll deductions may be made at any time during an Offering Period, but not more than one (1) change may be made effective during any Offering Period. A participant may increase or decrease the rate of payroll deductions for any subsequent Offering Period by filing with the Treasury Department a new authorization for payroll deductions not later than fifteen (15) days before the beginning of such Offering Period.

          (c) All payroll deductions made for a participant are credited to his or her account under this Plan and are deposited with the general funds of the Company. No interest accrues on the payroll deductions. All payroll deductions received or held by the Company may be used by the Company for any corporate purpose, and the Company shall not be obligated to segregate such payroll deductions.

          (d) On each Purchase Date, so long as this Plan remains in effect and provided that the participant has not submitted a signed and completed withdrawal form before that date which notifies the Company that the participant wishes to withdraw from that Offering Period under this Plan and have all payroll deductions accumulated in the account maintained on behalf of the participant as of that date returned to the participant, the Company shall apply the funds then in the participant’s account to the purchase of whole Ordinary Shares of the Company reserved under the option granted to such participant with respect to the Offering Period to the extent that such option is exercisable on the Purchase Date. The purchase price per share shall be as specified in Section 8 of this Plan. Any cash remaining in a participant’s account after such purchase of shares shall be refunded to such participant in cash, without interest; provided, however that any amount remaining in such participant’s account on a Purchase Date which is less than the amount necessary to purchase a full Ordinary Share of the Company shall be carried forward, without interest, into the

-3-


next Purchase Period or Offering Period, as the case may be. In the event that this Plan has been oversubscribed, all funds not used to purchase shares on the Purchase Date shall be returned to the participant, without interest. No Ordinary Shares shall be purchased on a Purchase Date on behalf of any employee whose participation in this Plan has terminated prior to such Purchase Date.

          (e) As promptly as practicable after the Purchase Date, the Company shall issue shares for the participant’s benefit representing the shares purchased upon exercise of his or her option.

          (f) During a participant’s lifetime, such participant’s option to purchase shares hereunder is exercisable only by him or her. The participant will have no interest or voting right in shares covered by his or her option until such option has been exercised.

     10. LIMITATIONS ON SHARES TO BE PURCHASED.

          (a) No participant shall be entitled to purchase shares under this Plan at a rate which, when aggregated with his or her rights to purchase shares under all other employee share purchase plans of the Company or any Subsidiary, exceeds $25,000 in fair market value, determined as of the Offering Date (or such other limit as may be imposed by the Code) for each calendar year in which the employee participates in this Plan.

          (b) No more than two hundred percent (200%) of the number of shares determined by using eighty-five percent (85%) of the fair market value of an Ordinary Share of the Company on the Offering Date as the denominator may be purchased by a participant on any single Purchase Date.

          (c) No participant shall be entitled to purchase more than the Maximum Share Amount (as defined below) on any single Purchase Date. Not less than thirty (30) days prior to the commencement of any Offering Period, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, set a maximum number of shares which may be purchased by any employee at any single Purchase Date (hereinafter the “MAXIMUM SHARE AMOUNT”). Until otherwise determined by the Committee, there shall be no Maximum Share Amount. In no event shall the Maximum Share Amount, if any, exceed the amounts permitted under Section 10(b) above. If a new Maximum Share Amount is set, then all participants must be notified of such Maximum Share Amount prior to the commencement of the next Offering Period. Once the Maximum Share Amount is set, it shall continue to apply with respect to all succeeding Purchase Dates and Offering Periods unless revised by the Committee as set forth above.

          (d) If the number of shares to be purchased on a Purchase Date by all employees participating in this Plan exceeds the number of shares then available for issuance under this Plan, then the Company will make a pro rata allocation of the remaining shares in as uniform a manner as shall be reasonably practicable and as the Committee shall determine to be equitable. In such event, the Company shall give written notice of such reduction of the number of shares to be purchased under a participant’s option to each participant affected thereby.

          (e) Any payroll deductions accumulated in a participant’s account which are not used to purchase shares due to the limitations in this Section 10 shall be returned to the participant as soon as practicable after the end of the applicable Purchase Period, without interest.

     11. WITHDRAWAL.

          (a) Each participant may withdraw from an Offering Period under this Plan by signing and delivering to the Treasury Department a written notice to that effect on a form provided for such purpose. Such withdrawal may be elected at any time at least fifteen (15) days prior to the end of an Offering Period.

          (b) Upon withdrawal from this Plan, the accumulated payroll deductions shall be returned to the withdrawn participant, without interest, and his or her interest in this Plan shall terminate. In the event a participant voluntarily elects to withdraw from this Plan, he or she may not resume his or her participation in this Plan during the same Offering Period, but he or she may participate in any Offering Period under this Plan which commences on a date subsequent to such withdrawal by filing a new authorization for payroll deductions in the same manner as set forth above for initial participation in this Plan.

-4-


          (c) If the purchase price on the first day of any current Offering Period in which a participant is enrolled is higher than the purchase price on the first day of any subsequent Offering Period, the Company will automatically enroll such participant in the subsequent Offering Period. Any funds accumulated in a participant’s account prior to the first day of such subsequent Offering Period will be applied to the purchase of shares on the Purchase Date immediately prior to the first day of such subsequent Offering Period. A participant does not need to file any forms with the Company to automatically be enrolled in the subsequent Offering Period

     12. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. Termination of a participant’s employment for any reason, including retirement, death or the failure of a participant to remain an eligible employee of the Company or of a Participating Subsidiary, immediately terminates his or her participation in this Plan. In such event, the payroll deductions credited to the participant’s account will be returned to him or her or, in the case of his or her death, to his or her legal representative, without interest. For purposes of this Section 12, an employee will not be deemed to have terminated employment or failed to remain in the continuous employ of the Company or of a Participating Subsidiary in the case of sick leave, military leave, or any other leave of absence approved by the Board; provided that such leave is for a period of not more than ninety (90) days or reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute.

     13. RETURN OF PAYROLL DEDUCTIONS. In the event a participant’s interest in this Plan is terminated by withdrawal, termination of employment or otherwise, or in the event this Plan is terminated by the Board, the Company shall promptly deliver to the participant all payroll deductions credited to such participant’s account. No interest shall accrue on the payroll deductions of a participant in this Plan.

     14. CAPITAL CHANGES. Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Company, the number of Ordinary Shares covered by each option under this Plan which has not yet been exercised and the number of Ordinary Shares which have been authorized for issuance under this Plan but have not yet been placed under option (collectively, the “RESERVES”), as well as the price of each Ordinary Share covered by each option under this Plan which has not yet been exercised, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares of the Company resulting from a stock split or the payment of a stock dividend (but only on the Ordinary Shares) or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares effected without receipt of any consideration by the Company; provided, however, that (a) conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration” and (b) no such adjustment shall be made if as a result, the purchase price for each Ordinary Share shall fall below the par value thereof and if such adjustment would but for this paragraph (b) result in the purchase price being less than the par value of an Ordinary Share, the purchase price payable shall be the par value of an Ordinary Share. Such adjustment shall be made by the Committee, whose determination shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issue by the Company of shares of any class, or securities convertible into shares of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of Ordinary Shares subject to an option.

     In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Offering Period will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action, unless otherwise provided by the Committee. The Committee may, in the exercise of its sole discretion in such instances, declare that the options under this Plan shall terminate as of a date fixed by the Committee and give each participant the right to exercise his or her option as to all of the optioned shares, including shares which would not otherwise be exercisable. In the event of (i) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving corporation (other than a merger or consolidation with a wholly-owned subsidiary, a reincorporation of the Company in a different jurisdiction, or other transaction in which there is no substantial change in the shareholders of the Company or their relative share holdings and the options under this Plan are assumed, converted or replaced by the successor corporation, which assumption will be binding on all participants), (ii) a merger in which the Company is the surviving corporation but after which the shareholders of the Company immediately prior to such merger (other than any shareholder that merges, or which owns or controls another corporation that merges, with the Company in such merger) cease to own their shares or other equity interest in the Company, (iii) the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company, or (iv) the acquisition, sale, or transfer of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Company by tender offer or similar transaction, each option under this Plan may be assumed or an equivalent option may be substituted by such successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such successor corporation. In the event such surviving corporation refuses to assume or substitute options under this

-5-


Plan, (i) this Plan will terminate upon the consummation of such transaction, unless otherwise provided by the Committee, and (ii) the Committee may declare that the options under this Plan shall terminate as of a date fixed by the Committee, and give each Participant the right to exercise such participant’s option as to all of the optioned shares. If the Committee makes an option fully exercisable in the event of a merger, consolidation or sale of assets, the Committee shall notify the participant that the option shall be fully exercisable for a certain period, and the option and this Plan will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

     The Committee may, if it so determines in the exercise of its sole discretion, also make provision for adjusting the Reserves, as well as the price per share of Ordinary Shares covered by each outstanding option, in the event that the Company effects one or more reorganizations, recapitalizations, rights offerings or other increases or reductions of its outstanding Ordinary Shares, or in the event of the Company being consolidated with or merged into any other corporation, provided however, that no such adjustment shall be made if as a result, the purchase price for each Ordinary Share would fall below the par value thereof and if such adjustment would result in the purchase price being less than the par value of an Ordinary Share, the purchase price payable shall be the par value of an Ordinary Share.

     15. NONASSIGNABILITY. Neither payroll deductions credited to a participant’s account nor any rights with regard to the exercise of an option or to receive shares under this Plan may be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of in any way (other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution) by the participant. Any such attempt at assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition shall be void and without effect.

     16. REPORTS. Individual accounts will be maintained for each participant in this Plan. Each participant shall receive promptly after the end of each Purchase Period a report of his or her account setting forth the total payroll deductions accumulated, the number of shares purchased, the per share price thereof and the remaining cash balance, if any, carried forward to the next Purchase Period or Offering Period, as the case may be.

     17. NOTICE OF DISPOSITION. Each participant shall notify the Company if the participant disposes of any of the shares purchased in any Offering Period pursuant to this Plan if such disposition occurs within two (2) years from the Offering Date or within one (1) year from the Purchase Date on which such shares were purchased (the “NOTICE PERIOD”). Unless such participant is disposing of any of such shares during the Notice Period, such participant shall keep the certificates representing such shares in his or her name (and not in the name of a nominee) during the Notice Period. The Company may, at any time during the Notice Period, place a legend or legends on any certificate representing shares acquired pursuant to this Plan requesting the Company’s transfer agent to notify the Company of any transfer of the shares. The obligation of the participant to provide such notice shall continue notwithstanding the placement of any such legend on the certificates.

     18. NO RIGHTS TO CONTINUED EMPLOYMENT. Neither this Plan nor the grant of any option hereunder shall confer any right on any employee to remain in the employ of the Company or any Participating Subsidiary, or restrict the right of the Company or any Participating Subsidiary to terminate such employee’s employment.

     19. EQUAL RIGHTS AND PRIVILEGES. All eligible employees shall have equal rights and privileges with respect to this Plan so that this Plan qualifies as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 or any successor provision of the Code and the related regulations. Any provision of this Plan which is inconsistent with Section 423 or any successor provision of the Code shall, without further act or amendment by the Company, the Committee or the Board, be reformed to comply with the requirements of Section 423. This Section 19 shall take precedence over all other provisions in this Plan.

     20. NOTICES. All notices or other communications by a participant to the Company under or in connection with this Plan shall be deemed to have been duly given when received in the form specified by the Company at the location, or by the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.

     21. TERM; SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL. This Plan will become effective on the date that it is adopted by the Board. This Plan shall be approved by the shareholders of the Company, in any manner permitted by applicable corporate law, within twelve (12) months before or after the date this Plan is adopted by the Board. No purchase of shares pursuant to this Plan shall occur prior to such shareholder approval. This Plan shall continue until the earlier to occur of (a) termination of this Plan by the Board (which termination may be effected by the Board at any time), (b)

-6-


issuance of all of the Ordinary Shares reserved for issuance under this Plan, or (c) ten (10) years from the adoption of this Plan by the Board.

     22. CONDITIONS UPON ISSUANCE OF SHARES; LIMITATION ON SALE OF SHARES. Shares shall not be issued with respect to an option unless the exercise of such option and the issuance and delivery of such shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all applicable provisions of law, domestic or foreign, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the shares may then be listed, and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

     23. APPLICABLE LAW. The Plan shall be governed by the substantive laws of Singapore.

     24. AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF THIS PLAN. The Board may at any time amend, terminate or extend the term of this Plan, except that any such termination cannot affect options previously granted under this Plan, nor may any amendment make any change in an option previously granted which would adversely affect the right of any participant, nor may any amendment be made without approval of the shareholders of the Company obtained in accordance with Section 21 hereof within twelve (12) months of the adoption of such amendment (or earlier if required by Section 21) if such amendment would:

          (a) increase the number of shares that may be issued under this Plan; or

          (b) change the designation of the employees (or class of employees) eligible for participation in this Plan.

-7-


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

1997 INTERIM OPTION PLAN

As Adopted June 5, 1997

     1. PURPOSE. The purpose of this Plan is to provide incentives to attract, retain and motivate eligible persons whose present and potential contributions are important to the success of the Company, its Parent, Subsidiaries and Affiliates, by offering them an opportunity to participate in the Company’s future performance through awards of Options. Capitalized terms not defined in the text are defined in Section 20.

     2. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

          2.1 Number of Shares Available. Subject to Sections 2.2 and 15, the total number of Shares reserved and available for grant and issuance pursuant to this Plan will be 130,000 Shares. Subject to Sections 2.2 and 15, Shares that are subject to issuance upon exercise of an Option but cease to be subject to such Option for any reason other than exercise of such Option will again be available for grant and issuance in connection with future Options under this Plan. At all times the Company shall reserve and keep available a sufficient number of Shares as shall be required to satisfy the requirements of all outstanding Options granted under this Plan.

          2.2 Adjustment of Shares. In the event that the number of outstanding Shares is changed by a stock dividend, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, subdivision, combination, reclassification or similar change in the capital structure of the Company without consideration, then (a) the number of Shares reserved for issuance under this Plan and (b) the Exercise Prices of and number of Shares subject to outstanding Options will be proportionately adjusted, subject to any required action by the Board or the shareholders of the Company and compliance with applicable securities laws; provided, however, that (i) fractions of a Share will not be issued but will be replaced by a cash payment equal to the Fair Market Value of such fraction of a Share, and (ii) no such adjustment shall be made if as a result, the Exercise Price would fall below the par value of a Share and if such adjustment would but for this paragraph (ii) result in the Exercise Price being less than the par value of a Share, the Exercise Price payable shall be the par value of a Share as determined by the Committee.

          3. ELIGIBILITY. Options may be granted only to employees, consultants, independent contractors and advisors of the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company; provided, however, that such employees, consultants, independent contractors and advisors are not officers or directors of the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company; and provided further that such consultants, independent contractors and advisors (i) render bona fide services not in connection with the offer and sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and (ii) are not residents of Singapore. No person will be eligible to receive more than 50,000 Shares in any calendar year under this Plan pursuant to the grant of Options hereunder, other than new employees of the Company or of a Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company who are eligible to receive up to a maximum of 70,000 Shares in the calendar year in which they commence their employment. A person may be granted more than one Option under this Plan.

     4. ADMINISTRATION.

          4.1 Committee Authority. This Plan will be administered by the Committee or by the Board acting as the Committee. Subject to the general purposes, terms and conditions of this Plan, and to the direction of the Board, the Committee will have full power to implement and carry out this Plan. Without limitation, the Committee will have the authority to:

(a)construe and interpret this Plan, any Award Agreement and any other agreement or document executed pursuant to this Plan;
(b)prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to this Plan;


(c)select persons to receive Options;
(d)determine the form and terms of Options;
(e)determine the number of Shares or other consideration subject to Options;
(f)determine whether Options will be granted singly, in combination with, in tandem with, in replacement of, or as alternatives to, other Options under this Plan or any other incentive or compensation plan of the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company;
(g)grant waivers of Plan or Option conditions;
(h)determine the vesting, exercisability and payment of Options;
(i)correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in this Plan, any Option or any Award Agreement;
(j)determine whether an Option has been earned; and
(k)make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of this Plan.

          4.2 Committee Discretion. Any determination made by the Committee with respect to any Option will be made in its sole discretion at the time of grant of the Option or, unless in contravention of any express term of this Plan or Option, at any later time, and such determination will be final and binding on the Company and on all persons having an interest in any Option under this Plan. The Board may delegate to one or more officers of the Company the authority to grant an Option under this Plan to Participants who are not Insiders of the Company.

     5. OPTIONS. The Committee may grant Nonqualified Stock Options (“NQSOS”) to eligible persons and will determine the number of Shares subject to the Option, the Exercise Price of the Option, the period during which the Option may be exercised, and all other terms and conditions of the Option, subject to the following:

          5.1 Form of Option Grant. Each Option granted under this Plan will be evidenced by an Award Agreement and will be in such form and contain such provisions (which need not be the same for each Participant) as the Committee may from time to time approve, and which will comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan.

          5.2 Date of Grant. The date of grant of an Option will be the date on which the Committee makes the determination to grant such Option, unless otherwise specified by the Committee. The Award Agreement and a copy of this Plan will be delivered to the Participant within a reasonable time after the granting of the Option.

          5.3 Exercise Period. Options may be exercisable within the times or upon the events determined by the Committee as set forth in the Award Agreement governing such Option; provided, however, that no Option will be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date the Option is granted. The Committee also may provide for Options to become exercisable at one time or from time to time, periodically or otherwise, in such number of Shares or percentage of Shares as the Committee determines.

          5.4 Exercise Price. The Exercise Price of an Option will be determined by the Committee when the Option is granted and may be not less than 85% of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant. In no event may the Exercise Price of an Option be less than the par value of the Shares. Payment for the Shares purchased may be made in accordance with Section 6 of this Plan.

-2-


           5.5 Method of Exercise. Options may be exercised only by delivery to the Company of a written stock option exercise agreement (the “EXERCISE AGREEMENT”) in a form approved by the Committee (which need not be the same for each Participant), stating the number of Shares being purchased, the restrictions imposed on the Shares purchased under such Exercise Agreement, if any, and such representations and agreements regarding Participant’s investment intent and access to information and other matters, if any, as may be required or desirable by the Company to comply with applicable securities laws, together with payment in full of the Exercise Price for the number of Shares being purchased.

          5.6 Termination. Notwithstanding the exercise periods set forth in the Award Agreement, exercise of an Option will always be subject to the following:

(a)If the Participant is Terminated for any reason except death or Disability, then the Participant may exercise such Participant’s Options only to the extent that such Options would have been exercisable upon the Termination Date no later than three (3) months after the Termination Date (or such shorter or longer time period as may be determined by the Committee, but in any event, no later than the expiration date of the Options.)
(b)If the Participant is Terminated because of Participant’s death or Disability (or the Participant dies within three (3) months after a Termination other than because of Participant’s death or Disability), then Participant’s Options may be exercised only to the extent that such Options would have been exercisable by Participant on the Termination Date and must be exercised by Participant (or Participant’s legal representative or authorized assignee) no later than twelve (12) months after the Termination Date (or such shorter or longer time period as may be determined by the Committee, but in any event no later than the expiration date of the Options.)

          5.7 Limitations on Exercise. The Committee may specify a reasonable minimum number of Shares that may be purchased on any exercise of an Option, provided that such minimum number will not prevent Participant from exercising the Option for the full number of Shares for which it is then exercisable.

          5.8 Modification, Extension or Renewal. The Committee may modify, extend or renew outstanding Options and authorize the grant of new Options in substitution therefor, provided that (a) any such action may not, without the written consent of a Participant, impair any of such Participant’s rights under any Option previously granted, and (b) no such modification, extension or renewal shall be made if it would have the effect of extending the expiration date of the Option(s) concerned to more than ten (10) years from the date the relevant Option(s) were first granted. The Committee may reduce the Exercise Price of outstanding Options without the consent of Participants affected by a written notice to them; provided, however, that the Exercise Price may not be reduced below the minimum Exercise Price that would be permitted under Section 5.4 of this Plan for Options granted on the date the action is taken to reduce the Exercise Price.

     6. PAYMENT FOR SHARE PURCHASES. Payment for Shares purchased pursuant to this Plan may be made in cash (by check) or, where expressly approved for the Participant by the Committee and where permitted by law:

(a)provided that a public market for the Company’s shares exists:

(1)through a “same day sale” commitment from the Participant and a broker-dealer that is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers (an “NASD DEALER”) whereby the Participant irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to sell a portion of the Shares so purchased to pay for the Exercise Price, and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the Exercise Price directly to the Company; or
(2)through a “margin” commitment from the Participant and a NASD Dealer whereby the Participant irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to pledge the

-3-


Shares so purchased to the NASD Dealer in a margin account as security for a loan from the NASD Dealer in the amount of the Exercise Price, and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the Exercise Price directly to the Company; or

(b)by any combination of the foregoing.

     7. WITHHOLDING TAXES. Whenever Shares are to be issued upon exercise of an Option granted under this Plan, the Company may require the Participant to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state and local withholding tax requirements prior to the delivery of any certificate or certificates for such Shares. Whenever, under this Plan, payment upon exercise of an Option is to be made in cash, such payment will be net of an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, and local withholding tax requirements.

     8. PRIVILEGES OF STOCK OWNERSHIP.

          8.1 Voting and Dividends. No Participant will have any of the rights of a shareholder with respect to any Shares until the Shares are issued to the Participant. After Shares are issued to the Participant, the Participant will be a shareholder and have all the rights of a shareholder with respect to such Shares, including the right to vote and receive all dividends or other distributions made or paid with respect to such Shares.

          8.2 Financial Statements. The Company will provide financial statements to each Participant prior to such Participant’s purchase of Shares under this Plan, and to each Participant annually during the period such Participant has Options outstanding; provided, however, the Company will not be required to provide such financial statements to Participants whose services in connection with the Company assure them access to equivalent information.

          9. TRANSFERABILITY. Options granted under this Plan, and any interest therein, will not be transferable or assignable by Participant, and may not be made subject to execution, attachment or similar process, otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or as consistent with the specific Plan and Award Agreement provisions relating thereto. During the lifetime of the Participant an Option will be exercisable only by the Participant, and any elections with respect to an Option, may be made only by the Participant.

          10. CERTIFICATES. All certificates for Shares or other securities delivered under this Plan will be subject to such stock transfer orders, legends and other restrictions as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable, including restrictions under any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law, or any rules, regulations and other requirements of the SEC or any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Shares may be listed or quoted.

          11. ESCROW. To enforce any restrictions on a Participant’s Shares, the Committee may require the Participant to deposit all certificates representing Shares, together with stock powers or other instruments of transfer approved by the Committee, appropriately endorsed in blank, with the Company or an agent designated by the Company to hold in escrow until such restrictions have lapsed or terminated, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends referencing such restrictions to be placed on the certificates.

          12. EXCHANGE AND CANCELLATION OF OPTIONS. The Committee may, at any time or from time to time, authorize the Company, with the consent of the respective Participants, to issue new Options in exchange for the surrender and cancellation of any or all outstanding Options. The Committee may at any time cancel an Option previously granted to a Participant with payment in cash, Shares or other consideration, based on such terms and conditions as the Committee and the Participant may agree.

          13. SECURITIES LAW AND OTHER REGULATORY COMPLIANCE. An Option will not be effective unless such Option is in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws, rules and regulations of any governmental body, and the requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Shares may then be listed or quoted, as they are in effect on the date of grant of the Option and also on the date of exercise or other issuance. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan, the Company will have

-4-


no obligation to issue or deliver certificates for Shares under this Plan prior to: (a) obtaining any approvals from governmental agencies that the Company determines are necessary or advisable; and/or (b) completion of any registration or other qualification of such Shares under any state or federal law or ruling of any governmental body that the Company determines to be necessary or advisable. The Company will be under no obligation to register the Shares with the SEC or to effect compliance with the registration, qualification or listing requirements of any state securities laws, stock exchange or automated quotation system, and the Company will have no liability for any inability or failure to do so.

     14. NO OBLIGATION TO EMPLOY. Nothing in this Plan or any Option granted under this Plan will confer or be deemed to confer on any Participant any right to continue in the employ of, or to continue any other relationship with, the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company to terminate Participant’s employment or other relationship at any time, with or without cause.

     15. CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS.

          15.1 Assumption or Replacement of Options by Successor. In the event of (a) a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, (b) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving corporation (other than a merger or consolidation with a wholly-owned subsidiary, a reincorporation of the Company in a different jurisdiction, or other transaction in which there is no substantial change in the shareholders of the Company or their relative share holdings and the Options granted under this Plan are assumed, converted or replaced by the successor corporation, which assumption will be binding on all Participants), (c) a merger in which the Company is the surviving corporation but after which the shareholders of the Company (other than any shareholder which merges (or which owns or controls another corporation which merges) with the Company in such merger) cease to own their shares or other equity interests in the Company, (d) the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company, or (e) any other transaction which qualifies as a “corporate transaction” under Section 424(a) of the Code wherein the shareholders of the Company give up all of their equity interest in the Company (except for the acquisition, sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the outstanding shares of the Company from or by the shareholders of the Company), any or all outstanding Options may be assumed, converted or replaced by the successor corporation (if any), which assumption, conversion or replacement will be binding on all Participants. In the alternative, the successor corporation may substitute equivalent Options or provide substantially similar consideration to Participants as was provided to shareholders (after taking into account the existing provisions of the Options). The successor corporation may also issue, in place of outstanding Shares of the Company held by the Participant, substantially similar shares or other property subject to repurchase restrictions no less favorable to the Participant. In the event such successor corporation (if any) refuses to assume or substitute Options, as provided above, pursuant to a transaction described in this Subsection 15.1, the vesting of such Options will accelerate and the Options will become exercisable in full prior to the consummation of such event at such times and on such conditions as the Committee determines, and if such Options are not exercised prior to the consummation of the corporate transaction, they shall terminate in accordance with the provisions of this Plan.

          15.2 Other Treatment of Options. Subject to any greater rights granted to Participants under the foregoing provisions of this Section 15, in the event of the occurrence of any transaction described in Section 15.1, any outstanding Options will be treated as provided in the applicable agreement or plan of merger, consolidation, dissolution, liquidation, sale of assets or other “corporate transaction.”

          15.3 Assumption of Options by the Company. The Company, from time to time, also may substitute or assume outstanding options granted by another company, whether in connection with an acquisition of such other company or otherwise, by either; (a) granting an Option under this Plan in substitution of such other company’s option; or (b) assuming such option as if it had been granted under this Plan if the terms of such assumed option could be applied to an Option granted under this Plan. Such substitution or assumption will be permissible if the holder of the substituted or assumed option would have been eligible to be granted an Option under this Plan if the other company had applied the rules of this Plan to such grant. In the event the Company assumes an option granted by another company, the terms and conditions of such option will remain unchanged (except that the exercise price and the number and nature of Shares issuable upon exercise of any such option will be adjusted appropriately pursuant to Section 424(a) of the Code). In the event the Company elects to grant a new

-5-


Option rather than assuming an existing option, such new Option may be granted with a similarly adjusted Exercise Price.

     16. EFFECTIVE DATE. This Plan will become effective on the date the Board adopts this Plan (the “EFFECTIVE DATE”).

     17. TERM OF PLAN/GOVERNING LAW. Unless earlier terminated as provided herein, this Plan will terminate ten (10) years from the Effective Date. This Plan and all agreements thereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Singapore.

     18. AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN. The Board may at any time terminate or amend this Plan in any respect, including without limitation amendment of any form of Award Agreement or instrument to be executed pursuant to this Plan.

     19. NONEXCLUSIVITY OF THE PLAN. Neither the adoption of this Plan by the Board nor any provision of this Plan will be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such additional compensation arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options otherwise than under this Plan, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

     20. DEFINITIONS. As used in this Plan, the following terms will have the following meanings:

          “AFFILIATE” means any corporation that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another corporation, where “control” (including the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to cause the direction of the management and policies of the corporation, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

          “AWARD AGREEMENT” means, with respect to each Option, the signed written agreement between the Company and the Participant setting forth the terms and conditions of the Option.

          “BOARD” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

          “CODE” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

          “COMMITTEE” means the committee appointed by the Board to administer this Plan, or if no such committee is appointed, the Board.

          “COMPANY” means Flextronics International Ltd. or any successor corporation.

          “DISABILITY” means a disability, whether temporary or permanent, partial or total, within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, as determined by the Committee.

          “EXCHANGE ACT” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

          “EXERCISE PRICE” means the price at which a holder of an Option may purchase the Shares issuable upon exercise of the Option.

          “FAIR MARKET VALUE” means, as of any date, the value of the Shares determined as follows:

(a)if such Shares are then quoted on the Nasdaq National Market, the closing price of such Shares on the Nasdaq National Market on the date of determination as reported in The Wall Street Journal;

-6-


(b)if such Shares are publicly traded and are then listed on a national securities exchange, the closing price of such Shares on the date of determination on the principal national securities exchange on which the Shares are listed or admitted to trading as reported in The Wall Street Journal;
(c)if such Shares are publicly traded but are not quoted on the Nasdaq National Market nor listed or admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on the date of determination as reported in The Wall Street Journal; or
(d)if none of the foregoing is applicable, by the Committee in good faith.

          “INSIDER” means an officer or director of the Company or any other person whose transactions in the Company’s Shares are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

          “OPTION” means an award of an option to purchase Shares pursuant to Section 5.

          “PARENT” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if at the time of the granting of an Option under this Plan, each of such corporations other than the Company owns shares possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of shares in one of the other corporations in such chain.

          “PARTICIPANT” means a person who receives an Option under this Plan.

          “PLAN” means this Flextronics International Ltd. 1997 Interim Option Plan, as amended from time to time.

          “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

          “SECURITIES ACT” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

          “SHARES” means Ordinary Shares of the Company with a par value of S$0.01 per share reserved for issuance under this Plan, as adjusted pursuant to Sections 2 and 15, and any successor security.

          “SUBSIDIARY” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if, at the time of granting of the Option, each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns shares possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of shares in one of the other corporations in such chain.

          “TERMINATION” or “TERMINATED” means, for purposes of this Plan with respect to a Participant, that the Participant has for any reason ceased to provide services as an employee, consultant, independent contractor or advisor to the Company or a Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, except in the case of sick leave, military leave, or any other leave of absence approved by the Committee. The Committee will have sole discretion to determine whether a Participant has ceased to provide services and the effective date on which the Participant ceased to provide services (the “TERMINATION DATE”).

-7-


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

1998 INTERIM OPTION PLAN

AS ADOPTED JANUARY 14, 1998

     1. PURPOSE. The purpose of this Plan is to provide incentives to attract, retain and motivate eligible persons whose present and potential contributions are important to the success of the Company, its Parent, Subsidiaries and Affiliates, by offering them an opportunity to participate in the Company’s future performance through awards of Options. Capitalized terms not defined in the text are defined in Section 20.

     2. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

          2.1 Number of Shares Available. Subject to Sections 2.2 and 15, the total number of Shares reserved and available for grant and issuance pursuant to this Plan will be 400,000 Shares. Subject to Sections 2.2 and 15, Shares that are subject to issuance upon exercise of an Option but cease to be subject to such Option for any reason other than exercise of such Option will again be available for grant and issuance in connection with future Options under this Plan. At all times the Company shall reserve and keep available a sufficient number of Shares as shall be required to satisfy the requirements of all outstanding Options granted under this Plan.

          2.2 Adjustment of Shares. In the event that the number of outstanding Shares is changed by a stock dividend, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, subdivision, combination, reclassification or similar change in the capital structure of the Company without consideration, then (a) the number of Shares reserved for issuance under this Plan and (b) the Exercise Prices of and number of Shares subject to outstanding Options will be proportionately adjusted, subject to any required action by the Board or the shareholders of the Company and compliance with applicable securities laws; provided, however, that (i) fractions of a Share will not be issued but will be replaced by a cash payment equal to the Fair Market Value of such fraction of a Share, and (ii) no such adjustment shall be made if as a result, the Exercise Price would fall below the par value of a Share and if such adjustment would but for this paragraph (ii) result in the Exercise Price being less than the par value of a Share, the Exercise Price payable shall be the par value of a Share as determined by the Committee.

     3. ELIGIBILITY. Options may be granted only to employees, consultants, independent contractors and advisors of the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company or, upon the request of any such individual, to a trust or other entity for the benefit of such individual; provided, however, that such employees, consultants, independent contractors and advisors are not officers or directors of the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company; and provided further that such consultants, independent contractors and advisors (i) render bona fide services not in connection with the offer and sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and (ii) are not residents of Singapore. No person will be eligible to receive more than 50,000 Shares in any calendar year under this Plan pursuant to the grant of Options hereunder, other than new employees of the Company or of a Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company who are eligible to receive up to a maximum of 70,000 Shares in the calendar year in which they commence their employment. A person may be granted more than one Option under this Plan.

     4. ADMINISTRATION.

         4.1 Committee Authority. This Plan will be administered by the Committee or by the Board acting as the Committee. Subject to the general purposes, terms and conditions of this Plan, and to the direction of the Board, the Committee will have full power to implement and carry out this Plan. Without limitation, the Committee will have the authority to:

(a)construe and interpret this Plan, any Award Agreement and any other agreement or document executed pursuant to this Plan;
(b)prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to this Plan;
(c)select persons to receive Options;
(d)determine the form and terms of Options;


(e)determine the number of Shares or other consideration subject to Options;
(f)determine whether Options will be granted singly, in combination with, in tandem with, in replacement of, or as alternatives to, other Options under this Plan or any other incentive or compensation plan of the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company;
(g)grant waivers of Plan or Option conditions;
(h)determine the vesting, exercisability and payment of Options;
(i)correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in this Plan, any Option or any Award Agreement;
(j)determine whether an Option has been earned; and
(k)make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of this Plan.

          4.2 Committee Discretion. Any determination made by the Committee with respect to any Option will be made in its sole discretion at the time of grant of the Option or, unless in contravention of any express term of this Plan or Option, at any later time, and such determination will be final and binding on the Company and on all persons having an interest in any Option under this Plan. The Board may delegate to one or more officers of the Company the authority to grant an Option under this Plan to Participants who are not Insiders of the Company.

     5. OPTIONS. The Committee may grant Nonqualified Stock Options (“NQSOs”) to eligible persons and will determine the number of Shares subject to the Option, the Exercise Price of the Option, the period during which the Option may be exercised, and all other terms and conditions of the Option, subject to the following:

          5.1 Form of Option Grant. Each Option granted under this Plan will be evidenced by an Award Agreement and will be in such form and contain such provisions (which need not be the same for each Participant) as the Committee may from time to time approve, and which will comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan.

          5.2 Date of Grant. The date of grant of an Option will be the date on which the Committee makes the determination to grant such Option, unless otherwise specified by the Committee. The Award Agreement and a copy of this Plan will be delivered to the Participant within a reasonable time after the granting of the Option.

          5.3 Exercise Period. Options may be exercisable within the times or upon the events determined by the Committee as set forth in the Award Agreement governing such Option; provided, however, that no Option will be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date the Option is granted. The Committee also may provide for Options to become exercisable at one time or from time to time, periodically or otherwise, in such number of Shares or percentage of Shares as the Committee determines.

          5.4 Exercise Price. The Exercise Price of an Option will be determined by the Committee when the Option is granted and may be not less than 85% of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant. In no event may the Exercise Price of an Option be less than the par value of the Shares. Payment for the Shares purchased may be made in accordance with Section 6 of this Plan.

          5.5 Method of Exercise. Options may be exercised only by delivery to the Company of a written stock option exercise agreement (the “Exercise Agreement”) in a form approved by the Committee (which need not be the same for each Participant), stating the number of Shares being purchased, the restrictions imposed on the Shares purchased under such Exercise Agreement, if any, and such representations and agreements regarding Participant’s investment intent and access to information and other matters, if any, as may be required or desirable by the Company to comply with applicable securities laws, together with payment in full of the Exercise Price for the number of Shares being purchased.

          5.6 Termination. Notwithstanding the exercise periods set forth in the Award Agreement, exercise of an Option will always be subject to the following:

     (a)  If the Participant is Terminated for any reason except death or Disability, then the Participant may exercise such Participant’s Options only to the extent that such Options would have been exercisable upon the

2


Termination Date no later than three (3) months after the Termination Date (or such shorter or longer time period as may be determined by the Committee, but in any event, no later than the expiration date of the Options.)

     (b)  If the Participant is Terminated because of Participant’s death or Disability (or the Participant dies within three (3) months after a Termination other than because of Participant’s death or Disability), then Participant’s Options may be exercised only to the extent that such Options would have been exercisable by Participant on the Termination Date and must be exercised by Participant (or Participant’s legal representative or authorized assignee) no later than twelve (12) months after the Termination Date (or such shorter or longer time period as may be determined by the Committee, but in any event no later than the expiration date of the Options.)

          5.7 Limitations on Exercise. The Committee may specify a reasonable minimum number of Shares that may be purchased on any exercise of an Option, provided that such minimum number will not prevent Participant from exercising the Option for the full number of Shares for which it is then exercisable.

          5.8 Modification, Extension or Renewal. The Committee may modify, extend or renew outstanding Options and authorize the grant of new Options in substitution therefor, provided that (a) any such action may not, without the written consent of a Participant, impair any of such Participant’s rights under any Option previously granted, and (b) no such modification, extension or renewal shall be made if it would have the effect of extending the expiration date of the Option(s) concerned to more than ten (10) years from the date the relevant Option(s) were first granted. The Committee may reduce the Exercise Price of outstanding Options without the consent of Participants affected by a written notice to them; provided, however, that the Exercise Price may not be reduced below the minimum Exercise Price that would be permitted under Section 5.4 of this Plan for Options granted on the date the action is taken to reduce the Exercise Price.

     6. PAYMENT FOR SHARE PURCHASES. Payment for Shares purchased pursuant to this Plan may be made in cash (by check) or, where expressly approved for the Participant by the Committee and where permitted by law:

     (a)  provided that a public market for the Company’s shares exists:

          (1) through a “same day sale” commitment from the Participant and a broker-dealer that is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers (an “NASD Dealer”) whereby the Participant irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to sell a portion of the Shares so purchased to pay for the Exercise Price, and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the Exercise Price directly to the Company; or

          (2) through a “margin” commitment from the Participant and a NASD Dealer whereby the Participant irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to pledge the Shares so purchased to the NASD Dealer in a margin account as security for a loan from the NASD Dealer in the amount of the Exercise Price, and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the Exercise Price directly to the Company; or

     (b)  by any combination of the foregoing.

     7. WITHHOLDING TAXES. Whenever Shares are to be issued upon exercise of an Option granted under this Plan, the Company may require the Participant to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state and local withholding tax requirements prior to the delivery of any certificate or certificates for such Shares. Whenever, under this Plan, payment upon exercise of an Option is to be made in cash, such payment will be net of an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, and local withholding tax requirements.

     8. PRIVILEGES OF STOCK OWNERSHIP.

          8.1 Voting and Dividends. No Participant will have any of the rights of a shareholder with respect to any Shares until the Shares are issued to the Participant. After Shares are issued to the Participant, the Participant will be a shareholder and have all the rights of a shareholder with respect to such Shares, including the right to vote and receive all dividends or other distributions made or paid with respect to such Shares.

3


          8.2 Financial Statements. The Company will provide financial statements to each Participant prior to such Participant’s purchase of Shares under this Plan, and to each Participant annually during the period such Participant has Options outstanding; provided, however, the Company will not be required to provide such financial statements to Participants whose services in connection with the Company assure them access to equivalent information.

     9. TRANSFERABILITY. Options granted under this Plan, and any interest therein, will not be transferable or assignable by Participant, and may not be made subject to execution, attachment or similar process, otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or as consistent with the specific Plan and Award Agreement provisions relating thereto. During the lifetime of the Participant an Option will be exercisable only by the Participant, and any elections with respect to an Option, may be made only by the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) Optionees may transfer or assign their options (other than Incentive Stock Options) to family members (as defined below) through a gift or a domestic relations order (and not in a transfer for value), and (ii) if the terms of the applicable Award Agreement so provide, Optionees who reside outside of the United States and Singapore may assign their options to a financial institution outside of the United States and Singapore that has been approved by the Committee, in accordance with the terms of the applicable award agreement. The Optionee shall be solely responsible for effecting any such assignment, and for ensuring that such assignment is valid, legal and binding under all applicable laws. The Committee shall have the discretion to establish such rules as it deems necessary to ensure that all such assignments are made in compliance with all applicable laws. For purposes of this paragraph, “family member” includes any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, any person sharing the employee’s household (other than a tenant or employee), a trust in which these persons have more than fifty percent of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which these persons (or the employee) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons (or the employee) own more than fifty percent of the voting interests.

     10. CERTIFICATES. All certificates for Shares or other securities delivered under this Plan will be subject to such stock transfer orders, legends and other restrictions as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable, including restrictions under any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law, or any rules, regulations and other requirements of the SEC or any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Shares may be listed or quoted.

     11. ESCROW. To enforce any restrictions on a Participant’s Shares, the Committee may require the Participant to deposit all certificates representing Shares, together with stock powers or other instruments of transfer approved by the Committee, appropriately endorsed in blank, with the Company or an agent designated by the Company to hold in escrow until such restrictions have lapsed or terminated, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends referencing such restrictions to be placed on the certificates.

     12. EXCHANGE AND CANCELLATION OF OPTIONS. The Committee may, at any time or from time to time, authorize the Company, with the consent of the respective Participants, to issue new Options in exchange for the surrender and cancellation of any or all outstanding Options. The Committee may at any time cancel an Option previously granted to a Participant with payment in cash or other consideration, based on such terms and conditions as the Committee and the Participant may agree.

     13. SECURITIES LAW AND OTHER REGULATORY COMPLIANCE. An Option will not be effective unless such Option is in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws, rules and regulations of any governmental body, and the requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Shares may then be listed or quoted, as they are in effect on the date of grant of the Option and also on the date of exercise or other issuance. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan, the Company will have no obligation to issue or deliver certificates for Shares under this Plan prior to: (a) obtaining any approvals from governmental agencies that the Company determines are necessary or advisable; and/or (b) completion of any registration or other qualification of such Shares under any state or federal law or ruling of any governmental body that the Company determines to be necessary or advisable. The Company will be under no obligation to register the Shares with the SEC or to effect compliance with the registration, qualification or listing requirements of any state securities laws, stock exchange or automated quotation system, and the Company will have no liability for any inability or failure to do so.

4


     14. NO OBLIGATION TO EMPLOY. Nothing in this Plan or any Option granted under this Plan will confer or be deemed to confer on any Participant any right to continue in the employ of, or to continue any other relationship with, the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company to terminate Participant’s employment or other relationship at any time, with or without cause.

     15. CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS.

          15.1 Assumption or Replacement of Options by Successor. In the event of (a) a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, (b) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving corporation (other than a merger or consolidation with a wholly-owned subsidiary, a reincorporation of the Company in a different jurisdiction, or other transaction in which there is no substantial change in the shareholders of the Company or their relative share holdings and the Options granted under this Plan are assumed, converted or replaced by the successor corporation, which assumption will be binding on all Participants), (c) a merger in which the Company is the surviving corporation but after which the shareholders of the Company (other than any shareholder which merges (or which owns or controls another corporation which merges) with the Company in such merger) cease to own their shares or other equity interests in the Company, (d) the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company, or (e) any other transaction which qualifies as a “corporate transaction” under Section 424(a) of the Code wherein the shareholders of the Company give up all of their equity interest in the Company (except for the acquisition, sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the outstanding shares of the Company from or by the shareholders of the Company), any or all outstanding Options may be assumed, converted or replaced by the successor corporation (if any), which assumption, conversion or replacement will be binding on all Participants. In the alternative, the successor corporation may substitute equivalent Options or provide substantially similar consideration to Participants as was provided to shareholders (after taking into account the existing provisions of the Options). The successor corporation may also issue, in place of outstanding Shares of the Company held by the Participant, substantially similar shares or other property subject to repurchase restrictions no less favorable to the Participant. In the event such successor corporation (if any) refuses to assume or substitute Options, as provided above, pursuant to a transaction described in this Subsection 15.1, the vesting of such Options will accelerate and the Options will become exercisable in full prior to the consummation of such event at such times and on such conditions as the Committee determines, and if such Options are not exercised prior to the consummation of the corporate transaction, they shall terminate in accordance with the provisions of this Plan.

          15.2 Other Treatment of Options. Subject to any greater rights granted to Participants under the foregoing provisions of this Section 15, in the event of the occurrence of any transaction described in Section 15.1, any outstanding Options will be treated as provided in the applicable agreement or plan of merger, consolidation, dissolution, liquidation, sale of assets or other “corporate transaction.”

          15.3 Assumption of Options by the Company. The Company, from time to time, also may substitute or assume outstanding options granted by another company, whether in connection with an acquisition of such other company or otherwise, by either; (a) granting an Option under this Plan in substitution of such other company’s option; or (b) assuming such option as if it had been granted under this Plan if the terms of such assumed option could be applied to an Option granted under this Plan. Such substitution or assumption will be permissible if the holder of the substituted or assumed option would have been eligible to be granted an Option under this Plan if the other company had applied the rules of this Plan to such grant. In the event the Company assumes an option granted by another company, the terms and conditions of such option will remain unchanged (except that the exercise price and the number and nature of Shares issuable upon exercise of any such option will be adjusted appropriately pursuant to Section 424(a) of the Code). In the event the Company elects to grant a new Option rather than assuming an existing option, such new Option may be granted with a similarly adjusted Exercise Price.

     16. EFFECTIVE DATE. This Plan will become effective on the date the Board adopts this Plan (the “Effective Date”).

     17. TERM OF PLAN/GOVERNING LAW. Unless earlier terminated as provided herein, this Plan will terminate ten (10) years from the Effective Date. This Plan and all agreements thereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Singapore.

5


     18. AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN. The Board may at any time terminate or amend this Plan in any respect, including without limitation amendment of any form of Award Agreement or instrument to be executed pursuant to this Plan.

     19. NONEXCLUSIVITY OF THE PLAN. Neither the adoption of this Plan by the Board nor any provision of this Plan will be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such additional compensation arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options otherwise than under this Plan, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

     20. DEFINITIONS. As used in this Plan, the following terms will have the following meanings:

          “Affiliate” means any corporation that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another corporation, where “control” (including the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to cause the direction of the management and policies of the corporation, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

          “Award Agreement” means, with respect to each Option, the signed written agreement between the Company and the Participant setting forth the terms and conditions of the Option.

          “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

          “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

          “Committee” means the committee appointed by the Board to administer this Plan, or if no such committee is appointed, the Board.

          “Company” means Flextronics International Ltd. or any successor corporation.

          “Disability” means a disability, whether temporary or permanent, partial or total, within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, as determined by the Committee.

          “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

          “Exercise Price” means the price at which a holder of an Option may purchase the Shares issuable upon exercise of the Option.

          “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of the Shares determined as follows:

(a)if such Shares are then quoted on the Nasdaq National Market, the closing price of such Shares on the Nasdaq National Market on the date of determination as reported in The Wall Street Journal;
(b)if such Shares are publicly traded and are then listed on a national securities exchange, the closing price of such Shares on the date of determination on the principal national securities exchange on which the Shares are listed or admitted to trading as reported in The Wall Street Journal;
(c)if such Shares are publicly traded but are not quoted on the Nasdaq National Market nor listed or admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on the date of determination as reported in The Wall Street Journal; or
(d)if none of the foregoing is applicable, by the Committee in good faith.

          “Insider” means an officer or director of the Company or any other person whose transactions in the Company’s Shares are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

          “Option” means an award of an option to purchase Shares pursuant to Section 5.

6


           “Parent” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if at the time of the granting of an Option under this Plan, each of such corporations other than the Company owns shares possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of shares in one of the other corporations in such chain.

          “Participant” means a person who receives an Option under this Plan.

          “Plan” means this Flextronics International Ltd. 1998 Interim Option Plan, as amended from time to time.

          “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

          “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

          “Shares” means Ordinary Shares of the Company with a par value of S$0.01 per share reserved for issuance under this Plan, as adjusted pursuant to Sections 2 and 15, and any successor security.

          “Subsidiary” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if, at the time of granting of the Option, each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns shares possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of shares in one of the other corporations in such chain.

          “Termination” or “Terminated” means, for purposes of this Plan with respect to a Participant, that the Participant has for any reason ceased to provide services as an employee, consultant, independent contractor or advisor to the Company or a Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, except in the case of sick leave, military leave, or any other leave of absence approved by the Committee. The Committee will have sole discretion to determine whether a Participant has ceased to provide services and the effective date on which the Participant ceased to provide services (the “Termination Date”).

7


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

1999 INTERIM OPTION PLAN

As Adopted December 14, 1998

     1. PURPOSE. The purpose of this Plan is to provide incentives to attract, retain and motivate eligible persons whose present and potential contributions are important to the success of the Company, its Parent, Subsidiaries and Affiliates, by offering them an opportunity to participate in the Company’s future performance through awards of Options. Capitalized terms not defined in the text are defined in Section 20.

     2. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

          2.1 Number of Shares Available. Subject to Sections 2.2 and 15, the total number of Shares reserved and available for grant and issuance pursuant to this Plan will be 1,300,000* Shares. Subject to Sections 2.2 and 15, Shares that are subject to issuance upon exercise of an Option but cease to be subject to such Option for any reason other than exercise of such Option will again be available for grant and issuance in connection with future Options under this Plan. At all times the Company shall reserve and keep available a sufficient number of Shares as shall be required to satisfy the requirements of all outstanding Options granted under this Plan.

          2.2 Adjustment of Shares. In the event that the number of outstanding Shares is changed by a stock dividend, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, subdivision, combination, reclassification or similar change in the capital structure of the Company without consideration, then (a) the number of Shares reserved for issuance under this Plan and (b) the Exercise Prices of and number of Shares subject to outstanding Options will be proportionately adjusted, subject to any required action by the Board or the shareholders of the Company and compliance with applicable securities laws; provided, however, that (i) fractions of a Share will not be issued but will be replaced by a cash payment equal to the Fair Market Value of such fraction of a Share, and (ii) no such adjustment shall be made if as a result, the Exercise Price would fall below the par value of a Share and if such adjustment would but for this paragraph (ii) result in the Exercise Price being less than the par value of a Share, the Exercise Price payable shall be the par value of a Share as determined by the Committee.

     3. ELIGIBILITY. All Options issued under the Plan shall be Nonqualified Stock Options (“NQSOS”). Options may be granted only to employees, officers, directors, consultants, independent contractors and advisors of the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company or, upon the request of any such individual, to a trust or other entity for the benefit of such individual; provided that Options awarded to officers or directors of the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company may not exceed 30% of all Options that are available for grant under the Plan; and provided further that such consultants, independent contractors and advisors, and officers and directors who are not employees of the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company (a) render bona fide services not in connection with the offer and sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and (b) are not residents of Singapore. A person may be granted more than one Option under this Plan.

     4. ADMINISTRATION.

          4.1 Committee Authority. This Plan will be administered by the Committee or by the Board acting as the Committee. Subject to the general purposes, terms and conditions of this Plan, and to the direction of the Board, the Committee will have full power to implement and carry out this Plan. Without limitation, the Committee will have the authority to:

(a)construe and interpret this Plan, any Award Agreement and any other agreement or document executed pursuant to this Plan;


*Reflects two for one stock split in the form of a bonus issue (the equivalent of a stock dividend) effective December 22, 1998.


(b)prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to this Plan;
(c)select persons to receive Options;
(d)determine the form and terms of Options;
(e)determine the number of Shares or other consideration subject to Options;
(f)determine whether Options will be granted singly, in combination with, in tandem with, in replacement of, or as alternatives to, other Options under this Plan or any other incentive or compensation plan of the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company;
(g)grant waivers of Plan or Option conditions;
(h)determine the vesting, exercisability and payment of Options;
(i)correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in this Plan, any Option or any Award Agreement;
(j)determine whether an Option has been earned; and
(k)make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of this Plan.

          4.2 Committee Discretion. Any determination made by the Committee with respect to any Option will be made in its sole discretion at the time of grant of the Option or, unless in contravention of any express term of this Plan or Option, at any later time, and such determination will be final and binding on the Company and on all persons having an interest in any Option under this Plan. The Board may delegate to one or more officers of the Company the authority to grant an Option under this Plan to Participants who are not Insiders of the Company.

     5. OPTIONS. The Committee may grant NQSOs to eligible persons and will determine the number of Shares subject to the Option, the Exercise Price of the Option, the period during which the Option may be exercised, and all other terms and conditions of the Option, subject to the following:

          5.1 Form of Option Grant. Each Option granted under this Plan will be evidenced by an Award Agreement and will be in such form and contain such provisions (which need not be the same for each Participant) as the Committee may from time to time approve, and which will comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan.

          5.2 Date of Grant. The date of grant of an Option will be the date on which the Committee makes the determination to grant such Option, unless otherwise specified by the Committee. The Award Agreement and a copy of this Plan will be delivered to the Participant within a reasonable time after the granting of the Option.

          5.3 Exercise Period. Options may be exercisable within the times or upon the events determined by the Committee as set forth in the Award Agreement governing such Option; provided, however, that no Option will be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date the Option is granted. The Committee also may provide for Options to become exercisable at one time or from time to time, periodically or otherwise, in such number of Shares or percentage of Shares as the Committee determines.

          5.4 Exercise Price. The Exercise Price of an Option will be determined by the Committee when the Option is granted and may be not less than 85% of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant. In no event may the Exercise Price of an Option be less than the par value of the Shares. Payment for the Shares purchased may be made in accordance with Section 6 of this Plan.

-2-


          5.5 Method of Exercise. Options may be exercised only by delivery to the Company of a written stock option exercise agreement (the “EXERCISE AGREEMENT”) in a form approved by the Committee (which need not be the same for each Participant), stating the number of Shares being purchased, the restrictions imposed on the Shares purchased under such Exercise Agreement, if any, and such representations and agreements regarding Participant’s investment intent and access to information and other matters, if any, as may be required or desirable by the Company to comply with applicable securities laws, together with payment in full of the Exercise Price for the number of Shares being purchased.

          5.6 Termination. Notwithstanding the exercise periods set forth in the Award Agreement, exercise of an Option will always be subject to the following:

(a)If the Participant is Terminated for any reason except death or Disability, then the Participant may exercise such Participant’s Options only to the extent that such Options would have been exercisable upon the Termination Date no later than three (3) months after the Termination Date (or such shorter or longer time period as may be determined by the Committee, but in any event, no later than the expiration date of the Options.)
(b)If the Participant is Terminated because of Participant’s death or Disability (or the Participant dies within three (3) months after a Termination other than because of Participant’s death or Disability), then Participant’s Options may be exercised only to the extent that such Options would have been exercisable by Participant on the Termination Date and must be exercised by Participant (or Participant’s legal representative or authorized assignee) no later than twelve (12) months after the Termination Date (or such shorter or longer time period as may be determined by the Committee, but in any event no later than the expiration date of the Options.)

          5.7 Limitations on Exercise. The Committee may specify a reasonable minimum number of Shares that may be purchased on any exercise of an Option, provided that such minimum number will not prevent Participant from exercising the Option for the full number of Shares for which it is then exercisable.

          5.8 Modification, Extension or Renewal. The Committee may modify, extend or renew outstanding Options and authorize the grant of new Options in substitution therefor, provided that (a) any such action may not, without the written consent of a Participant, impair any of such Participant’s rights under any Option previously granted, and (b) no such modification, extension or renewal shall be made if it would have the effect of extending the expiration date of the Option(s) concerned to more than ten (10) years from the date the relevant Option(s) were first granted. The Committee may reduce the Exercise Price of outstanding Options without the consent of Participants affected by a written notice to them; provided, however, that the Exercise Price may not be reduced below the minimum Exercise Price that would be permitted under Section 5.4 of this Plan for Options granted on the date the action is taken to reduce the Exercise Price.

     6. PAYMENT FOR SHARE PURCHASES. Payment for Shares purchased pursuant to this Plan may be made in cash (by check) or, where expressly approved for the Participant by the Committee and where permitted by law:

(a)provided that a public market for the Company’s shares exists:

(i)through a “same day sale” commitment from the Participant and a broker-dealer that is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers (an “NASD DEALER”) whereby the Participant irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to sell a portion of the Shares so purchased to pay for the Exercise Price, and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the Exercise Price directly to the Company; or

-3-


(ii) through a “margin” commitment from the Participant and a NASD Dealer whereby the Participant irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to pledge the Shares so purchased to the NASD Dealer in a margin account as security for a loan from the NASD Dealer in the amount of the Exercise Price, and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the Exercise Price directly to the Company; or

(b)by any combination of the foregoing.

     7. WITHHOLDING TAXES. Whenever Shares are to be issued upon exercise of an Option granted under this Plan, the Company may require the Participant to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state and local withholding tax requirements prior to the delivery of any certificate or certificates for such Shares. Whenever, under this Plan, payment upon exercise of an Option is to be made in cash, such payment will be net of an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, and local withholding tax requirements.

     8. PRIVILEGES OF STOCK OWNERSHIP.

          8.1 Voting and Dividends. No Participant will have any of the rights of a shareholder with respect to any Shares until the Shares are issued to the Participant. After Shares are issued to the Participant, the Participant will be a shareholder and have all the rights of a shareholder with respect to such Shares, including the right to vote and receive all dividends or other distributions made or paid with respect to such Shares.

          8.2 Financial Statements. The Company will provide financial statements to each Participant prior to such Participant’s purchase of Shares under this Plan, and to each Participant annually during the period such Participant has Options outstanding; provided, however, the Company will not be required to provide such financial statements to Participants whose services in connection with the Company assure them access to equivalent information.

     9. TRANSFERABILITY. Options granted under this Plan, and any interest therein, will not be transferable or assignable by Participant, and may not be made subject to execution, attachment or similar process, otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or as consistent with the specific Plan and Award Agreement provisions relating thereto. During the lifetime of the Participant an Option will be exercisable only by the Participant, and any elections with respect to an Option, may be made only by the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) Optionees may transfer or assign their options (other than Incentive Stock Options) to family members (as defined below) through a gift or a domestic relations order (and not in a transfer for value), and (ii) if the terms of the applicable Award Agreement so provide, Optionees who reside outside of the United States and Singapore may assign their options to a financial institution outside of the United States and Singapore that has been approved by the Committee, in accordance with the terms of the applicable award agreement. The Optionee shall be solely responsible for effecting any such assignment, and for ensuring that such assignment is valid, legal and binding under all applicable laws. The Committee shall have the discretion to establish such rules as it deems necessary to ensure that all such assignments are made in compliance with all applicable laws. For purposes of this paragraph, “family member” includes any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, any person sharing the employee’s household (other than a tenant or employee), a trust in which these persons have more than fifty percent of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which these persons (or the employee) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons (or the employee) own more than fifty percent of the voting interests.

     10. CERTIFICATES. All certificates for Shares or other securities delivered under this Plan will be subject to such stock transfer orders, legends and other restrictions as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable, including restrictions under any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law, or any rules, regulations and other requirements of the SEC or any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Shares may be listed or quoted.

-4-


     11. ESCROW. To enforce any restrictions on a Participant’s Shares, the Committee may require the Participant to deposit all certificates representing Shares, together with stock powers or other instruments of transfer approved by the Committee, appropriately endorsed in blank, with the Company or an agent designated by the Company to hold in escrow until such restrictions have lapsed or terminated, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends referencing such restrictions to be placed on the certificates.

     12. EXCHANGE AND CANCELLATION OF OPTIONS. The Committee may, at any time or from time to time, authorize the Company, with the consent of the respective Participants, to issue new Options in exchange for the surrender and cancellation of any or all outstanding Options. The Committee may at any time cancel an Option previously granted to a Participant with payment in cash, or other consideration, based on such terms and conditions as the Committee and the Participant may agree.

     13. SECURITIES LAW AND OTHER REGULATORY COMPLIANCE. An Option will not be effective unless such Option is in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws, rules and regulations of any governmental body, and the requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Shares may then be listed or quoted, as they are in effect on the date of grant of the Option and also on the date of exercise or other issuance. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan, the Company will have no obligation to issue or deliver certificates for Shares under this Plan prior to: (a) obtaining any approvals from governmental agencies that the Company determines are necessary or advisable; and/or (b) completion of any registration or other qualification of such Shares under any state or federal law or ruling of any governmental body that the Company determines to be necessary or advisable. The Company will be under no obligation to register the Shares with the SEC or to effect compliance with the registration, qualification or listing requirements of any state securities laws, stock exchange or automated quotation system, and the Company will have no liability for any inability or failure to do so.

-5-


     14. NO OBLIGATION TO EMPLOY. Nothing in this Plan or any Option granted under this Plan will confer or be deemed to confer on any Participant any right to continue in the employ of, or to continue any other relationship with, the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company to terminate Participant’s employment or other relationship at any time, with or without cause.

     15. CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS.

          15.1 Assumption or Replacement of Options by Successor. In the event of (a) a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, (b) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving corporation (other than a merger or consolidation with a wholly-owned subsidiary, a reincorporation of the Company in a different jurisdiction, or other transaction in which there is no substantial change in the shareholders of the Company or their relative share holdings and the Options granted under this Plan are assumed, converted or replaced by the successor corporation, which assumption will be binding on all Participants), (c) a merger in which the Company is the surviving corporation but after which the shareholders of the Company (other than any shareholder which merges (or which owns or controls another corporation which merges) with the Company in such merger) cease to own their shares or other equity interests in the Company, (d) the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company, or (e) any other transaction which qualifies as a “corporate transaction” under Section 424(a) of the Code wherein the shareholders of the Company give up all of their equity interest in the Company (except for the acquisition, sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the outstanding shares of the Company from or by the shareholders of the Company), any or all outstanding Options may be assumed, converted or replaced by the successor corporation (if any), which assumption, conversion or replacement will be binding on all Participants. In the alternative, the successor corporation may substitute equivalent Options or provide substantially similar consideration to Participants as was provided to shareholders (after taking into account the existing provisions of the Options). The successor corporation may also issue, in place of outstanding Shares of the Company held by the Participant, substantially similar shares or other property subject to repurchase restrictions no less favorable to the Participant. In the event such successor corporation (if any) refuses to assume or substitute Options, as provided above, pursuant to a transaction described in this Subsection 15.1, the vesting of such Options will accelerate and the Options will become exercisable in full prior to the consummation of such event at such times and on such conditions as the Committee determines, and if such Options are not exercised prior to the consummation of the corporate transaction, they shall terminate in accordance with the provisions of this Plan.

          15.2 Other Treatment of Options. Subject to any greater rights granted to Participants under the foregoing provisions of this Section 15, in the event of the occurrence of any transaction described in Section 15.1, any outstanding Options will be treated as provided in the applicable agreement or plan of merger, consolidation, dissolution, liquidation, sale of assets or other “corporate transaction.”

          15.3 Assumption of Options by the Company. The Company, from time to time, also may substitute or assume outstanding options granted by another company, whether in connection with an acquisition of such other company or otherwise, by either; (a) granting an Option under this Plan in substitution of such other company’s option; or (b) assuming such option as if it had been granted under this Plan if the terms of such assumed option could be applied to an Option granted under this Plan. Such substitution or assumption will be permissible if the holder of the substituted or assumed option would have been eligible to be granted an Option under this Plan if the other company had applied the rules of this Plan to such grant. In the event the Company assumes an option granted by another company, the terms and conditions of such option will remain unchanged (except that the exercise price and the number and nature of Shares issuable upon exercise of any such option will be adjusted appropriately pursuant to Section 424(a) of the Code). In the event the Company elects to grant a new Option rather than assuming an existing option, such new Option may be granted with a similarly adjusted Exercise Price.

     16. EFFECTIVE DATE. This Plan will become effective on the date the Board adopts this Plan (the “EFFECTIVE DATE”).

-6-


     17. TERM OF PLAN/GOVERNING LAW. Unless earlier terminated as provided herein, this Plan will terminate ten (10) years from the Effective Date. This Plan and all agreements thereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Singapore.

     18. AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN. The Board may at any time terminate or amend this Plan in any respect, including without limitation amendment of any form of Award Agreement or instrument to be executed pursuant to this Plan.

     19. NONEXCLUSIVITY OF THE PLAN. Neither the adoption of this Plan by the Board nor any provision of this Plan will be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such additional compensation arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options otherwise than under this Plan, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

     20. DEFINITIONS. As used in this Plan, the following terms will have the following meanings:

          “AFFILIATE” means any corporation that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another corporation, where “control” (including the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to cause the direction of the management and policies of the corporation, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

          “AWARD AGREEMENT” means, with respect to each Option, the signed written agreement between the Company and the Participant setting forth the terms and conditions of the Option.

          “BOARD” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

          “CODE” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

          “COMMITTEE” means the committee appointed by the Board to administer this Plan, or if no such committee is appointed, the Board.

          “COMPANY” means Flextronics International Ltd. or any successor corporation.

          “DISABILITY” means a disability, whether temporary or permanent, partial or total, within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, as determined by the Committee.

          “EXCHANGE ACT” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

          “EXERCISE PRICE” means the price at which a holder of an Option may purchase the Shares issuable upon exercise of the Option.

          “FAIR MARKET VALUE” means, as of any date, the value of the Shares determined as follows:

(a)if such Shares are then quoted on the Nasdaq National Market, the closing price of such Shares on the Nasdaq National Market on the date of determination as reported in The Wall Street Journal;
(b)if such Shares are publicly traded and are then listed on a national securities exchange, the closing price of such Shares on the date of determination on the principal national securities exchange on which the Shares are listed or admitted to trading as reported in The Wall Street Journal;

-7-


(c)if such Shares are publicly traded but are not quoted on the Nasdaq National Market nor listed or admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on the date of determination as reported in The Wall Street Journal; or
(d)if none of the foregoing is applicable, by the Committee in good faith.

          “INSIDER” means an officer or director of the Company or any other person whose transactions in the Company’s Shares are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

          “OPTION” means an award of an option to purchase Shares pursuant to Section 5.

          “PARENT” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if at the time of the granting of an Option under this Plan, each of such corporations other than the Company owns shares possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of shares in one of the other corporations in such chain.

          “PARTICIPANT” means a person who receives an Option under this Plan.

          “PLAN” means this Flextronics International Ltd. 1999 Interim Option Plan, as amended from time to time.

          “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

          “SECURITIES ACT” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

          “SHARES” means Ordinary Shares of the Company with a par value of S$0.01 per share reserved for issuance under this Plan, as adjusted pursuant to Sections 2 and 15, and any successor security.

          “SUBSIDIARY” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if, at the time of granting of the Option, each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns shares possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of shares in one of the other corporations in such chain.

          “TERMINATION” or “TERMINATED” means, for purposes of this Plan with respect to a Participant, that the Participant has for any reason ceased to provide services as an employee, officer, director, consultant, independent contractor or advisor to the Company or a Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, except in the case of sick leave, military leave, or any other leave of absence approved by the Committee. The Committee will have sole discretion to determine whether a Participant has ceased to provide services and the effective date on which the Participant ceased to provide services (the “TERMINATION DATE”).

-8-


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

2002 INTERIM INCENTIVE PLAN

As Adopted May 6, 2002

     1. PURPOSE. The purpose of this Plan is to provide incentives to attract, retain and motivate eligible persons whose present and potential contributions are important to the success of the Company, its Parent and Subsidiaries, by offering them an opportunity to participate in the Company’s future performance through awards of Options and Share Bonuses. Capitalized terms not defined in the text are defined in Section 20.

     2. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

          2.1 Number of Shares Available. Subject to Sections 2.2 and 15, the total number of Shares reserved and available for grant and issuance pursuant to this Plan will be 20,000,000 Shares plus Shares that are subject to: (a) issuance upon exercise of an Option but cease to be subject to such Option for any reason other than exercise of such Option; (b) issuance pursuant to a Share Bonus but cease to be subject to such Share Bonus for any reason other than issuance pursuant to such Share Bonus; and (c) an Award that otherwise terminates without Shares being issued. At all times the Company shall reserve and keep available a sufficient number of Shares as shall be required to satisfy the requirements of all outstanding Awards granted under this Plan.

          2.2 Adjustment of Shares. Should any change be made to the Shares issuable under the Plan by reason of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the outstanding Shares as a class without the Company’s receipt of consideration, then appropriate adjustments shall be made to (i) the maximum number and/or class of securities issuable under the Plan and (ii) the number and/or class of securities and price per Share in effect under each Award outstanding under Sections 5 and 6. Such adjustments to the outstanding Awards are to be effected in a manner which shall preclude the enlargement or dilution of rights and benefits under such Awards, provided, however, that (i) fractions of a Share will not be issued but will be replaced by a cash payment equal to the Fair Market Value of such fraction of a Share, as determined by the Committee, and (ii) in the case of an Option granted under Section 5, no such adjustment shall be made if as a result, the Exercise Price would fall below the par value of a Share and if such adjustment would but for this paragraph (ii) result in the Exercise Price being less than the par value of a Share, the Exercise Price payable shall be the par value of a Share. The adjustments determined by the Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive.

     3. ELIGIBILITY. All Awards may be granted to employees, officers and directors of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, provided however, that non-executive directors of the Company shall be eligible for the grant of Awards only to the extent permitted by, and subject to compliance with, all applicable laws and regulations. A person may be granted more than one Award under this Plan. Awards granted to officers and non-employee directors may not exceed in the aggregate forty-nine percent (49%) of all Shares that are reserved for grant under this Plan.

     4. ADMINISTRATION.

          4.1 Committee Authority. This Plan will be administered by the Committee or by the Board acting as the Committee. Subject to the general purposes, terms and conditions of this Plan, and to the direction of the Board, the Committee will have full power to implement and carry out this Plan. The Committee will have the authority to:

(a)construe and interpret this Plan, any Award Agreement and any other agreement or document executed pursuant to this Plan;
(b)prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to this Plan or any Award;


(c)select persons to receive Awards;
(d)determine the form and terms of Awards;
(e)determine the number of Shares or other consideration subject to Awards;
(f)determine whether Awards will be granted singly, in combination with, in tandem with, in replacement of, or as alternatives to, other Awards under this Plan or any other incentive or compensation plan of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company;
(g)grant waivers of Plan or Award conditions;
(h)determine the vesting, exercisability and payment of Awards;
(i)correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in this Plan, any Award or any Award Agreement;
(j)determine whether an Award has been earned; and
(k)make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of this Plan.

          4.2 Committee Discretion. Any determination made by the Committee with respect to any Award will be made in its sole discretion at the time of grant of the Award or, unless in contravention of any express term of this Plan or Award, at any later time, and such determination will be final and binding on the Company and on all persons having an interest in any Award under this Plan. The Committee may delegate to one or more officers of the Company the authority to grant an Award under this Plan to Participants who are not Insiders of the Company.

     5. OPTIONS. The Committee may grant Options that are Nonqualified Stock Options (“NQSOS”) to eligible persons and will determine the number of Shares subject to the Option, the Exercise Price of the Option, the period during which the Option may be exercised, and all other terms and conditions of the Option, subject to the following:

          5.1 Form of Option Grant. Each Option granted under this Plan will be evidenced by an Award Agreement which will expressly identify the Option as a NQSO (“SHARE OPTION AGREEMENT”), and, except as otherwise required by the terms of Section 7 hereof, will be in such form and contain such provisions (which need not be the same for each Participant) as the Committee may from time to time approve, and which will comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan.

          5.2 Date of Grant. The date of grant of an Option will be the date on which the Committee makes the determination to grant such Option, unless otherwise specified by the Committee. The Share Option Agreement and a copy of this Plan will be delivered to the Participant within a reasonable time after the granting of the Option.

          5.3 Exercise Period. Options may be exercisable within the times or upon the events determined by the Committee as set forth in the Share Option Agreement governing such Option; provided, however, that no Option will be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date the Option is granted; and provided further that no Option granted to a person who is not an employee of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company on the date of grant of that Option will be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date the Option is granted. The Committee also may provide for Options to become exercisable at one time or from time to time, periodically or otherwise, in such number of Shares or percentage of Shares as the Committee determines.

2


          5.4 Exercise Price. The Exercise Price of an Option will be determined by the Committee when the Option is granted. In no event may the Exercise Price of an Option be less than the par value of the Shares. Payment for the Shares purchased may be made in accordance with Section 7 of this Plan.

          5.5 Method of Exercise.

(a)Options may be exercised only by delivery to the Company (or as the Company may direct) of a written share option exercise agreement (the “EXERCISE AGREEMENT”) (in the case of a written Exercise Agreement, in the form approved by the Board or the Committee, which need not be the same for each Participant), in each case stating the number of Shares being purchased, the restrictions imposed on the Shares purchased under such Exercise Agreement, if any, and such representations and agreements regarding Participant’s investment intent and access to information and other matters, if any, as may be required or desirable by the Company to comply with applicable securities laws, together with payment in full of the Exercise Price for the number of Shares being purchased.
(b)A written Exercise Agreement may be communicated electronically through the use of such security device (including, without limitation, any logon identifier, password, personal identification number, smartcard, digital certificate, digital signature, encryption device, electronic key, and/or other code or any access procedure incorporating any one or more of the foregoing) as may be designated by the Board or the Committee for use in conjunction with the Plan from time to time (“SECURITY DEVICE”), or via an electronic page, site, or environment designated by the Company which is accessible only through the use of such Security Device, and such written Exercise Agreement shall thereby be deemed to have been sent by the designated holder of such Security Device. The Company (or its agent) may accept and act upon any written Exercise Agreement issued and/or transmitted through the use of the Participant’s Security Device (whether actually authorized by the Participant or not) as his authentic and duly authorized Exercise Agreement and the Company (or its agent) may treat such Exercise Agreement as valid and binding on the Participant notwithstanding any error, fraud, forgery, lack of clarity or misunderstanding in the terms of such Exercise Agreement. All written Exercise Agreements issued and/or transmitted through the use of the Participant’s Security Device (whether actually authorized by the Participant or not) are irrevocable and binding on the Participant upon transmission to the Company (or as the Company may direct) and the Company (or its agent) shall be entitled to effect, perform or process such Exercise Agreement without the Participant’s further consent and without further reference to the Participant.
(c)The Company’s records of the Exercise Agreements (whether delivered or communicated electronically or in printed form), and its record of any transactions maintained by any relevant person authorized by the Company relating to or connected with the Plan, whether stored in audio, electronic, printed or other form, shall be binding and conclusive on the Participant and shall be conclusive evidence of such Exercise Agreements and/or transactions. All such records shall be admissible in evidence and, in the case of a written Exercise Agreement which has been communicated electronically, the Participant shall not challenge or dispute the admissibility, reliability, accuracy or the authenticity of the contents of such records merely on the basis that such records were incorporated and/or set out in electronic form or were produced by or are the output of a computer system, and the Participant waives any of his rights (if any) to so object.

          5.6 Termination. Notwithstanding the exercise periods set forth in the Share Option Agreement, exercise of an Option will always be subject to the following:

3


(a)If the Participant is Terminated for any reason except death or Disability, then the Participant may exercise such Participant’s Options only to the extent that such Options would have been exercisable upon the Termination Date no later than three (3) months after the Termination Date (or such shorter or longer time period not exceeding five (5) years as may be determined by the Committee), but in any event no later than the expiration date of the Options.
(b)If the Participant is Terminated because of the Participant’s death or Disability (or the Participant dies within three (3) months after a Termination other than for Cause or because of the Participant’s Disability), then the Participant’s Options may be exercised only to the extent that such Options would have been exercisable by the Participant on the Termination Date and must be exercised by the Participant (or the Participant’s legal representative or authorized assignee) no later than twelve (12) months after the Termination Date (or such shorter or longer time period not exceeding five (5) years as may be determined by the Committee), but in any event no later than the expiration date of the Options.
(c)If the Participant is Terminated for Cause, then the Participant’s Options shall expire on such Participant’s Termination Date, or at such later time and on such conditions as are determined by the Committee (but in any event, no later than the expiration date of the Options).

          5.7 Limitations on Exercise. The Committee may specify a reasonable minimum number of Shares that may be purchased on any exercise of an Option, provided that such minimum number will not prevent the Participant from exercising the Option for the full number of Shares for which it is then exercisable.

          5.8 Modification, Extension or Renewal. The Committee may modify, extend or renew outstanding Options and authorize the grant of new Options in substitution therefor, provided that any such action may not, without the written consent of a Participant, impair any of such Participant’s rights under any Option previously granted, and provided further that the exercise period of any Option may not in any event be extended beyond the periods specified in Section 5.3.

     6. SHARE BONUSES. The Committee may grant Share Bonuses and will determine the number of Shares subject to the Share Bonus, the Purchase Price of the Shares subject to the Share Bonus, and all other terms and conditions of the Share Bonus, subject to the following:

          6.1 Awards of Share Bonuses. Share Bonuses may be awarded pursuant to an Award Agreement (the “SHARE BONUS AGREEMENT”) that will be in such form (which need not be the same for each Participant) as the Committee will from time to time approve, and will comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan. Share Bonuses provide the Participant with the right to receive a specified number of Shares at the end of a specified vesting period, or periods, not to exceed, in the case of Participants who are employees of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, ten (10) years from the date of grant of the Share Bonus, and, in the case of Participants who are not employees of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, five (5) years from the date of grant of the Share Bonus (“VESTING PERIODS”) upon receipt of the Purchase Price, and may provide that such number will be increased, or the right to receive Shares accelerated, upon the satisfaction of specified performance goals. Share Bonuses may vary from Participant to Participant and between groups of Participants, and may be based upon the achievement of the Company, Parent or Subsidiary and/or individual performance factors or upon such other criteria as the Committee may determine.

          6.2 Terms of Share Bonuses. The Committee will determine the number of Shares to be awarded to the Participant pursuant to a Share Bonus. If the Share Bonus is being earned upon the satisfaction of performance goals pursuant to a Share Bonus Agreement, then the Committee will: (a) determine the nature, length and starting date of any Performance Period for each Share Bonus; (b) determine the applicable performance goals and Performance Factors, if any; (c) determine the total number of Shares that may be awarded to the Participant, (d)

4


determine the number of Shares that will be issued in each Performance Period and the effect thereon of the satisfaction of the Performance Factors, including any provision for acceleration of issuance of Shares, or increase in the number of such Shares, and (e) determine whether any payment will be required for the issuance of such Shares other than satisfaction of the Performance Factors and the payment of the Purchase Price.

          The Committee shall, as soon as practicable after the end of each Vesting Period or, as the case may be, Performance Period, determine the extent to which the Share Bonuses have vested or have been earned, and shall thereafter procure the allotment and issuance to the Participant of the Shares to the extent vested and/or earned against payment of the Purchase Price. Performance Periods may overlap and Participants may participate simultaneously with respect to Share Bonuses that are subject to different Performance Periods and different performance goals and other criteria. The number of Shares may be fixed or may vary in accordance with such performance goals and criteria as may be determined by the Committee. The Committee may adjust the performance goals applicable to the Share Bonuses to take into account changes in law and accounting or tax rules and to make such adjustments as the Committee deems necessary or appropriate to reflect the impact of extraordinary or unusual items, events or circumstances to avoid windfalls or hardships.

          6.3 Date of Grant. The date of grant of a Share Bonus will be the date on which the Committee makes the determination to grant such Share Bonus, unless otherwise specified by the Committee. The Share Bonus Agreement and a copy of this Plan will be delivered to the Participant within a reasonable time after the granting of the Share Bonus.

          6.4 Purchase Price. The Purchase Price for each Share subject to a Share Bonus will be equal to the par value of each such Share. Payment of the Purchase Price for the Shares subject to a Share Bonus may be made in accordance with Section 7 of this Plan.

          6.5 Termination. The Share Bonus and all of the Company’s obligations and the Participant’s rights under the Plan and the Share Bonus Agreement (except the right to receive Shares already vested and Shares already earned), shall terminate on the earlier of the Participant’s Termination Date or the date when all the Shares have been allotted and issued.

          6.6 Modification, Extension or Renewal. The Committee may modify, extend or renew outstanding Share Bonuses and authorize the grant of new Share Bonuses in substitution therefor, provided that any such action may not, without the written consent of a Participant, impair any of such Participant’s rights under any Share Bonus previously granted.

     7. PAYMENT FOR SHARE PURCHASES.

          7.1 Payment. Payment for Shares purchased pursuant to this Plan may be made in cash (by check) or, where expressly approved for the Participant by the Committee and where permitted by law:

(a)by cancellation of indebtedness of the Company to the Participant;
(b)by waiver of compensation due or accrued to the Participant for services rendered;
(c)with respect only to purchases upon exercise of an Option, and provided that a public market for the Company’s Shares exists:

(1)through a “same day sale” commitment from the Participant and a broker-dealer that is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers (an “NASD DEALER”) whereby the Participant irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to sell a portion of the Shares so purchased to pay for the Exercise Price, and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the Exercise Price directly to the Company; or

5


(2) through a “margin” commitment from the Participant and a NASD Dealer whereby the Participant irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to pledge the Shares so purchased to the NASD Dealer in a margin account as security for a loan from the NASD Dealer in the amount of the Exercise Price, and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the Exercise Price directly to the Company;

(d)conversion of a convertible note issued by the Company, the terms of which provide that it is convertible into Shares issuable pursuant to the Plan (with the principal amount and any accrued interest being converted and credited dollar for dollar to the payment of the Exercise Price or, as the case may be, the Purchase Price);
(e)by the Company, as permitted by applicable laws; or
(f)by any combination of the foregoing.

     8. WITHHOLDING TAXES. Whenever Shares are to be issued in satisfaction of Awards granted under this Plan, the Company may require the Participant to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state and local withholding tax requirements prior to the delivery of any certificate or certificates for such Shares. Whenever, under this Plan, payments in satisfaction of Awards are to be made in cash, such payment will be net of an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, and local withholding tax requirements.

     9. TRANSFERABILITY.

          9.1 Except as otherwise provided in this Section 9, Awards granted under this Plan, and any interest therein, will not be transferable or assignable by a Participant, and may not be made subject to execution, attachment or similar process, otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or as determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement with respect to Awards. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) Participants may transfer or assign their Awards to Family Members through a gift or a domestic relations order (and not in a transfer for value), and (ii) if the terms of the applicable instrument evidencing the grant of an Award so provide, Participants who reside outside of the United States and Singapore may assign their Awards to a financial institution outside of the United States and Singapore that has been approved by the Committee, in accordance with the terms of the applicable instrument. The Participant shall be solely responsible for effecting any such assignment, and for ensuring that such assignment is valid, legal and binding under all applicable laws. The Committee shall have the discretion to adopt such rules as it deems necessary to ensure that any assignment is in compliance with all applicable laws.

          9.2 NQSOs. Unless otherwise restricted by the Committee, an NQSO shall be exercisable: (i) during the Participant’s lifetime only by (A) the Participant, (B) the Participant’s guardian or legal representative, (C) a Family Member of the Participant who has acquired the NQSO by “permitted transfer;” as defined below, (ii) by a transferee that is permitted pursuant to clause (ii) of Section 9.1, for such period as may be authorized by the terms of the applicable instrument evidencing the grant of the applicable Option, or by the Committee, and (iii) after Participant’s death, by the legal representative of the Participant’s heirs or legatees. “Permitted transfer” means any transfer of an interest in such NQSO by gift or domestic relations order effected by the Participant during the Participant’s lifetime. A permitted transfer shall not include any transfer for value; provided that the following shall be permitted transfers and shall not be considered to be transfers for value: (a) a transfer under a domestic relations order in settlement of marital property rights or (b) a transfer to an entity in which more than fifty percent of the voting interests are owned by Family Members or the Participant in exchange for an interest in that entity.

     10. PRIVILEGES OF SHARE OWNERSHIP. No Participant will have any of the rights of a shareholder with respect to any Shares until the Shares are issued to the Participant. After Shares are issued to the Participant, the Participant will be a shareholder and have all the rights of a shareholder with respect to such Shares, including the right to vote and receive all dividends or other distributions made or paid with respect to such Shares.

6


     11. CERTIFICATES. All certificates for Shares or other securities delivered under this Plan will be subject to such share transfer orders, legends and other restrictions as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable, including restrictions under any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law, or any rules, regulations and other requirements of the SEC or any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Shares may be listed or quoted.

     12. EXCHANGE AND BUYOUT OF AWARDS. The Committee may, at any time or from time to time and subject to compliance with all applicable laws and regulations, authorize the Company, with the consent of the respective Participants, to issue new Awards in exchange for the surrender and cancellation of any or all outstanding Awards. The Committee may at any time and subject to compliance with all applicable laws and regulations buy from a Participant an Award previously granted with payment in cash, Shares or other consideration, based on such terms and conditions as the Committee and the Participant may agree.

     13. SECURITIES LAW AND OTHER REGULATORY COMPLIANCE. An Award will not be effective unless such Award is in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws, rules and regulations of any governmental body, and the requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Shares may then be listed or quoted, as they are in effect on the date of grant of the Award and also on the date of exercise or other issuance. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan, the Company will have no obligation to issue or deliver certificates for Shares under this Plan prior to: (a) obtaining any approvals from governmental agencies that the Company determines are necessary or advisable; and/or (b) completion of any registration or other qualification of such Shares under any state or federal law or ruling of any governmental body that the Company determines to be necessary or advisable. The Company will be under no obligation to register the Shares with the SEC or to effect compliance with the registration, qualification or listing requirements of any state securities laws, stock exchange or automated quotation system, and the Company will have no liability for any inability or failure to do so.

     14. NO OBLIGATION TO EMPLOY. Nothing in this Plan or any Award granted under this Plan will confer or be deemed to confer on any Participant any right to continue in the employ of, or to continue any other relationship with, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company to terminate Participant’s employment or other relationship at any time, with or without cause.

     15. CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS.

          15.1 Assumption or Replacement of Awards by Successor. In the event of (a) a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, (b) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving corporation (other than a merger or consolidation with a wholly-owned subsidiary, a reincorporation of the Company in a different jurisdiction, or other transaction in which there is no substantial change in the shareholders of the Company or their relative share holdings and the Awards granted under this Plan are assumed, converted or replaced by the successor corporation, which assumption will be binding on all Participants), (c) a merger in which the Company is the surviving corporation but after which the shareholders of the Company immediately prior to such merger (other than any shareholder that merges, or which owns or controls another corporation that merges, with the Company in such merger) cease to own their shares or other equity interest in the Company, (d) the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company, or (e) the acquisition, sale, or transfer of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Company by tender offer or similar transaction (each, a “CORPORATE TRANSACTION”), each Option which is at the time outstanding under this Plan shall automatically accelerate so that each such Option shall, immediately prior to the specified effective date for the Corporate Transaction, become fully exercisable with respect to the total number of Shares at the time subject to such Option and may be exercised for all or any portion of such Shares. However, subject to the specific terms of a Participant’s Award Agreement, an outstanding Option under this Plan shall not so accelerate if and to the extent: (i) such Option is, in connection with the Corporate Transaction, either to be assumed by the successor corporation or parent thereof or to be replaced with a comparable Option to purchase shares of the capital sharestock of the successor corporation or parent thereof, (ii) such Option is to be replaced with a cash incentive program of the successor corporation which preserves the Option spread existing at the time of the Corporate Transaction and provides for subsequent payout in accordance with the same vesting schedule applicable to such

7


Option or (iii) the acceleration of such Option is subject to other limitations imposed by the Committee at the time of the Option grant. The determination of Option comparability under clause (i) above shall be made by the Committee, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

15.2 Other Treatment of Awards.Awards

     Subject to any greater rights granted to Participants under the foregoing provisions of this Section 15 or other specific terms of a Participant’s Award Agreement, in the event of the occurrence of any Corporate Transaction described in Section 15.1, any outstanding Awards will be treated as provided in the applicable agreement or plan of merger, consolidation, dissolution, liquidation, or sale of assets.

15.3 Assumption of Awards by the Company.Company

     The Company, from time to time, also may substitute or assume outstanding awards granted by another company, whether in connection with an acquisition of such other company or otherwise, by either; (a) granting an Award under this Plan in substitution of such other company’s award; or (b) assuming such award as if it had been granted under this Plan if the terms of such assumed award could be applied to an Award granted under this Plan. Such substitution or assumption will be permissible if the holder of the substituted or assumed award would have been eligible to be granted an Award under this Plan if the other company had applied the rules of this Plan to such grant. In the event the Company assumes an award granted by another company, the terms and conditions of such award will remain unchanged (except that the Exercise Price and the number and nature of Shares issuable upon exercise of any such Option will be adjusted appropriately pursuant to Section 424(a) of the Code). In the event the Company elects to grant a new Option rather than assuming an existing Option, such new Option may be granted with a similarly adjusted Exercise Price.

16. ADOPTION. ADOPTION AND SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL

This Plan will become effective on the date on which the Board adopts the Plan (the “EFFECTIVE DATE”). This Plan shall be approved by the shareholders of the Company (excluding Shares issued pursuant to

52


this Plan), consistent with applicable laws, within twelve (12) months before or after the date this Plan is adopted by the Board. Upon the Effective Date, the Committee may grant Awards pursuant to this Plan; provided, however, that: (a) no Option may be exercised prior to initial shareholder approval of this Plan; (b) no Option granted pursuant to an increase in the number of Shares subject to this Plan approved by the Board will be exercised prior to the time such increase has been approved by the shareholders of the Company; (c) in the event that initial shareholder approval is not obtained within the time period provided herein, all Awards granted hereunder shall be cancelled; and (d) in the event that shareholder approval of such increase is not obtained within the time period provided herein, all Awards granted pursuant to such increase will be cancelled.

17. TERM OF PLAN/GOVERNING LAW.LAW

     Unless earlier terminated as provided herein, this Plan will terminate ten (10) years from the date this Plan is adopted by the Board.Board or, if earlier, the date of shareholder approval. This Plan and all agreements thereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

18. AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN.PLAN

     The Board has complete and exclusive power and authority to amend or modify the Plan (or any component thereof) in any or all respects whatsoever. However, (i) no such amendment or modification shall adversely affect rights and obligations with respect to AwardsOptions at the time outstanding under the Plan, unless the Participant consents to such amendment.

amendment, and (ii) the automatic grants to Outside Directors pursuant to Section 7 may not be amended at intervals more frequently than once every six (6) months, other than to the extent necessary to comply with applicable U.S. income tax laws and regulations. In addition, the Board may not, without the approval of the Company’s shareholders, amend the Plan to (i) materially increase the maximum number of Shares issuable under the Plan or the number of Shares for which Options may be granted per newly-elected or continuing Outside Director or the maximum number of Shares for which any one individual participating in the Plan may be granted Options, (ii) materially modify the eligibility requirements for plan participation or (iii) materially increase the benefits accruing to Participants. The Board may at any time terminate or amend this Plan in any respect, including without limitation amendment of any form of Award Agreement or instrument to be executed pursuant to this Plan.Plan; provided, however, that the Board will not, without the approval of the shareholders of the Company, amend this Plan in any manner that requires such shareholder approval.

19. NONEXCLUSIVITY OF THE PLAN.PLAN

     Neither the adoption of this Plan by the Board, the submission of this Plan to the shareholders of the Company for approval, nor any provision of this Plan will be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such additional compensation arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of sharestock options and bonuses otherwise than under this Plan, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

20. STOCK BONUSES

A Stock Bonus is a grant of Shares by the Company to an individual who has satisfied the terms and conditions set by the Committee on the making of such grant. The Committee will determine to whom a grant may be made, the number of Shares that may be granted, the restrictions to the making of such grant, and all other terms and conditions of the Stock Bonus. The conditions to grant may be based upon completion of a specified number of years of service with the Company or upon completion of the performance goals as set out by the Committee. Grants of Stock Bonuses may vary from Participant to Participant and between groups of Participants. Prior to the grant of a Stock Bonus, the Committee shall: (a) determine the nature, length and starting date of any Performance Period that may be a condition precedent to grant of a Stock Bonus; (b) select from among the Performance Factors to be used to measure performance goals, if any; and (c) determine the number of Shares that may be awarded to the Participant. Prior to the grant of any Stock Bonus, the Committee shall determine the extent to which such Stock Bonus has been earned. Performance Periods may overlap and Participants may participate simultaneously with respect to Stock Bonuses that are subject to different Performance Periods and having different performance goals and other criteria. Participants shall be required to pay the par value for any Shares issued as a Stock Bonus.

53


21. DEFINITIONS.

     As used in this Plan, the following terms will have the following meanings:

          “AWARD” means any Options or Share Bonuses granted under this Plan.

          “AWARD AGREEMENT” means, with respect to each Award, the signed written agreement between the Company and the Participant setting forth the terms and conditions of the Award.

          “BOARD” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

          “CAUSE” means (a) the commission of an act of theft, embezzlement, fraud, dishonesty, (b) a breach of fiduciary duty to the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company or (c) a failure to materially perform the customary duties of the employee’s employment.

8


          “CODE” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

          “COMMITTEE” means the Compensation Committee of the Board.

          “COMPANY” means Flextronics International Ltd. or any successor corporation.

          “DISABILITY” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

          “EXCHANGE ACT” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

          “EXERCISE PRICE” means the price at which a holder of an Option may purchase the Shares issuable upon exercise of the Option.

          “FAIR MARKET VALUE”
“Award” means any Options or shares from Stock Bonuses granted under this Plan.
“Award Agreement” means, with respect to each Award, the signed written agreement between the Company and the Participant setting forth the terms and conditions of the Award.
“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
“Cause” means (a) the commission of an act of theft, embezzlement, fraud, dishonesty, (b) a breach of fiduciary duty to the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company or (c) a failure to materially perform the customary duties of the employee’s employment.
“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
“Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board.
“Company” means Flextronics International Ltd. or any successor corporation.
“Disability” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.
“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
“Exercise Price” means the price at which a holder of an Option may purchase the Shares issuable upon exercise of the Option.
“Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of the Shares determined as follows:

 (a)      if such Shares are then quoted on the Nasdaq National Market, the closing price of such Shares on the Nasdaq National Market on the date of determination as reported in The Wall Street Journal;
 
 (b)     if such Shares are publicly traded and are then listed on a national securities exchange, the closing price of such Shares on the date of determination on the principal national securities exchange on which the Shares are listed or admitted to trading as reported in The Wall Street Journal;
 
 (c)      if such Shares are publicly traded but are not quoted on the Nasdaq National Market nor listed or admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on the date of determination as reported in The Wall Street Journal; or
 
 (d)      if none of the foregoing is applicable, by the Committee in good faith.

 FAMILY MEMBER” Family Member”includes any of the following:

 (a)      child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law of the Participant, including any such person with such relationship to the Participant by adoption;
 
 (b)     any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the Participant’s household;
 
 (c)      a trust in which the persons in (a) and (b) have more than fifty percent of the beneficial interest;
 
 (d)      a foundation in which the persons in (a) and (b) or the Participant control the management of assets; or

 (e)      any other entity in which the persons in (a) and (b) or the Participant own more than fifty percent of the voting interest.

          “INSIDER” means an officer or director of the Company or any other person whose transactions in the Company’s Shares are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.
“Hostile Take-Over” means a change in ownership of the Company effected through the following transaction:

          “OPTION” means an award of an option to purchase Shares pursuant to Sections 5.

9
(a)      the direct or indirect acquisition by any person or related group of persons (other than the Company or a person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) of securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the

54


           “PARENT” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company if each of such corporations other than the Company owns shares possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of shares in one of the other corporations in such chain.

          “PARTICIPANT” means a person who receives an Award under this Plan.

          “PERFORMANCE FACTORS” means such factors as may be selected by the Committee, in it sole discretion, including, but not limited to, the following measures, to determine whether the performance goals established by the Committee and applicable to Awards have been satisfied:
Company’s outstanding securities pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made directly to the Company’s shareholders which the Board does not recommend such shareholders to accept, and
(b)     the acceptance of more than fifty percent (50%) of the securities so acquired in such tender or exchange offer from holders other than Insiders.

(a)
“Insider” means an officer or director of the Company or any other person whose transactions in the Company’s Shares are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.
“Option” means an award of an option to purchase Shares pursuant to Sections 5 and 7.
“Outside Director” means a member of the Board who is not an employee of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary.
“Parent” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company if each of such corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.
“Participant” means a person who receives an Award under this Plan.
“Performance Factors” means the factors selected by the Committee from among the following measures to determine whether the performance goals established by the Committee and applicable to Awards have been satisfied:

(a)Net revenue and/or net revenue growth;
 
(b)(b)Earnings before income taxes and amortization and/or earnings before income taxes and amortization growth;
 
(c)(c)Operating income and/or operating income growth;
 
(d)(d)Net income and/or net income growth;
 
(e)(e)Earnings per share and/or earnings per share growth;
 
(f)(f)Total shareholderstockholder return and/or total shareholderstockholder return growth;
 
(g)(g)Return on equity;
 
(h)(h)Operating cash flow return on income;
 
(i)(i)Adjusted operating cash flow return on income;
 
(j)(j)Economic value added;
(k)Cash conversion cycle;
(l)Return on Invested Capital; and
 
(k)(k)Individual confidential business objectives.

     It is in the sole discretion of the Committee to determine if any extraordinary, unusual or one-time charges are to be included or excluded in such Performance Factors.

          “PERFORMANCE PERIOD” means the period of service determined by the Committee, not to exceed five years, during which years of service or performance is to be measured for Share Bonuses.

          “PLAN”
“Performance Period” means the period of service determined by the Committee, not to exceed five years, during which years of service or performance is to be measured for Awards.
“Plan” means this Flextronics International Ltd. 2001 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.
“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
“Shares” means ordinary shares of par value S$0.01 each in the capital of the Company reserved for issuance under this Plan, as adjusted pursuant to Sections 2 and 15, and any successor security.
“Stock Bonus” means an award of Shares pursuant to Section 20.
“Subsidiary” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

55


“Take-Over Price” means the greater of (a) the Fair Market Value per Share on the date the particular Option to purchase Shares is surrendered to the Company in connection with a Hostile Take-Over or (b) the highest reported price per Share paid by the tender offeror in effecting such Hostile Take-Over. However, if the surrendered Option is an ISO, the Take-Over Price shall not exceed the clause (a) price per Share.
“Termination”or“Terminated” means, for purposes of this Plan with respect to a Participant, that the Participant has for any reason ceased to provide services as an employee, officer or director to the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. An employee will not be deemed to have ceased to provide services in the case of (i) sick leave, (ii) military leave, or (iii) any other leave of absence approved by the Committee, provided, that such leave is for a period of not more than 90 days, unless reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute or unless provided otherwise pursuant to formal policy adopted from time to time by the Company and issued and promulgated to employees in writing. In the case of any employee on an approved leave of absence, the Committee may make such provisions respecting suspension of vesting of the Award while on leave from the employ of the Company or a Subsidiary as it may deem appropriate, except that in no event may an Option be exercised after the expiration of the term set forth in the Stock Option Agreement. The Committee will have sole discretion to determine whether a Participant has ceased to provide services and the effective date on which the Participant ceased to provide services (the“Termination Date”).

56


SINGAPORE STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

(Incorporated in Singapore)

INDEX

Page

58
62
63
65
94
57


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

REPORT OF THE DIRECTORS
MARCH 31, 2004
(US dollar in thousands unless otherwise designated as Singapore dollars, S$)

     The directors present their report together with the audited financial statements of Flextronics International Ltd. (the “Parent”) and the consolidated financial statements of Flextronics International Ltd. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) for the financial year ended March 31, 2004.

Directors

     The directors of Flextronics International Ltd in office at the date of this report are:

Michael E. Marks
Richard L. Sharp
James A. Davidson
Patrick Foley
Michael J. Moritz
Lip-Bu Tan

Arrangements to Enable Directors to Acquire Benefits by Means of the Acquisition of Shares and Debentures

     Neither at the end of the financial year nor at any time during the financial year did there subsist any arrangement whose object is to enable the directors of the Parent to acquire benefits by means of the acquisition of shares in or debentures of in the Parent or any other body corporate except for the options mentioned below.

Directors’ Interest in Shares and Debentures

The interest of the directors who held office at the end of the current fiscal year (including those held by their spouses and infant children) in the share capital or debentures of the Parent and related corporations were as follows:

         
Interest Held

As ofAs of
Ordinary shares, S$0.01 each, in Flextronics International Ltd.March 31, 2003March 31, 2004

Michael E. Marks  3,536,726   3,520,059 
Richard L. Sharp  6,013,952   6,037,952 
James A. Davidson  50,740   50,834 
Patrick Foley  125,000    
Michael J. Moritz  407,432   407,432 
Lip-Bu Tan     5,000 

Options to acquire ordinary shares, S$0.01 each, in Flextronics International Ltd.

                 
As ofAs of
March 31, 2003March 31, 2004Exercise PriceExercisable Period

Michael E. Marks  733,333     $6.0000   10.28.98 to 10.28.03 
   600,000   600,000   14.5000   10.01.99 to 10.01.04 
   1,000,000   1,000,000   23.1875   12.20.00 to 12.20.10 
   200,000   200,000   13.9800   09.21.01 to 09.21.11 
   400,000   400,000   15.9000   10.01.01 to 10.01.11 
   5,000,000   5,000,000   7.9000   07.01.02 to 07.01.12 
58


                 
As ofAs of
March 31, 2003March 31, 2004Exercise PriceExercisable Period

Richard L. Sharp  24,000      4.0000   09.18.98 to 09.18.03 
   24,000   24,000   13.8750   08.27.99 to 08.27.04 
   6,000   6,000   42.0313   09.21.00 to 09.21.05 
   6,000   6,000   14.1000   09.20.01 to 09.20.06 
   10,000   10,000   7.9000   07.01.02 to 07.01.07 
   12,500   12,500   9.5100   08.29.02 to 08.29.07 
      12,500   14.2200   09.30.03 to 09.30.08 
      20,000   17.5000   01.22.04 to 01.22.09 
James A. Davidson  25,000   25,000   9.3500   03.20.03 to 03.20.08 
      6,610   14.2200   09.30.03 to 09.30.08 
      20,000   17.5000   01.22.04 to 01.22.09 
Patrick Foley  24,000      4.0000   09.18.98 to 09.18.03 
   24,000   24,000   13.8750   08.27.99 to 08.27.04 
   6,000   6,000   42.0313   09.21.00 to 09.21.05 
   6,000   6,000   14.1000   09.20.01 to 09.20.06 
   10,000   10,000   7.9000   07.01.02 to 07.01.07 
   12,500   12,500   9.5100   08.29.02 to 08.29.07 
      12,500   14.2200   09.30.03 to 09.30.08 
      20,000   17.5000   01.22.04 to 01.22.09 
Michael J. Moritz  24,000      4.0000   09.18.98 to 09.18.03 
   24,000   24,000   13.8750   08.27.99 to 08.27.04 
   6,000   6,000   42.0313   09.21.00 to 09.21.05 
   6,000   6,000   14.1000   09.20.01 to 09.20.06 
   10,000   10,000   7.9000   07.01.02 to 07.01.07 
   12,500   12,500   9.5100   08.29.02 to 08.29.07 
      12,500   14.2200   09.30.03 to 09.30.08 
      20,000   17.5000   01.22.04 to 01.22.09 
Lip-Bu Tan     25,000   9.0000   04.03.03 to 04.03.08 
      6,165   14.2200   09.30.03 to 09.30.08 
      20,000   17.5000   01.22.04 to 01.22.09 

     Other than as disclosed above, no other directors of the Parent had an interest in any shares, debentures or share options of the Parent or related corporations either at beginning or the end of the year as recorded in the register of directors’ shareholdings kept by the Parent under section 164 of the Singapore Companies Act Chapter 50.

Directors’ Receipt and Entitlement to Contractual Benefits

     Since the end of the previous financial year, no director has received or become entitled to receive a benefit which is required to be disclosed under section 201(8) of the Singapore Companies Act, by reason of a contract made by the Parent or a related corporation with the director or with a firm of which he is a member, or with a company in which he has a substantial financial interest except for their employment contracts.

Share Option Plans and Employee Share Purchase Plan (Schemes)

2002 Interim Incentive Plan as amended from time to time.(the “2002 Plan”)

     “PURCHASE PRICE” meansDuring the financial year ended March 31, 2004, options for a total of 6,663,011 Ordinary Shares in the Parent were granted with an exercise price ranging from $8.59 to $17.50 and a weighted average exercise price of $15.52 under the 2002 Plan. 1,189,527 Ordinary Shares in the Parent were issued during the financial year by virtue of the exercise of options granted under the 2002 Plan. As at March 31, 2004, the number and class of unissued shares under options granted under the 2002 Plan was 1,144,159 Ordinary Shares, net of cancellation of options for 616,076 Ordinary Shares. The expiration dates range from July 1, 2005 to January 2014.

59


2001 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2001 Plan”)

     During the financial year ended March 31, 2004, options for a total of 2,178,845 Ordinary Shares in the Parent were granted with an exercise price ranging from $8.77 to $17.50 and a weighted average exercise price of $15.36 under the 2001 Plan. 73,823 Ordinary Shares in the Parent were issued during the financial year by virtue of the exercise of options granted under the 2001 Plan. As at March 31, 2004, the number and class of unissued shares under options granted under the 2001 Plan was 7,053,084 Ordinary Shares, net of cancellation of options for 553,780 Ordinary Shares. The expiration dates range from July 2007 to January 2014.

1999 Interim Option Plan (the “1999 Plan”)

     During the financial year ended March 31, 2004, no option was granted under the 1999 Plan. A total of 1,059,408 Ordinary Shares in the Parent were issued during the financial year by virtue of exercise of options granted under the 1999 Plan. The 1999 Plan expired during fiscal year 2004 and no future options will be granted under this Plan. The expiration dates of the outstanding exercisable options previously granted under the 1999 Plan range from April 2004 to July 2012.

1998 Interim Option Plan (the “1998 Plan”)

     During the financial year ended March 31, 2004, no option was granted under the 1998 Plan. A total of 276,490 Ordinary Shares in the Parent were issued during the financial year by virtue of the exercise of options granted under the 1998 Plan. As at March 31, 2004, the number and class of unissued shares under options granted under the 1998 Plan was 219,070 Ordinary Shares, net of cancellation of options for 274,470 Ordinary Shares. All options previously granted under the 1998 Plan expired during fiscal year 2004.

1997 Interim Option Plan (the “1997 Plan”)

     During the financial year ended March 31, 2004 no option was granted under the 1997 Plan. A total of 249,180 Ordinary Shares in the Parent were issued during the financial year by virtue of the exercise of options granted under the 1997 Plan. As at March 31, 2004, the number and class of unissued shares under options granted under the 1997 Plan was 534,342 Ordinary Shares, net of cancellation of options for 706,062 Ordinary Shares. All options previously granted under the 1997 Plan expired during fiscal year 2004.

1993 Share Option Plan (the “1993 Plan”)

     During the financial year ended March 31, 2004, no options for Ordinary Shares in the Parent were granted under the 1993 Plan. Pursuant to the adoption of the 2001 Plan in August 2001, remaining unissued shares under the 1993 Plan will be available for issuance under the 2001 Plan, and no additional options will be granted under the 1993 Plan. A total of 3,643,101 Ordinary Shares in the Parent were issued during the financial year by virtue of the exercise of options granted under the 1993 Plan. As such, as at March 31, 2004, there were no unissued shares under options granted under the 1993 Plan.

Assumed Option Plans (the “Assumed Plans”)

     The Parent has certain option plans and the underlying options of companies, which a holderthe Parent has merged with or acquired. Total outstanding options assumed under these plans amounted to 6,499,257. Options under the Assumed Plans have been converted into the Parent’s options and adjusted to effect the appropriate conversion ratio as specified by the applicable acquisition agreement, but are otherwise administered in accordance with the terms of athe Assumed Plans. A total of 1,743,754 Ordinary Shares of the Parent were issued during the financial year by virtue of exercise of options granted under the Assumed Plans. No further option grants will be awarded under the Assumed Plans.

Employee Share BonusPurchase Plan (the “ESPP”)

The ESPP was approved by the shareholders in October 1997. Under the ESPP, employees may purchase, on a periodic basis, a limited number of Ordinary Shares through payroll deductions over a six-month period up to 10% of each participant’s compensation. The per-share purchase price is 85% of the fair market value of the shares at the beginning or end of the offering period, whichever is lower. A total of 717,595 Ordinary Shares

60


were sold under the ESPP during the current financial year. The per-share weighted average fair value of Ordinary Shares issuable pursuantsold under the ESPP in financial year 2004 was $10.30.

     A total of 8,235,283 options were exercised during the financial year, all of which were under the Plans indicated above.

Auditors

     The auditors, Deloitte & Touche, have expressed their willingness to accept re-appointment.

On Behalf of the Board of Directors

/s/ MICHAEL E. MARKS
/s/ MICHAEL J. MORITZ
DirectorDirector

Singapore

July 2, 2004
61


Statement of Directors

In the opinion of the directors, the accompanying financial statements of Flextronics International Ltd. (the “Parent”) and the consolidated financial statements of Flextronics International Ltd. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) set out on pages S-8 to S-36 are drawn up so as to give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Parent and the Company as at March 31, 2004, and the results, changes in equity and cash flows of the Company for the year then ended and at the date of this statement there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Parent will be able to pay its debts as and when they fall due.

On Behalf of the Board of Directors

/s/ MICHAEL E. MARKS
/s/ MICHAEL J. MORITZ
DirectorDirector

Singapore

July 2, 2004
62


Auditors’ Report to the Share Bonus.Members of Flextronics International Ltd.

     “SEC” meansWe have audited the consolidated financial statements of Flextronics International Ltd and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) set out on pages 65 to 93, and the supplementary financial statements of Flextronics International Ltd (the “Parent”) set out on pages 94 to 104 for the financial year ended March 31, 2004, (collectively the “statutory financial statements”). These statutory financial statements are the responsibility of the Parent’s directors. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these statutory financial statements based on our audit. The statutory financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2002 were audited by another firm of auditors whose report dated June 15, 2002 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

     We conducted our audit in accordance with Singapore Standards on Auditing. Those Standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the statutory financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the statutory financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by the directors, as well as evaluating the overall financial statements presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion:

a) the statutory financial statements are properly drawn up in accordance with the provisions of the Singapore Companies Act, Cap. 50 (“Act”) and accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (as approved by the Registrar of Companies and Businesses of Singapore) so as to give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Company and of the Parent as at March 31, 2004, and of the results, changes in equity and cash flows of the Company for the financial year then ended; and
b) the accounting and other records required by the Act to be kept by the Parent and by those subsidiaries incorporated in Singapore of which we are the auditors have been properly kept in accordance with the provisions of the Act.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Company set out on pages 65 to 93 as of March 31, 2004, and for the year then ended, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, San Jose and have been included in the Annual Report for the financial year ended March 31, 2004 filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. Together with the supplementary financial statements of the Parent set out on pages 94 to 104 these consolidated financial statements have been reproduced for the purposes of filing with the Accounting and Corporate Regulatory Authority in Singapore.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE

Certified Public Accountants

Singapore
July 2, 2004
63


This is a copy of the audit report previously issued by Arthur Andersen LLP, the Company’s former independent accountants, in connection with the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2002. This audit report has not been reissued by Arthur Andersen LLP nor has Arthur Andersen LLP provided consent to the inclusion of its report in this Form 10-K. The consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2002, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the year ended March 31, 2000 and the information in the financial statement schedule (Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts) for the year ended March 31, 2001, each of which is referenced in the audit report, are not included in the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2004.

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To Flextronics International Ltd.:

     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Flextronics International Ltd. (a Singapore Company) and subsidiaries (collectively the “Company”) as of March 31, 2002 and 2001 and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2002. These financial statements and the schedule referred to below are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and the schedule based on our audits. We did not audit the consolidated statement of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of The DII Group, Inc., a company acquired during fiscal year 2001 in a transaction accounted for as a pooling of interests, for the year ended January 2, 2000, as discussed in Note 11. Such statements are included in the consolidated financial statements of Flextronics International Ltd. and reflect total revenues of 19% of the related consolidated total for the year ended March 31, 2000. These statements were audited by other auditors whose report has been furnished to us and our opinion, insofar as it relates to amounts included for The DII Group, Inc., is based solely upon the report of the other auditors.

     We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits and the report of other auditors provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion, based on our audits and the report of other auditors, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly in all material respects, the financial position of Flextronics International Ltd. and subsidiaries as of March 31, 2002 and 2001, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2002 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

     Our audits and the report of other auditors were made for the purpose of forming an opinion on the basic financial statements taken as a whole. The schedule listed under Item 14(a)2 is presented for the purpose of complying with the Securities and Exchange Commission.Commission’s rules and is not part of the basic financial statements. This schedule has been subjected to the auditing procedures applied in the audit of the basic financial statements and, in our opinion, fairly states in all material respects the financial data required to be set forth therein in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole.

ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

San Jose, California

April 25, 2002
64


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
           
As of March 31,

20042003

(In thousands, except
per share amounts)
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:        
 Cash and cash equivalents $615,276  $424,020 
 Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $38,736 and $37,626 as of March 31, 2004, and 2003, respectively  1,871,637   1,417,086 
 Inventories  1,179,513   1,141,559 
 Deferred income taxes  14,244   29,153 
 Other current assets  581,063   466,942 

  Total current assets  4,261,733   3,478,760 
Property and equipment, net  1,625,000   1,965,729 
Deferred income taxes  604,785   415,041 
Goodwill  2,653,372   2,121,997 
Other intangible assets, net  68,060   70,913 
Other assets  370,987   341,664 

  Total assets $9,583,937  $8,394,104 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:        
 Bank borrowings and current portion of long-term debt $96,287  $52,484 
 Current portion of capital lease obligations  8,203   7,622 
 Accounts payable  2,145,174   1,601,923 
 Accrued payroll  263,949   231,481 
 Other current liabilities  863,304   687,509 

  Total current liabilities  3,376,917   2,581,019 
Long-term debt, net of current portion  1,609,177   1,041,944 
Capital lease obligation, net of current portion  15,084   7,909 
Other liabilities  215,546   221,212 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 6)        
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY:        
 Ordinary shares, S$0.01 par value; authorized — 1,500,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding — 529,944,282 and 520,228,062 shares as of March 31, 2004, and 2003, respectively  3,135   3,078 
 Additional paid-in capital  5,014,990   4,948,601 
 Accumulated deficit  (722,471)  (370,093)
 Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)  78,105   (33,419)
 Deferred compensation  (6,546)  (6,147)

  Total shareholders’ equity  4,367,213   4,542,020 

  Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $9,583,937  $8,394,104 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

65


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

              
Fiscal Year Ended March 31,

200420032002

(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Net sales $14,530,416  $13,378,699  $13,104,847 
Cost of sales  13,704,576   12,650,402   12,224,969 
Restructuring and other charges  477,305   266,244   464,391 

 Gross profit  348,535   462,053   415,487 
Selling, general and administrative expenses  487,287   456,199   443,586 
Intangibles amortization  36,715   22,146   12,615 
Restructuring and other charges  63,043   38,167   110,035 
Interest and other expense, net  77,700   92,780   91,853 
Loss on early extinguishment of debt  103,909       

 Loss before income taxes  (420,119)  (147,239)  (242,602)
Benefit from income taxes  (67,741)  (63,786)  (88,854)

 Net loss $(352,378) $(83,453) $(153,748)

Net loss per share:            
 Basic and diluted $(0.67) $(0.16) $(0.31)

Weighted average shares used in computing per share amounts:            
 Basic and diluted  525,318   517,198   489,553 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

66


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

              
Fiscal Year Ended March 31,

200420032002

(In thousands)
Net loss $(352,378) $(83,453) $(153,748)
Other comprehensive income (loss):            
 Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of taxes  105,963   127,518   (44,450)
 Unrealized gain (loss) on investment and derivatives, net of taxes  5,561   (1,223)  (3,799)

Comprehensive income (loss) $(240,854) $42,842  $(201,997)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

67


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In thousands)
                             
RetainedAccumulated
AdditionalEarning/OtherTotal
Paid-in(AccumulatedComprehensiveDeferredShareholders’
SharesAmountCapitalDeficit)Income (Loss)CompensationEquity

BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 2001  476,371  $2,841  $4,266,938  $(132,892) $(106,526) $  $4,030,361 
Issuance of ordinary shares for acquisitions  7,885   45   182,544            182,589 
Exercise of stock options  7,989   44   42,227            42,271 
Ordinary shares issued under Employee Stock Purchase Plan  767   4   15,407            15,411 
Sales of ordinary shares in public offering, net of offering costs  20,000   109   503,691            503,800 
Repurchase of equity instrument (Note 9)        (112,000)           (112,000)
Net loss           (153,748)        (153,748)
Unrealized gain (loss) on investment and derivative instruments, net of taxes              (3,799)     (3,799)
Foreign currency translation adjustments              (49,389)     (49,389)

BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 2002  513,012   3,043   4,898,807   (286,640)  (159,714)     4,455,496 
Issuance of ordinary shares for acquisitions  1,639   3   14,709            14,712 
Exercise of stock options  4,567   26   17,970            17,996 
Ordinary shares issued under Employee Stock Purchase Plan  1,010   6   9,883            9,889 
Net loss           (83,453)        (83,453)
Deferred stock compensation        7,232         (7,232)   
Amortization of deferred stock compensation                 1,085   1,085 
Unrealized loss on derivative instruments, net of taxes              (1,223)     (1,223)
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of taxes              127,518      127,518 

BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 2003  520,228   3,078   4,948,601   (370,093)  (33,419)  (6,147)  4,542,020 
Issuance of ordinary shares for acquisitions  517   2   3,160            3,162 
Exercise of stock options  8,235   49   54,776            54,825 
Ordinary shares issued under Employee Stock Purchase Plan  718   5   6,283            6,288 
Issuance of restricted shares  246   1   (1)            
Net loss           (352,378)        (352,378)
Deferred stock compensation        2,171         (2,171)   
Amortization of deferred stock compensation                 1,772   1,772 
Unrealized gain on investment and derivatives, net of taxes              5,561      5,561 
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of taxes              105,963      105,963 

BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 2004  529,944  $3,135  $5,014,990  $(722,471) $78,105  $(6,546) $4,367,213 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

68


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                
Fiscal Year Ended March 31,

200420032002

(In thousands)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:            
Net loss $(352,378) $(83,453) $(153,748)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:            
 Depreciation, amortization and impairment charges  662,798   419,086   483,631 
 Loss (gain) on sale of equipment  (2,206)  (1,200)  2,258 
 Provision for doubtful accounts  1,256   2,647   3,664 
 Provision for lower of cost of market of inventories  15,806   4,891   4,977 
 Equity in earnings (losses) of associated companies and other charges  (181)  27,086   150,130 
 Amortization of deferred stock compensation  1,772   1,085    
 Deferred income taxes  (97,171)  (92,798)  (182,677)
 Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:            
  Accounts receivable  (381,948)  496,193   (163,712)
  Inventories  (56,108)  184,710   639,954 
  Other assets  (139,691)  127,535   (242,242)
  Accounts payable and other current liabilities  535,749   (477,998)  316,673 

   Net cash provided by operating activities  187,698   607,784   858,908 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:            
 Purchases of property and equipment, net of disposition  (181,461)  (208,311)  (330,392)
 Purchases of OEM facilities and related assets     (8,143)  (396,346)
 Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired  (119,983)  (501,602)  (314,498)
 Other investments and notes receivable  (102,323)  (94,990)  (42,024)

   Net cash used in investing activities  (403,767)  (813,046)  (1,083,260)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:            
 Bank borrowings and proceeds from long-term debt  1,446,592   892,961   1,268,564 
 Repayments of bank borrowings and long-term debt  (1,008,692)  (1,000,159)  (1,314,881)
 Repayment of capital lease obligations  (12,613)  (24,231)  (33,822)
 Payment for early extinguishment of debt  (91,647)      
 Proceeds from exercise of stock options and Employee Stock Purchase Plan  61,113   27,885   57,682 
 Net proceeds from issuance of ordinary shares in public offering        503,800 
 Repurchase of equity instrument        (112,000)

   Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities  394,753   (103,544)  369,343 

Effect of exchange rate on cash  12,572   (12,298)  (31,455)

 Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents  191,256   (321,104)  113,536 
 Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year  424,020   745,124   631,588 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year $615,276  $424,020  $745,124 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

69


1. ORGANIZATION OF THE COMPANY

     “SECURITIES ACT” meansFlextronics International Ltd. (“Flextronics” or the Securities Act“Company”) was incorporated in the Republic of 1933,Singapore in May 1990. The Company is a leading provider of advanced electronics manufacturing services (EMS) to original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) that span a broad range of products and industry segments, including cellular phones, printers and imaging, telecom/datacom infrastructure, medical, automotive, industrial systems and consumer electronics. The Company’s strategy is to provide customers with a complete range of services that are designed to meet their product requirements throughout their product development life cycle. The Company’s provides customers with global end-to-end supply chain services that include design and related engineering, new product introduction, manufacturing, and logistics with the goal of delivering a complete packaged product. The Company also provides after-market services such as amended.repair and warranty services as well as network and communications installation and maintenance.

10     In addition to the assembly of printed circuit boards and complete systems and products, the Company’s manufacturing services include the fabrication and assembly of plastic and metal enclosures, the fabrication of printed circuit boards and backplanes and the fabrication and assembly of photonics components. The Company also provides contract design and related engineering services which include all aspects of product design including industrial and mechanical design, hardware design, embedded and application software development, semiconductor design, system validation and test development through which it offers its customers the choice of full product development, system integration, cost reductions and software application development.

In addition, the Company combines its design and manufacturing services to design, develop and manufacture complete products, such as cellular phones and other consumer-related devices, which are sold by its OEM customers under the OEMs’ brand names. This service offering is referred to original design manufacturing (ODM).

2. SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

     The Company’s fiscal year ends on March 31 of each year. Interim quarterly reporting periods end on the Friday closest to the last day of each fiscal quarter, except the third and fourth fiscal quarters which end on December 31 and March 31, respectively.

Amounts included in the financial statements are expressed in U.S. dollars unless otherwise designated as Singapore dollars (S$) or Euros ().

     The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Flextronics and its wholly and majority-owned subsidiaries, after elimination of all significant intercompany accounts and transactions.

Use of Estimates

     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates and assumptions.

Translation of Foreign Currencies

The financial position and results of operations of certain of the Company’s subsidiaries are measured using a currency other than the U.S. dollar as their functional currency. Accordingly, for these subsidiaries all assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars at the current exchange rates as of the respective balance sheet date. Revenue and expense items are translated at the average exchange rates prevailing during the period. Cumulative gains and losses from the translation of these subsidiaries’ financial statements are reported as a separate component of shareholders’ equity.

70


Revenue Recognition

     Revenue from manufacturing services is recognized upon shipment of the manufactured product to the Company’s customers, under contractual terms, which are FOB shipping point. Revenue from other services and after-market services is recognized when the services have been performed. Upon shipment, title transfers and the customer assumes risks and rewards of ownership of the product.

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Investments

     All highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less from original dates of purchase are carried at fair market value and considered to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash deposited in checking and money market accounts and certificates of deposit.

Cash and cash equivalents consisted of the following:

         
As of March 31,

20042003

(In thousands)
Cash and bank balances $596,259  $233,629 
Money market funds  14,501   180,727 
Certificates of deposits  4,516   9,664 

  $615,276  $424,020 

     The Company also has certain investments in non-publicly traded technology companies. These investments are included within Other Assets in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet and are carried at cost. As of March 31, 2004 and 2003, the investments totaled $41.9 million and $23.7 million, respectively. The Company continuously monitors these investments for impairment and makes appropriate reductions in carrying values when necessary. During fiscal year 2003 and 2002, the Company recorded charges of $7.4 million and $38.4 million, respectively, for other than temporary impairment of its investments in certain of these non-publicly traded companies. See Note 9, “Restructuring and Other Charges” for further discussion.

Concentration of Credit Risk

     Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk, are primarily accounts receivable, cash and cash equivalents, and investments. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and makes provisions for doubtful accounts based on the outcome of its credit evaluations. In fiscal year 2004, Hewlett-Packard and Sony-Ericsson each accounted for approximately 12% of the net sales. In fiscal year 2003, Hewlett-Packard and Sony-Ericsson accounted for approximately 12% and 11% of net sales, respectively. In fiscal year 2002, Ericsson accounted for approximately 15% of net sales. No other customer accounted for more than 10% of net sales in the periods ended March 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002. The Company’s ten largest customers accounted for approximately 64%, 67% and 64% of its net sales, in fiscal years 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The Company maintains cash and cash equivalents with various financial institutions that management believes to be of high credit quality. These financial institutions are located in many different locations throughout the world.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (on a first-in, first-out basis) or market value. Cost is comprised of direct materials, labor and overhead. The components of inventories, net of applicable lower of cost or market provisions, were as follows:

         
As of March 31,

20042003

(In thousands)
Raw materials $622,905  $692,881 
Work-in-progress  242,435   231,738 
Finished goods  314,173   216,940 

  $1,179,513  $1,141,559 

71


Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation and amortization are provided on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets (three to thirty years), with the exception of building leasehold improvements, which are amortized over the life of the lease, if shorter. Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred. Property and equipment was comprised of the following:

         
As of March 31,

20042003

(In thousands)
Machinery and equipment $1,333,578  $1,495,633 
Buildings  741,692   770,057 
Leasehold improvements  86,133   94,901 
Computer equipment and software  232,129   230,695 
Land and other  358,646   373,369 

   2,752,178   2,964,655 
Accumulated depreciation and amortization  (1,127,178)  (998,926)

Property and equipment, net $1,625,000  $1,965,729 

     Total depreciation expense associated with property and equipment is approximately $311.4 million and $327.4 million for fiscal year 2004 and 2003, respectively.

     The Company reviews property and equipment for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of property and equipment is measured by comparing its carrying amount to the projected undiscounted cash flows the property and equipment are expected to generate. An impairment loss is recognized when the carrying amount of a long-lived asset exceeds its fair value.

Income Taxes

     The Company provides for income taxes in accordance with the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences of “temporary differences” by applying the applicable statutory tax rate to the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of existing assets and liabilities.

Goodwill and Other Intangibles

The Company adopted SFAS No. 142 in the first quarter of fiscal year 2002 and no longer amortizes goodwill. Goodwill of the reporting units is tested for impairment on an annual basis and between annual tests in certain circumstances. In November 2002, the date of the test was changed from March 31st to January 31st to enable the Company to meet its public reporting requirements. The Company believes that the accounting change described above is to an alternative accounting principal that is preferable under the circumstances and that the change is not intended to delay, accelerate or avoid an impairment charge. Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level by comparing the reporting unit’s carrying amount, including goodwill, to the fair value of the reporting unit. Reporting units are determined in accordance with SFAS 142 and represents components of the Company for which discrete financial information is available to management, and for which management regularly reviews the operating results. For purpose of the annual goodwill impairment evaluation, the Company has identified two separate reporting units: Electronic Manufacturing Services and Network Services. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, a second step is performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. Further, in the event that the carrying amount of the Company as a whole is greater than its market capitalization, there is a potential likelihood that some or all of its goodwill would be considered impaired.

72


     “SHARES” means ordinary shares of par value S$0.01 eachThe following table summarizes the activity in the capitalCompany’s goodwill account during fiscal year 2004 and 2003:

          
Fiscal Year Ended March 31,

20042003

(In thousands)
Balance, beginning of the year, $2,121,997  $1,489,449 
 Additions  450,959   544,090 
 Reclassification to other intangibles*  (2,381)  (22,000)
 Foreign currency translation adjustments  82,797   112,532 
 Write-offs**     (2,074)

Balance, end of the year, $2,653,372  $2,121,997 


*  Reclassifications to other intangibles are the result of completing the final allocation of the Company’s intangible assets purchased through certain business combinations in a period subsequent to the respective period of acquisition, based on third-party valuations.
** Write-offs include amounts related to our restructuring activities as further discussed in Note 9, “Restructuring and Other Charges.”

     All of the Company reservedCompany’s acquired intangible assets are subject to amortization over their estimated useful lives. An impairment loss shall be recognized if the carrying amount of an intangible is not recoverable and its carrying amount exceeds its fair value. Intangible assets are comprised of contractual agreements, patents and trademarks, developed technologies and other acquired intangibles and are amortized on a straight-line basis. Patents and trademarks and developed technologies are amortized over periods up to ten years, while contractual agreements and other intangibles are amortized over periods ranging from five to ten years. No residual value is estimated for issuance under this Plan, as adjusted pursuantthe intangible assets. During fiscal year 2004, there were $27.1 million of additions to Sections 2intangible assets, primarily related to purchased patents, license agreements and 15, and any successor security.

          “SHARE BONUS” means an award of Shares pursuant to Section 6.

          “SUBSIDIARY” means any corporation (other than the Company)certain contractual agreements in an unbroken chain of corporations beginningconnection with the Company if eachcertain acquisitions completed in fiscal year 2004. The value of the corporations other thanCompany’s intangible assets purchased through business combinations is principally determined based on third-party valuations of the last corporationnet assets acquired. The Company is in the unbroken chain owns shares possessing more than 50%process of determining the value of its intangible assets acquired from various acquisitions completed in fiscal year 2004 and expects to complete this by the end of the total combined voting powerfirst quarter of all classesfiscal year 2005.

The components of shares in one of the other corporations in such chain.intangible assets are as follows:

                           
As of March 31, 2004As of March 31, 2003


GrossNetGrossNet
CarryingAccumulatedCarryingCarryingAccumulatedCarrying
AmountAmortizationAmountAmountAmortizationAmount

(In thousands)(In thousands)
Intangible assets:                        
 Contractual agreements $77,706  $(31,584) $46,122  $61,629  $(10,875) $50,754 
 Patents and trademarks  2,611   (536)  2,075   161   (34)  127 
 Developed technologies  500   (84)  416   7,633   (5,546)  2,087 
 Other acquired intangibles  31,520   (12,073)  19,447   47,639   (29,694)  17,945 

  Total $112,337  $(44,277) $68,060  $117,062  $(46,149) $70,913 

     “TERMINATION” or “TERMINATED” means, for purposes of this Plan with respect to a Participant, that the Participant has for any reason ceased to provide servicesExpected future estimated annual amortization expense is as an employee, officer or director to the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. An employee will not be deemed to have ceased to provide services in the case of (i) sick leave, (ii) military leave, or (iii) any other leave of absence approved by the Committee. In the case of any employee on an approved leave of absence, the Committee may make such provisions respecting suspension of vesting of the Award while on leave from the employ of the Company or a Subsidiary as it may deem appropriate, except that in no event may an Option be exercised after the expiration of the term set forth in the Share Option Agreement. The Committee will have sole discretion to determine whether a Participant has ceased to provide services and the effective date on which the Participant ceased to provide services (the “TERMINATION DATE”).

11follows:

      
Fiscal years ending March 31,Amount

(In thousands)
2005 $28,872 
2006  14,939 
2007  11,602 
2008  4,925 
2009  1,981 
Thereafter  5,741 

 Total amortization expenses $68,060 

73


     Total intangible amortization expense recorded during fiscal year 2004 and 2003 were $36.7 million and $22.1 million, respectively.

[FORMDerivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

     On April 1, 2001, the Company adopted SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” as amended by SFAS No. 137 and No. 138. All derivative instruments are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value. If the derivative is designated as a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative is recorded in shareholders’ equity as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income and is recognized in the statement of operations when the hedged item affects earnings. Ineffective portions of changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges are immediately recognized in earnings. If the derivative is designated as a fair value hedge, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in earnings in the current period.

     The Company is exposed to foreign currency exchange rate risk inherent in forecasted sales, cost of sales, and assets and liabilities denominated in non-functional currencies. The Company has established currency risk management programs to protect against reductions in value and volatility of future cash flows caused by changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The Company enters into short-term foreign currency forward contracts to hedge only those currency exposures associated with certain assets and liabilities, mainly accounts receivable and accounts payable, and cash flows denominated in non-functional currencies.

     As of March 31, 2004, the fair value of these short-term foreign currency forward contracts was recorded as an asset amounting to $8.9 million. At the same date, the Company had recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) deferred losses of approximately $2.0 million relating to the Company’s foreign currency forward contracts. These losses are expected to be recognized in earnings over the next twelve months. The gains and losses recognized in earnings due to hedge ineffectiveness were immaterial.

Trade Receivables Securitization

     The Company continuously sells a designated pool of trade receivables to a third party qualified special purpose entity, which in turn sells an undivided ownership interest to a conduit, administered by an unaffiliated financial institution. In addition to this financial institution, the Company participates in the securitization agreement as an investor in the conduit. The securitization agreement allows the operating subsidiaries participating in the securitization to receive a cash payment for sold receivables, less a deferred purchase price receivable. The Company’s share of the total investment varies depending on certain criteria, mainly the collection performance on the sold receivables. The agreement, which expires in March 2005, is subject to annual renewal. Currently, the unaffiliated financial institution’s maximum investment limit is $250 million. The Company has a recourse obligation that is limited to the deferred purchase price receivable, which approximates 5% of the total sold receivables, and its own investment participation. Refer to Note 6, “Commitments and Contingencies,” for further discussion.

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

At March 31, 2004, the Company had six stock-based employee compensation plans, which are more fully described in Note 8, “Shareholders’ Equity.” The Company accounts for its stock option awards to employees under the recognition and measurement principles of Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” and related interpretations. No compensation expense is recorded for options granted in which the exercise price equals or exceeds the market price of the underlying stock on the date of grant in accordance with the provisions of APB Opinion No. 25. The following table illustrates the effect

74


on net loss and net loss per share had the Company applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123 to stock-based employee compensation.
              
Fiscal Year Ended March 31,

200420032002

(In thousands)
Net loss, as reported $(352,378) $(83,453) $(153,748)
Less: Fair value compensation costs, net of taxes  (52,851)  (71,826)  (67,177)

Proforma net loss $(405,229) $(155,279) $(220,925)

Basic and diluted net loss per share:            
 As reported $(0.67) $(0.16) $(0.31)

 Proforma $(0.77) $(0.30) $(0.45)

In accordance with the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 123, the fair value of employee stock options granted during fiscal years 2004, 2003 and 2002 were estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes model and the following weighted average assumptions. The fiscal year 2003 proforma net loss and net loss per share presented above have been revised. The changes did not impact the Company’s consolidated statements of operations in 2003.

             
Fiscal Year Ended March 31,

200420032002

Volatility  84.8%   77.0%   62.0% 
Risk-free interest rate  2.3%   3.8%   6.3% 
Dividend yield  0.0%   0.0%   0.0% 
Expected option lives  3.8  years   3.6  years   9.6  years 

The following weighted average assumptions are used in estimating fair value related to shares issued under employee stock purchase plans:

         
Fiscal Year Ended March 31,

20042003

Volatility  44.0%   44.0% 
Risk-free interest rate  1.4%   1.1% 
Dividend yield  0.0%   0.0% 
Expected option lives  0.5 years   0.5 years 

     Due to the subjective nature of the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model, the proforma net loss and net loss per share disclosures may not reflect the associated fair value of the outstanding options.

     The Company provides restricted stock grants to key employees under its 2002 Interim Incentive Plan. Shares awarded under the plan vest in installments over a five-year period and unvested shares are forfeited upon termination of employment. During fiscal year 2004, 210,000 shares of restricted stock were granted with a fair value on the date of grant of $10.34 per share. During fiscal year 2003, 1,230,000 shares of restricted stock were granted with a fair value on the date of grant of $5.88 per share. The unearned compensation associated with the restricted stock grants was $6.5 million and $6.1 million as of March 31, 2004 and March 31, 2003, respectively. The amounts are included in shareholders’ equity as a component of additional paid-in capital. Grants of restricted stock are recorded as compensation expense over the vesting period at the fair market value of the stock at the date of grant. In fiscal year 2004 and fiscal year 2003, compensation expense related to the restricted stock grants amounted to $1.8 million and $1.1 million, respectively.

Net Loss Per Share

     Basic income (loss) per share is computed using the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the applicable periods.

Diluted income (loss) per share is computed using the weighted average number of ordinary shares and dilutive ordinary share equivalents outstanding during the applicable periods. Ordinary share equivalents include ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options and other equity instruments, computed using the treasury stock method, as well as shares issuable upon conversion of debt instruments.

75


Net loss per share was computed as follows:

              
Fiscal Year Ended March 31,

200420032002

(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Basic and diluted net loss per share:            
 Net loss $(352,378) $(83,453) $(153,748)
 Shares used in computation:            
 Weighted-average ordinary shares outstanding  525,318   517,198   489,553 

Basic and diluted net loss per share $(0.67) $(0.16) $(0.31)

     Due to the Company’s reported net losses, the ordinary share equivalents from stock options to purchase 13,668,419, 8,730,635, and 19,285,683 shares outstanding were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share during fiscal years 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively because the inclusion would be anti-dilutive for the periods.

     Also, the ordinary share equivalents from stock options to purchase 14,750,432, 26,010,567 and 13,634,606 shares outstanding during fiscal years 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively, were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share because the exercise price of these options was greater than the average market price of the Company’s ordinary shares during the respective periods.

     Additionally, ordinary share equivalents from convertible debt and other equity instruments of 19,898,893, 809,772 and 1,374,358 shares outstanding were anti-dilutive for fiscal years 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively, and therefore not assumed to be converted for diluted earnings per share computation. The ordinary share equivalents from the 1% convertible subordinated notes due August 2010 are excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share due to its anti-dilutive nature. The Company has the positive intent and ability to settle the face value of the notes in cash and to settle any conversion spread (excess of conversion value over face value) in stock.

New Accounting Pronouncements

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

     In April 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 149, “Amendment of SFAS No. 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.” SFAS No. 149 amends and clarifies accounting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, and for hedging activities under SFAS No. 133. In particular, SFAS No. 149 clarifies under what circumstances a contract with and initial net investment meets the characteristic of a derivative. It also clarifies when a derivative contains a financing component that warrants special reporting in the statement of cash flows. SFAS No. 149 is generally effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003. The adoption of the standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity

In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity.” SFAS No. 150 establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. Financial instruments that are within the scope of the statement, which previously were often classified as equity, must now be classified as liabilities. This statement is effective for financial periods beginning after June 15, 2003. The adoption of SFAS No. 150 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operation or cash flows.

76


3. SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW DISCLOSURES

The following table represents supplemental cash flow disclosure and non-cash investing and financing activities during the fiscal year:

              
Fiscal Year Ended March 31,

200420032002

(In thousands)
Net cash paid for:            
 Interest $89,244  $107,395  $120,399 
 Income taxes $36,356  $11,348  $22,157 
Non-cash investing and financing activities:            
 Equipment acquired under capital lease obligations $18,713  $  $3,921 
 Issuance of ordinary shares for acquisition of businesses $3,162  $14,712  $182,589 
4. BANK BORROWINGS AND LONG-TERM DEBT

Bank borrowings and long-term debt was comprised of the following:

         
As of March 31,

20042003

(In thousands)
Short term bank borrowings $89,335  $40,314 
0.00% convertible junior subordinated notes  200,000   200,000 
9.875% senior subordinated notes, net of discount  7,659   497,172 
9.75% Euro senior subordinated notes  181,422   160,192 
8.75% senior subordinated notes     150,000 
1.00% convertible subordinated notes  500,000   ��
6.50% senior subordinated notes  399,650    
Outstanding under revolving lines of credit  220,000    
Other  107,398   46,750 

   1,705,464   1,094,428 
Current portion  (96,287)  (52,484)

Non-current portion $1,609,177  $1,041,944 

Maturities for the Company’s bank borrowings and other long-term debt are as follows:

      
Fiscal years ending March 31,Amount

(In thousands)
2005 $96,287 
2006  6,665 
2007  223,244 
2008  287,412 
2009  444 
Thereafter  1,091,412 

 Total $1,705,464 

Revolving Credit Facilities and Other Credit Lines

In March 2004, the Company renewed and increased its revolving credit facility with a syndicate of domestic and foreign banks from $880 million to $1.1 billion. The credit facility consists of two separate credit agreements, one providing for up to $550 million principal amount of revolving credit loans to the Company and designated subsidiaries; and one providing for up to $550 million principal amount of revolving credit loans to a U.S. subsidiary of the Company. This credit facility is a four-year facility expiring in March 2008. Borrowings under the credit facility bear interest, at the Company’s option, either at (i) the base rate (as defined in the credit facility; or 4.5% as of March 31, 2004); or (ii) the LIBOR rate (as defined in the credit facility; or 1.09% as of March 31, 2004) plus the applicable margin for LIBOR loans ranging between 0.75% and 2.50%, based on our credit ratings and facility usage. The Company is required to pay a quarterly commitment fee ranging from

77


0.15% to 0.50% per annum, based on the Company’s credit ratings, of the unutilized portion of the credit facility.

     The credit facility is unsecured, and contains certain restrictions on the Company’s ability to (i) incur certain debt, (ii) make certain investments and (iii) make certain acquisitions of other entities. The credit facility also requires that the Company maintain certain financial covenants, including, among other things, a maximum ratio of total indebtedness to EBITDA (earnings before interest expense, taxes, depreciation, and amortization), and a minimum ratio of fixed charge coverage, as defined, during the term of the credit facility. Borrowings under the credit facility are guaranteed by the Company and certain of its subsidiaries. As of March 31, 2004, there was $220.0 million outstanding under the credit facility.

     Certain subsidiaries of the Company have various lines of credit available with annual interest rates ranging from 2.03% to 5.49%. These lines of credit expire on various dates through 2008. The Company also has term loans with annual interest rates ranging from 2.0% to 5.49%. These lines of credit and term loans are primarily secured by assignment of account receivables and assets.

1.0% Convertible Subordinated Notes

     In August 2003, the Company issued $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 1% convertible subordinated notes due August 2010. The notes are convertible at any time prior to maturity into ordinary shares of the Company’s stock at a conversion price of $15.525 (subject to certain adjustments). The Company used a portion of the net proceeds from this issuance and other cash sources to repurchase $492.3 million aggregate principal amount, or 98.5%, of its outstanding 9.875% senior subordinated notes due July 2010. In connection with the repurchase, the Company incurred a loss of approximately $95.2 million during second quarter of fiscal year 2004 associated with the early extinguishment of the notes.

6.5% Senior Subordinated Notes

     In May 2003, the Company issued $400.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 6.5% senior subordinated notes due May 2013. In June 2003, the Company used $156.6 million of the net proceeds from the issuance to redeem all of its outstanding 8.75% senior subordinated notes due October 2007, of which $150.0 million aggregate principal was outstanding. In connection with the redemption, the Company incurred a loss of approximately $8.7 million during first quarter of fiscal year 2004 associated with the early extinguishment of the notes.

     The indentures relating to the Company’s outstanding senior subordinated notes contain certain covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of the Company and certain of its subsidiaries to (i) incur additional debt, (ii) issue or sell stock of certain subsidiaries, (iii) engage in certain asset sales, and (iv) make distributions or pay dividends. The covenants are subject to a number of significant exceptions and limitations.

Zero Coupon Convertible Junior Subordinated Notes

     In March 2003, the Company issued $200.0 million, zero coupon, zero yield, convertible junior subordinated notes maturing in March 2008. The notes are callable by the Company after three years and do not provide a put option prior to maturity. The notes are convertible into ordinary shares at a conversion price of $10.50 per share and are payable in cash or stock at maturity, at the Company’s option.

Mortgages

     The Company has financed the purchase of certain facilities with mortgages. The mortgages have terms of up to 15 years and annual interest rates up to 7.2% and are secured by the underlying properties with a net book value of approximately $5.8 million at March 31, 2004.

As of March 31, 2004, the approximate fair values of the Company’s 9.875% notes, 9.75% notes, 6.5% notes and 1% convertible notes based on broker trading prices were 115.5%, 111.5%, 105.25% and 134% of the face values of the notes, respectively.

78


5. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     The value of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents, investments, accounts receivable and accounts payable carrying amount approximates fair value. The fair value of the Company’s long-term debt (see Note 4, “Bank Borrowings and Long-Term Debt”) is determined based on current broker trading prices. The Company’s cash equivalents are comprised of cash deposited in money market accounts and certificates of deposit (see Note 2, “Summary of Accounting Policies”). The Company’s investment policy limits the amount of credit exposure to 20% of the total investment portfolio in any single issuer.

The Company enters into forward exchange contracts to hedge underlying transactional currency exposures and does not engage in foreign currency speculation. The credit risk of these forward contracts is minimized since the contracts are with large financial institutions. The Company hedges committed exposures and these forward contracts generally do not subject the Company to risk of accounting losses. The gains and losses on forward contracts generally offset the gains and losses on the assets, liabilities and transactions hedged. On April 1, 2001, the Company adopted SFAS No. 133, as amended by SFAS No. 137 and No. 138, and as such the fair value of foreign currency forward contracts are reported on the balance sheet. The aggregate notional amount of outstanding contracts as of March 31, 2004 was $1.5 billion. The majority of these foreign exchange contracts expire in less than one month and almost all expire within three months. They will settle in Euro, British pound, Hungarian forint, Japanese yen, Malaysian ringgit, Norwegian kronor, Polish zloty, Singapore dollar, South African rand, Swedish krona, Swiss franc, Thai Baht and U.S. dollar.

6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

As of March 31, 2004 and 2003, the gross carrying amount of the Company’s property and equipment financed under capital leases amounted to approximately $38.3 million and $51.1 million, respectively. Accumulated depreciation for property and equipment under capital leases totaled $14.7 million and $28.0 million at March 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. These capital leases have interest rates ranging from 2.5% to 9.0%. The Company also leases certain of its facilities under non-cancelable operating leases. The capital and operating leases expire in various years through 2033 and require the following minimum lease payments:

          
CapitalOperating
Fiscal year ending March 31,LeaseLease

(In thousands)
2005 $9,036  $61,089 
2006  8,220   44,849 
2007  5,047   33,193 
2008  714   25,272 
2009  325   22,047 
Thereafter  1,404   173,863 

 Total minimum lease payments  24,746  $360,313 

Amount representing interest  (1,459)    

    
Present value of total minimum lease payments  23,287     
 Current portion  (8,203)    

    
 Capital lease obligation, net of current portion $15,084     

    

     Total rent expense was $94.1 million, $116.3 million and $93.0 million for fiscal years 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

     Included in the above remaining operating lease payments commitments are payments under two leases located in Mexico and Texas. Refer to Note 13, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities” for further discussion.

The Company continuously sells a designated pool of trade receivables to a third party qualified special purpose entity, which in turn sells an undivided ownership interest to a conduit, administered by an unaffiliated financial institution. In addition to this financial institution, the Company participates in the securitization agreement as an investor in the conduit. The securitization agreement allows the operating subsidiaries participating in the securitization to receive a cash payment for sold receivables, less a deferred purchase price

79


receivable. The Company’s share of the total investment varies depending on certain criteria, mainly the collection performance on the sold receivables. The agreement, which expires in March 2005, is subject to annual renewal. Currently, the unaffiliated financial institution’s maximum investment limit is $250 million. The Company has sold $328 million of its accounts receivable as of March 31, 2004, which represents the face amount of the total outstanding trade receivables on all designated customer accounts at that date. The Company received net cash proceeds of $172.1 million from the unaffiliated financial institution for the sale of these receivables. The Company has a recourse obligation that is limited to the deferred purchase price receivable, which approximates 5% of the total sold receivables, and its own investment participation, the total of which was $161.6 million as of March 31, 2004.

     The Company continues to service, administer and collect the receivables on behalf of the special purpose entity and receives a servicing fee of 1.0% of serviced receivables per annum. The Company pays facility and commitment fees of up to 0.24% for unused amounts and program fees of up to 0.34% of outstanding amounts.

     The accounts receivable balances that were sold were removed from the consolidated balance sheet and are reflected as cash provided by operating activities in the consolidated statement of cash flows.

     Between June and August 2002, the Company and certain of its officers and directors were named as defendants in several securities class action lawsuits that seek unspecified amount of damages, which were filed in the Untied States District Court for the Southern District of New York. These actions, which were filed on behalf of those who purchased, or otherwise acquired, Flextronics’ ordinary shares between January 18, 2001 and June 4, 2002, including those who purchased ordinary shares in the Company’s secondary offerings of on February 1, 2001 and January 7, 2002. These actions generally allege that, during this period, the defendants made misstatements to the investing public about the financial condition and prospects of Flextronics. On April 23, 2003, the Court entered an order transferring these lawsuits to the United States District Court for the Northern District of California. On July 16, 2003, Flextronics filed a motion to dismiss on behalf of the Company and its officers and directors named as defendants. On November 17, 2003, the Court entered an order granting defendants’ motion to dismiss without prejudice. On January 28, 2004, plaintiffs filed an amended complaint. Flextronics’ motion to dismiss the amended complaint was filed on March 10, 2004.

     In May 2004, the parties reached a tentative settlement of all claims in the lawsuit and the defendants withdrew their motion to dismiss. The settlement would be funded entirely by funds from Flextronics Officers’ and Directors’ insurance. The settlement agreement is subject to negotiation and documentation of a formal stipulation of settlement, as well as Court approval. If the settlement is not finalized, there can be no assurance the Company will be successful in defending the lawsuits, and, if the Company is unsuccessful, the Company may be subject to significant damages. Even if the Company were to be successful, defending the lawsuits may be expensive and may divert management’s attention from other business concerns and harm the Company’s business.

The Company is also subject to legal proceedings, claims and litigations arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company defends itself vigorously against any such claims. While the outcome of these matters is currently not determinable, management does not expect that the ultimate costs to resolve these matters will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

7. INCOME TAXES

The domestic (“Singapore”) and foreign components of income (loss) before income taxes were comprised of the following:

              
Fiscal Year Ended March 31,

200420032002

(In thousands)
Domestic $19,251  $33,628  $146,820 
Foreign  (439,370)  (180,867)  (389,422)

 Total $(420,119) $(147,239) $(242,602)

80


The provision for (benefit from) income taxes consisted of the following:

              
Fiscal Year Ended March 31,

200420032002

(In thousands)
Current:            
 Domestic $3,388  $4,095  $2,807 
 Foreign  91,282   18,361   22,760 

   94,670   22,456   25,567 
Deferred:            
 Domestic  (599)  700   1,913 
 Foreign  (161,812)  (86,942)  (116,334)

   (162,411)  (86,242)  (114,421)

 Benefit from income taxes $(67,741) $(63,786) $(88,854)

The domestic statutory income tax rate was approximately 20.0%, 22.0% and 24.5% for fiscal year 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The reconciliation of the income tax benefit expected based on domestic statutory income tax rates to the benefit for income taxes included in the consolidated statements of operations is as follows:

              
Fiscal Year Ended March 31,

200420032002

(In thousands)
Income tax based on domestic statutory rates $(84,024) $(32,392) $(59,438)
Effect of tax rate differential  (114,143)  (128,969)  (131,261)
Goodwill and other intangibles amortization  3,672   4,872   3,091 
Change in valuation allowance  142,556   117,894   116,226 
Other  (15,802)  (25,191)  (17,472)

 Benefit from income taxes $(67,741) $(63,786) $(88,854)

The components of deferred income taxes are as follows:

           
As of March 31,

20042003

(In thousands)
Deferred tax liabilities:        
 Fixed assets $(39,373) $(35,876)
 Intangible assets  (27,540)  (20,756)
 Others  (1,684)  (11,998)

  Total deferred tax liabilities  (68,597)  (68,630)

Deferred tax assets:        
 Deferred compensation  8,229   26,490 
 Provision for inventory obsolescence  15,138   16,087 
 Provision for doubtful accounts  3,674   5,719 
 Net operating loss and other carryforwards  1,169,906   836,587 
 Others  64,245   52,149 

   1,261,193   937,032 
Valuation allowances  (573,567)  (424,208)

  Total deferred tax asset  687,626   512,824 

Net deferred tax asset $619,029  $444,194 

Classification of net deferred tax asset:        
 Current $14,244  $29,153 
 Long-term  604,785   415,041 

  Total $619,029  $444,194 

81


     A deferred tax asset arises from available loss carryforwards and non-deductible accruals. The Company has total tax loss carryforwards of approximately $3.1 billion, a portion of which begin expiring in tax year 2010. The utilization of these tax loss deductions is limited to the future operations of the Company in the tax jurisdictions in which such loss deductions arose. As a result, management is uncertain as to when or whether these operations will generate sufficient profit to realize the deferred tax asset benefit. The valuation allowance provides a reserve against deferred tax assets that may expire or go unutilized by the Company. However, management has determined that it is more likely than not that the Company will realize certain of these benefits and, accordingly, has recognized a deferred tax asset from these benefits. Approximately $30.0 million of the valuation allowance relates to income tax benefits arising from the exercise of stock options, which will be credited directly to shareholders’ equity and will not be available to benefit the income tax provision in any future period.

The Company does not provide for federal income taxes on the undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries, as such earnings are not intended by management to be repatriated in the foreseeable future. Determination of the amount of the unrecognized deferred tax liability on these undistributed earnings is not practicable.

8. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Secondary Offerings

     During fiscal year 2002, the Company completed a secondary offering of 20,000,000 of its ordinary shares, for which the Company received net proceeds of approximately $503.8 million.

Stock Option and Incentive Plans

     At March 31, 2004, the Company had six stock-based employee compensation plans: the 2002 Interim Incentive Plan (the “2002 Plan”), the 2001 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2001 Plan”), the 1999 Interim Option Plan, the 1998 Interim Option Plan, the 1997 Interim Option Plan, and the 1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

     The 2001 Plan provides for grants of up to 7,000,000 shares. Additionally, the remaining shares that were available under the Company’s 1993 Share Option Plan (the “1993 Plan”) upon adoption of the 2001 Plan and any shares issuable upon exercise of the options granted under the 1993 Plan that expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, are available for grant under the 2001 Plan. The adoption of the 2001 Plan mandated that no additional options be granted under the 1993 Plan. Any options outstanding under the 1993 Plan will remain outstanding until exercised or until they terminate or expire by their terms. The 2001 Plan contains two separate equity incentive programs including a discretionary option grant program and an automatic option grant program. The discretionary option grant program is administered by the Compensation Committee with respect to officers and directors and by the Chairman of the Company’s Board, with respect to all other employees.

     Options issued under the 2001 Plan and 1993 Plan generally vest over four years. Options granted under the 2001 Plan generally expire 10 years from the date of grant. Pursuant to an amendment to the provisions relating to the term of options provided under the 1993 Plan, options granted subsequent to October 1, 2000 expire ten years from the date of grant, rather than the five-year term previously provided. The 2001 Plan and 1993 Plan provide for option grants at an exercise price equal to the fair market value per ordinary share on the option grant date.

     The 2002 Plan provides for grants of up to 20,000,000 shares. The plan provides grants of nonqualified stock options to employees, officers and directors. The exercise price of options granted under the 2002 Plan is determined by the Company’s Compensation Committee and generally has an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of grant. Options issued under the 2002 Plan generally vest over four years and generally expire ten years from the date of grant.

The Company’s 1999, 1998 and 1997 Interim Option Plans provide for grants of up to 5,200,000, 3,144,000, and 2,000,000 stock options, respectively. These plans provide grants of non-statutory stock options to employees and other qualified individuals to purchase ordinary shares of the Company. Options under these plans cannot be granted to executive officers and directors. All Interim Option Plans provide for option grants at an exercise price of not less than 85% of the fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of grant.

82


Options issued under these plans generally vest over four years. Options granted under the 1999 Interim Option Plan expire five years from the date of grant. Options granted prior to July 2002 under the 1998 and 1997 Interim Option Plans expire five years from the date of grant and all subsequent option grants generally expire ten years from the date of grant.

     The Company’s 1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Purchase Plan”) provides for issuance of up to 3,400,000 ordinary shares. The Purchase Plan was approved by the shareholders in October 1997. Under the Purchase Plan, employees may purchase, on a periodic basis, a limited number of ordinary shares through payroll deductions over a six-month period up to 10% of each participant’s compensation. The per share purchase price is 85% of the fair market value of the stock at the beginning or end of the offering period, whichever is lower. The ordinary shares sold under this plan in fiscal year 2004, fiscal year 2003 and fiscal year 2002, amounted to 717,595, 1,009,692 and 767,301, respectively. The weighted-average fair value of ordinary shares sold under this plan in fiscal years 2004, 2003 and 2002 were $10.30, $9.79 and $20.08 per share, respectively.

The following table presents the activity for options outstanding under all of the stock option plans (“Price” reflects the weighted average exercise price):

                         
As of March 31, 2004As of March 31, 2003As of March 31, 2002



OptionsPriceOptionsPriceOptionsPrice

Outstanding, beginning of fiscal year  55,682,533  $11.35   45,641,139  $15.00   47,235,431  $13.35 
Granted  8,841,856   15.60   19,864,076   6.97   9,009,567   16.51 
Exercised  (8,235,283)  6.66   (4,567,256)  4.05   (7,989,287)  5.43 
Forfeited  (5,985,107)  11.39   (5,255,426)  21.25   (2,614,572)  18.86 

Outstanding, end of fiscal year  50,303,999  $12.86   55,682,533  $11.35   45,641,139  $15.00 

Options exercisable, end of fiscal year  27,638,781       31,056,183       24,490,124     

Weighted average fair value per option granted $9.47      $4.84      $12.43     

The following table presents the composition of options outstanding and exercisable as of March 31, 2004:

                     
Options OutstandingOptions Exercisable


WeightedWeightedWeighted
AverageAverageAverage
Range ofNumber ofContractualExerciseNumber ofExercise
Exercise PricesSharesLifePriceSharesPrice

$ 0.42 - $7.53  9,206,720   5.36  $4.90   6,897,892  $4.54 
$ 7.56 - $7.90  11,915,344   8.05   7.90   3,326,697   7.90 
$ 8.01 - $14.50  10,163,712   4.91   12.21   7,383,533   12.64 
$14.60 - $17.50  10,808,613   8.65   16.61   2,919,619   15.96 
$17.69 - $44.13  8,209,610   4.20   24.83   7,111,040   25.05 

$ 0.42 - $44.13  50,303,999   6.43  $12.86   27,638,781  $13.59 

9. RESTRUCTURING AND OTHER CHARGES

     In recent years, the Company has initiated a series of restructuring activities in light of the global economy downturn. These activities, which are intended to realign the Company’s capacity and infrastructure with demand by its OEM customers and thereby improve operational efficiency, include:

• Reducing excess workforce and capacity
• Consolidating and relocating certain manufacturing facilities to lower cost regions, and
• Consolidating and relocating certain administrative facilities.

The restructuring costs include employee severance, costs related to leased facilities, owned facilities that are no longer in use and are to be disposed of, leased equipment that is no longer in use and will be disposed of,

83


and other costs associated with the exit of certain contractual agreements due to facility closures. The overall impact of these activities is that the Company has shifted its manufacturing capacity to locations with higher efficiencies and, in some instances, lower costs, and are better utilizing its overall existing manufacturing capacity. This has enhanced the Company’s ability to provide cost-effective manufacturing service offerings, which enables it to retain and expand the Company’s existing relationships with customers and attract new business. These restructuring activities are substantially complete as of March 31, 2004.

     The Company accounts for costs associated with restructuring activities initiated after December 31, 2002 in accordance with SFAS No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities” which supersedes previous accounting guidance, principally Emerging Issues Task force Issue (EITF) No. 94-3, “Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activities.” SFAS��146 requires that the liability for costs associated with exit or disposal of activities be recognized when the liability is incurred.

Fiscal Year 2004

     The Company recognized restructuring charges of approximately $540.3 million during fiscal year 2004 related to the closures and consolidation of, and impairment of certain long-term assets at various manufacturing facilities. The Company has classified $477.3 million of the charges associated with facility closures as a component of cost of sales during fiscal year 2004.

     Restructuring charges recorded during fiscal year 2004 by reportable geographic regions were as follows: Americas, $215.4 million; Asia, $111.3 million; and Europe, $213.6 million.

     The Company currently anticipates that the facility closures and activities to which all of these charges relate will be substantially completed within one year of the commitment dates of the respective exit plans, except for certain long-term contractual obligations.

The components of the restructuring charges during the quarters of fiscal year 2004 were as follows:

                           
Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2004

FirstSecondThirdFourth
QuarterQuarterQuarterQuarterTotalNature

(In thousands)
Restructuring charges:                        
 Severance $11,891  $20,075  $33,104  $38,663  $103,733   cash 
 Long-lived asset impairment  290,572   19,521   10,281   10,786   331,160   non-cash 
 Other exit costs  24,645   20,656   27,634   32,520   105,455   cash & non-cash 

    
  Total restructuring charges $327,108  $60,252  $71,019  $81,969  $540,348     

    

     During fiscal year 2004, the Company recorded approximately $103.7 million of employee termination costs associated with the involuntary terminations of 5,176 identified employees in connection with the various facility closures and consolidations. As of March 31, 2004, approximately 3,700 employees had been terminated, and another 1,400 employees had been notified that they are to be terminated upon completion of the various facility closures and consolidations. Approximately $84.6 million of the net charges were classified as a component of cost of sales during fiscal year 2004.

During fiscal year 2004 the Company also recorded approximately $331.2 million for the write-down of property and equipment associated with various manufacturing and administrative facility closures. Approximately $317.4 million of this amount was classified as a component of cost of sales in fiscal year 2004. Certain assets will remain in service until their anticipated disposal dates pursuant to the exit plans. For assets being held for use, impairment is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the asset. This calculation is measured at the asset group level, which is the lowest level for which there are identifiable cash flows. The fair value of assets held for use was determined based on projected discounted cash flows of the asset, plus salvage value. Certain other assets are held for sale, as these assets are no longer required in operations. For assets held for sale, depreciation ceases and an impairment loss is recognized if the carrying

84


amount of the asset exceeds its fair value less cost to sell. Assets held for sale as of March 31, 2004 are included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheet.

     The restructuring charges recorded during fiscal year 2004 also included approximately $105.5 million for other exit costs. Approximately $75.3 million of this amount was classified as a component of cost of sales in fiscal year 2004. Other exit costs included contractual obligations totaling $59.1 million, which were incurred directly as a result of the various exit plans. The contractual obligations consisted of facility lease terminations amounting to $46.2 million, equipment lease terminations amounting to $7.3 million and payments to suppliers and third parties to terminate contractual agreements amounting to $5.6 million. Expenses associated with lease obligations are estimated based on future lease payment, less any estimated sublease income. The Company expects to make payments associated with its contractual obligations with respect to facility and equipment leases through the end of fiscal year 2024, and through the end of 2005 with respect to the other contractual obligations with suppliers and third parties. Other exit costs also included charges of $17.7 million relating to asset impairments resulting from customer contracts that were terminated by the Company as a result of various facility closures. The Company has disposed of the impaired assets, primarily through scrapping and write-offs, by the end of fiscal year 2004. Other exit costs also included $4.1 million of net facility refurbishment and abandonment costs related to certain building repair work necessary to prepare the exited facilities for sale or to return the facilities to their respective landlords. The remaining $24.6 million primarily related to legal and consulting costs, and various government obligations for which the Company is liable as a direct result of its facility closures. The legal costs mainly relate to a settlement reached in November 2003 in the lawsuit with Beckman Coulter, Inc., relating to a contract dispute involving a manufacturing relationship between the companies. Pursuant to the terms of the settlement agreement, Flextronics agreed to a $23.0 million cash payment to Beckman Coulter to resolve the matter, and Beckman Coulter agreed to dismiss all pending claims against the Company and release the Company from any future claims relating to this matter.

The following table summarizes the provisions, payments and the accrual balance relating to restructuring costs incurred during fiscal year ended March 31, 2004:

                  
Long-Lived
AssetOther Exit
(In thousands)SeveranceImpairmentCostsTotal

Activities during the year:                
 Provision $103,733  $331,160  $105,455  $540,348 
 Cash payments  (81,357)     (48,852)  (130,209)
 Non-cash charges     (331,160)  (17,872)  (349,032)

Balance as of March 31, 2004  22,376      38,731   61,107 
Less: Current portion (classified as other current liabilities)  (21,276)     (18,240)  (39,516)

Accrued facility closure costs, net of current portion (classified as other long-term liabilities) $1,100  $  $20,491  $21,591 

Fiscal Year 2003

     The Company accounted for costs associated with restructuring activities initiated prior to December 31, 2002 in accordance with EITF No. 94-3.

     The Company recognized restructuring and other charges of approximately $304.4 million during fiscal year 2003, of which $297.0 million related to the closures and consolidations of various manufacturing facilities and $7.4 million related to the impairment of investments in certain technology companies. As further discussed below, $179.4 million and $86.9 million of the charges relating to facility closures were classified as a component of cost of sales in the first and third quarters of fiscal year 2003, respectively.

Net restructuring and other charges recorded during fiscal year 2003 by reportable geographic regions were as follows: Americas, $174.5 million; Asia, $1.8 million; and Europe, $128.1 million.

85


The components of the net restructuring and other charges recorded during the first and third quarters of fiscal year 2003 were as follows:

                   
Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2003

FirstThird
QuarterQuarterTotalNature

(In thousands)
Restructuring charges:                
 Severance $76,901  $41,574  $118,475   cash 
 Long-lived asset impairment  56,279   14,285   70,564   non-cash 
 Other exit costs  67,187   40,729   107,916   cash & non-cash 

    
  Total restructuring charges  200,367   96,588   296,955     
Other charges  7,456      7,456     

    
  Total restructuring and other charges $207,823  $96,588  $304,411     

    

     In connection with the facility closures, the Company developed plans to exit certain activities and involuntarily terminate employees. Management’s plan to exit an activity included the identification of duplicate manufacturing and administrative facilities for closure or consolidation into other facilities. The facility closures and activities to which all of these charges relate were substantially completed within one year of the commitment dates of the respective exit plans, except for certain long-term contractual obligations.

     During fiscal year 2003, the Company recorded approximately $118.5 million of net employee termination costs associated with the involuntary terminations of 8,108 identified employees in connection with the various facility closures and consolidations. Approximately $59.6 million and $34.6 million of the net charges were classified as a component of cost of sales in the first and third quarters of fiscal year 2003, respectively. The third quarter charges reflect a reversal of prior period termination costs of approximately $5.8 million due to changes in estimated severance payment amounts and a reduction in the number employees that were previously identified for termination.

     The restructuring charges recorded during fiscal year 2003 included $70.6 million for the net write-down of property, plant and equipment associated with various manufacturing and administrative facility closures from their carrying value of $121.4 million. Approximately $55.3 million and $9.5 million of this net amount were classified as a component of cost of sales in the first and third quarters of fiscal year 2003, respectively. Also included in long-lived asset impairment is approximately $1.0 million for the write-off of goodwill. The third quarter charges reflect a reversal of prior period restructuring charges of approximately $26.1 million due to changes in previously estimated fair values of certain property, plant and equipment. Certain assets were held for use and remained in service until their anticipated disposal dates pursuant to the exit plans. For assets being held for use, impairment is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the asset. The fair value of assets held for use was determined based on projected discounted cash flows of the asset, plus salvage value. Certain other assets were held for sale, as these assets were no longer required in operations. For assets being held for sale, depreciation ceases and an impairment loss was recognized if the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value less cost to sell. Assets held for sale as of March 31, 2003 were included in Other Assets on the consolidated balance sheet.

The restructuring charges recorded during fiscal year 2003, also included approximately $107.9 million for other exit costs. Approximately $64.4 million and $42.8 million of this amount were classified as a component of cost of sales in the first and third quarters of fiscal year 2003, respectively. The third quarter charges reflect a reversal of prior period restructuring charges of approximately $7.3 million relating to revisions of previous estimates, primarily related to our ability to subsequently successfully negotiate reductions in certain contractual obligations. Other exit costs included contractual obligations totaling $75.6 million, which were incurred directly as a result of the various exit plans. The contractual obligations consisted of facility lease terminations amounting to $49.9 million, equipment lease terminations amounting to $14.4 million and payments to suppliers and third parties to terminate contractual agreements amounting to $11.3 million. Expenses associated with lease obligations are estimated based on future lease payment, less any estimated sublease income. The Company expects to make payments associated with its contractual obligations with respect to facility and equipment leases through the end of fiscal year 2017. Other exit costs also included charges of $19.7 million

86


relating to asset impairments resulting from customer contracts that were terminated by the Company as a result of various facility closures.

     These asset impairments were determined based on the difference between the carrying amount and the realizable value of the impaired inventory and accounts receivable. The Company disposed of the impaired assets, primarily through scrapping and write-offs, by the end of fiscal year 2003. Other exit costs also included $11.0 million of net facility refurbishment and abandonment costs related to certain building repair work necessary to prepare the exited facilities for sale or to return the facilities to their respective landlords. The remaining $1.6 million primarily included incremental amounts of legal and consulting costs, and various government obligations for which the Company is liable as a direct result of its facility closures.

Fiscal Year 2002

     The Company recognized restructuring and other charges of approximately $574.4 million during fiscal year 2002, of which $530.0 million related to closures of several manufacturing facilities and $44.4 million was primarily for the impairment of investments in certain technology companies. As further discussed below, $464.4 million of the charges relating to facility closures were classified as a component of cost of sales.

     Restructuring and other charges recorded in fiscal year 2002 by reportable geographic regions were as follows: Americas, $265.8 million; Asia, $70.7 million; and Europe, $237.9 million.

The components of the restructuring and other charges recorded in fiscal year 2002 were as follows:

           
AmountNature

(In thousands)
Restructuring and other costs:        
 Severance $153,598   cash 
 Long-lived asset impairment  163,724   non-cash 
 Exit costs  212,660   cash & non-cash 

    
  Total restructuring and other costs  529,982     
Other charges  44,444   cash & non-cash 

    
  Total restructuring and other charges $574,426     

    

     In connection with the facility closures in fiscal year 2002, the Company developed plans to exit certain activities and involuntarily terminate employees. Management’s plan to exit an activity included the identification of duplicate manufacturing and administrative facilities for closure or consolidation into other facilities. The facility closures and activities to which all of these charges relate were substantially completed within one year of the commitment dates of the respective exit plans, except for certain long-term contractual obligations.

     Of the total restructuring charges recorded in fiscal year 2002, $153.6 million related to employee termination costs, of which $118.4 million was classified as a component of cost of sales. As a result of the various exit plans, the Company identified 13,391 employees to be involuntarily terminated in connection with the various facility closures and consolidations.

     The restructuring charges recorded in fiscal year 2002 included $163.7 million for the write-down of property, plant and equipment associated with various manufacturing and administrative facility closures from their carrying value of $232.6 million. This amount was classified as a component of cost of sales during fiscal year 2002. Certain assets remained in service until their anticipated disposal dates pursuant to the exit plans, and were depreciated over the expected remaining service period. For assets held for use, an impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value. Certain other assets were held for sale, as these assets are no longer required in operations. Assets held for sale were no longer depreciated, and an impairment loss was recognized if the carrying amount of the asset exceeded its fair value less cost to sell.

The restructuring charges also included approximately $212.7 million for other exit costs. Approximately $182.3 million of this amount was classified as a component of cost of sales. Other exit costs included contractual obligations totaling $61.6 million, which were incurred directly as a result of the various exit plans. The contractual obligations consisted of facility lease terminations amounting to $27.2 million, equipment lease terminations amounting to $13.2 million and payments to suppliers and third parties to terminate contractual

87


agreements amounting to $21.2 million. Expenses associated with lease obligations are estimated based on future lease payment, less any estimated sublease income. The Company expects to make payments associated with its contractual obligations with respect to facility and equipment leases through the end of fiscal year 2007 and with respect to the other contractual obligations with suppliers and third parties through the end of fiscal year 2003. Other exit costs also included charges of $98.0 million relating to asset impairments resulting from customer contracts that were terminated by the Company as a result of various facility closures. These asset impairments were determined based on the difference between the carrying amount and the realizable value of the impaired inventory and accounts receivable. The Company disposed of the impaired assets, primarily through scrapping and write-offs, by the end of fiscal year 2002. Also included in other exit costs were charges amounting to $8.0 million for the incremental costs for warranty work incurred by the Company for products sold prior to the commitment dates of the various exit plans. Other exit costs also included $8.2 million of facility refurbishment and abandonment costs related to certain building repair work necessary to prepare the exited facilities for sale or to return the facilities to their respective landlords. The remaining $36.9 million primarily included incremental amounts of legal and environmental costs, and various government obligations for which the Company is liable for as a direct result of its facility closures.

The following table summarizes the provisions, payments and the accrual balance relating to restructuring costs recorded prior to December 31, 2002 for the years ended March 31, 2004 and 2003:

                  
Long-Lived
AssetOther
(In thousands)SeveranceImpairmentExit CostsTotal

Balance as of March 31, 2002 $91,879  $  $68,668  $160,547 
Activities during fiscal year 2003:                
 Provision  118,475   70,564   107,916   296,955 
 Cash payments  (160,563)     (90,204)  (250,767)
 Non-cash charges     (70,564)  (16,576)  (87,140)

Balance as of March 31, 2003  49,791      69,804   119,595 
Activities during fiscal year 2004:                
 Cash payments  (45,071)     (54,146)  (99,217)

Balance as of March 31, 2004  4,720      15,658   20,378 
Less: Current portion (classified as other current liabilities)  (3,120)     (7,039)  (10,159)

Accrued facility closure costs, net of current portion (classified as other long-term liabilities) $1,600  $  $8,619  $10,219 

10. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Prior to June 2002, the Company extended loans to several of its executive officers. Each loan was evidenced by a promissory note in favor of the Company and was generally secured by a deed of trust on property of the officer. Certain notes were non-interest bearing and others had interest rates ranging from 2.48% to 5.85%. The remaining outstanding balance of the loans, including accrued interest, as of March 31, 2004, was approximately $9.5 million. Additionally, in connection with an investment partnership, one of the Company’s subsidiaries made loans to several of its executive officers to fund their contributions to the investment partnership. Each loan was evidenced by a full-recourse promissory note in favor of the Company. Interest rates on the notes range from 5.05% to 6.40%. The remaining balance of these loans, including accrued interest, as of March 31, 2004 was approximately $2.2 million. The Company will not make any further loans to its executive officers.

11. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS AND PURCHASES OF ASSETS

Fiscal Year 2004

During fiscal year 2004, the Company completed certain acquisitions that were not individually significant to the Company’s results of operations and financial position. The aggregate cash purchase price for the acquisitions amounted to $120.0 million, net of cash acquired. The fair value of the net liabilities assumed in

88


fiscal year 2004 amounted to approximately $321.6 million. The costs of these acquisitions have been allocated on the basis of the estimated fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The purchase price for certain of these acquisitions is subject to adjustments for contingent consideration, based upon the businesses achieving specified levels of earnings through December 2006. The contingent consideration has not been recorded as part of the purchase price, pending the outcome of the contingency.

     All of the above acquisitions were accounted for using the purchase method of accounting, and accordingly, the results of the acquired businesses were included in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations from the acquisition dates forward. Comparative proforma information has not been presented, as the results of operations were not material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements on either an individual or an aggregate basis. Goodwill and intangibles resulting from the Company’s fiscal year 2004 acquisitions amounted to approximately $468.6 million. The Company has not finalized the allocation of the consideration for certain of its recently completed acquisitions and expects to complete this by the end of the first quarter of fiscal year 2005.

Fiscal Year 2003

     In October 2001, the Company announced a manufacturing agreement with Xerox Corporation. The Company acquired Xerox’s manufacturing operations in Aguascalientes, Mexico; El Segundo, California; Mitcheldean, U.K.; Penang, Malaysia; Resende, Brazil; Toronto, Canada; and Venray, Netherlands. The aggregate purchase price for the acquisition amounted to approximately $179.5 million, of which $14.4 million was paid in fiscal year 2003. The fair value of the net assets acquired in fiscal year 2003, amounted to approximately $9.4 million, including estimated acquisition costs. In connection with the acquisition of the operations, the Company entered into a five-year agreement for the manufacture of certain Xerox office equipment and components. The Company completed the acquisition in September 2002.

     In August 2002, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of NatSteel Broadway Ltd. for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $356.9 million, net of cash acquired. The fair value of the net assets acquired amounted to approximately $41.5 million, including estimated acquisition costs. NatSteel Broadway’s operations include manufacturing facilities in China and Hungary.

     During fiscal year 2003, the Company completed certain other business acquisitions that were not individually significant to the Company’s results of operations and financial position. The aggregate cash purchase price for these acquisitions amounted to approximately $104.9 million, net of cash acquired. The aggregate fair value of the net liabilities acquired for these acquisitions amounted to approximately $34.2 million, including estimated acquisition costs. Additionally, approximately $25.4 million was paid and approximately 1.6 million ordinary shares were issued related to contingent purchase price adjustments for certain historical acquisitions.

     All of the above acquisitions were accounted for using the purchase method of accounting, and accordingly, the results of the acquired businesses were included in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations from the acquisition dates forward. Comparative proforma information has not been presented, as the results of operations were not material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements on either an individual or an aggregate basis. Goodwill and intangibles resulting from the Company’s fiscal year 2003 acquisitions, as well as contingent purchase price adjustments for certain historical acquisitions amounted to approximately $557.3 million.

Fiscal Year 2002

     In April 2001, the Company entered into a definitive agreement with Ericsson to provide a substantial portion of Ericsson’s mobile phone production and distribution requirements. The Company assumed responsibility for product assembly, new product prototyping, supply chain management and logistics management in which Flextronics processes customer orders from Ericsson and configure and ship products to Ericsson’s customers. In connection with this relationship, the Company employed the existing workforce for certain operations, and purchased from Ericsson certain inventory, equipment and other assets, and assumed certain accounts payable and accrued expenses at their net book value of approximately $363.9 million.

In July 2001, the Company acquired Alcatel SA’s manufacturing facility and related assets located in Laval, France. The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase of assets. In connection with this acquisition, the

89


Company entered into a long-term supply agreement with Alcatel to provide printed circuit board assembly, final systems assembly and various engineering support services. The Company purchased from Alcatel certain inventory, equipment and other assets, and assumed certain accounts payable and accrued expenses at their net book value of approximately $32.4 million.

     In December 2001, the Company completed its acquisition of 91% of The Orbiant Group from Telia, Sweden’s largest telecommunications network provider. Orbiant is a provider of services focusing on the design, operation, maintenance and management of telecommunications networks. The cash purchase price, net of cash acquired, amounted to approximately $80.6 million.

During fiscal year 2002, the Company completed certain other business acquisitions that were not individually significant to the Company’s results of operations and financial position. The aggregate cash purchase price for these acquisitions, net of cash acquired, amounted to approximately $68.8 million. Additionally, approximately 7.3 million ordinary shares were issued for the acquisitions, which equated to approximately $163.4 million of the purchase price. The fair value of the ordinary shares issued was determined based on the quoted market prices of the Company’s ordinary shares for a reasonable period, generally three days, before and after the date the terms of the acquisitions were agreed and announced. The costs of these acquisitions, including estimated acquisition closing costs, have been allocated on the basis of the estimated fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The purchase price for certain of these acquisitions is subject to adjustments for contingent consideration, based upon the businesses achieving specified levels of earnings through December 2004. The contingent consideration has not been recorded as part of the purchase price, pending the outcome of the contingency. Goodwill and intangibles resulting from these acquisitions amounted to approximately $548.8 million. Also, during fiscal year 2002, the Company increased goodwill in the amount of approximately $34.2 million for contingent purchase price adjustments and other adjustments for historical acquisitions, which included the issuance of approximately 0.6 million ordinary shares. These acquisitions have been accounted for by the purchase method of accounting, and accordingly the results of the acquired businesses were included in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations from the acquisition dates forward. Comparative proforma information has not been presented, as the results of the acquired operations were not material to the Company’s consolidated financials statements on either an individual or an aggregate basis.

12. SEGMENT REPORTING

The Company operates and is managed internally by two operating segments that have been combined for operating segment disclosures, as they do not meet the quantitative thresholds for separate disclosure established in SFAS No. 131, “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information.” Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company’s chief operating decision maker is the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

90


Geographic information is as follows:

              
200420032002

(In thousands)
Net Sales:            
 Asia $6,878,458  $5,060,085  $3,374,749 
 Americas  2,099,713   3,101,589   4,155,750 
 Europe  6,202,207   5,933,859   6,283,584 
 Intercompany eliminations  (649,962)  (716,834)  (709,236)

  $14,530,416  $13,378,699  $13,104,847 

Loss Before Income Taxes:            
 Asia $152,117  $187,785  $103,722 
 Americas  (204,288)  (232,094)  (152,458)
 Europe  (170,915)  (27,127)  (142,630)
 Intercompany eliminations  (197,033)  (75,803)  (51,236)

  $(420,119) $(147,239) $(242,602)

Long-Lived Assets:            
 Asia $700,262  $758,331  $584,470 
 Americas  402,031   544,348   717,898 
 Europe  522,707   663,050   730,127 

  $1,625,000  $1,965,729  $2,032,495 

Depreciation and Amortization*:            
 Asia $112,357  $110,485  $71,906 
 Americas  80,650   97,433   107,515 
 Europe  155,082   141,599   140,486 

  $348,089  $349,517  $319,907 

Capital Expenditures:            
 Asia $142,425  $125,952  $109,623 
 Americas  81,454   50,153   126,761 
 Europe  102,869   74,513   130,863 

  $326,748  $250,618  $367,247 


*Excludes restructuring and other charges related to goodwill and property and equipment impairment charges of $331.2 million, $70.6 million, and $163.7 million in fiscal years 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. See Note 9, “Restructuring and Other Charges,” for additional information regarding those charges.

     Revenues are attributable to the country in which the product is manufactured.

     For purposes of the preceding tables, “Asia” includes China, Japan, India, Malaysia, Mauritius, Singapore, Taiwan and Thailand, “Americas” includes Brazil, Canada, Mexico and the United States, “Europe” includes Austria, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Hungary, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Scotland, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and the United Kingdom.

     During fiscal year 2004 and 2003, net sales generated from Singapore, the principal country of domicile, was $237.6 million and $242.8 million, respectively.

     China, Malaysia and Hungary accounted for approximately 26%, 18% and 14% of the consolidated net sales, respectively, during fiscal year 2004. No other foreign country accounted for more than 10% of net sales in fiscal year 2004. As of March 31, 2004, China, Malaysia, US/Canada and Hungary accounted for approximately 27%, 12%, 13% and 12% of consolidated long-lived assets, respectively. No other foreign country accounted for more than 10% of long-lived assets as of March 31, 2004.

China, Hungary, Malaysia and Mexico accounted for approximately 18%, 11%, 15% and 12% of net sales, respectively, during fiscal year 2003. No other foreign country accounted for more than 10% of net sales in fiscal year 2003. As of March 31, 2003, China and Malaysia accounted for approximately 25% and 11% of

91


long-lived assets, respectively. No other foreign country accounted for more than 10% of long-lived assets at March 31, 2003.

During fiscal year 2002, Hungary, Malaysia, Mexico and Sweden accounted for approximately 12%, 18%, 16% and 11% of net sales, respectively. No other foreign country accounted for more than 10% of net sales in fiscal year 2002. China accounted for approximately 16% of long-lived assets at March 31, 2002. No other foreign country accounted for more than 10% of long-lived assets at March 31, 2002.

13. CONSOLIDATION OF VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES

     Effective April 1, 2003, the Company adopted Financial Accounting Standard Board’s Interpretation No. 46 (“FIN 46”), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities”, which expands upon and strengthens existing accounting guidance concerning when a company should include in its financial statements the assets, liabilities and activities of another entity. Prior to the issuance of FIN 46, a company generally included another entity in its consolidated financial statements only if it controlled the entity through voting interests. FIN 46 now requires a variable interest entity, as defined in FIN 46, to be consolidated by a company if that company is subject to a majority of the risk of loss from the variable interest entity’s activities or entitled to receive a majority of the entity’s residual returns or both. FIN 46 also requires disclosures about variable interest entities that the company is not required to consolidate but in which it has a significant variable interest.

The Company has variable interest in real estate asset subject to operating lease arrangements located in Mexico and Texas. The principal impact of the adoption of FIN 46 was the recording of additions to land and building and long-term debt in the amount of $89.9 million at March 31, 2004. The cumulative effect of adopting FIN 46 was not material to the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

14. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Conversion of Notes

     In April 2004, the Company announced that it intends to convert its $200 million, zero coupon, zero yield, convertible junior subordinated notes issued in March 2003 into 19,047,617 of its ordinary shares, based on the conversion price of $10.50 per share.

Acquisitions

     On June 8, 2004, the Company, The DIRECTV Group, Inc., and Hughes Network Systems, Inc. (a wholly-owned subsidiary of DIRECTV) announced an agreement whereby the Company will acquire Hughes Network Systems’ majority ownership stake of fifty-five percent (55%) in Hughes Software Systems (HSS), a provider of software products and services to telecom infrastructure companies.

     HSS reported revenue of Rs3,604 million (approximately US$80 million) and net income of Rs769 million (approximately US$17 million) in its fiscal year ended March 31, 2004.

The Company will pay Rs547 per share, with total cash consideration paid to Hughes Networks Systems of approximately US$226.5 million. Subject to regulatory approval, the transaction is expected to close no later than October 2004. Pursuant to Indian securities regulations, the Company is required to make an open offer on or about June 14, 2004 to purchase an additional twenty percent (20%) of the shares outstanding. There is no obligation for shareholders to accept this open offer and there is no assurance that any shares will be offered for sale to the Company. The approximate total purchase price of US$226.5 million to be paid to Hughes Network Systems, along with the open offer of US$82.5 million, assuming an offer price of Rs547.93, is required to be funded by the Company on the date the open offer is initiated (June 14, 2004).

92


15. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

The following table contains selected unaudited quarterly financial data for fiscal years 2004 and 2003:

                                  
Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2004Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2003


FirstSecondThirdFourthFirstSecondThirdFourth

(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Net sales $3,106,677  $3,503,242  $4,152,344  $3,768,153  $3,127,027  $3,340,613  $3,851,494  $3,059,565 
Cost of sales  2,941,636   3,320,772   3,912,912   3,529,256   2,959,930   3,158,386   3,638,559   2,893,527 
Restructuring and other charges  308,835   42,362   50,553   75,555   179,352      86,892    

 Gross profit (loss)  (143,794)  140,108   188,879   163,342   (12,255)  182,227   126,043   166,038 
Selling, general and administrative  116,415   108,940   121,597   140,335   114,699   109,911   115,502   116,087 
Goodwill and other intangibles amortization  8,817   8,573   9,553   9,772   3,234   5,933   6,147   6,832 
Restructuring and other charges  18,273   17,890   20,466   6,414   28,471      9,696    
Interest and other expense, net  25,911   20,703   13,453   17,633   18,999   27,856   23,901   22,024 
Loss on early extinguishment of debt, net  8,695   95,214                   
 Income (loss) before income taxes  (321,905)  (111,212)  23,810   (10,812)  (177,658)  38,527   (29,203)  21,095 
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes  (32,190)  (11,122)  2,381   (26,810)  (46,486)  3,857   (22,726)  1,569 

 Net income (loss) $(289,715) $(100,090) $21,429  $15,998  $(131,172) $34,670  $(6,477) $19,526 

Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share $(0.56) $(0.19) $0.04  $0.03  $(0.25) $0.07  $(0.01) $0.04 

Shares used in computing diluted per share amounts  521,000   523,529   561,438   569,572   515,016   524,452   517,810   531,118 

93


SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF PROXY CARD]

FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD. (PARENT COMPANY)

BALANCE SHEETS

           
As of March 31,

20042003

(In thousands, except share
and per share amounts)
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:        
 Cash and cash equivalents $188,929  $244,102 
 Due from subsidiaries  1,213,620   1,563,351 
 Other current assets  5,398   4,860 

  Total current assets  1,407,947   1,812,313 
Intangible assets, net  4,083   5,928 
Other investments  49,774   22,109 
Investment in subsidiaries  6,176,109   3,485,183 
Due from subsidiaries  1,659,878   1,578,371 
Other assets  170,627   193,076 

  Total assets $9,468,418  $7,096,980 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:        
 Due to subsidiaries $3,186,790  $1,127,349 
 Other current liabilities  17,552   60,704 

  Total current liabilities  3,204,342   1,188,053 
Long-term debt, net of current portion  1,498,731   1,007,364 
Due to subsidiaries  411,860   363,467 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 5)        
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY:        
Ordinary shares, S$.01 par value; authorized — 1,500,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding — 529,944,282 and 520,228,062 shares as of March 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively  3,135   3,078 
Additional paid-in capital  4,997,033   4,930,644 
Accumulated deficit  (722,471)  (370,093)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)  82,334   (19,386)
Deferred compensation  (6,546)  (6,147)

  Total shareholders’ equity  4,353,485   4,538,096 
  Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $9,468,418  $7,096,980 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these supplementary financial statements.

94


1. ORGANIZATION OF THE COMPANY

Flextronics International Ltd. (the “Parent”) was incorporated in the Republic of Singapore. It is principally engaged in investment holding. The address of the Parent’s registered office is One Marina Boulevard, #28-00, Singapore 018989. The Parent, together with its wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively the “Company”) provide electronics manufacturing services to original equipment manufacturers, primarily in the handheld electronics devices, information technologies infrastructure, computer and office automation, and consumer devices industries.

2. SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

All amounts included in the financial statements are expressed in U.S. dollars unless otherwise designated as Singapore dollars (S$) or Euros ().

     The accompanying supplementary balance sheets comprise solely the standalone accounts of Flextronics International Ltd., the Parent company. These balance sheets are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (US GAAP), other than as noted in the following paragraphs entitled “Investment in Subsidiaries” and “Intangible Assets”.

     Certain amounts in the fiscal year 2003 balance sheet have been reclassified to conform to current year’s presentation for comparative purposes.

Use of Estimates

     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates and assumptions.

Translation of Foreign Currencies

     The functional currency of the Parent is the U.S. dollar, with the exception of its Cayman branch, which is measured in Euros. Accordingly, the financial position and results of operations of the Cayman branch are measured using the Euro as the functional currency. Accordingly, all assets and liabilities of the Cayman branch are translated into U.S. dollars at current exchange rates as of the applicable balance sheet date. Income and expense items are translated at the average exchange rates prevailing during the period. Cumulative translation gains and losses from the translation of the branch’s financial statements are reported as a separate component of shareholders’ equity.

     Additionally, the Parent’s Hong Kong branch enters into certain transactions with related companies, including short-term contractual obligations and long-term loans. Certain of these obligations and loans are denominated in a non-functional currency, namely the Swedish krona. Short-term contractual obligations are translated into U.S. dollars at current exchange rates as of the applicable balance sheet date and the resulting foreign exchange gains and losses arising from the revaluation are recognized in the statement of operations. Long-term loans are translated into U.S. dollars at current exchange rates as of the applicable balance sheet date, and the resulting translation gains and losses from the revaluation are reported as a separate component of shareholders’ equity.

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Investments in Securities

     All highly liquid investments with maturity of three months or less at date of purchase are carried at fair market value and considered to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash deposited in checking accounts, money market accounts and certificates of deposit. As of March 31, 2004, the entire cash and cash equivalents balance represents cash deposited in checking accounts. As of March 31, 2003, cash equivalents totaled approximately $180.7 million.

The Parent also has certain investments in non-publicly traded technology companies. These investments are carried at cost and are included within Other investments on the Parent’s balance sheet. The Parent

95


continuously monitors these investments for impairment and makes appropriate reductions in carrying value when necessary.

     Additionally, the Parent had certain investments in public corporate equity securities, which were carried at fair market value. All investments were generally held in the Parent’s name with major financial institutions acting as custodians. All of the Parent’s short-term investments are classified as available-for-sale. Unrealized gains and losses on these investments were included as a separate component of shareholders’ equity, net of any related tax effect. The Parent uses the specific identification method to determine the cost of any securities disposed of, with realized gains and losses reflected in other income and expense.

Due from/Due to Subsidiaries

     Balances due from and to subsidiaries are unsecured. Certain obligations are non-interest bearing and others have rates ranging from 3.25% to 9.3% (2003: 3.39% to 10.0%) per annum.

Investment in Subsidiaries

Investment in subsidiaries is accounted for using the equity method in accordance with US GAAP. Prior to fiscal year 2003, investment in subsidiaries was stated at cost. As a result of this change in accounting method, adjustments were required to properly state the balance of investment in subsidiaries, equity in losses of subsidiaries, and accumulated deficits as of the balance sheet date. The effects of prior years’ equity losses of subsidiaries relating to the change in basis of accounting were recorded in fiscal year 2003 as an adjustment to accumulated deficit. Prior years’ financial statements were not restated.

PROXYThe financial statements for fiscal year 2003 include the following items, which relate to prior years:

     
(In thousands)

Decrease in retained earnings — cumulative effect of prior years’ equity losses of subsidiaries $225,488 
Decrease in accumulated other comprehensive income — cumulative effect of prior years’ foreign currency translation adjustments of subsidiaries  169,750 

     The Parent regularly assesses the carrying value of its investment in subsidiaries. Provision is made where there is a decline in the value that is considered other than temporary.

Concentration of Credit Risk

     Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Parent to concentrations of credit risk, are primarily cash equivalents and investments. The Parent maintains cash and cash equivalents with various financial institutions that management believes to be of high credit quality. These financial institutions are located in many different locations throughout the world.

Intangible Assets

All of the Parent’s acquired intangible assets are subject to amortization over their estimated useful lives. Intangible assets are reviewed for impairment in accordance with SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.” In accordance with SFAS No. 144, an impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of an intangible is not recoverable and its carrying amount exceeds its fair value. Intangible assets generally consist of contractual agreements and developed technologies. Contractual agreements are amortized over periods up to 10 years, while developed technologies were generally amortized over periods up to 5 years. No residual value is estimated for the intangible assets. During fiscal year 2004, the net intangible assets balance of $5.9 million as of March 31, 2003 arising from previous acquisition was completely amortized, and the Parent recorded an additional $5.0 million of developed technologies in conjunction with certain acquisition during the year. No additions to intangible assets were recorded during fiscal year 2003.

96


The components of intangible assets are as follows (in thousands):

                          
As of March 31, 2004As of March 31, 2003


GrossNetGrossNet
CarryingAccumulatedCarryingCarryingAccumulatedCarrying
AmountAmortizationAmountAmountAmortizationAmount

Intangible assets:                        
 Developed technologies $5,000  $(917) $4,083  $10,160  $(4,232) $5,928 

     At March 31, 2003, adjustments were recorded to push down $29.9 million of goodwill and $22.0 million of other intangible assets arising from the acquisition of certain manufacturing operations during fiscal year 2002. Correspondingly, the amount of investment in subsidiaries as of March 31, 2003 increased by $51.9 million, in order to reflect the cost of investment in these subsidiaries in accordance with US GAAP. The cumulative effects of those adjustments were recorded in fiscal year 2003, and the financial statements for prior years were not restated.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

     On April 1, 2001, the Parent adopted SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” as amended by SFAS No. 137 and No. 138. All derivative instruments are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value. If the derivative is designated as a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative is recorded in shareholders’ equity as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income and is recognized in the statement of operations when the hedged item affects earnings. Ineffective portions of changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges are immediately recognized in earnings. If the derivative is designated as a fair value hedge, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in earnings in the current period.

     The Parent is exposed to foreign currency exchange rate risk inherent in assets and liabilities denominated in non-functional currencies. The Parent enters into short-term foreign currency forward contracts to hedge only those currency exposures associated with certain assets and liabilities. As of March 31, 2004 and 2003, the fair value of these short-term foreign currency forward contracts was recorded as a liability amounting to approximately $45,000 and $300,000 respectively.

Trade Receivables Securitization

     In March 2002, the Company entered into a trade receivables securitization agreement. Under this agreement, the Company continuously sells a designated pool of trade receivables to a third party qualified special purpose entity, which in turn sells an undivided ownership interest to a conduit, administered by an unaffiliated financial institution. The Parent participates in the securitization agreement as an investor in the conduit. The securitization agreement allows the operating subsidiaries participating in the securitization to receive a cash payment for sold receivables, less a deferred purchase price receivable. The Company’s share of the total investment varies depending on certain criteria, mainly the collection performance on the sold receivables. The agreement, which expires in March 2005, is subject to annual renewal. Currently, the unaffiliated financial institution’s maximum investment limit is $250.0 million. The Company has a recourse obligation that is limited to the deferred purchase price receivable, which approximates 5% of the total sold receivables, and its own investment participation.

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

At March 31, 2003, the Parent had six stock-based employee compensation plans, which are more fully described in Note 7, “Shareholders’ Equity”. The Parent accounts for its stock option awards to employees under the recognition and measurement principles of Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” and related interpretations. No compensation expense is recorded for options granted in which the exercise price equals or exceeds the market price of the underlying stock on the date of grant in accordance with the provisions of APB Opinion No. 25. Had the Parent applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation”, to stock-based employee compensation, no compensation expense would have been recorded by the Parent, as such expense is allocated to and recorded by its subsidiaries.

97


     The Parent provides restricted stock grants to key employees under its 2002 Interim Incentive Plan. Shares awarded under the plan vest in installments over a five-year period and unvested shares are forfeited upon termination of employment. During fiscal year 2004, the Parent granted 210,000 shares of restricted stock with a fair value of $10.34 per share on the grant date. During fiscal year 2003, the Parent granted 1,230,000 shares of restricted stock with a fair value on the date of grant of $5.88 per share. The deferred compensation associated with the restricted stock grants was $6.5 million and $6.1 million as of March 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The amounts are included in shareholders’ equity as a component of additional paid-in capital. Grants of restricted stock are recorded as compensation expense over the vesting period at the fair market value of the stock at the date of grant. In fiscal year 2004 and 2003, compensation expense related to the restricted stock grants amounted to approximately $1.8 million and $1.1 million, respectively. The expense is allocated to and recorded by the Parent’s subsidiaries.

New Accounting Pronouncements

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

     In April 2003, the Financial Accounting Standard Board (FASB) issued SFAS No. 149, “Amendment of SFAS No. 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.” SFAS No. 149 amends and clarifies accounting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, and for hedging activities under SFAS No. 133. In particular, SFAS No. 149 clarifies under what circumstances a contract with and initial net investment meets the characteristic of a derivative. It also clarifies when a derivative contains a financing component that warrants special reporting in the statement of cash flows. SFAS No. 149 is generally effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003. The adoption of the standard did not have a material impact on the Parent’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity

In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity.” SFAS No. 150 establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. Financial instruments that are within the scope of the statement, which previously were often classified as equity, must now be classified as liabilities. This statement is effective for financial periods beginning after June 15, 2003. The adoption of SFAS No. 150 did not have a material impact on the Parent’s financial position, results of operation or cash flows.

3. LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt consists of the following:

         
As of March 31,

20042003

(In thousands)
0.00% convertible junior subordinated notes $200,000  $200,000 
9.875% senior subordinated notes  7,659   497,172 
9.75% Euro senior subordinated notes  181,422   160,192 
8.75% senior subordinated notes     150,000 
1.00% convertible subordinated notes  500,000    
6.50% senior subordinated notes  399,650    
Outstanding under revolving lines of credit  210,000    

  $1,498,731  $1,007,364 

98


Maturities of the long-term debt are as follows:

     
Fiscal year ending March 31,(In thousands)

2007 $200,000 
2008  210,000 
2010 and Thereafter  1,088,731 

  $1,498,731 

Revolving Credit Facilities

     In March 2004, the Parent renewed and increased its revolving credit facility with a syndicate of domestic and foreign banks from $880.0 million to $1.1 billion. The credit facility consists of two separate credit agreements, one providing for up to $550.0 million principal amount of revolving credit loans to the Parent and designated subsidiaries; and one providing for up to $550.0 million principal amount of revolving credit loans to a U.S. subsidiary of the Parent. This credit facility is a four-year facility expiring in March 2008. Borrowings under the credit facility bear interest, at the Parent’s option, either at (i) the base rate (as defined in the credit facility, or 4.5% as of March 31, 2004); or (ii) the LIBOR rate (as defined in the credit facility, or 1.09% as of March 31, 2004) plus the applicable margin for LIBOR loans ranging between 0.75% and 2.50%, based on the credit ratings and facility usage. The Parent is required to pay a quarterly commitment fee ranging from 0.15% to 0.50% per annum, based on the Parent’s credit ratings, of the unutilized portion of the credit facility.

     The credit facility is unsecured, and contains certain restrictions on the Parent’s ability to (i) incur certain debt, (ii) make certain investments and (iii) make certain acquisitions of other entities. The credit facility also requires that the Company maintain certain financial covenants, including, among other things, a maximum ratio of total indebtedness to EBITDA (earnings before interest expense, taxes, depreciation, and amortization) and a minimum ratio of fixed charge coverage, as defined, during the term of the credit facility. Borrowings under the credit facility are guaranteed by the Parent and certain of its subsidiaries. As of March 31, 2004, there was $220.0 million outstanding under this facility, of which $210.0 million is reflected on the Parent’s financial statement within long-term debt.

1.0% Convertible Subordinated Notes

     In August 2003, the Parent issued $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 1.0% convertible subordinated notes maturing in August 2010. The notes are convertible at any time prior to maturity into ordinary shares of the Parent’s stock at a conversion price of $15.525 (subject to certain adjustments). The Parent used a portion of the net proceeds from this issuance and other cash source to repurchase $492.3 million aggregate principal amount, or 98.5%, of its outstanding 9.875% senior subordinated notes due July 2010. In connection with the repurchase, the Parent incurred a loss of approximately $95.2 million during the second quarter of fiscal year 2004 associated with the early extinguishment of the notes.

6.5% Senior Subordinated Notes

     In May 2003, the Parent issued $400.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 6.5% senior subordinated notes maturing in May 2013. In June 2003, the Parent used $156.6 million of the net proceeds from the issuance to redeem all of its outstanding 8.75% senior subordinated notes due October 2007, of which $150.0 million aggregate principal was outstanding. In connection with the redemption, the Parent incurred a loss of approximately $8.7 million during the first quarter of fiscal year 2004 associated with the early extinguishment of the notes.

     The indentures relating to the Parent’s outstanding senior subordinated notes contain certain covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of the Parent and certain of its subsidiaries to (i) incur additional debt, (ii) issue or sell stock of certain subsidiaries, (iii) engage in certain asset sales, and (iv) make distribution or pay dividends. The covenants are subject to a number of significant exceptions and limitations.

Zero Coupon Convertible Junior Subordinated Notes

In March 2003, the Parent issued $200.0 million zero coupon, zero yield, convertible junior subordinated notes maturing in March 2008. The notes are callable by the Parent after three years and do not provide a put

99


option prior to maturity. The notes are convertible into ordinary shares at a conversion price of $10.50 per share and are payable in cash or stock at maturity, at the Parent’s option.

As of March 31, 2004, the approximate fair value of the Company’s 9.875% notes, 9.75% notes, 6.5% notes and 1% convertible notes based on broker trading prices were 115.5%, 111.5%, 105.25% and 134.0% of the face value of the notes, respectively.

4. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The carrying amount of the Parent’s cash and cash equivalents and investments approximates fair value. The fair value of the Parent’s long-term debt (see Note 3) is determined based on current broker trading prices. The Parent’s cash equivalents are comprised of cash deposited in money market accounts (see Note 2, “Summary of Accounting Policies”). The Parent’s investment policy limits the amount of credit exposure to 20% of the total investment portfolio in any single issuer.

The Company enters into forward exchange contracts to hedge underlying transactional currency exposures and does not engage in foreign currency speculation. The credit risk of these forward contracts is minimal since the contracts are with large financial institutions. The Parent hedges committed exposures and these forward contracts generally do not subject the Parent to risk of accounting losses. The gains and losses on forward contracts generally offset the gains and losses on the assets, liabilities and transactions hedged. On April 1, 2001, the Parent adopted SFAS No. 133, as amended by SFAS No. 137 and No. 138, and as such the fair value of foreign currency forward contracts are reported on the balance sheet. The aggregate notional amount of the Company’s outstanding contracts as of March 31, 2004 was approximately $1.5 billion. The majority of these foreign exchange contracts expire in less than one month and almost all expire within three months. They settle in Euro, British pound, Hungarian forint, Japanese yen, Malaysian ringgit, Norwegian kronor, Polish zloty, Singapore dollar, South African rand, Swedish krona, Swiss franc, Thai baht and U.S. dollar.

5. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Trade Receivable Securitization

     The Company continuously sells a designated pool of trade receivables to a third party qualified special purpose entity, which in turn sells an undivided ownership interest to a conduit, administered by an unaffiliated financial institution. The Parent participates in the securitization agreement as an investor in the conduit. The securitization agreement allows the operating subsidiaries participating in the securitization to receive a cash payment for sold receivables, less a deferred purchase price receivable. The Company’s share of the total investment varies depending on certain criteria, mainly the collection performance on the sold receivables. The agreement, which expires in March 2005, is subject to annual renewal. Currently, the unaffiliated financial institution’s maximum investment limit is $250.0 million. The Company has sold $328 million of its accounts receivable as of March 31, 2004, which represents the face amount of the total outstanding trade receivables on all designated customer accounts at that date. The Company received net cash proceeds of $172.1 million from the unaffiliated financial institution for the sale of these receivables. The Company has a recourse obligation that is limited to the deferred purchase price receivable, which approximates 5% of the total sold receivables, and its own investment participation, the total of which was $161.6 million and $152.5 million as of March 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

     The Company continues to service, administer and collect the receivables on behalf of the special purpose entity and receives a servicing fee of 1.0% of serviced receivables per annum. The Company pays facility and commitment fees of up to 0.24% for unused amounts and program fees of up to 0.34% of outstanding amounts.

Legal Proceedings

Between June and August 2002, the Parent and certain of its officers and directors were named as defendants in several securities class action lawsuits filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. These actions, which were filed on behalf of those who purchased, or otherwise acquired, the Parent’s ordinary shares between January 18, 2001 and June 4, 2002, including those who purchased ordinary shares in our secondary offerings on February 1, 2001 and January 7, 2002. These actions generally allege that, during this period, the defendants made misstatements to the investing public about the financial

100


condition and prospects of the Company. Plaintiffs seek an unspecified amount of damages. On April 23, 2003, the Court entered an order transferring these lawsuits to the United States District Court for the Northern District of California. On July 16, 2003, the Parent filed a motion to dismiss on behalf of the Parent and its officers and directors named as defendants. On November 17, 2003, the Court entered an order granting defendants’ motion to dismiss without prejudice. On January 28, 2004, plaintiffs filed an amended complaint. The Parent’s motion to dismiss the amended complaint was filed on March 10, 2004 with a hearing on the motion to dismiss was held on May 26, 2004.

Prior to the scheduled hearing on May 26, 2004, the parties reached a tentative settlement of all claims in the lawsuit. In light of this tentative settlement, defendants withdrew their motion to dismiss. The settlement would be funded entirely by funds from the Parent’s Officers’ and Directors’ insurance. The settlement agreement is subject to negotiation and documentation of a formal stipulation of settlement, as well as Court approval. If the settlement is not finalized, there can be no assurance the Company will be successful in defending the lawsuits, and, if the Company is unsuccessful, the Company may be subject to significant damages. Even if the Company were to be successful, defending the lawsuits may be expensive and may divert management’s attention from other business concerns and harm the Company’s business.

The legal costs mainly related to a settlement reached in November 2003 in the lawsuit with Beckman Coulter, Inc., relating to a contract dispute involving a manufacturing relationship between the companies. Pursuant to the terms of the settlement agreement, the Company agreed to a $23.0 million cash payment to Beckman Coulter to resolve the matter, and Beckman Coulter agreed to dismiss all pending claims against the Company and release the Company from any future claims relating to this matter.

     The Parent is also party to various legal proceedings that arise in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate disposition of these proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, liquidity or results of operations.

Guarantees

The Parent adopted the disclosure provision of FASB Interpretation No. 45 (FIN 45), “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirement for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others.” As of March 31, 2004, the Parent has issued approximately $520.5 million of bank guarantees issued in connection with debt arrangements of certain of its subsidiaries. The Parent has also issued approximately $54.5 million of other guarantees in connection with supplier arrangements, and $113.6 million of guarantees associated with operating leases, that were entered into by certain of its subsidiaries.

6. INCOME TAXES

     The Parent is a Singapore corporation and is a non-resident for Singapore tax purposes. Non-Singapore resident taxpayers, subject to certain exceptions, are subject to income tax on (1) income that is accrued in or derived from Singapore and (2) foreign income received in Singapore.

Since the Parent did not derive income from or receive foreign income in Singapore, it is not subject to Singapore income tax. To the extent that the Parent continues to meet the above-mentioned requirements as determined by current law, no Singapore income tax will be imposed on the Parent. Accordingly, the Parent records minimal current income tax expense and does not record any deferred income taxes.

7. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

In accordance with US GAAP, in fiscal year 2003, the Parent recorded share premiums associated with the issuance of ordinary shares at a premium for certain historical acquisitions of subsidiaries and increased its investment in these subsidiaries to reflect the full consideration for the acquisition. This resulted in an increase in additional paid-in capital and an increase in investment in these subsidiaries by $662.8 million. All increases were included in the financial statements of fiscal year 2003, as the financial statements for prior years were not restated.

101


Stock Option and Incentive Plans

     As of March 31, 2004, the Parent has six stock-based employee compensation plans, the 2002 Interim Incentive Plan (the “2002 Plan”), the 2001 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2001 Plan”), the 1999 Interim Option Plan, the 1998 Interim Option Plan, the 1997 Interim Option Plan and the 1997 Employee Share Purchase Plan.

     The 2001 Plan provides for grants of up to 7,000,000 shares. Additionally, the remaining shares that were available under the Parent’s 1993 Share Option Plan (the “1993 Plan”) upon adoption of the 2001 Plan and any shares issuable upon exercise of the options granted under the 1993 Plan that expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, are available for grant under the 2001 Plan. The adoption of the 2001 Plan mandated that no additional options be granted under the 1993 Plan. Any options outstanding under the 1993 Plan will remain outstanding until exercised or until they terminate or expire by their terms. The 2001 Plan contains two separate equity incentive programs including a discretionary option grant program and an automatic option grant program. The discretionary option grant program is administered by the Compensation Committee with respect to officers and directors and by the Chairman of the Parent’s Board, with respect to all other employees.

     Options issued under the 2001 Plan and 1993 Plan generally vest over four years. Options granted under the 2001 Plan generally expire 10 years from the date of grant. Pursuant to an amendment to the provisions relating to the term of options provided under the 1993 Plan, options granted subsequent to October 1, 2000 expire 10 years from the date of grant, rather than the five-year term previously provided. The 2001 Plan and 1993 Plan provide for option grants at an exercise price equal to the fair market value per ordinary share on the option grant date.

     The 2002 Plan provides for grants of up to 20,000,000 shares. The plan provides grants of nonqualified stock options to employees, officers and directors. The exercise price of options granted under the 2002 Plan is determined by the Parent’s Compensation Committee and generally has an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of grant. Options issued under the 2002 Plan generally vest over 4 years and generally expire 10 years from the date of grant.

     The Parent’s 1999, 1998 and 1997 Interim Option Plans provide for grants of up to 5,200,000, 3,144,000, and 2,000,000 stock options, respectively. These plans provide grants of non-statutory stock options to employees and other qualified individuals to purchase ordinary shares of the Parent. Options under these plans cannot be granted to executive officers and directors. All Interim Option Plans provide for option grants at an exercise price of not less than 85% of the fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of grant. Options issued under these plans generally vest over 4 years. Options granted under the 1999 Interim Option Plan expire 5 years from the date of grant. Options granted prior to July 2002 under the 1998 and 1997 Interim Option Plans expire 5 years from the date of grant and all subsequent option grants generally expire 10 years from the date of grant.

The Parent’s 1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Purchase Plan”) provides for issuance of up to 4,400,000 ordinary shares. The Purchase Plan was approved by the shareholders in October 1997. Under the Purchase Plan, employees may purchase, on a periodic basis, a limited number of ordinary shares through payroll deductions over a six-month period up to 10% of each participant’s compensation. The per share purchase price is 85% of the fair market value of the stock at the beginning or end of the offering period, whichever is lower. The ordinary shares sold under this plan in fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2003 amounted to 717,595 and 1,009,692, respectively. The weighted-average fair value of ordinary shares sold under this plan in fiscal 2004 and 2003 was $10.30 and $9.79, respectively.

102


The following table presents the activity for options outstanding under all of the stock option plans (“Price” reflects the weighted average exercise price):

                  
As of March 31, 2004As of March 31, 2003


OptionsPriceOptionsPrice

Outstanding, beginning of fiscal year  55,682,533  $11.35   45,641,139  $15.00 
 Granted  8,841,856   15.60   19,864,076   6.97 
 Exercised  (8,235,283)  6.66   (4,567,256)  4.05 
 Forfeited  (5,985,107)  11.39   (5,255,426)  21.25 

Outstanding, end of fiscal year  50,303,999  $12.86   55,682,533  $11.35 

Options exercisable, end of fiscal year  27,638,781       31,056,183     

    
Weighted average fair value per option granted  $9.47       $4.84     

    

The following table presents the composition of options outstanding and exercisable as of March 31, 2004:

                     
Options OutstandingOptions Exercisable


WeightedWeightedWeighted
AverageAverageAverage
Range ofNumber ofContractualExerciseNumber ofExercise
Exercise PricesSharesLifePriceSharesPrice

$ 0.42 - $ 7.53  9,206,720   5.36  $4.90   6,897,892  $4.54 
$ 7.56 - $ 7.90  11,915,344   8.05   7.90   3,326,697   7.90 
$ 8.01 - $14.50  10,163,712   4.91   12.21   7,383,533   12.64 
$14.60 - $17.50  10,808,613   8.65   16.61   2,919,619   15.96 
$17.69 - $44.13  8,209,610   4.20   24.83   7,111,040   25.05 

$ 0.42 - $44.13  50,303,999   6.43  $12.86   27,638,781  $13.59 

8. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

     In April 2004, the Parent announced that it intends to convert its $200.0 million, zero coupon, zero yield, convertible junior subordinated notes issued in March 2003 into 19,047,617 of its ordinary shares, based on the conversion price of $10.50 per share.

     On June 8, 2004, the Parent, The DIRECTV Group, Inc., and Hughes Network Systems, Inc. (a wholly-owned subsidiary of DIRECTV) announced an agreement whereby the Parent will acquire Hughes Network Systems’ majority ownership stake of fifty-five percent (55%) in Hughes Software Systems (HSS), a leading provider of software products and services to telecom infrastructure companies.

     HSS reported revenue of approximately US$80 million and net income of approximately $17 million in its fiscal year ended March 31, 2004.

     The Parent will pay total cash consideration to Hughes Networks Systems of approximately US$226.5 million. Subject to regulatory approval, the transaction is expected to close no later than October 2004. Pursuant to Indian securities regulations, the Parent is required to make an open offer on or about June 14, 2004 to purchase an additional twenty percent (20%) of the shares outstanding. There is no obligation for shareholders to accept this open offer and there is no assurance that any shares will be offered for sale to the Parent. The approximate total purchase price of $226.5 million to be paid to Hughes Network Systems, along with the open offer of $82.5 million, assuming an offer price of Rs547.93 per share, was required to be funded by the Parent on the date the open offer was initiated (June 14, 2004).

On June 29, 2004, management entered into a definitive asset purchase agreement with Nortel Networks providing for the sale of certain optical, wireless, and enterprise manufacturing operations and optical design operations to Flextronics. Management anticipates that the aggregate purchase price for the assets acquired will be in the range of approximately $675 million to $725 million. Of the estimated aggregate payment amount, approximately $415 million to $465 million is for inventory, approximately $60 million is for fixed assets, and the remaining $200 million for intangible assets relating to, among other things, the design and engineering transfer. As part of this transaction, which is subject to customary closing conditions, including the completion

103


of the required information and consultation process with employee representatives in Europe, approximately 2,300 employees would transfer to Flextronics.

Subject to closing the asset acquisition, Flextronics will provide most of Nortel Networks’ systems integration activities, final assembly, testing and repair operations, along with the management of the related supply chain and suppliers, under a four-year manufacturing agreement. Additionally, under a three-year design services agreement, Flextronics will provide Nortel Networks with design services for end-to-end, carrier grade optical network products.

104


2004 Annual General Meeting
Map, Directions and Parking Information
September 23, 2004
9:00 A.M. PDT

(MAP)

The Annual General Meeting of Shareholders will be held at Flextronics’ principal U.S. corporate offices located at 2090 Fortune Drive, San Jose, California.

Directions from Highway 101 (Northbound and Southbound)

• Take Montague Expressway exit going East
• Follow Montague Expressway to Trade Zone
• Right onto Trade Zone
• Right onto Lundy Avenue
• Right onto Fortune Drive (first traffic light)
• Left into the third driveway

Directions from Highway 680 (Southbound)

• Take Capital Avenue Exit
• Left onto Trade Zone
• Left onto Lundy Avenue
• Right onto Fortune Drive (first traffic light)
• Left into the third driveway

Parking

Flextronics has reserved parking spaces for shareholders attending the meeting. These spaces will be designated as “Reserved for Flextronics Shareholders’ Meeting.”

105


(FLEXTRONICS(R) LOGO)

Register for Online Delivery of Shareholder Materials

     Flextronics is pleased to offer its shareholders the benefits and convenience of electronic delivery of Flextronics shareholder materials. With electronic delivery, you can:

Receive email notification as soon as our Annual Report, Proxy Statement and related materials are available on the Internet.
Vote your proxy online at proxyvote.com (Voting requires the control number provided on either the hard copy Vote Instruction Form or the Electronic Delivery Notice you received. Please note that if you receive materials electronically, you will also be required to enter the 4 digit PIN you enrolled with at the time you chose to receive materials electronically.)
Help conserve natural resources, reduce the number of bulky documents in your personal files and eliminate duplicate mailings.
Help Flextronics significantly reduce printing and mailing costs typically associated with more traditional delivery methods.

You can enroll by visiting our website at www.flextronics.com/investors. Please note that your electronic delivery enrollment will be effective until you cancel it. If you wish to receive a paper copy of these materials at any time, please notify Investor Relations at investor_relations@flextronics.com or (408) 576-7722.


[Form of Proxy Card]

FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

2090 FORTUNE DRIVE
SAN JOSE, CALIFORNIAFortune Drive

San Jose, California 95131

THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

The undersigned being a member of Flextronics International Ltd. (the Company)“Company”) hereby appoints Michael E. Marks or failing whom Robert R.B. Dykes or failing whom the Chairman of the Annual General Meeting as Proxy of the undersigned and hereby authorizes the Proxy to represent and to vote, as designated on the reverse side, all of the ordinary shares of the Company, held of record by the undersigned on July 2, 2002,August 5, 2004, at the Annual General Meeting of the Company to be held August 29, 2002,on September 23, 2004, or at any adjournment thereof.

This Proxy, when properly executed and returned in a timely manner, will be voted at the Annual General Meeting and any adjournments thereof in the manner described herein. If no contrary indication is made, the proxy will be voted FOR the Board of Director nominees (Proposals No. 1 through 3)and 2), FOR Proposals No. 43 through 1012 and in accordance with the judgment of the persons named as proxies herein on any other matters that may properly come before the Annual General Meeting.

WHETHER OR NOT YOU EXPECT TO ATTEND THE MEETING,

PLEASE COMPLETE, DATE AND SIGN THIS PROXY CARD AND

RETURN IT NOT LESS THAN 48 HOURS PRIOR TO THE TIME OF

THE MEETING IN THE ENCLOSED ENVELOPE.

CONTINUED AND TO BE SIGNED ON REVERSE SIDE


SEE REVERSE SIDE


[Reverse Side]

[X] Pleasex please mark votes as in this example.

     The Board of Directors unanimously recommends a vote FOR the Board of Director nominees (Proposals No. 1 through 3)and 2) and FOR Proposals No. 43 through 10.12. This Proxy, when properly executed, will be voted as specified below. This Proxy will be voted FOR the Board of Director nominees (Proposals No. 1 through 3)and 2) and FOR Proposals No. 43 through 1012 if no specification is made.

1(a).1a. Re-election of Michael E. Marks as a Director of the Company.

     
FOR AGAINST ABSTAIN
[    ]o [    ] o [    ] o

1(b).1b. Re-election of Michael J. Moritz as a Director of the Company.

     
FOR AGAINST ABSTAIN
[    ]o [    ] o [    ] o

2. Re-electionRe-appointment of Hirotaka TakeuchiPatrick Foley as a Director of the Company.
     
FOR AGAINST ABSTAIN
[    ]o [    ] o [    ] o


3.Re-appointment of Patrick Foley as a Director of the Company.

FORAGAINSTABSTAIN
[    ][    ] [    ] 

4.To receive and adopt the Audited Accounts of the Company for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2002, together with the Reports of the Directors and Auditors thereon.
FORAGAINSTABSTAIN
[    ][    ] [    ] 

5. To appoint Deloitte & Touche LLP as independent auditors of the Company for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2003 in place of Arthur Andersen LLP.2005.
     
FOR AGAINST ABSTAIN
[    ]o [    ] o [    ] o

6.4. To approve amendmentsan amendment to the Company’s 2001 Equity Incentive1997 Employee Share Purchase Plan.
     
FOR AGAINST ABSTAIN
[    ]o [    ] o [    ] o

7.5. To approve an amendmentamendments to the Company’s 1997 Employee Share Purchase2001 Equity Incentive Plan.
     
FOR AGAINST ABSTAIN
[    ]o [    ] o [    ] o

6.To approve an amendment to the Company’s 2001 Equity Incentive Plan to allow for issuances of stock bonuses.

FORAGAINSTABSTAIN
ooo

7.To approve the consolidation of ordinary shares available under our assumed plans into our 2001 Equity Incentive Plan.

FORAGAINSTABSTAIN
ooo

8. To approve the authorization for the Directors of the Company to allot and issue ordinary shares.

     
FOR AGAINST ABSTAIN
[    ]o [    ] o [    ] o

9. To approve the authorization for the Directors of the Company to allot and issue bonus shares.provide $37,200 of annual cash compensation to each of its non-employee Directors.
     
FOR AGAINST ABSTAIN
[    ]o [    ] o [    ] o

10. To approve the authorization for the Company to provide an additional $10,000 of the proposed share mandate relating to acquisitions by Company orannual cash compensation for each of its own issued ordinary shares.non-employee Directors for committee participation.
     
FOR AGAINST ABSTAIN
[    ]o [    ] o [    ] o

11.To approve the authorization of the proposed renewal of the share repurchase mandate relating to acquisitions by Company of its own issued ordinary shares.

FORAGAINSTABSTAIN
ooo

12.To approve the authorization of the proposed approval of a bonus issue.

FORAGAINSTABSTAIN
ooo

In their discretion, the Proxies are authorized to vote upon such other matters as may properly come before the meeting.

This Proxy must be signed exactly as your name appears hereon. If more than one name appears, all persons so designated should sign. Attorneys, executors, administrators, trustees and guardians should indicate their capacities. If the signatory is a corporation, please print full corporate name and indicate capacity of duly authorized officer executing on behalf of the corporation. If the signatory is a partnership, please print full partnership name and indicate capacity of duly authorized person executing on behalf of the partnership.

     
Signature:

 Date:  
 
Signature:

 Date: